APPLIED  CHARACTER 
ANALYSIS 


JOHN  T  MILLER 


APPLIED 
CHARACTER    ANALYSIS 

IN  HUMAN  CONSERVATION 


BY 
JOHN  T.  MILLER,  D.Sc. 

Editor,  The  Character  Builder 

Director,  Psychology  Laboratory  and 

The  Vocational  Guidance  Bureau 

Los  Angeles,  California 


THE  HUMAN  CULTURE  SCHOOC 

BOOKS  ON  HUMAN   CONSERVATION  J 
625  SOUTH  HOPE  STREET 

kOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA 
RICHARD  G.  BADGER 

THE    GORHAM    PRESS 

BOSTON 


Copyright,  1922,  by  Richard  G.  Badgee 


All  Rights  Reserved 


Made  in  the  United  States  of  America 


The  Gorham  Press,  Boston,  U.  S.  A. 


SRLF 


' 


DEDICATED  TO  ALL 
WHO  USE  THE  TRUE  SCIENCE  OF  MIND 
IN  HUMAN  IMPROVEMENT,   PHYSICALLY, 
SOCIALLY,     INTELLECTUALLY,     MORALLY 

AND  SPIRITUALLY 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/appliedcharacterOOmill 


PREFACE 

During  the  past  century  millions  of  non-professional  readers 
have  increased  their  personal  efficiency  and  have  been  given 
a  better  understanding  of  human  nature  through  the  study 
of  choice  books  on  phrenology.  Most  of  those  books  that  are 
still  in  print  are  written  in  an  old  terminology  that  does  not 
meet  the  needs  of  the  present.  A  number  of  books  on  human 
nature  that  have  been  written  in  recent  years  retain  the  old 
terminology.  Our  purpose  in  adding  another  book  on  char- 
acter analysis,  based  upon  the  discoveries  of  Doctors  Gall 
and  Spurzheim,  is  to  disseminate,  in  simplified  form,  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  true  science  of  mind  in  a  terminology  that  is  as 
near  as  possible  to  that  used  in  the  psychologies  of  the  schools. 

Phrenology,  like  some  other  sciences,  has  been  misunder- 
stood, and  has  often  been  injured  by  people  within  the  ranks 
who  have  tried  to  apply  its  principles  without  knowing  much 
about  them.  Dr.  Henry  George  Atkinson,  F.G.S.,  of  England, 
saw  this  danger  when  he  said  of  popular  phrenologists:  "All 
were  professors  and  few  were  students."  The  progress  of 
phrenology  has  also  been  retarded  by  teachers  of  psychology 
who  condemned  it  without  knowing  much  about  its  principles. 

At  the  present  time  physiologists,  criminologists  and  edu- 
cators are  giving  more  attention  to  Gall  and  phrenology  than 
ever  before.  In  presenting  the  discoveries  here,  and  giving 
the  methods  used  and  their  results  in  the  language  of  Gall 
and  Spurzheim  and  their  scientific  followers  we  are  furnishing 
to  unprejudiced  minds  an  opportunity  to  investigate  the  be- 
ginning of  inductive  psychology  and  are  at  the  same  time 
simplifying  the  principles  so  that  they  can  be  understood 
by  everybody. 

The  author  has  devoted  a  lifetime  to  the  investigation  and 
application  of  these  principles,  and  is  convinced  that  the  best 
service  he  can  render  humanity  is  to  devote  the  rest  of  his 
life  to  disseminating  them  and  introducing  them  into  the 
schools  and  colleges,  where  they  will  become  part  of  the  educa- 
tional equipment  of  every  student. 

A  correct  solution  of  individual  and  social  problems  depends 

5 


6  Preface 

upon  a  fundamental  system  of  psychology,  and  the  basis  for 
such  a  system  is  found  in  the  discoveries  of  Drs.  Gall  and 
Spurzheim.  Many  of  the  most  eminent  scientists  of  the  world 
who  have  investigated  these  principles  have  testified  to  their 
superiority  in  the  study  of  human  nature,  and  have  spoken 
of  the  system  of  Gall  as  being  the  only  science  of  mind  estab- 
lished on  an  inductive  basis. 

Progressive  educators  now  recognize  that  practical  psy- 
chology, including  vocational  guidance,  physiology,  ethics, 
civics,  economics,  and  sociology,  should  form  a  part  of  the 
educational  equipment  of  every  youth,  as  these  are  all  in- 
timately related  to  self -development  and  to  right  social  rela- 
tionships. The  schools  are  gradually  adjusting  themselves 
to  meet  the  needs  of  the  twentieth  century,  and  when  the  ad- 
justment is  fully  made  the  discoveries  of  Gall  will  play  such 
an  important  part  in  the  education  of  the  youth  that  they 
will  receive  the  recognition  to  which  they  have  been  entitled 
for  a  century. 

It  is  the  hope  of  the  author  that  this  book  will  contribute 
in  a  small  way  toward  the  realization  of  that  ideal. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I    Basic  Principles 21 

II    Physiognomy 25 

III  Human  Temperaments 30 

IV  Proportionate  Developments  op  the  Body  ....  33 
V    The  Physiognomy  op  the  Hand 36 

VI    Physical  Measurements 42 

VII    The  Elements  of  Mind 45 

VIII    Self-Protecting  Powers 51 

IX    The  Intellect 57 

X    The  Perfecting  Powers 83 

XI    Social  and  Domestic  Affections 90 

XII    Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers 95 

XIII  Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers 104 

XIV  Self-Culture 117 

XV    Memory  Training 128 

XVI    Child  Culture 137 

XVII    Vocational  Guidance 146 

XVIII    Character  Analysis  in  Salesmanship 157 

XIX    Employment  Managers 160 

XX  Character  Analysis  in  Human  Eelationships  .     .     .  162 

XXI    Mental  Hygiene 165 

XXII    Mental  Medicine 173 

XXIII  Character  Analysis  and  Criminology 178 

XXIV  Causes  of  Insanity 185 

XXV    Dr.  Gall  and  His  Discoveries 194 

XXVI    John  Gaspar  Spurzheim,  M.D 204 

XXVII    Progress  of  Phrenology 209 

Index 221 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

1.  Flechsig's  localization  of  thirty-six  brain  cen- 
ters (from  Tigerstedt 's  Physiology,  1906).  2.  The 
latest  revision  of  phrenological  localizations,  by 
the  editor  of  the  Character  Builder,  1922      .     Facing  page  50 

PLATE  BETWEEN    PAGE8 

I    Phases  of  Human  Nature 112  &  113 

1  &  2.  Precocious  boy. — 3.  Mischievous  boy. — 4. 
Prize  baby. — 5.  Laura  Bridgman,  deaf,  dumb  and 
blind  girl. — 6.  Three-story  brains. — 7.  Vim,  vigor 
and  vitality. — 8.  Poise. — 9.  Shelley,  nervous  sys- 
tem predominating. — 10.  Landseer,  symmetrical 
development. — 11.  Beecher,  nutritive  organs  pre- 
dominating.— 12.  Fox,  motor  organs  predomi- 
nating. 

II    Phases  of  Human  Nature 112  &  113 

1.  O.  S.  Fowler,  strong  perception  and  intuition. — 

2.  Dr.  A.  E.  Wallace,  F.R.S.,  scientist.— 3.  Mrs. 
W.  J.  Bryan. — 4.  Mrs.  James  Allen. — 5.  E.  A.  Poe, 
strong  creative  imagination. — 6.  Wm.  Tebb,  re- 
former.— 7.  Miss  Bryan. — 8.  Miss  Allen. — 9.  Judge 
Ben.  Lindsay. — 10.  Gladstone,  executive. — 11. 
W.  J.  Bryan.— 12.  James  Allen.— 13.  Dr.  Samuel 
Sprecher,  spirituality. — 14.  John  Tyndall,  scientist. 
— 15.  Dr.  J.  M.  Fitzgerald,  character  analyst. — 
16.  Gen.  G.  W.  Goethals,  engineer. 

III  Vocational   Types 112  &  113 

1.  Dr.  Charles  Caldwell,  self-reliance.— 2.  Dr.  W.  C. 
Euediger,  educator. — 3.  B.  C.  MacLean,  as  Brutus. 
— 4.  Dr.  Mary  Wood-Allen,  fine  quality. — 5.  Black- 
hawk,  strong  powers  of  self-preservation. — 6.  Dr. 
H.  F.  Lutz,  educator. — 7.  Dr.  J.  W.  Taylor,  phren- 
ologist.— 8.  George  Combe,  philosopher. — 9.  Naomi 
Miller,  secretary. — 10.  Dr.  John  T.  Miller,  editor 
and  author. — 11.  Mrs.  J.  T.  Miller,  mother  and 
social  welfare  worker. — 12.  W.  H.  Wright,  as 
Othello. — 13.  Mrs.  Louisa  W.  Cheney,  domestic 
science  teacher  and  nurse. 

IV  Prominent  Phrenologists 112  &  113 

1.  Dr.  F.  J.  Gall.— 2.  J.  Stanley  Grimes.— 3.  Cyrus 
Pierce. — 4.  Horace  Greeley. — 5.  Nelson  Sizer. — 6. 
Dr.   J.   E.   Buchanan. — 7.    Dr.    Andrew   Combe. — 

9 


10  List  of  Illustrations 

PLATE  BETWEEN    PAGES 

8.  Dr.  E.  T.  Trail.— 9.  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Howe.— 10. 
George  B.  Emerson. 

V    Eminent   Phrenologists 112  &  113 

1.  Dr.  A.  P.  Davis.— 2.  Prof.  J.  Millott  Severn.— 3. 
Dr.  P.  J.  Gall.— 4.  W.  J.  Colville.— 5.  Dr.  J.  G. 
Spurzheim. — 6.  Horace  Mann. — 7.  Henry  Barnard. 
—8.  W.  Mattieu  Williams.— 9.  Prof.  L.  A.  Vaught. 
—10.  Dr.  John  Cowan.— 11.  G.  S.  Weaver.— 12.  Dr. 
William  A.  Aleott. 

VI    Vocational  Types 112  &  113 

1.  Boy  Southwick,  inventor. — 2.  Gov.  John  C. 
Cutler.— 3.  Prof.  N.  L.  Nelson. — 4.  Henry  Ford, 
honest  business  man. — 5.  George  A.  Startup,  re- 
former.— 6.  N.  L.  Morris,  social  welfare  worker. 
— 7.  Prof.  George  Morris,  phrenologist. — 8.  Dr. 
F.  F.  Strong,  inventor. — 9.  John  Burroughs,  natur- 
alist.— 10.  Luther  Burbank,  plant  wizard. — 11.  Dr. 
D.  V.  DeSaffery,  phreno-psychologist. — 12.  Thomas 
A.  Edison,  inventor. 

VII    Vocational  Types 112  &  113 

Dr.  K.  J.  Miller,  dentist.— 2.  Dr.  J.  H.  Kellogg, 
author  and  physician. — 3.  Dr.  J.  M.  Peebles,  world 
citizen. — 4.  Dr.  E.  D.  Babbitt,  human  culturist. — 
5.  Anton  Hromatka,  phrenologist. — 6.  E.  D.  Har- 
rison, watchmaker. — 7.  D.  B.  Wheelwright,  con- 
tractor.— 8.  A.  D.  Miller,  builder. — 9.  Dr.  George 
Starr  White,  physician  and  author. — 10.  Dr.  Theo 
K.  Miller,  physician. — 11.  J.  W.  Payne,  salesman 
and  character  analyst. — 12.  Dr.  Karl  G.  Maeser, 
educator. 

VIII    Vocational   Types 112  &  113 

1.  Darwen  Boylance,  naturalist. — 2.  W.  H.  H.  Gar- 
ver,  business  educator. — 3.  A.  F.  Sheldon,  business 
philosopher. — 4.  MacGregor  Walmsley,  engineer. 
— 5.  Claude  Woolley,  mechanic  artist. — 6.  N.  Y. 
Schofield,  credit  man. — 7.  C.  O.  Vandivier,  pub- 
licity manager. — 8.  Willard  Hansen,  model  farmer. 
— 9.  W.  E.  Youngquist,  phrenologist. — 10.  W.  H. 
Haddock,  certified  accountant. — 11.  Ernest  Daw- 
son, bookseller. — 12.  Moyle  Petersen,  mechanic 
artist.— 13.  E.  Seare,  poet.— 14.  W.  J.  Prater, 
photo  artist. — 15.  Joseph  Lemboeck,  architect. — 
16.  H.  S.  Allen,  secretary. 


INTRODUCTION 

In  developing  a  system  of  analyzing  character  by  the  ob- 
servational method  materials  can  be  gleaned  from  all  ages 
back  to  the  beginning  of  human  history.  Until  a  century 
ago  the  methods  used  by  the  most  enlightened  nations  were 
very  much  like  the  natural  methods  used  in  childhood.  The 
writings  of  the  Hebrews  and  the  Greeks,  as  well  as  of  some 
other  ancient  peoples,  indicate  that  attention  was  given  to 
the  study  of  physiognomy.  This  study  was  gradually  im- 
proved during  the  middle  ages,  and  reached  its  highest  de- 
velopment in  the  works  of  Lavater.  The  four  volumes  that 
he  wrote  contained  numerous  illustrations  of  unusual  heads 
and  faces,  and  have  had  more  readers  than  any  other  work 
that  was  written  on  physiognomy  up  to  his  time  (1741-1801). 
Since  the  time  of  Lavater  the  art  of  reading  character  by 
means  of  physiognomy  has  been  greatly  perfected  by  Spurz- 
heim,  Camper,  Blumenbach,  Sir  Charles  Bell,  Bichat,  Broys- 
sais,  Alexander  Walker,  De  La  Sarthe,  Redfield,  Wells, 
Stanton,  Willis,  Simms,  Oppenheim,  Coates,  Darwin,  Mante- 
gazza,  Cooke,  and  others. 

A  new  impetus  was  given  to  the  study  of  physiognomy 
through  the  discoveries  of  the  functions  of  the  brain  and 
nerves  by  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  and  Sir  Charles  Bell,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century.  The  discoveries  of 
Bell  were  largely  upon  the  spinal  cord  and  the  motor  and 
sensory  nerves.  Gall  and  Spurzheim  discovered  the  relation- 
ship that  exists  between  brain  and  mind,  and  extended  the 
study  of  physiognomy  to  the  proportionate  developments  of 
the  head,  as  they  had  been  limited  before  that  time  to  facial 
developments.  These  important  discoveries  were  immediately 
accepted  by  the  most  progressive  scientists  of  the  time  and 
recorded  in  the  standard  text-books  on  physiology,  such  as 
"Elements  of  Physiology,"  by  A.  Richerand,  Professor  of 
the  Faculty  of  Medicine  of  Paris,  Surgeon-in-Chief  of  the 
Hospital  of  St.  Louis,  Member  of  the  Academies  of  Vienna, 
Petersburg,  Madrid  and  Turin;  translated  from  the  French 
by  G.  J.  M.  De  Lys,  M.D.,  Member  of  the  Royal  College  of 

13 


14  Introduction 

Surgeons  in  London ;  with  Notes  by  N.  Chapman,  M.D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Materia  Medica  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
This  book  was  published  in  Philadelphia  in  1818,  and  with 
approval  devotes  full  pages  to  the  discoveries  of  Gall  and 
Spurzheim. 

In  1828  a  "Treatise  on  Physiology"  was  written  by  F.  J. 
V.  Broussais,  Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Medicine 
and  one  of  the  most  celebrated  physicians  of  France.  It  was 
translated  from  the  French  by  John  Bell,  M.D.,  and  R.  La 
Roche,  M.D.,  two  of  the  most  prominent  American  physicians 
of  that  time.  The  discoveries  of  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  known 
as  phrenology,  were  given  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  chapter 
on  ''Brain  and  Nerves."  Dr.  Broussais  later  devoted  a  large 
volume  to  the  principles  of  phrenology  and  in  writing  about 
amativeness  and  its  connection  with  the  cerebellum  he  said: 

I  assure  you  that  it  has  not  been  from  rashness,  nor  without  reflec- 
tion and  numerous  observations,  that  I  have  ventured  to  take  up  the 
defence  of  phrenology.  I  have  multiplied  observations  as  far  as  it  has 
been  possible  for  me  to  do  so,  before  entering  the  list  of  its  defenders. 

In  1848  W.  Beach,  M.D.,  wrote  a  "Treatise  on  Anatomy, 
Physiology  and  Health,  designed  for  Students,  Schools  and 
Popular  Use,"  in  which  he  speaks  of  the  modern  science  of 
phrenology,  and  quotes  full  pages  from  Professor  O.  S. 
Fowler's  works.  He  has  a  chapter  on  the  mind,  another  on 
the  temperaments,  and  an  appendix  on  phrenology,  in  which 
he  gives  an  outline  of  the  science  and  then  gives  a  letter 
from  Alexander  Campbell,  founder  of  the  Christian  Church, 
in  which  he  speaks  very  highly  of  phrenology. 

In  1866  the  Third  Edition  of  Dr.  Dalton's  "Treatise  on 
Human  Physiology"  was  published  in  Philadelphia,  and  con- 
siderable space  in  it  was  devoted  to  Dr.  Gall  and  his  phren- 
ological doctrines.  Soon  after  this  time  Ferrier  and  other 
students  of  physiological  psychology  gave  to  the  world  their 
experiments  on  the  brains  of  monkeys,  so  that  in  the  Sixth 
Edition  of  Dalton's  "Physiology"  all  mention  of  Gall's  work 
is  omitted  and  the  space  is  given  to  the  experiments  of  the 
physiological  psychologists. 

During  the  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  text- 
books on  physiology  were  so  devoted  to  the  discoveries  that 
were  made  upon  the  brains  of  monkeys  that  very  little  was 
said  of  the  more  fundamental  discoveries  of  Gall  and  Spurz- 
heim, although  they  were  always  recognized  and  appreciated 
for  their  skill  as  anatomists.     However,  during  the  present 


Introduction  15 

century  much  more  credit  is  being  given  Gall  and  phrenology 
by  the  best  physiologists  than  formerly.  One  of  the  most 
authoritative  books  on  physiology  is  a  "  Text-Book  of  Human 
Physiology,"  by  Dr.  Robert  Tigerstedt,  Professor  of  Physi- 
ology in  the  University  of  Helsingfors,  Finland,  published 
by  D.  Appleton  &  Company  in  1906.  The  Third  Edition  was 
translated  into  English  by  John  R.  Murlin,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  of 
the  University  and  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  College,  and 
contains  an  introduction  by  Professor  Graham  Lusk,  Ph.D., 
Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  from  which  we 
quote  the  following: 

The  treatment  of  the  subject  of  the  central  nervous  system,  and  the 
generalizations  regarding  its  functions,  is  a  masterpiece  of  its  kind. 

In  the  chapter  on  the  "Physiology  of  the  Cerebrum"  Dr. 
Tigerstedt  devotes  considerable  space  to  Gall  and  phrenology. 
On  page  629  he  says : 

Gall  was  the  first  to  get  a  deeper  insight  into  the  significance  of  the 
brain  as  the  substratum  of  the  psychical  life  of  man,  and  he  undertook 
to  prove  this  doctrine  by  actual  observation.  Gall  and  his  pupils  had 
the  idea  that  only  the  cerebral  hemispheres  represent  the  substratum 
of  the  mind,  and  from  what  we  have  learned  in  the  preceding  chapter 
and  as  we  shall  prove  more  fully  in  this  one,  we  can  now  make  thi9 
affirmation  with  much  greater  definiteness.  Gall,  however,  was  not 
satisfied  merely  to  have  demonstrated  the  importance  of  the  brain,  or 
the  psychical  life,  but  proceeds  to  work  out  a  detailed  psychology, 
which  he  endeavored  to  bring  into  line  with  his  ideas  concerning  the 
functions  of  the  brain.  Gall's  psychology  divided  the  intelligence  into 
a  number  of  different  faculties,  entirely  independent  of  each  other,  each 
of  which  had  its  own  power  of  perception  and  memory.  Gall  was  un- 
questionably a  good  observer,  and  in  many  points  the  fundamental 
principles  of  his  methods  were  not  far  wrong. 

''The  Researches  of  Flourens  on  the  Functions  of  the 
Brain,"  published  in  1822,  did  more  to  retard  the  general 
acceptance  of  Gall's  discoveries  than  any  other  one  thing. 
At  that  time  the  discoveries  of  Flourens  on  the  physiology 
of  the  nervous  system  were  considered  as  a  finality  with  regard 
to  the  relation  of  brain  and  mind,  but  confirmation  of  the 
localization  made  by  Gall  of  the  speech  center,  which  is  now 
generally  accepted,  gave  the  death  blow  to  the  theories  held 
by  Flourens  and  he  is  now  entirely  discredited  by  physiolo- 
gists. The  experiments  of  the  past  half  century  on  the  nervous 
system  have  demonstrated  the  merits  of  Gall's  discoveries, 
although  he  has  not  always  been  given  the  credit  to  which  he 
is  entitled.    Flechsig,  one  of  the  highest  authorities  of  recent 


16  Introduction 

years  in  physiology,  distinguishes  thirty-six  distinct  areas  of 
the  brain  and  on  pages  666  and  667  of  Tigerstedt's  "Physi- 
ology ' '  there  are  illustrations  showing  the  localization  of  these 
thirty-six  centers,  with  the  statement  that  they  are  numbered 
according  to  the  order  in  which  they  receive  their  myeline 
substance,  and  are  divided  chronologically  into  three  groups. 
This  indicates  very  clearly  that  the  localizations  of  phrenolo- 
gists and  those  of  the  most  recent  physiologists  are  quite 
similar  and  that  in  the  near  future  they  should  come  to  a 
complete  agreement. 

Our  twentieth  century  problems  are  largely  psychological 
and  sociological  and  their  correct  solution  depends  very  largely 
upon  an  intelligent  application  of  the  true  science  of  mind. 
The  most  practical  and  helpful  system  of  psychology  that 
has  been  developed  thus  far  is  the  one  based  upon  the  dis- 
coveries of  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim.  Their  principles  were 
thoroughly  tested  in  America  by  Horace  Mann  and  the  in- 
telligent educators  who  were  associated  with  him.  In  Great 
Britain,  George  Combe  and  his  associates  applied  phrenolog- 
ical principles  to  education,  thus  beginning  much  of  the 
fundamental  work  that  was  later  carried  out  by  Herbert 
Spencer  and  his  associates,  who  received  credit  for  much  work 
that  was  done  by  George  Combe,  to  whom  credit  was  given 
by  William  Jolly,  Queen  Victoria's  Inspector  of  Schools,  for 
doing  more  than  any  other  man  in  Great  Britain  for  the 
development  of  a  national  education  and  for  the  prevalence 
of  broader  views  regarding  the  function  of  Government  in 
the  education  of  the  people.  Dr.  Graves,  in  his  book  on  the 
"History  of  Modern  Education,"  gives  Combe  credit  for 
establishing  education  upon  a  scientific  basis  before  the  time 
of  Huxley  and  Spencer. 

In  recent  books  on  criminology  Dr.  Gall  is  mentioned  as 
the  father  of  that  science  and  he  was  very  much  more  funda- 
mental than  Lombroso,  who  is  often  considered  the  father  of 
criminology.  The  best  authors  of  books  on  criminology  in 
the  present  century  are  giving  Dr.  Gall  much  more  credit 
for  his  discoveries  than  the  authors  of  half  a  century  ago. 
In  constructive  social  welfare  work,  as  well  as  in  making  life 
more  tolerable  for  the  insane,  the  criminal,  the  deaf  and  blind, 
the  pauper,  and  other  unfortunates,  the  discoveries  of  Gall 
have  played  a  very  important  part  during  the  past  century 
and  some  of  the  most  intelligent  workers  have  based  their 
efforts  entirely  upon  the  system  of  philosophy  that  resulted 


Introduction  17 

from  those  discoveries.  Dr.  Paul  Dubois,  Professor  of  Neuro- 
pathology in  the  University  of  Berne,  who  has  a  world-wide 
reputation  through  his  book,  "The  Psychic  Treatment  of 
Nervous  Disorders,"  has  recently  written  a  book  entitled, 
"The  Psychological  Origin  of  Mental  Disorders,"  in  which 
he  mentions,  on  page  34,  "The  Physiology  of  the  Nervous 
System, ' '  by  Dr.  Georget,  which  was  written  nearly  a  century 
ago  and  based  upon  the  phrenological  principles.  Other 
authors  of  that  time  are  mentioned,  and  then  Dr.  Dubois 
says:  "To  read  the  works  of  these  authors  would  do  more 
for  the  education  of  the  young  medical  generation  than  many 
of  our  indigestible  treatises." 

It  is  generally  recognized  that  less  progress  has  been  made 
in  psychiatry,  or  the  study  and  treatment  of  mental  diseases, 
than  in  any  other  phase  of  the  healing  art.  This  lack  of 
progress  is  due  to  the  unscientific  methods  that  have  prevailed 
during  the  past  century  in  the  study  of  the  relation  that 
exists  between  brain  and  mind.  After  a  century  of  experi- 
mentation and  vivisection  the  tendency  of  the  best  students 
in  this  field  is  back  to  the  fundamental  work  that  wTas  inaugu- 
rated by  Gall.  In  his  book,  "The  Wonderful  Century;  Its 
Successes  and  Its  Failures,"  Dr.  Alfred  Russel  Wallace, 
Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society,  and  the  most  eminent  naturalist 
of  his  time,  begins  the  part  of  his  book  devoted  to  the  failures 
of  the  nineteenth  century  with  a  chapter  entitled,  "The 
Neglect  of  Phrenology,"  in  which  he  says: 

We  have  also  neglected  or  rejected  some  important  lines  of  investiga- 
tion affecting  our  own  intellectual  and  spiritual  nature;  and  have  in 
consequence  made  serious  mistakes  in  our  modes  of  education,  in  our 
treatment  of  mental  and  physical  disease  and  in  our  dealings  with 
criminals.  A  sketch  of  these  various  failures  will  now  be  given  and 
will,  I  believe,  constitute  not  the  least  important  portion  of  my  work. 
I  begin  with  the  subject  of  phrenology,  a  science  of  whose  substantial 
truth  and  vast  importance  I  have  no  more  doubt  than  I  have  of  the 
value  and  importance  of  any  of  the  great  intellectual  advances  already 
recorded. 

Dr.  Wallace  devotes  thirty-four  pages  to  the  fundamental 
principles  of  phrenology,  giving  his  unqualified  endorsement 
to  the  principles  and  then  concludes  the  chapter  with  the 
following  statement : 

In  the  twentieth  century  phrenology  will  assuredly  attain  general 
acceptance.  It  will  prove  itself  to  be  the  true  science  of  niind.  Its 
practical  uses  in  education,  in  self -discipline,  in  the  reformatory  treat- 


18  Introduction 

ment  of  criminals,  and  in  the  remedial  treatment  of  the  insane,  will 
give  it  one  of  the  highest  places  in  the  hierarchy  of  the  sciences;  and 
its  persistent  neglect  and  obloquy  during  the   last  sixty  yn  <V 

referred   to   as   an   example  of    the    almost   incredible   narr 
prejudice  which  prevailed  among  men  of  science  at  the  very  time  ut 
were   making  such  splendid   advances   in   other   fields  of    thought  and 
discovery. 

W.  Mattieu  Williams,  F.C.S.,  F.R.A.S.,  scientist,  educator 
and  author,  devoted  more  than  fifty  years  to  the  study  "of 
Gall's  phrenology,  and  his  last  book,  "A  Vindication  of 
Phrenology,"  was  published  in  1894.  On  page  2  of  that  book 
he  says : 

So  widely  diffused  is  this  idea  that  phrenology  is  the  art  of  divining 
character  by  head-reading  or  "bump -feeling,"  that  many  of  my  readers 
may  have  already  assumed  from  my  contemptuous  treatment  of  such 
delusion  that  I  am  about  to  vindicate  some  modern  substitute  for  the 
teachings  of  Gall,  Spurzheim,  Vimont,  Broussais,  Combe,  etc.,  some 
"New  Phrenology" — some  system  of  cerebral  physiology  and  psycho- 
logical philosophy  based  on  the  muscular  convulsions  of  galvanized 
monkeys. 

I  beg  to  state  that  my  phrenology  is  the  old  phrenology  of  Gall  and 
his  scientific  followers,  the  study  of  which  I  commenced  more  than  half 
a  century  ago  and  have  continued  ever  since  with  ever-increasing  con- 
viction of  the  solid  truth  of  the  great  natural  laws  it  has  revealed,  and 
of  its  pre-eminence  as  the  highest  and  most  important  of  all  the  sciences, 
being  the  only  philosophy  of  mind  that  rests  upon  a  strictly  inductive 
basis. 

I  believe  that  its  general  acceptance,  its  further  development  and 
practical  application  will  contribute  as  much  to  the  moral  and  social 
progress  of  man  as  the  inductive  study  of  the  physical  sciences  has 
contributed  to  his  physical  power  and  progress;  and  therefore  the  best 
service  I  can  possibly  render  to  my  fellow-creatures  is  to  devote  the 
rest  of  my  life  to  the  work  of  justly  reinstating  it,  of  lifting  it  from 
the  mire  into  which  a  combination  of  bigotry  and  ignorance,  pedantry 
and  quackery,  have  plunged  it — of  cleansing  it  from  the  foulness  due 
to  long  contact  with  these  pestiferous  agencies,  and  presenting  it  pure 
and  undefiled  to  the  contemplation  of  genuine  students  of  science/  in 
order  that  they  may  take  up  the  work  of  its  further  evolution. 

The  scientist  who  has  done  most  during  the  past  twenty- 
five  years  to  bring  the  discoveries  of  Dr.  Gall  into  prominence 
is  Dr.  Bernard  Hollander,  who  has  written  a  number  of  valu- 
able books,  based  upon  the  discoveries  of  Gall,  including  his 
valuable  work,  "The  Revival  of  Phrenology:  The  Mental 
Functions  of  the  Brain ;  an  Investigation  into  their  Localiza- 
tion and  their  Manifestation  in  Health  and  Disease,"  by 
Bernard  Hollander,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.,  published  in 


Introduction  19 

1901  by  Grant  Richards  of  London,  and  by  G.  P.  Putnam's 
'"■  t;   >\    >w  York  City.    In  the  preface  Dr.  Hollander  says: 

6  of  the  views  of  recognized  authorities  of  the  present  day, 

a j  given  in  this  book,  tends  to  show  that,  whereas  other  branches  of 
medical  science  have  made  great  advances  during  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, our  knowledge  of  the  mental  functions  of  the  brain  is  still  obscure, 
and  deviations  from  the  normal  mind  remain  little  understood  and  far 
off  from  cure.  Much  value  has  been  attached  to  the  experiments  on 
the  brains  of  animals,  but  all  they  can  demonstrate  amounts  to  a 
differentiation  of  sensory  and  motor  areas;  they  must  ever  fail  to  shed 
light  on  the  diversity  of  human  talents  and  dispositions  and  the  variety 
of  mental  derangements. 

The  present  work  aims  at  clearing  up  the  mystery  of  the  fundamental 
psychical  functions  and  their  localization  in  the  brain.  It  is  the  first 
work  on  the  subject  since  the  dawn  of  modern  scientific  research.  While 
most  previous  investigators  have  confined  their  attention  to  the  intellect 
alone,  the  author  considers  also  the  emotions  and  passions  of  man,  nor- 
mal and  abnormal,  and  demonstrates  their  connection  with  the  brain. 

Even  the  most  recent  text-books  deem  insanity  to  be  a  disease  of  the 
brain  implicating  the  whole  of  that  organ.  Whether  a  person  be  melan- 
cholic, violently  maniacal,  homicidal,  or  suffer  from  delusions  of  perse- 
cution, whether  he  be  a  kleptomaniac,  a  religious  maniac,  or  fancy 
himself  a  millionaire — in  every  case  it  is  assumed  that  the  whole  cortex 
is  affected,  whereas  the  evidence  adduced  by  the  author  shows  that  the 
fundamental  varieties  of  mental  derangement  are  localized  in  definite 
circumscribed  regions,  and  frequently  are,  in  the  early  stages  at  least, 
amenable  to  treatment.  Brain  surgery  should,  if  future  investigators 
confirm  the  author's  observations,  receive  an  immense  stimulus  to 
activity;  and  the  data  amassed  by  the  author,  and  published  in  this 
work,  are  so  considerable  as  to  open  up  quite  a  new  field  for  research. 

The  author  has  based  his  localizations  chiefly  on  clinical  and  patho- 
logical investigations.  Over  eight  hundred  cases  are  adduced,  not 
merely  of  the  recognized  varieties  of  mental  derangement,  but  of  all 
kinds  of  deviation  from  the  normal  mind,  even  as  regards  the  mani- 
festation of  hunger  and  thirst.  The  book  contains  numerous  cases  of 
interest  to  lawyers,  as  well  as  physicians,  and  should  prove  of  value 
to  all  students  of  human  character. 

The  author  found  that  his  localizations  confirm  those  made  a  century 
ago  by  Gall,  whose  marvelous  discoveries  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology 
of  the  brain — on  which  Spurzheim  built  his  system  of  phrenology — 
were  ignored  by  even  his  most  scientific  followers,  so  that  the  world  is 
ignorant  of  them,  and  they  are  presented  for  the  first  time  in  this  book. 
The  history  of  Gall  and  his  doctrine  is  given  in  these  pages,  and  will 
be  quite  a  revelation  to  the  reader.  No  subject  has  ever  been  so  thor- 
oughly misrepresented,  even  by  learned  men  of  acknowledged  authority, 
and  no  author  has  ever  been  so  libelled  and  with  such  malice  as  Gall, 
and  this  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  there  is  not  one  man  of  scientific 
repute  who  has  written  anything  which  would  indicate  that  he  has 
examined  Gall's  chief  work:  "Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Nervoua 
System  in  General,  and  of  the  Brain  in  Particular"  (4  volumes  in  folio, 
and  an  atlas  of  100  plates;  Paris,  1810-1819;  price  1,000  francs  or  $200 
per  copy).     The  fact  that  they  have  not  read  Gall's  great  work  should 


20  Introduction 

make  those  who  have  any  bias  on  this  subject  pause  and  reflect — at  least 
until  they  have  read  this  book  carefully  and  examined  the  evidence 
therein  set  forth. 

Considering  the  important  bearing  which  the  facts  contained  in  this 
work  may  possibly  have  upon  the  entire  development  of  mental  science, 
on  the  study  and  treatment  of  lunacy,  on  the  education  of  the  young, 
the  precocious  alike  and  the  feeble-minded,  on  moral  reform,  the  diminu- 
tion of  crime,  and  many  other  problems  affecting  the  well-being  of  the 
community,  the  author  trusts  that  the  evidence  and  statements,  which  he 
produces  after  fifteen  years  of  investigation,  may  be  received  willingly 
and  in  fair  spirit,  however  critical. 

The  author  of  the  present  volume  has  devoted  more  than 
a  quarter  of  a  century  to  the  study  of  physiology  and  psy- 
chology, and  has  taken  a  thorough  course  in  anatomy  and 
physiology  at  a  regular  medical  college.  For  a  number  of 
years  he  was  teacher  of  physiology  and  psychology  in  classes 
of  high  school  and  college  grades.  While  pursuing  that  work 
he  investigated  the  phrenological  discoveries  of  Gall,  Spurz- 
heim  and  their  scientific  followers,  and  has  reached  the  same 
conclusions  as  expressed  in  the  above  quotations.  He  there- 
fore feels  that  the  greatest  service  he  can  render  to  humanity 
is  to  help  to  popularize  these  principles  of  the  true  science 
of  mind,  in  order  that  they  may  be  applied  in  the  education 
of  the  home  and  the  school,  and  in  all  institutions  that  are 
devoted  to  constructive  social  welfare  work. 


APPLIED   CHARACTER   ANALYSIS 


CHAPTER  I 

BASIC  PRINCIPLES 

Character  analysis  is  the  scientific  reading  of  the  impres- 
sions mind  makes  upon  the  body,  face  and  brain.  All  the 
powers  of  mind  are  good  when  expressed  in  moderation. 
Vice,  crime  and  other  abnormal  conditions,  are  the  result  of 
misdirected  mental  power.  Few  individuals  begin  life  with 
all  of  the  powers  harmoniously  developed,  but  fortunately  the 
tendencies  that  are  too  strong  may  be  restrained,  and  those 
that  are  deficient  may  be  cultivated,  thus  changing  discords 
into  harmonies.  All  powers  of  mind  exist  in  the  infant  at 
birth.  It  is  impossible  to  create  any  new  powers  through 
education,  but  all  tendencies  may  be  modified. 

In  rational  education  the  tendencies  of  the  child  are  un- 
folded in  a  normal  way,  and  where  it  is  necessary  to  modify 
the  inherited  tendencies  the  changes  are  made  through  the 
intellectual  and  moral  powers  rather  than  by  appeals  to  appe- 
tite, passion,  and  other  selfish  sentiments.  When  tendencies 
are  repressed  rather  than  properly  directed  a  condition  is 
established  that  handicaps  the  individual  throughout  life. 

The  causes  of  human  action  are  found  in  the  mind,  which 
functions  through  the  brain,  but  the  expressions  are  seen  in 
the  countenance,  as  is  clearly  shown  in  the  following  lines: 

The  human  face  I  love  to  view, 

And  trace  the  passions  of  the  soul. 
On  it  the  feelings  write  anew 

Each  changing  thought  as  on  a  scroll 

There  the  mind  its  evil  doing  tells, 

And  there  its  noblest  deeds  will  speak; 

Just  as  the  ringing  of  the  bells 

Proclaims  the  knell  or  wedding  feast. 

21 


22  Applied  Character  Analysis 

How  beautiful  Love's  features  are, 
Enthroned  on  Virtue's  honest  face; 

Like  some  jewel  bright  and  fair, 
Worn  by  the  fairest  of  the  race. 

But  vice  and  hatred,  how  they  mar 

The  form  and  face  of  man; 
And  from  the  choicest  pleasures  bar 

All  who  fail  to  do  the  good  they  can. 

The  universal  application  of  the  principles  of  human  nature 
is  sufficient  reason  why  everybody  should  become  familiar 
with  these  principles  for  use  in  self -development  and  in  asso- 
ciations with  other  people.  The  principles  of  human  nature 
can  be  so  simplified  that  children  six  years  of  age  will  listen 
to  a  talk  about  them  with  the  greatest  interest  and  the  closest 
attention.  The  writer  has  tested  this  study  in  the  schools  of 
more  than  six  hundred  communities,  and  the  universal  interest 
shown  is  evidence  that  if  teachers  were  properly  prepared 
they  might  render  the  most  valuable  service  to  their  pupils 
by  teaching  the  principles  of  human  nature  and  character 
building  in  connection  with  the  nature  studies  usually  taught 
in  schools.  The  result  of  such  education  would  be  that  by 
the  time  boys  and  girls  completed  the  eighth  grade  they  would 
be  so  familiar  with  their  talents,  tendencies,  capabilities  and 
limitations,  that  they  could  act  intelligently  in  choosing  the 
vocation  to  which  they  are  best  adapted,  and  in  which  they 
could  best  serve  humanity.  These  same  principles  would  be 
a  valuable  asset  throughout  life  to  each  individual  in  self- 
development  and  in  promoting  harmonious  relations  with 
other  people. 

The  first  step  in  character  analysis  is  to  observe  the  general 
characteristics  of  a  person.  Notice  the  relative  development 
of  the  motor,  sensory  and  nutritive  organs,  the  characteristics 
of  which  are  given  in  detail  in  Chapter  IV. 

Size  is  the  measure  of  power  in  all  things  in  nature,  when 
other  conditions  are  equal.  The  modifying  conditions  in 
persons  are :  Quality ;  Health ;  Activity ;  Proportionate  De- 
velopment; Education. 

Some  persons  are  as  fine  as  silk,  and  possess  the  quality 
that  gives  great  power.  Others  are  as  coarse  as  canvas,  and 
lack  the  quality  that  insures  efficiency. 

Some  persons  have  athletic  constitutions,  and  such  a  surplus 
supply  of  vitality  that  they  can  do  unusual  things  without 
exhausting  the  supply.    Others  begin  life  with  so  little  vitality 


Basic  Principles  23 

that  they  are  compelled  to  conserve  it  in  the  most  careful 
manner  in  order  to  keep  a  supply  sufficient  to  do  a  day's 
work. 

Some  are  so  inactive  that  they  do  not  possess  enough  force 
to  accomplish  much  in  life,  while  others  are  so  extremely  active 
that  they  have  the  greatest  difficulty  in  keeping  the  tension 
off  their  nerves. 

A  study  of  the  proportionate  developments  shows  the  num- 
erous connections  between  these  and  the  efficiency  of  the 
individual. 

Some  persons  with  mediocre  talent  have  developed  their 
powers  to  an  unusual  degree.  Others  with  excellent  talent 
have  neglected  education  either  through  the  lack  of  ambition 
or  of  opportunity,  so  that  they  have  developed  only  a  small 
fraction  of  their  innate  powers. 

After  this  preliminary  study  it  is  important  to  learn  the 
meaning  of  the  different  developments  and  expressions  of  the 
countenance,  as  their  value  is  universally  recognized  as  an 
index  to  character. 

After  studying  the  general  build  of  the  body  and  expres- 
sions of  the  face  the  student  should  go  to  headquarters  and 
observe  the  relative  developments  of  the  different  regions  of 
the  brain.  Dr.  Prank  Parsons,  the  pioneer  vocational  adviser, 
stated  in  his  book,  "Choosing  a  Vocation,"  page  21: 

While  I  am  questioning  the  applicant  about  his  probable  health,  edu- 
cation, reading,  experience,  etc.,  I  carefully  observe  the  shape  of  the 
head,  the  relative  development  above,  before,  and  behind  the  ears. 

Dr.  Henry  Maudsley,  the  eminent  scientist,  gives  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  well-formed  head  and  of  the  badly-formed  head. 
Of  the  symmetrical  head  he  says : 

From  the  forehead  the  passage  backward  should  be  through  a  lofty 
vault,  a  genuine  dome,  with  no  disturbing  depressions  or  vile  irregulari- 
ties to  mar  its  beauty:  there  should  be  no  marked  projections  on  the 
human  skull  formed  after  the  noblest  type,  but  rather  a  general  even- 
ness of  contour. 

In  describing  the  head  where  the  feelings  would  be  more 
likely  to  rule  over  the  intellectual  and  moral  powers  Dr. 
Maudsley  said: 

The  bad  features  of  a  badly-formed  head  would  include  a  narrow- 
ness and  lowness  of  the  forehead,  a  flatness  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
head,  a  bulging  of  the  sides  towards  the  base,  and  a  great  development 


24  Applied  Character  Analysis 

of  the  lower  and  posterior  part;  with  those  grievous  characters  might 
be  associated  a  wideness  of  the  zygomatic  arch,  as  in  the  carniverous 
animal,  and  massive  jaw.  A  man  so  formed  might  be  expected  with 
some  confidence  to  be  given  over  hopelessly  to  his  brutal  instincts. 

These  statements  of  Dr.  Maudsley  show  very  clearly  that 
character  is  not  read  from  bumps  on  the  head,  as  some  people 
imagine,  but  that  the  proportionate  developments  of  the  dif- 
ferent regions  of  the  head  do  have  some  relationship  to  the 
character  of  the  individual. 

Dr.  Charles  Sedgwick  Minot,  the  anatomist,  is  given  credit 
for  the  following  statement: 

After  a  considerable  period  of  life  the  face  reflects  the  qualities  con- 
stantly in  control  of  the  individual.  Thus  there  is  some  foundation 
for  the  popular  belief  that  a  person's  character  shows  in  the  face.  The 
prominence  of  the  features  and  the  shape  of  the  skull  indicate  the 
standard  of  intelligence  and  character.  The  forehead  of  the  African 
savage  is  receding,  and  the  features  are  very  prominent.  The  skulls 
of  many  criminals  indicate  the  same  over-development  of  features  and 
a  low  forehead.  The  skull  of  an  eminent  man  shows  him  to  have 
possessed  a  high  forehead  and  less  conspicuous  features. 


CHAPTER  II 

PHYSIOGNOMY 

Physiognomy  is  the  art  of  reading  character  from  the  face. 
From  childhood  to  old  age  persons  take  the  character  measure- 
ments of  others  by  observing  the  expressions  of  the  face. 
Charles  Dickens  has  said:  "We  are  all  natural  physiogno- 
mists. Our  fault  lies  in  not  heeding  our  instincts,  or  first 
impressions  sufficiently — by  allowing  people  to  come  too  near 
to  us  and  by  their  false  actions  explain  away  their  real  char- 
acters. ' ' 

History  informs  us  that  there  were  professional  physiogno- 
mists as  early  as  the  time  of  Socrates,  the  Greek  philosopher. 
Dr.  J.  Siinms  in  his  book  states: 

Physiognomy,  like  all  other  sciences,  has  been  developed  slowly. 
Aristotle  attempted  in  the  fourth  century  before  Christ  to  place  it  on  a 
systematic  footing  before  the  ancient  world.  Galen,  Cicero,  Seneca, 
Pliny,  and  Quintilian  all  wrote  upon  this  theme,  but  the  advance  of 
the  science  is  chiefly  due  to  the  moderns — especially  to  J.  Baptista 
Porta  who  in  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth  century  pursued  some 
valuable  investigations  which  were  based  upon  a  comparative  view  of 
the  faces  of  men  and  of  the  lower  animals,  and  to  the  great  and  good 
Lavater.  The  "Physiognomical  Fragments"  which  were  published  by 
the  latter  made  him  extensively  known,  yet  they  are  so  deficient  in 
method,  and  often  so  much  at  fault  in  the  application  of  rules  which 
their  author  founded  upon  his  own  experience,  that  they  are  now  re- 
garded as  possessing  but  little  scientific  value. 

The  term  ' '  Physiognomy, ' '  which  is  derived  from  two  Greek  words 
that  signify  "to  know  nature,"  points  us,  by  its  etymology,  to  the 
proper  method  to  be  pursued  in  its  study.  He  only  who  is  a  wide  and 
close  observer  of  the  faces,  forms,  and  characters  of  men,  and  of  the 
lower  animals,  or  who  is  familiar  with  the  conclusions  attained  by  reli- 
able investigators  who  have  studied  nature  in  this  field,  can  hope  to 
become  an  expert  in  Physiognomy. 

Although  Physiognomy  has  not  heretofore  been  satisfactorily  de- 
veloped as  a  complete  science,  it  is,  in  many  of  its  elements,  constantly, 
and  successfully  applied  in  the  details  of  practical  life,  and  interwoven 
into  the  axioms  of  society  and  literature.  The  early  poets  always  as- 
sumed the  closest  connection  between  the  character  and  the  personal 
appearance  of  the  heroes  they  described.     It  is  related  that  Zopyrus, 

25 


26  Applied  Character  Analysis 

an  Athenian  physiognomist,  after  examining  the  features  of  Socrates, 
declared  that  he  was  by  nature  addicted  to  gluttony  and  drunkenness — 
an  impeachment  which  was  admitted  by  the  great  moral  teacher,  who 
confessed  that  it  had  taxed  his  powers  of  self-command  to  the  utmost 
to  restrain  his  native  tendency  to  these  animal  excesses. 

There  is  a  general  agreement  among  students  of  human 
nature  regarding  the  most  pronounced  characteristics  of  the 
human  face,  but  in  the  minutae  of  physiognomy  there  is  a 
great  field  for  speculation  about  developments  that  are  difficult 
to  put  upon  a  scientific  basis. 

The  receding  forehead  shows  a  practical  intellect,  but  when 
it  recedes  too  much  there  may  be  lack  of  ability  to  perform 
the  most  intricate  intellectual  processes.  The  perpendicular 
foreheads  and  those  that  project  forward  in  the  upper  region 
show  a  tendency  to  theorize  and,  where  the  development  is 
extreme,  to  work  out  impractical  schemes.  The  receding  fore- 
head is  an  indication  of  tendencies  toward  inductive  philoso- 
phy; the  perpendicular,  to  deductive. 

The  eye  has  always  been  spoken  of  as  the  mirror  of  the 
soul.  It  can  be  more  easily  modified  by  the  thoughts  and 
feelings  than  any  other  feature  except  the  mouth.  These  two 
features  indicate  more  readily  than  the  rest  the  actions  and 
habits  of  the  individual.  When  the  speech  center  is  strong 
the  convolution  of  the  brain  through  which  it  functions  presses 
upon  the  super-orbital  plate  and  gives  greater  prominence  to 
the  eye  than  is  noticeable  where  the  speech  center  is  deficient. 
This  was  the  first  discovery  that  Dr.  Gall  made  in  his  system 
of  brain  localizations  and  physiognomical  expressions.  When 
the  eyelids  are  widely  separated  they  indicate  a  frank,  open 
disposition;  when  they  are  pressed  so  closely  together  that 
the  individual  can  scarcely  peek  out  between  them  they  indi- 
cate reserve,  secretiveness,  tact,  diplomacy,  and,  when  extreme, 
they  show  policy,  evasion,  hypocrisy,  slyness,  trickery,  cun- 
ning, double-dealing  and  lying. 

The  color  of  the  eye  does  not  indicate  the  character  of  the 
individual  as  much  as  some  people  imagine.  Some  persons 
who  are  opposite  in  color  of  the  eye  are  similar  in  action,  and 
others  who  have  the  same  color  of  eye  are  very  different  in 
action.  Character  is  revealed  more  through  the  position  of 
the  eyelids  than  through  the  color  of  the  eye.  The  amative 
eye  reveals  the  life  of  the  debauchee  more  clearly  than  any 
other  feature. 


Physiognomy  27 

I  look  upon  the  fair  blue  skies 

And  naught  but  empty  air  I  see; 

But  when  I  turn  me  to  thine  eyes 

It  seemeth  unto  me 

Ten  thousand  angels  spread  their  wings 

Within  those  little  azure  rings. 

The  bright  black  eye, 

The  melting  blue, 

I   cannot   choose   between   the   two ; 

BUT  THAT  IS  DEAREST  ALL  THE  WHILE 

WHICH  WEARS  FOR  US  THE  SWEETEST  SMILE. 

— Holmes. 

The  most  general  classification  of  noses  is  into  Roman; 
Greek;  Jewish;  Snub;  and  Celestial.  The  Roman  nose  shows 
aggressiveness,  energy,  force  and  decision.  The  Greek  nose 
shows  refinement,  artistic  taste,  and  a  great  love  for  the  beau- 
tiful in  art  and  nature.  The  Jewish  nose  indicates  shrewdness 
and  is  not  only  found  among  the  Israelites  but  among  the 
Syrian  races  everywhere.  The  Snub  nose  does  not  show  much 
aggressiveness  and  is  not  usually  found  among  people  who 
show  decided  individuality.  The  Celestial  nose  is  the  exact 
opposite  of  the  Jewish  nose  and  is  always  spoken  of  in  con- 
nection with  inquisitiveness.  It  serves  as  a  perpetual  interro- 
gation. The  Snub  and  Celestial  noses  are  common  among 
children  and  are  beautiful  because  they  are  in  harmony  with 
the  undeveloped  tendencies  of  child  life. 

Dr.  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes,  who  for  forty  years  taught 
anatomy  in  Harvard  University,  makes  the  following  state- 
ment regarding  the  mouth  as  an  index  to  character : 

All  parts  of  the  face,  doubtless,  have  their  fixed  relations  to  each 
other  and  to  the  character  of  the  person  to  whom  the  face  belongs. 
But  there  is  one  feature,  and  especially  one  part  of  that  feature,  which 
more  than  any  other  facial  sign  reveals  the  nature  of  the  individual. 
That  feature  is  the  MOUTH,  and  the  portion  referred  to  is  the  corner. 
A  circle  of  half  an  inch  radius,  having  its  center  at  the  junction  of  the 
two  lips,  will  include  the  chief  focus  of  expression. 

When  the  lips  are  firmly  pressed  together  so  that  the  red 
of  the  lip  is  not  visible  it  is  an  indication  that  the  feelings  are 
not  strong  and  active,  or  else  that  they  are  kept  under  very 
good  control  through  the  intellectual  and  moral  powers. 
When  the  red  of  the  lip  is  very  pronounced  the  indication 
is  that  the  impulses  are  strong  and  active.  Excessive  de- 
velopment is  often  found  when  the  feelings  are  uncontrolled. 
One  writer  has  said:    ''Our  other  features  are  made  for  us, 


28  Applied  Character  Analysis 

but  we  make  our  mouths."  It  is  true  that  all  the  features 
can  be  modified,  but  none  of  the  rest,  excepting,  perhaps,  the 
eye,  can  be  modified  as  much  as  the  mouth.  When  the  upper 
lip  is  curved  outward  between  the  mouth  and  the  nose  it 
indicates  firmness  and,  in  extreme  cases,  stubbornness.  The 
approbative  smile  draws  the  lips  upward  at  the  corner  of 
the  mouth.  Mirth  gives  an  upward  tendency  to  all  the  muscles 
of  the  face  and  turns  the  corners  of  the  mouth  upward.  Sad- 
ness, gloom  and  pessimism  turn  the  corners  of  the  mouth 
downwards,  so  that  it  is  a  scientific  fact  that  the  individual 
is  "down  at  the  mouth"  when  controlled  by  those  mental 
states.  The  health  of  the  constitution  is  indicated  by  redness 
of  the  lips. 

Chins  are  usually  classified  into  pointed,  indented,  narrow, 
broad  square  and  broad  round.  The  protruding  chin  is  as- 
sociated with  aggressiveness  and  force.  The  retreating  chin 
is  more  often  found  where  there  is  a  lack  of  vitality  and  a 
retiring  disposition.  A  person  who  has  a  high  crown,  curved 
upper  lip,  prominent  chin,  and  square  jaw,  has  the  unmistak- 
able signs  of  a  positive,  determined  character. 

The  color  and  form  of  the  cheeks  should  be  given  considera- 
tion in  the  study  of  character.  The  high  cheek  bone  is  said 
to  be  indicative  of  strong  lungs.  The  rosy  cheek  of  childhood 
is  a  sure  sign  of  health,  and  it  is  unfortunate  that  environ- 
ments are  not  furnished  every  child  that  will  continue  the 
rosy  color  of  the  cheek  much  later  in  life  than  it  is  usually 
found.  The  very  common  habit  of  trying  to  imitate  this  glow 
of  health  by  artificial  means  is  an  evidence  that  it  is  highly 
prized.  If  more  attention  were  given  to  the  laws  of  health 
culture  it  would  be  possible  to  continue  this  color  of  health 
by  personal  habits,  and  accompanying  it  would  be  the  vim, 
vigor,  vitality  and  force  that  would  add  greatly  to  the  com- 
fort and  efficiency  of  the  individual. 

The  ear  is  considered  of  sufficient  importance  as  an  index 
to  character  study  by  at  least  one  student  of  human  nature 
to  cause  him  to  produce  quite  a  large  volume  on  its  study, 
but  some  of  his  ideas  may  not  have  a  scientific  basis.  It  is 
generally  conceded  that  when  the  auricle,  or  external  ear,  is 
thin  and  round  in  the  upper  region,  that  the  person  has  more 
appreciation  for  the  finer  tones  of  music  than  when  the  ear 
comes  to  a  point  at  the  top ;  hence  in  speaking  of  a  musical 
ear  this  conformation  should  be  kept  in  mind.    The  position 


Physiognomy  29 

of  the  ear  is  decided  more  by  the  development  of  the  brain 
surrounding  the  ear  than  by  its  structure. 

Those  who  are  desirous  of  making  a  more  detailed  study 
of  physiognomy  are  referred  to  the  "Encyclopedia  of  Face 
and  Form  Reading,"  by  M.  0.  Stanton;  and  to  "New 
Physiognomy,"  by  S.  R.  Wells.  These  books  give  a  more 
detailed  treatment  of  the  subject  than  any  others  that  are 
now  before  the  public. 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  TEMPERAMENTS 

The  ancients  distinguished  four  temperaments:  sanguine, 
phlegmatic,  lymphatic  and  melancholic.  These  were  based  on 
the  predominance  of  the  four  supposed  humors  of  the  body : 
blood,  lymph,  yellow  bile  and  black  bile.  They  were  supposed 
to  be  in  some  mysterious  way  connected  with  the  four  ele- 
ments :  fire,  air,  water  and  earth.  This  classification  has  come 
down  to  modern  times  with  slight  changes,  and  is  even  now 
used  in  some  medical  works  as  the  nervous,  sanguine,  bilious 
and  lymphatic,  according  as  the  cerebral,  circulating,  muscu- 
lar or  digestive  systems  seems  to  predominate.  This  classifi- 
cation is  not  to  be  recommended  for  use  in  character  analysis 
because  it  is  based  upon  color  rather  than  upon  structure  and 
is  pathological  rather  than  physiological.  Dark  complexioned 
persons  are  called  bilious,  and  light  complexioned  are  called 
sanguine.  There  are  dark  complexioned  persons  who  claim 
that  they  were  never  bilious  when  told  that  they  are  of  the 
bilious  temperament;  and  there  are  light  complexioned  per- 
sons who  say  that  they  are  not  sanguine  but  always  look  on 
the  dark  side  of  life  when  they  are  told  that  they  are  of  the 
sanguine  temperament.  Persons  with  the  head  predominat- 
ing greatly  over  the  rest  of  the  organs  often  resent  the  state- 
ment when  they  are  told  that  they  are  nervous.  It  is  possible 
to  have  such  an  organization  and  yet  have  good  control  of 
the  nervous  system.  The  lymphatic  temperament  is  not  one 
to  be  cultivated  or  desired,  and  is  largely  pathological. 

A  better  classification  of  the  pronounced  human  types  was 
introduced  in  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century  by 
0.  S.  and  L.  N.  Fowler,  and  is  used  almost  exclusively  in 
phrenological  books.  They  named  the  temperaments  motive, 
mental  and  vital.  The  facts  upon  which  they  based  their 
classification  have  not  changed,  but  the  terminology  is  in 
need  of  being  modified.  Mental  is  not  a  physiological,  but  a 
psychological,  term;  hence  it  does  not  represent  any  of  the 
systems  of  the  body.    The  term  vital,  as  far  as  it  shows  en- 

30 


The  Temperaments  31 

durance  and  force,  applies  to  people  with  the  motor  organs 
predominating  rather  than  to  those  who  have  the  nutritive 
organs  in  the  lead.  The  word  motive  is  psychological,  so  that 
it  is  much  more  logical  to  use  the  term  "motor"  when  speak- 
ing of  persons  in  whom  the  bones  and  muscles  predominate. 
In  1838  Sidney  Smith  of  England  wrote  a  book  entitled, 
"Principles  of  Phrenology,"  in  which  he  writes  about  the 
temperaments  and  adds  to  the  old  classification  of  the  san- 
guine, bilious,  nervous  and  lymphatic  the  additional  terms  of 
"thoracic"  and  "abdominal."  This  classification  was  pre- 
sented in  a  modified  form  by  Dr.  J.  Simms  in  his  "Physiog- 
nomical Chart,"  which  was  written  in  1872.  In  speaking  of 
the  form  of  the  human  body  Dr.  Simms  says : 

I  prefer,  in  the  consideration  of  this  subject,  to  discard  the  word 
temperament  altogether,  as  liable  to  grave  misunderstanding,  and  to 
designate  the  different  classes  of  men  by  their  different  physical  forms. 
These  forms,  -which  are  five  in  number,  I  shall  consider  in  the  following 
order:  the  Abdominal  Form;  the  Thoracic  Form;  the  Muscular  and 
Fibrous  Form;  the  Osseous  or  Bony  Form;  and  the  Brain  and  Nerve 
Form.  In  this  order  I  follow  nature  in  the  manner  in  which  she  un- 
folds the  respective  powers  of  mankind.  I  ascend  from  that  which 
develops  first  to  that  which  is  latest  in  maturing,  from  the  lower  part  of 
the  face  and  physique  to  the  superior  portions,  and  the  same  order  is 
maintained  throughout  the  entire  classification  of  this  chart.  The  num- 
ber of  the  classes  of  the  signs  of  the  faculties  correspond  with  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  signs  and  their  even  combination  represent. 
Every  person  of  course  possesses  all  of  these  forms  but  in  the  vast 
majority  of  instances  they  are  unequally  developed,  in  which  case  the 
predominating  form  or  forms,  by  marking  the  leading  characteristics, 
indicate  the  class  to  which  the  subject  belongs. 

In  the  "Encyclopedia  of  Face  and  Form  Reading,"  by 
M.  0.  Stanton,  practically  the  same  classification  is  used. 
Prof.  J.  Millott  Severn  of  Brighton,  England,  published  in 
his  book,  "Popular  Phrenology,"  in  1913,  the  following  classi- 
fication: Osseous;  Nutritive;  Muscular;  Thoracic;  and  Nerval; 
according  as  the  bones,  nutritive  organs,  muscular  sj'stem, 
thoracic  organs,  or  brain,  preponderated.  Prof.  J.  P.  Black- 
ford, of  England,  in  his  "Phrenology  for  Students,"  uses 
practically  the  same  classification,  and  in  concluding  his  re- 
marks on  the  temperaments  says: 

In  concluding  my  exposition  of  the  temperaments  I  desire  to  make  it 
clear  that  no  faculty  of  the  mind — moral,  intellectual,  animal  or  emo- 
tional— is  due  to,  or  based  upon,  temperament  alone.  It  has  been  so 
constantly  taught  and  accepted,  even  by  learned  men,  that  the  intel- 
lectual and  moral  nature  of  man  depended  upon  his  temperament,  that 


32  Applied  Character  Analysis 

it  is  necessary  to  correct  an  error  at  once  so  misleading  and  fatal. 
Courage,  timidity,  dissimulation,  suspicion,  imagination,  perseverance, 
ambition,  conception,  emotion,  etc.,  have  all  been  credited  to  the  tem- 
peraments and  even  modern  writers  of  repute  have  fallen  into  the  mis- 
take of  making  temperament  the  basis  of  mental  faculties,  of  the  real 
nature  of  which  they  are  ignorant.  These  manifestations  are  all  mental 
operations,  and  as  such  are  necessarily  matters  of  brain  function,  and 
with  the  origin  of  which  the  temperaments  have  nothing  whatever  to  do. 
So  little  does  temperament  affect  the  nature  of  the  faculties  that  it  may 
be  shown  that  with  a  preponderance  of  either  or  any  of  the  tempera- 
ments men  may  be  great  and  clever,  or  weak  and  foolish.  The  brain, 
and  the  brain  alone,  is  the  organ  of  the  whole  mental  faculties,  the 
influence  of  the  temperaments  being  in  modifying  the  direction,  method 
and  intensity  of  their  action. 

There  is  such  a  prejudice  on  the  part  of  some  students 
of  science  against  the  words  " Temperament "  and  "Type" 
that  it  is  advisable  to  use,  instead  of  either  of  these,  the 
term  "Proportionate  Developments"  when  observing  which 
of  the  organs  predominate  over  the  others.  In  naming  the 
three  classes  of  organs  it  is  best  to  use  the  classification  that 
is  universally  employed  by  students  of  biology,  physiology 
and  zoology  :  motor ;  sensory ;  and  nutritive.  This  simplifies 
matters  by  giving  a  terminology  that  will  be  understood  by  all 
students  of  the  science  of  life.  The  entire  study  of  character 
analysis,  whether  from  the  build  of  the  body,  the  expression 
of  the  face,  or  the  shape  of  the  head,  is  based  upon  propor- 
tionate developments,  and  no  reasonable  objection  can  be 
raised  to  the  use  of  this  term. 


CHAPTER   IV 

PROPORTIONATE  DEVELOPMENTS  OP  BODY 

In  the  human  organism  there  are  three  classes  of  organs: 
the  motor;  sensory;  and  nutritive.  Every  person  has  all  of 
these,  but  in  varying  degree.  As  the  three  primary  colors, 
(red,  yellow  and  blue)  are  blended  to  form  all  shades  of  art 
and  nature,  so  the  blending  of  these  three  systems  in  different 
proportions  constitutes  all  the  shades  of  human  nature.  When 
an  individual  has  one  of  these  systems  decidedly  strong  it  is 
easy  to  distinguish  the  characteristics,  but  when  all  are 
nearly  equally  developed  it  is  more  difficult  to  estimate  the 
proportionate  developments. 

When  the  motor  organs  predominate  the  characteristics  are  : 
prominent  brow ;  receding,  narrow  forehead ;  high  crown ;  high 
cheek  bones;  angular  face;  broad,  square  shoulders;  long 
limbs  that  taper  very  little,  ending  in  large  extremities.  Such 
persons  are  built  for  work  requiring  strength  and  endurance 
rather  than  speed  and  fine  adjustment.  Children  with  these 
developments  are  usually  like  the  winter  fruit — slow  in  ma- 
turing— but  very  substantial  when  matured.  They  reach 
their  zenith  later  than  those  of  the  other  proportionate  de- 
velopments. They  constitute  a  very  large  per  cent  of  those 
who  fall  low  when  they  are  measured  by  the  modern  systems 
of  mental  testing,  but  they  are  among  the  substantial  citizens 
and  often  become  leaders  in  science  and  mechanism.  They 
are  not  fond  of  detail,  and  are  never  found  among  the  great 
artists.  They  should  be  ruled  through  the  intellect  as  much 
as  possible,  and  not  be  forced  into  doing  things  that  are  ob- 
jectionable to  them.  Jerome  Allen,  in  his  book  on  ' '  Tempera- 
ment and  Education"  says,  in  speaking  of  youths  of  this 
type:  "Many  a  motor  boy  has  been  sent  to  the  State's  prison, 
if  not  to  the  gallows,  by  ignorant  teachers." 

When  the  sensory  organs  predominate  the  head  is  large  in 
proportion  to  the  rest  of  the  body;  the  forehead  is  full  and 
high ;  the  face  tapers  rapidly  to  the  chin ;  the  body  is  slender ; 
the  shoulders  usually  slope;  the  limbs  are  slender  and  taper 

33 


34  Applied  Character  Analysis 

very  little;  the  palm  of  the  hand  is  narrow;  the  fingers  are 
long  and  slender.  Such  persons  are  built  for  work  requiring 
detail  and  fine  adjustments,  rather  than  great  strength  and 
endurance.  They  excel  in  the  fine  arts,  in  fine  mechanical 
construction  and  in  clerical  work.  They  are  likely  to  become 
so  absorbed  in  intellectual  work  that  they  neglect  to  take  the 
necessary  physical  exercise  and  fail  to  keep  their  vitality  at  as 
high  a  standard  as  it  should  be.  The  intellectual,  esthetic, 
moral  and  spiritual  tendencies  are  usually  so  strong  that  such 
persons  do  not  have  a  difficult  time  in  controlling  their 
appetites  and  passions.  Children  with  these  developments 
are  usually  precocious,  saying  and  doing  things  that  would 
be  a  credit  to  persons  much  older  than  they  are.  When 
these  tendencies  predominate  too  much  they  should  be  coun- 
teracted by  physical  exercise,  outdoor  life,  wholesome  diet, 
and  other  health  culture  principles.  Persons  who  are  lacking 
in  the  sensory  organs  can  cultivate  them  by  giving  more  at- 
tention to  intellectual  pursuits.  These  proportionate  develop- 
ments are  given  as  an  inheritance  to  individuals,  but  are 
often  changed  a  number  of  times  in  a  lifetime,  by  occupation, 
diet,  exercise,  study,  and  other  physical  and  mental  habits. 

When  the  nutritive  organs  predominate  in  a  person  there 
is  a  roundness  of  the  head  and  face ;  the  body  is  plump ;  the 
arms  are  large  at  the  shoulders  and  taper  rapidly  to  the 
wrists ;  the  palm  of  the  hand  is  wide  and  tapers  rapidly ;  the 
fingers  also  taper  rapidly  and  are  small  at  the  point;  the 
emotional  nature  predominates,  giving  a  desire  to  get  results 
without  waiting  too  long,  so  that  the  plodder  is  not  found 
in  this  class.  In  school  the  pupils  of  this  type  prefer  expres- 
sional  studies  and  show  a  fondness  for  change.  They  should 
choose  a  vocation  that  provides  variety,  because  they  could 
not  adapt  themselves  easily  to  the  monotony  of  work  where 
they  would  be  compelled  to  give  their  efforts  entirely  to  one 
thing.  They  are  good  entertainers  and  prefer  work  that  en- 
ables them  to  mingle  with  other  people.  They  have  good 
recuperative  powers  so  that  it  does  not  take  them  long  to 
rebuild  their  vitality  when  it  is  lowered. 

When  the  motor,  sensory  and  nutritive  organs  are  equally 
developed  they  give  a  symmetry  to  the  constitution  that  indi- 
cates versatility  and  adaptability  rather  than  a  decided  choice 
for  one  thing  only.  Those  who  have  decided  developments 
are  likely  to  show  genius  in  one  particular  line,  so  that  the 
problem  of  choosing  a  vocation  is  not  a  difficult  one,  but  when 


Proportionate  Developments  of  Body  35 

all  the  organs  are  equally  developed  there  is  often  difficulty 
in  selecting  one  vocation  out  of  the  ten  thousand  that  are 
now  found  in  the  United  States.  Persons  with  the  balanced 
organization  can  succeed  in  any  one  of  a  number  of  vocations 
by  concentrating  their  efforts  upon  it,  but  as  this  is  an  age  of 
specialization  it  is  necessary  to  center  the  mind  and  efforts 
upon  one  line  in  order  to  become  efficient  in  it.  In  order  to 
explore  new  worlds  of  invention  and  discovery  we  need 
geniuses,  those  having  a  special  inclination  for  certain  pur- 
suits, but  in  doing  the  world's  work  the  best  results  are  ob- 
tained when  there  is  a  general  blending  of  all  the  elements 
of  the  constitution.  Persons  who  have  such  a  blending  should 
not  become  discouraged  when  so  many  vocations  interest  them 
that  they  find  difficulty  in  selecting  one,  because  after  laying 
a  broad  foundation  as  a  preparation  for  life  they  will  be  able 
to  make  a  definite  choice  and  will  get  more  enjoyment  out 
of  life  than  if  they  had  specialized  too  soon. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  PHYSIOGNOMY  OF  THE  HAND 

The  shape  of  the  hand  harmonizes  with  the  form  of  the  rest 
of  the  body,  and  without  considering  the  lines  that  the  hand 
contains  it  is  an  index  to  human  character,  so  that  the  skilled 
character  analyst  can  tell  much  about  the  character  of  an 
individual  from  the  shape  of  the  hand  when  the  rest  of  the 
organism  is  invisible. 

The  three  pronounced  types  of  hands  are  due  to  the  de- 
cided development  of  one  of  the  three  systems  of  organs  that 
constitute  the  human  body:  the  motor;  nutritive;  and  the 
sensory,  or  nervous,  system.  As  these  systems  have  already 
been  described  it  is  unnecessary  to  give  the  details  of  their 
characteristics  here. 

If  the  motor  organs  predominate  in  a  person  the  palm  of 
the  hand  is  medium  wide  and  tapers  very  little,  the  fingers  are 
thick  and  square  at  the  point. 

If  the  nutritive  organs  predominate  the  palm  of  the  hand 
is  very  wide  next  to  the  wrist,  and  tapers  rapidly,  the  fingers 
tapering  rapidly  and  being  small  at  the  point. 

When  the  sensory  organs,  or  nervous  system,  predominate, 
the  palm  of  the  hand  is  narrow,  the  fingers  are  long  and 
slender,  and  the  joints  are  often  prominent. 

When  all  the  organs  are  equally  developed  there  is  a  com- 
bination of  all  these  pronounced  characteristics,  giving  a  sym- 
metrical development  to  the  hand  a&d  the  whole  organization 
is  characterized  by  symmetry. 

In  writing  on  the  physiognomy  of  the  hand  Samuel  R. 
Wells,  one  of  the  best  authorities  on  the  subject,  says  in  his 
book,  "New  Physiognomy;  or  Signs  of  Character,"  page  301: 

The  hand  cannot  be  offered  as  a  complete  substitute  for  either  the 
head  or  the  face  in  the  determination  of  character,  but  it  is  a  ready 
aid  in  the  study  of  those  more  important  parts.  A  man  does  not  think, 
reason  and  invent  because  he  has  hands;  but  his  hands  are  the  necessary 
result  of  an  organization  calculated  to  think,  reason  and  invent.  The 
hand  is  a  most  admirable  piece  of  work,  and  most  admirably  adjusted 

36 


The  Physiognomy  of  the  Hand  37 

to  the  other  parts  of  the  limb  and  to  the  body;  but  without  the  sover- 
eign mind,  whose  subject  and  servant  it  is,  it  would  be  useless.  It  is 
mind  that  makes  man  the  lord  of  creation. 

Further,  we  cannot  fail  to  recognize  and  admire  the  adaptation  of 
the  hand  to  the  mind  at  all  ages,  and  under  various  circumstances;  in 
its  weakness  and  suppleness,  and  in  its  purposeless  and  playful  move- 
ment in  infancy  and  childhood;  in  its  gradually  increasing  strength  and 
steadiness  as  the  intellect  ripens;  in  the  stiffness  and  shakiness  of  de- 
clining years;  in  the  iron  grasp  of  the  artisan;  in  the  light,  delicate 
touch  of  the  lady;  in  the  twirlings,  fumblings,  and  contortions  of  the 
idiot;  in  the  stealthy  movements  of  the  thief;  in  the  tremulousness  of 
the  drunkard;  in  the  open-handedness  of  the  liberal  man;  and  in  the 
close-fistedness  of  the  niggard. 

Thus  the  hand  becomes  the  organ  of  expression  and  an  index  of  char- 
acter. What  would  not  the  nervous  young  gentleman  in  a  morning  call 
give  to  be  quit  of  these  tale-telling  members?  or  what  would  he  do  with- 
out a  hat  or  a  stick  to  amuse  them? 

How  effective  an  auxiliary  to  the  orator  is  a  wave  of  the  hand,  or 
even  the  movement  of  a  finger!  Some  men,  indeed,  seem  to  owe  the 
efficiency  of  their  declamation  as  much  to  the  hand  as  the  tongue. 

In  speaking  of  the  long  hand,  which  is  peculiar  to  the  per- 
son who  has  the  motor  organs,  or  bones,  muscles  and  ligaments 
predominating,  Mr.  Wells  says : 

It  is  connected  with  the  predominance  of  the  osseous  and  muscular 
systems,  the  motor  temperament,  the  oblong  face  and  the  tall  body,  and 
indicates  the  physical  and  mental  traits  attributed  to  these  conditions. 
Julius  Caesar,  Cromwell,  Lord  Brougham,  Andrew  Jackson  and  Patrick 
Henry  had  hands  of  this  form. 

The  long  hand  has  a  powerful  grasp;  is  adapted  to  work,  and  shows 
a  love  for  it;  is  distinguished  for  strength  rather  than  for  delicacy; 
strikes  hard  blows;  is  not  afraid  of  getting  hurt,  and  has  no  very 
tender  scruples  about  hurting  others,  if  occasion  require.  If  it  give 
you  the  clasp  of  friendship  or  of  love,  you  may  depend  upon  it  to  make 
good  to  the  utmost  any  promise  that  clasp  implies.  If  it  be  lifted  in 
menace,  beware!  It  is  true  in  its  affections,  terrible  in  its  enmity. 
Whatever  its  purpose,  whether  of  love  or  of  hate — whether  a  caress  or 
a  blow — it  is  not  easily  turned  aside.  It  is  generally  better  fitted  to 
wield  the  sword  than  the  pen  or  pencil;  but  if  it  write,  it  will  be  in  a 
strong,  compact,  nervous  style;  and  if  it  can  constrain  its  action  within 
the  limits  of  one  of  the  fine  arts,  its  pictures,  statues,  or  music  will 
have  boldness  and  originality  rather  than  delicacy  and  beauty  of  finish. 
The  long  hand  is  the  hand  of  action  and  of  power. 

Of  the  hand  that  is  found  on  persons  in  whom  the  nutritive 
organs  predominate  Mr.  Wells  says : 

The  short,  thick,  or  plump  hand  contrasts  strongly  with  the  fore- 
going. It  is  distinguished  for  breadth  and  fullness  rather  than  length. 
The  palm  is  round  and  soft,  the  fingers  plump  and  tapering,  the  veins, 


38  Applied  Character  Analysis 

arteries,  and  tendons  invisible,  and  the  whole  thick  and  heavy.  It  is 
found  connected  with  a  corresponding  configuration  of  the  other  parts 
of  the  body — with  the  round  face,  the  stout  trunk,  and  the  plump, 
tapering  limbs.  It  indicates  the  nutritive  temperament  and  the  mental 
organization  associated  therewith.  Its  grasp  is  soft,  warm,  and  hearty, 
but  it  does  not  always  mean  so  much  as  the  grasp  of  the  long  hand. 
You  cannot,  in  all  cases,  quite  so  surely  trust  in  the  friendship  or  the 
love  which  it  seems  to  betoken.  It  is  lavish  of  caresses;  affects  play 
rather  than  hard  work;  loves  its  ease  too  well  to  be  fond  of  giving 
deadly  blows;  and  is  readily  turned  aside  from  its  aims,  especially 
where  turning  aside  is  easier  than  persistency  in  its  straightforward 
course.  Macaulay,  Irving,  Wirt,  and  Browning  furnish  examples  of 
this  kind  of  hand. 

It  is  better  adapted  to  hold  the  pen  than  the  sword,  and  may  write 
with  great  fervor  and  brilliancy,  but  its  style  will  not  often  be  char- 
acterized by  either  great  strength  or  great  originality.  The  short,  thick 
hand  is  the  hand  of  vivacity  and  versatility. 

In  speaking  of  the  characteristics  of  the  hand  of  persons  in 
whom  the  brain  is  large  in  proportion  to  the  rest  of  the  body, 
and  in  whom  the  nervous  system,  or  sensory  organs,  predomi- 
nate, Mr.  Wells  says: 

This  hand  accompanies  and  indicates  the  predominance  of  the  nervous 
system  and  the  sensory  temperament,  and  is  found  conjoined  with  the 
conical  or  pyriforin  face,  the  expressive  features,  and  the  slight  and 
often  graceful  form  properly  attributed  to  that  constitutional  condition. 
Dr.  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  had  a  hand  of  this  sort,  as  had  Joseph  C. 
Neal,  Mrs.  Hemans,  Mrs.  Osgood,  and  the  greater  number  of  poets, 
artists  and  literary  persons. 

This  hand  is  not  adapted  to  heavy  labor,  but  can  handle  the  light 
tools  of  the  finer  mechanic  arts  with  great  delicacy  of  touch  and  extraor- 
dinary skill.  In  its  typical  development  it  is  particularly  adapted  to 
the  pen  and  pencil.  It  is  the  literary,  and  especially  the  poetic  and 
the  artistic  hand;  and  as  it  approximates  in  form  to  one  or  the  other 
of  the  foregoing  classes,  so  will  the  character  of  its  productions  be 
modified.  It  has  a  friendly  grasp  for  a  few,  and  a  tender  loving  clasp 
for  one.  It  is  somewhat  exclusive  and  aristocratic,  and,  if  possible, 
avoids  getting  soiled. 

The  shape  of  the  hand  not  only  indicates  the  shape  of  the 
rest  of  the  body,  but  shows  the  proportionate  development  and 
activity  of  the  different  powers  of  mind,  the  thought  powers, 
as  well  as  the  feelings.  The  shape  of  the  hand  can  be  modified 
by  the  work  that  the  individual  does,  but  the  same  modifica- 
tions will  be  shown  to  a  degree  throughout  the  entire  body  if 
the  exercise  brings  into  action  the  various  muscles  of  the 
organism.  This  also  affects  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  and 
may  greatly  modify  the  temperature,  not  only  of  the  hand,  but 
of  the  rest  of  the  body. 


The  Physiognomy  of  the  Hand  39 

The  character  of  an  individual  is  revealed  through  the 
handshake,  whether  the  person  is  conscious  of  it  or  not. 
Charles  Dickens  depicted  human  nature  accurately  when  de- 
scribing the  handshake  of  Uriah  Heep  in  "David  Copper- 
field.  ' '  Uriah  professed  to  be  very  humble,  but  his  character, 
as  revealed  by  the  handshake,  did  not  harmonize  with  his 
pretensions.  When  David  took  hold  of  Uriah's  hand  he  said 
that  it  was  so  clammy  that  it  was  like  shaking  a  fish 's  tail,  and 
when  the  real  character  of  Uriah  was  revealed  it  was  as 
clammy  as  the  handshake  indicated.  There  are  some  interest- 
ing suggestions  on  handshaking  on  page  313  of  Mr.  Wells' 
excellent  book  on  character  analysis,  ' '  New  Physiognomy ' ' : 

There  is  a  significance  in  the  different  modes  of  shaking  hands, 
which  indicates,  so  far  as  a  single  act  can  do,  the  character  of  the  per- 
son. The  reader  who  has  observed  may  recall  the  peculiarities  of  dif- 
ferent persons  with  whom  he  ha9  shaken  hands,  and  thus  note  how 
characteristic  was  this  simple  act. 

How  much  do  we  learn  of  a  man  or  a  woman  by  the  shake  of  the 
hand?  Who  would  expect  to  get  a  handsome  donation — or  a  donation 
at  all — from  one  who  puts  out  two  fingers  to  be  shaken,  and  keeps  the 
others  bent,  as  upon  an  "itching  palm?"  The  hand  coldly  held  out 
to  be  shaken,  and  drawn  away  again  as  soon  as  it  decently  may  be, 
indicates  a  cold,  if  not  a  selfish  and  heartless  character;  while  the  hand 
which  seeks  yours  and  unwillingly  relinquishes  its  warm,  hearty  clasp, 
belongs  to  a  person  with  a  genial  disposition  and  a  ready  sympathy 
with  his  fellow-men. 

In  a  momentary  squeeze  of  the  hand  how  much  of  the  heart  often 
oozes  through  the  fingers!  Who,  that  ever  experienced  it,  has  ever 
forgotten  the  feeling  conveyed  by  the  eloquent  pressure  of  the  hand  of  a 
dying  friend,  when  the  tongue  has  ceased  to  speak. 

A  right  hearty  grasp  of  the  hand  indicates  warmth,  ardor,  executive- 
ness,  and  strength  of  character;  while  a  soft,  lax  touch,  without  the 
grasp,  indicates  the  opposite  characteristics.  In  the  grasp  of  persons 
with  large-hearted,  generous  minds,  there  is  a  kind  of  "whole  soul" 
expression,  most  refreshing  and  acceptable  to  kindred  spirits. 

But  when  Miss  Weakness  presents  you  with  a  few  cold,  clammy,  life- 
less fingers  for  you  to  shake,  you  will  naturally  think  of  a  hospital,  an 
infirmary,  or  the  tomb.  There  are  foolish  persons  who  think  it  pretty 
to  have  soft,  wet,  cold  hands,  when  the  fact  is,  it  is  only  an  evidence 
that  they  are  sick;  or  that,  inasmuch  as  the  circulation  of  the  blood 
is  partial  and  feeble,  they  are  not  well;  and  unless  they  bring  about  a 
change,  and  induce  warm  hands  and  warm  feet,  by  the  necessary  bodily 
exercises,  they  are  on  the  road  to  the  grave — cold  hands,  cold  feet,  and 
a  hot  head  are  indications  of  anything  but  health. 

Action  is  life;  inaction  i9  death.  Life,  in  the  human  body,  is  warm. 
Death  is  cold.  Vigorous  bodily  action  causes  the  blood  to  circulate 
throughout  every  part  of  the  body.  The  want  of  action  causes  it,  so 
to  speak,  to  stand  still.  The  blood  goes  most  freely  to  those  parts  of 
the  body  or  brain  most  exercised.     If  we  swing  the  sledge-hammer,  like 


40  Applied  Character  Analysis 

the  blacksmith,  or  climb  the  ropes,  like  the  sailor,  we  get  large  and 
strong  arms  and  hands.  If  we  row  a  boat  or  swing  a  scythe,  it  is  the 
same.  But  if  we  use  the  brain  chiefly  to  the  exclusion  of  the  muscles, 
we  may  have  more  active  minds  but  weaker  bodies.  The  better  condi- 
tion in  which  the  entire  being — body  and  brain — is  symmetrically  de- 
veloped, requires  the  harmonious  exercise  of  all  the  parts,  in  which  case 
there  will  be  a  happy  equilibrium,  with  no  excess,  no  deficiency — no 
hot  headache,  no  cold  feet.  Headache  is  usually  caused  by  a  foul 
stomach,  or  a  pressure  of  blood  on  the  brain;  cold  feet  by  a  limited 
circulation  of  blood  in  those  extremities. 

There  is  an  old  adage  which  says:  "Keep  the  feet  warm  and  the 
head  cool,"  which  was,  no  doubt,  intended  to  counteract  a  tendency 
the  other  way.  Certain  it  is  that  those  who  suffer  with  hot  heads 
usually  have  cold  feet  and  hands. 

Time  was,  in  the  old  country,  when  aristocracy  deigned  to  extend  a 
single  finger,  or  at  most,  two,  to  be  shaken  by  humble  democracy.  Even 
now  we  hear  of  instances  in  which  "my  noble  lady"  repeats  the  offense 
when  saluted  by  a  more  humble  individual.  This  is  an  indignity  which 
no  true  man  or  woman  will  either  offer  or  receive.  Befinement  and  true 
gentility  give  the  whole  hand,  and  respond  cordially,  if  at  all.  This 
is  equivalent  to  saying,  ' '  You  are  welcome  " ;  or,  when  parting,  ' '  Adieu ! 
God  be  with  you. ' ' 

There  is  a  habit,  among  a  rude  class,  growing  out  of  an  over-ardent 
temperament  on  the  part  of  those  who  are  more  strong  and  vigorous 
than  delicate  or  refined,  who  give  your  hand  a  crushing  grasp,  which 
is  often  most  painful.  In  these  cases  there  may  be  great  kindness  and 
"strong"  affection,  but  it  is  as  crude  as  it  is  hearty. 

Another  gives  you  a  cold  flabby  hand,  with  no  energy  or  warmth  in 
it,  and  you  feel  chilled  or  repelled  by  the  negative  influence  imparted, 
and  you  are  expected  to  shake  the  inanimate  appendage  of  a  spiritless 
body. 

Is  the  grasp  warm,  ardent,  and  vigorous?  so  is  the  disposition.  Is 
it  cool,  formal,  and  without  emotion?  so  is  the  character.  Is  it  mag- 
netic, electrical,  and  animating?  the  disposition  is  the  same.  As  we 
shake  hands,  so  we  feel,  and  so  we  are.  Much -of  our  true  character  is 
revealed  in  shaking  hands. 

But  why  do  we  shake  hands  at  all?  It  is  a  very  old-fashioned  way 
of  indicating  friendship.  We  read  in  the  Book  of  books  that  Jehu 
said  to  Jehonadab:  "Is  thy  heart  right  as  my  heart  is  with  thine 
heart?  If  it  be,  give  me  thine  hand."  And  it  is  not  merely  an  old- 
fashioned  custom.  It  is  a  natural  one  as  well.  It  is  the  contact  of 
sensitive  and  magnetic  surfaces  through  which  there  is,  in  something 
more  than  merely  a  figurative  sense,  an  interchange  of  feeling.  The 
same  principle  is  illustrated  in  another  of  our  modes  of  greeting.  When 
we  wish  to  reciprocate  the  warmer  feelings,  we  are  not  content  with 
the  contact  of  the  hands— we  bring  the  lips  into  service.  A  shake  of 
the  hands  suffices  for  friendship,  among  undemonstrative  Anglo-Saxons 
at  least,  but  a  kiss  is  a  token  of  a  more  tender  affection. 

The  many  uses  to  which  the  hand  can  be  put  are  enumerated 
by  Montaigne,  as  follows : 


The  Physiognomy  of  the  Hand,  41 

With  the  hand  we  demand,  we  promise,  we  call,  dismiss,  threaten, 
entreat,  supplicate,  deny,  refuse,  interrogate,  admire,  reckon,  confess, 
repent;  express  fear,  express  shame,  express  doubt;  we  instruct,  com- 
mand, unite,  encourage,  swear,  testify,  accuse,  condemn,  acquit,  insult, 
despise,  defy,  disdain,  flatter,  applaud,  bless,  abuse,  ridicule,  reconcile, 
recommend,  exalt,  regale,  gladden,  complain,  afflict,  discomfort,  dis- 
courage, astonish,  exclaim,  indicate  silence,  and  what  not,  with  a  variety 
and  multiplication  that  keep  pace  with  the  tongue. 


CHAPTER  VI 

PHYSICAL  MEASUREMENTS 

The  expert  student  of  human  nature  usually  makes  his  esti- 
mates of  the  developments  of  people  without  the  use  of  tape 
measure  or  calipers,  but  in  beginning  it  is  often  convenient  to 
make  physical  measurements  in  order  to  get  a  correct  estimate 
of  the  tendencies  and  talents  of  a  person.  The  following 
measurements  are  the  average  for  a  person  weighing  150 
pounds,  and  having  a  height  of  67  inches : 

Circumference  of  head,  taken  on  line  with  the  eyebrows  and  above 
the  ears,  22  inches; 

From  the  openings  of  the  ear  over  the  top  head,  14%  inches; 

From  the  openings  of  the  ear  over  the  forehead,  above  the  eyes,  11% 
inches ; 

Diameter,  above  the  ears,  6  inches. 

Length  of  head  as  indicated  by  caliper  measurement,  7*4  inches. 

The  measurements  are  not  usually  found  in  the  proportions 
indicated  above,  because  there  are  few  persons  who  have  a 
perfect  blending  of  all  the  organs.  Taking  the  above  measure- 
ments as  a  standard  for  the  medium  sized  man,  the  estimate 
is  fairly  accurate  for  the  medium  sized  woman  when  the 
weight  is  reduced  25  pounds,  the  height  3  inches,  and  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  head  y2  inch.  This  would  give  the  medium 
sized  woman  a  weight  of  125  pounds,  a  height  of  64  inches,  and 
a  head  circumference  of  2iy2  inches.  The  finer  quality  of  the 
average  woman  compensates  her  for  what  she  lacks  in  size. 
When  the  weight  of  a  person  is  100  pounds  the  height  should 
be  61  inches  and  the  circumference  of  the  head  21  inches,  to 
indicate  symmetry.  Continuing  upward  from  the  measure- 
ments of  the  medium  sized  man,  25  pounds  should  be  added 
for  every  3  inches  additional  height,  and  every  additional  half 
inch  in  head  circumference;  thus  if  a  person  weighs  175 
pounds  the  height  should  be  70  inches  and  the  circumference 
of  the  head  22%  inches.  If  the  weight  is  200  pounds  the 
height  should  be  73  inches  and  the  circumference  of  the  head 

42 


Physical  Measurements  43 

23  inches.  After  taking  the  measurements  suggested  above, 
the  accuracy  of  character  analysis  depends  upon  the  ability  of 
the  student  to  see  and  classify  scientific  facts  pertaining  to  the 
human  organism.  From  childhood  to  old  age  persons  are 
observing  others  and  making  estimates  of  character.  The 
accuracy  of  these  estimates  depends  upon  the  person's  ability 
to  study  human  nature.  The  physical  measurements  can  be 
made  with  mathematical  accuracy,  but  in  estimating  the  tal- 
ents and  tendencies  of  a  person  it  is  necessary  to  take  into 
consideration  quality,  health,  activity  and  education.  These, 
of  course,  cannot  be  measured  with  calipers  or  tape ;  hence  it  is 
impossible  to  make  of  the  study  of  human  nature  more  than 
an  estimative  science,  such  as  has  been  developed  for  use  in 
studying  animals  and  plants.  In  stock  judging  the  estimates 
are  sufficiently  systematized  to  enable  all  who  make  a  study  of 
the  fundamental  principles  to  agree  fairly  well  in  applying 
these  principles  in  estimating  the  characteristics  of  animals. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  experts  in  analyzing  human  charac- 
ter for  the  purpose  of  vocational  guidance,  making  mental 
adjustments,  and  otherwise  helping  the  individual. 

In  stock  judging  the  proportionate  developments  of  the 
head  are  taken  into  consideration,  and  it  is  more  important  in 
estimating  human  character  to  study  the  proportionate  devel- 
opments of  the  different  regions  of  the  brain,  because  they  are 
more  highly  developed  than  in  the  lower  animals.  There  is 
still  a  great  difference  of  opinion  among  psychologists  of  the 
different  schools  regarding  the  functions  of  the  different  re- 
gions of  the  brain,  but  there  is  a  general  agreement  on  the 
location  and  function  of  speech.  The  most  recent  books  on 
school  psychology  place  the  higher  psychical  functions  in  the 
forehead,  and  the  motor  functions  in  the  mid-brain,  but  do  not 
differentiate  in  treating  powers  of  mind.  Dr.  J.  R.  Buchanan, 
one  of  the  greatest  discoverers  in  the  realm  of  cerebral  psychol- 
ogy, said  that  all  parts  of  the  brain  have  physiological  func- 
tions as  well  as  psychological.  The  physiological  functions 
were  discovered  by  Ferrier,  Munk,  Exner,  Horsley,  Schafer, 
Goltz,  Fritsch,  Hitzig,  and  other  prominent  investigators  in 
that  field,  but  they  were  unable  to  discover  the  psychic  func- 
tions by  the  methods  they  used.  On  page  181  of  "Anatomy  of 
the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord,"  Dr.  J.  Ryland  Whitaker,  one  of 
the  best  authorities  on  the  subject,  says :  ' '  The  true  intellec- 
tual centers,  holding  in  subjection  the  lower  centers,  cannot 
be  stimulated  from  without."    The  speech  center  was  not  dis- 


44  Applied  Character  Analysis 

covered  from  without,  as  were  the  motor  centers,  but  by  in- 
juries to  that  region  of  the  brain  which  affected  the  powers  of 
speech.  The  most  fundamental  discoveries  in  the  mental  func- 
tions of  the  brain  were  made  more  than  a  century  ago  by  the 
eminent  anatomists,  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  previously 
mentioned  in  these  pages,  and  have  been  more  recently  verified 
by  Dr.  Bernard  Hollander  and  other  reputable  scientists.  In 
his  book,  "Mental  Functions  of  the  Brain,"  page  4  of  the 
Preface,  Dr.  Hollander  says:  "The  author  found  that  his 
localizations  confirmed  those  made  a  century  ago  by  Gall,  on 
whose  marvelous  discoveries  of  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  brain  Spurzheim  built  his  system  of  Phrenology." 

In  the  observational  method  of  character  study  we  interpret 
the  expressions  of  life  by  the  proportionate  developments  of 
body,  face  and  brain ;  hence  it  is  important  to  make  an  accu- 
rate estimate  of  all  these  indicators  of  character. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  ELEMENTS  OF  MIND 

Thus  far  forty-two  (42)  fundamental  powers  of  mind  have 
been  discovered  through  observation  and  experimentation,  and 
two  others  held  as  probable.  These  explain  the  phenomena  of 
mind  classified  by  psychologists  as  the  Intellect,  the  Feelings 
and  the  Will.  For  convenience  they  are  subdivided  into :  the 
SELF-PROTECTING  POWERS,  or  POWERS  OF  SELF- 
PRESERVATION;  the  INTELLECT,  divided  into  the 
PERCEPTIVE  and  REFLECTIVE  POWERS;  the  PER- 
FECTING, or  ARTISTIC  POWERS;  the  SOCIAL  AND 
DOMESTIC  POWERS ;  the  ASPIRING  AND  GOVERNING 
POWERS ;  the  MORAL  AND  SPIRITUAL  POWERS. 

The  Self -Protecting  Powers  are:  (1)  Love  of  Life;  (2) 
Appetite;  (3)  Energy;  (4)  Courage;  (5)  Reserve;  (6) 
Acquisitiveness;  (?)  Thrift. 

Of  the  Intellectual  Powers  the  Perceptives  are:  (7)  Obser- 
vation; (8)  Form;  (9)  Size;  (10)  Weight;  (11)  Color;  (12) 
Order;  (13)  Number;  (14)  Eventuality;  (15)  Locality;  (16) 
Time;  (17)  Tune;  (18)  Speech. 

The  Reflective  Powers  in  the  Intellectual  Group  are:  (19) 
Comparison,  which  judges  similarities  or  resemblances;  (20) 
Causality,  which  studies  cause  and  effect  relations;  (21) 
Mirth. 

The  Perfecting  Powers  are :  (22)  Imitation;  (23)  Adapta- 
tion; (24)  Construction;  (25)  Ideality;  (26)  Sublimity. 

The  Social  and  Domestic  Affections  are:  (27)  Parental 
Love;  (28)  Love  of  Home;  (29)  Friendship;  (30)  Conjugal 
Love;  (31)  Amativeness. 

The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  are :  (32)  Continuity ; 
(33)  Self -Reliance ;  (34)  Firmness;  (35)  Self -Consciousness ; 
(??)  Ambition;  (36)  Caution. 

The  Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  are:  (37)  Conscience; 
(38)  Hope;  (39)  Faith;  (40)  Intuition;  (41)  Benevolence; 
(42)  Reverence. 

This  classification  includes  all  that  is  usually  considered 

45 


46  Applied  Character  Analysis 

tinder  the  term  Conscious,  Subconscious  and  Superconscious 
Mind;  or  the  Objective  and  the  Subjective  Mind.  The  Objec- 
tive Mind  is  used  in  the  same  sense  as  the  Intellect ;  and  the 
Subjective  Mind  includes  all  of  the  powers  named  above  ex- 
cepting the  Intellect.  The  Conscious  Mind  is  usually  used 
synonomously  with  the  Intellect;  the  Superconscious  Mind 
with  the  Perfecting  and  Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers ;  and  the 
Subconscious  Mind  with  the  Self-Protecting,  Social  and  Do- 
mestic, and  the  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers.  Some  psy- 
chologists use  the  term  Unconscious  Mind.  Dr.  Schofield,  of 
England,  has  written  a  large  book  by  that  title.  The  only 
logical  use  for  that  term  is  in  connection  with  the  sympathetic 
nervous  system,  governing  the  nutritive  processes  that  are 
carried  on  whether  we  are  conscious  or  unconscious,  awake  or 
asleep.  There  is  need  for  a  terminology  that  will  explain 
mental  phenomena  in  a  way  to  be  understood  by  all  who  study 
the  laws  of  mind.  There  are  many  misunderstandings  among 
the  followers  of  the  numerous  schools  of  psychology  because 
of  the  great  variety  of  terminologies  now  in  use.  If  the  rep- 
resentatives of  the  various  schools  could  agree  upon  one  ter- 
minology many  misunderstandings  could  be  avoided  and  many 
of  the  mysteries  of  psychology  made  clear.  More  has  been 
done  through  the  system  of  mind  study  inaugurated  by  Dr. 
Gall  to  develop  a  terminology  in  harmony  with  nature  than 
by  any  other  school.  Dr.  Thomas  A.  Hyde,  a  student  of 
psychology  at  Harvard  University  under  Prof.  Win.  James, 
said  in  his  graduating  thesis,  "How  to  Study  Character,  or 
the  True  Basis  for  the  Science  of  Mind" : 

When  Gall  appeared  upon  the  arena  of  investigation  into  the  genetic 
powers  of  mind,  he  found  everything  in  the  mental  field  in  a  deplorable 
condition.  Philosophers  of  the  introspective  school  were  still  debating 
among  themselves  upon  those  very  faculties  necessary  to  form  an  ac- 
curate judgment  of  anything.  Anatomists  and  physiologists  were  still 
undecided  that  the  brain  was  the  organ  of  the  mind.  It  is  true  they 
had  partitioned  off  the  brain  into  a  few  compartments  and  had  added 
barbarous  names  to  them,  but  these  names  indicated  nothing  but  igno- 
rance of  the  function  of  the  parts  to  which  they  were  affixed.  Gall 
had,  therefore,  not  only  to  combat  the  erroneous  analysis  of  the  mind, 
as  given  by  the  metaphysicians,  but  even  to  revolutionize  the  science 
of  anatomy.  He  taught  the  composition  of  the  brain.  He  proved  the 
brain  to  consist  of  fibers  and  cells,  and  separated  the  white  from  the 
gray  matter.  When  we  read  the  account  of  Dr.  Spurzheim's  dissection 
of  a  brain,  in  presence  of  the  learned  anatomists  and  professors  of 
medicine  in  Edinburgh,  we  find  that  so  ignorant  were  these  professors 
of  the  composition  of  the  brain,  that  some  of  them  shook  their  wise 
heads  and  said  they  thought  they  saw  fibers.     The  theory  of  the  brain 


The  Elements  of  Mind  47 

composition  is  now  a  settled  fact,  yet  Gall  had  to  combat  this  point 
against  the  learned  of  his  day.  He  taught  a  more  satisfactory  method 
of  dissecting  the  brain,  a  method  which  undoubtedly  laid  the  foundation 
of  the  present  experimental  school,  at  whose  head  are  Ferrier,  Goltz, 
and  others,  yet  some  of  the  disciples  of  this  school,  ignorant  of  what 
they  owe  to  Gall,  are  still  in  the  habit  of  sneering  at  him  and  his  mental 
philosophy. 

It  is  not  within  my  province  to  give  an  account  of  the  discoveries 
Gall  and  Spurzheim  made  in  anatomy  and  physiology.  I  mention  these 
only  to  show  that  the  founders  of  Phrenology  were  not  unskilled  in 
anatomy,  as  the  opponents  of  Phrenology  have  asserted.  It  was  the 
opponents  of  Phrenology  who  were  unskilled  in  anatomy.  All  the  dis- 
coveries in  anatomy  and  physiology  made  by  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim, 
and  which  were  bitterly  opposed  at  the  time,  are  now  acknowledged 
by  the  leading  anatomists  and  physiologists  to  be  sound  and  correct. 
The  condition  of  mental  and  anatomical  science  being  such  as  we  have 
described  we  must  acknowledge  the  fathers  of  Phrenology  to  be  men  of 
rare  genius.  The  force  of  mind  which  enabled  them  to  break  away 
from  nearly  all  the  recognized  channels  of  investigating  the  mind,  and 
seize  upon  a  system  of  investigation  which  included  all  the  benefits 
obtainable  by  other  methods,  and  added  a  means  of  determining  the 
organs  and  functions  of  the  brain  entirely  overlooked  by  all  who  culti- 
vated the  science  of  mind,  is  surely  worthy  of  the  name  of  genius.  Their 
superior  minds  surveyed  the  whole  field  of  mental  inquiry.  They  saw 
at  once  the  imperfections  which  necessarily  followed  from  investigating 
the  mind  by  self -consciousness  alone.  They  saw  the  futility  of  anatomy 
unaided  by  physiology  to  determine  the  organs  and  functions  of  the 
brain,  and  formulated  a  method  at  once  simple,  natural,  accessible,  and 
within  the  range  of  thorough  demonstration;  a  method  destined  to  lead 
to  a  science  of  mind  and  character  founded  upon  a  physical  basis.  As 
the  truth  of  Phrenology  depends  upon  this  system  of  investigation,  I 
think  it  necessary  to  show  in  detail,  and  yet,  as  concisely  as  possible, 
the  method  of  proof  and  its  attendant  advantages.  Especially  do  I 
think  this  necessary,  as  Professor  Bain,  while  aided  in  the  composition 
of  his  works  on  the  study  of  character  by  the  analysis  of  the  human 
mind  supplied  by  Phrenology,  and  also  by  the  new  light  thrown  upon 
many  obscure  physiological  facts  by  deductions  obtained  from  the 
phrenological  methods;  yet,  after  examining  Phrenology  and  acknowl- 
edging its  merits  and  the  general  truth  of  its  inductions,  he  professes 
to  steer  out  upon  a  course  of  self-conscious  reflection,  to  discover  the 
fundamental  powers  of  mind.  I  will  not  discuss  Bain 's  work  upon  the 
study  of  character  here,  but  will  leave  it  till  later,  and  in  the  meanwhile 
go  on  with  the  method  of  phrenological  investigation. 

Ever  since  the  Baconian  philosophy  laid  down  the  grand  principle  of 
first  accurately  ascertaining  facts  and  then  drawing  inductions  from 
them,  the  domain  of  speculative  philosophy  has  been  growing  narrower 
and  narrower;  science  after  science  has  freed  it  from  the  trammels 
of  the  purely  speculative  school  and  established  itself  upon  the  solid 
basis  of  inductions  gleaned  from  a  wide  field  of  observation.  For  ages 
the  science  of  geology  offered  ample  scope  to  the  speculative  philosopher 
to  engage  in  endless  disputations;  but  a  few  men  by  patient  observa- 
tions of  the  phenomena  of  nature  put  to  naught  all  their  vain  specula- 
tion, and  established  a  science  of  geology  on  the  basis  of  induction;  80 


48  Applied  Character  Analysis 

also  the  sciences  of  chemistry  and  physiology  never  made  any  positive 
progress  till  men  of  patient  inquiry,  undaunted  by  vague  theories,  urged 
with  all  the  vehemence  of  authority,  established  them  upon  the  basis 
of  observed  facts.  They  constantly  observed  the  various  organs  of 
the  body  in  activity  until  they  learned  their  functions.  If  they  had 
merely  speculated  upon  the  probable  function  of  the  heart  or  liver,  they 
would  be  speculating  still.  Thus  every  science  has  progressed  in  pro- 
portion as  it  has  been  freed  from  the  shackles  of  speculation  and  guided 
by  the  light  of  observation. 

Phrenology  was  an  attempt  to  rescue  mental  science  from  the  region 
of  speculation  and  subject  it,  like  other  sciences,  to  experiment  and 
observation.  Phrenology  claims  that  it  should  be  investigated  accord- 
ing to  the  principles  upon  which  all  sciences  having  a  physical  basis  are 
investigated.  Bain  evidently  deals  unfairly  with  Phrenology  when  he 
declares  that  he  is  unwilling  to  follow  its  long,  though  correct,  method 
in  determining  what  are  and  what  are  not  fundamental  powers,  and 
seeks  to  settle  the  truth  or  falsity  of  the  phrenological  analysis  by 
what  he  calls  an  appeal  to  consciousness.  No  physiologist  would  submit 
to  have  the  functions  of  the  various  parts  of  the  body  discussed  in  this 
way.  He  would  insist  upon  an  examination  of  the  observed  facts  by 
which  the  functions  of  the  different  bodily  organs  had  been  established. 
What  physiologist,  for  instance,  would  submit  to  a  long  discussion  upon 
the  functions  of  the  liver,  the  kidneys,  the  heart  or  the  lungs,  whether 
it  were  possible  that  these  could  perform  the  work  respectively  assigned 
to  them?  Every  physiologist  would,  most  assuredly,  protest  against 
such  a  course,  and  insist  emphatically  upon  an  examination  of  the  ob- 
served facts  of  nature;  yet  this  is  the  way  the  modern  school  of  mental 
philosophy  persists  in  determining  the  merits  of  Phrenology,  which 
claims  to  be  founded  upon  the  observation  of  physical  and  mental 
phenomena  connected  with  material  organs. 

The  method  of  discovering  the  organs  and  functions  of  the  brain  pur- 
sued by  Gall  was  similar  to  that  which,  pursued  by  the  physiologists, 
led  to  the  discovery  of  the  different  organs  of  the  human  body  and 
their  functions. 

It  was  a  method  only  such  as  a  genius  would  ever  have  thought  of 
applying  to  the  discovery  of  the  functions  of  the  brain.  Thousands 
had  daily  observed  the  falling  of  apples  to  the  ground,  but  it  took  a 
Newton  to  discover,  by  the  application  of  this  fact,  the  universal  law 
of  gravitation.  Steam  had  always  issued  from  the  mouth  of  a  kettle, 
but  Watt  saw  not  only  the  steam,  but  the  power  it  contained.  The 
blood  had  coursed  through  the  arteries  and  veins  of  men  ever  since 
the  creation,  but  no  philosopher  of  the  speculative  school  ever  evolved 
and  demonstrated  a  theory  of  its  circulation;  this  was  the  glorious 
achievement  of  Harvey,  by  dint  of  patient  observation  and  thoughtful 
induction.  Anatomists,  before  the  time  of  Gall,  had  dissected  the  brain 
by  slicing  it  as  one  would  a  cabbage,  and  theorized  concerning  the  func- 
tions of  its  various  parts,  but  no  system  of  mental  philosophy  was 
devised.  Men  have  differed  in  disposition  and  talent  ever  since  the 
world  began,  but  no  philosopher,  before  the  days  of  Gall,  ever  clearly 
traced  the  connection  of  these  dispositions  and  talents  with  special  de- 
velopments of  the  brain.  Much  speculation  no  doubt  existed  before 
Gall  as  to  the  seat  of  the  passions,  intellect,  and  emotions,  but  nothing 
was  clearly  demonstrated.     Many  of  the  erroneous  theories  then  promul- 


The  Elements  of  Mind  49 

gated  still  retard  the  progress  of  mental  philosophy.  Gall  was  the  first 
philosopher  who  conceived  the  most  accessible  system  of  proof  capable 
of  determining  and  demonstrating  the  organs  of  the  brain  and  the  de- 
pendence of  mental  manifestation  upon  these  organs.  The  method  of 
his  discovery  was  unique,  but  wonderful  in  its  results.  Let  us  see  how 
Gall  proceeded.  Having  gleaned  from  the  field  of  observation  facts 
to  show  that  men  differed  widely  in  dispositions  and  talents,  he  next 
endeavored  to  ascertain  whether  these  diverse  talents  and  dispositions 
were  connected  with  any  physiognomical  development  of  body  or  brain. 
He  discovered  in  his  investigations  that  nature  had  performed  what 
the  experimental  school  at  the  present  time  vainly  tries  to  perform, 
namely,  to  obtain  negative  and  positive  proofs  of  the  functions  of 
particular  portions  of  the  brain.  The  school  of  Ferrier,  Goltz,  and 
others  is  wont  to  take  living  animals  and  remove  portions  of  their  brains, 
and  ascertain  by  their  actions  what  faculties  seem  to  be  lost.  They 
hope  in  this  way  to  discover  the  functions  of  the  various  parts  of  the 
brain.  But  Gall  discovered  that  nature  had  already  performed  this 
process,  for  she  had  given  birth  to  men  and  animals,  with  portions  of 
their  brains  excessively  developed,  and  the  same  portions  in  others  ex- 
ceedingly depressed.  Gall,  by  a  series  of  observations  on  men  of  peculiar 
and  special  talent  or  character,  succeeded  in  connecting  certain  disposi- 
tions or  tendencies  with  particular  portions  of  the  enceplialon.  This 
discovery  was  of  immense  importance  to  Gall,  or  rather  to  the  science 
of  mind.  It  was  impossible  to  get  a  more  extensive  field  to  prove  any 
system  of  philosophy.  Nature  had  spread  out  in  unlimited  profusion 
the  means  of  making  and  verifying  observations.  Not  only  the  human 
race,  but  all  animal  life  was  subject  to  this  method  of  investigation. 
Neither  did  time  place  a  limit  to  these  observations,  for  men  and  animals 
could  be  observed,  not  for  one  day  only,  but  for  months  and  years.  The 
experimental  school  can  boast  of  no  such  opportunities;  their  labors 
must  necessarily  be  confined  to  a  few  animals  under  the  effects  of 
anaesthesia,  and  reluctant  responses  from  the  fundamental  powers  of 
mind  can  only  bo  dragged  from  them  amid  scenes  of  blood,  torpor  and 
stupor.  These  responses,  consisting  mainly  of  bodily  movement,  will 
be  interpreted  with  difficulty  as  {lie  signs  of  the  functions  of  cerebral 
organs. 

Gall  having  thus  discovered  that  the  talents  of  men  were  connected 
with  particular  portions  of  the  brain,  next  proceeded  to  gather  a  num- 
ber of  skulls  showing  abnormal  developments.  He  took  casts  of  the 
heads  of  such  persons  as  were  noted  for  special  talent  or  traits  of  char- 
acter, and  also  casts  of  those  who  were  deficient  in  these  same  traits 
of  character,  and  on  comparing  them  found  that  the  former  had  certain 
portions  of  the  brain  excessively  developed  and  the  latter  had  but  a 
small  development  of  the  corresponding  portions  of  brain.  When  in 
many  cases  he  found  certain  talents  or  traits  of  character  to  exist  in 
the  person  with  a  particular  portion  of  the  brain  developed,  shown  by 
prominence  or  fullness  on  the  skull,  he  found  that  the  same  talents  were 
absent  or  weakly  manifested  in  those  whose  skulls  were  deficient  in  the 
same  place.  When  the  prominence  existed  in  the  other  cases,  he  con- 
cluded that  these  traits  of  character  were  connected  with  a  portion  of 
the  brain  contained  within  the  skull.  Thus  he  had  proofs  both  positive 
and  negative. 

He  did  not  rest  satisfied  with  the  observations  of  a  few  persons,  but 


50  Applied  Character  Analysis 

extended  them  to  thousands  of  persons,  making  casts  and  collecting 
skulls.  To  extend  the  range  of  his  observations,  Gall  visited  schools 
and  colleges,  insane  asylums  and  prisons,  and  wherever  he  had  hopes 
of  getting  persons  distinguished  for  special  talents  or  noted  for  anything 
peculiar.  Their  faculties  were  carefully  noted,  casts  of  their  heads 
were  taken,  and  special  development  recorded.  Dr.  Gall  next,  when 
the  death  of  these  persons  offered  an  opportunity  to  get  possession  of 
their  heads,  removed  the  skull  and  found  that  the  cerebral  mass  corre- 
sponded in  every  case  with  the  abnormal  developments  of  the  skull.  He 
found  that  when  there  was  no  prominence  of  the  skull,  but  a  depression, 
the  convolutions  were  small  or  entirely  wanting,  and  where  there  was  a 
protuberance  of  the  skull,  the  convolutions  swelled  out  and  completely 
filled  the  cavity  made  by  the  protuberance.  Thus  the  labors  of  the 
neurologists  were  at  an  end;  a  resort  to  clinical  and  pathological  or 
experimental  methods  was  not  absolutely  necessary.  But  Gall  and 
Spurzheim,  with  that  indomitable  zeal  to  prove  all  things  beyond  a 
possibility  of  a  doubt  which  ever  animated  their  professional  career, 
followed  up  their  investigations  by  these  methods.  It  would  be  a  long 
task  to  enumerate  the  catalog  of  cases  confirmatory  of  the  location  and 
functions  of  the  various  organs  they  had  thus  established.  Injuries 
to  the  brain,  accidental  or  purposely  induced,  revealed  the  fact  that  the 
organs  of  the  mental  faculties  had  been  truly  located.  Persons  who 
had  received  a  blow  on  the  part  of  the  brain  where  the  phrenologists 
locate  the  organ  of  Color  were  known  to  be  deprived  of  that  faculty. 
So  men  who  had  been  suddenly  possessed  with  an  irresistible  desire  to 
kill,  or  to  gratify  other  desires  connected  with  the  primitive  instincts, 
were  discovered  by  phrenologists  on  removal  of  the  skull  to  have  the 
portion  of  the  brain  under  the  skull,  where  the  organs  of  such  pro- 
pensities were  situated,  diseased.  Though  the  organs  were  first  dis- 
covered by  the  shape  and  form  of  the  skull,  yet  by  repeated  observations 
the  distinct  convolutions  or  parts  of  convolutions  connected  with  special 
dispositions  were  accurately  named  and  marked  out.  So  that  by  the 
situation  of  the  convolutions  themselves  without  the  aid  of  the  skull, 
the  analysis  of  a  person's  character  could  be  given.  Spurzheim  gave 
such  readings  on  several  occasions. 

Alter  cells  are  grouped  together  in  convolutions,  clearly  the  only 
method  of  observing  them  in  the  human  mind  is  by  the  phrenological 
method.  The  only  way  to  make  a  practical  application  of  an  analysis 
of  the  human  mind  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  character,  is  by  the  phreno- 
logical method.  After  the  last  item  has  been  added  to  the  knowledge 
of  brain  or  body  by  the  psychological  or  experimental  school,  the  only 
way  to  apply  this  perfected  knowledge  of  the  human  subject,  in  order 
to  build  up  a  science  of  character,  is  by  the  phrenological  method,  and 
if  that  method  proves  a  failure,  then  we  can  never  hope  to  behold  a 
science  of  character.  But  there  is  nothing  to  indicate  a  failure  on  the 
part  of  Phrenology;  so  far,  she  is  the  only  science  of  character,  and 
her  history  in  that  respect  is  one  of  triumph. 


1.  Plechsig's  localization  of  thirty-six  brain  centers  (from  Tigerstedt's  Physiology, 
1906). — 2.  The  latest  revision  of  Phrenological  localizations,  by  the  Editor  of  the 
Character  Builder,  1922  ;   numbers  explained  in    Chapter    VII. 


CHAPTER  Vm 

SELF-PROTECTING  POWERS 

(1)  Love  of  Life.  (2)  Appetite.  (3)  Energy.  (4)  Courage. 
(5)  Reserve.     (6)  Acquisitiveness.     (?)  Thrift. 

These  powers  of  mind  function  through  the  brain  centers  in 
the  region  around  the  upper  part  of  the  ear,  and  when  strong 
give  breadth  to  that  part  of  the  head.  It  is  not  difficult  to 
estimate  the  individual  functions  of  this  group,  and  often 
when  some  of  them  are  deficient  others  are  abnormally  strong. 
The  beginner  in  the  study  of  character  analysis  will  find  the 
caliper  measurements  helpful  in  estimating  the  developments 
of  these  powers,  but  experience  makes  it  possible  to  give  a  fair 
estimate  through  observation  and  the  sense  of  touch. 

Love  of  Life.  Gives  the  desire  to  live.  When  it  is  exces- 
sively developed  it  gives  a  dread  of  disease  and  death.  When 
deficient  there  is  a  feeble  resistance  against  disease  and  death. 
Dr.  Gall  held  the  existence  of  this  fundamental  power  of  life 
as  probable,  but  it  was  definitely  localized  by  Dr.  Andrew 
Combe,  who  was  physician  to  Queen  Victoria,  and  to  the  King 
and  Queen  of  the  Belgians.  Love  of  Life  is  located  just  back 
of  the  mastoid  process,  immediately  behind  the  ear,  and  when 
excessively  developed  gives  great  width  of  the  head  in  that 
region.  It  may  account  for  the  recovery  of  so  many  people 
even  in  this  twentieth  century  after  all  hope  is  given  up  by 
their  physicians.  To  cultivate  this  power  one  should  meditate 
upon  the  possibilities  for  doing  good  in  this  life  and  should 
aim  to  so  control  all  the  powers  and  environments  as  to  make 
life  worth  living.  To  restrain  it  when  it  is  excessively  devel- 
oped one  should  look  upon  this  life  as  a  preparatory  school  for 
the  future  and  think  of  the  great  opportunities  offered  by 
eternity. 

Appetite.  The  normal  expression  of  this  power  is  to  re- 
mind the  individual  to  take  nourishment  at  intervals  to  build 
up  the  body  and  keep  it  in  proper  repair.  This  power  was 
localized  by  Drs.  Hoppe  and  Crook.  It  is  located  in  front  of 
the  upper  region  of  the  ear  and  appears  to  have  a  double 

51 


52  Applied  Character  Analysis 

function,  the  back  part  giving  a  desire  for  solids  and  the  front 
part  for  liquids.  The  abuses  of  this  power  are  in  drunkenness 
and  gluttony,  two  evils  that  have  done  much  to  retard  the 
progress  of  the  human  race.  The  determined  effort  that  has 
been  made  for  a  century  or  more  to  prohibit  the  manufacture 
and  sale  of  intoxicants  promises  to  establish  an  environment 
that  will  make  it  easy  to  use  this  power  normally  as  far  as 
liquor  is  concerned,  but  it  may  take  much  longer  for  humanity 
to  reach  a  standard  where  gluttony  and  wrong  habits  of  eating 
will  be  abolished.  Sir  Henry  Thompson,  the  most  eminent 
authority  on  dietetics,  says : 

I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  more  than  half  the  disease  which 
embitters  life  is  due  to  avoidable  errors  in  diet, — and  that  more  mis- 
chief, in  the  forms  of  actual  disease,  of  impaired  vigor  and  of  shortened 
life,  accrues  to  civilized  man  from  erroneous  habits  of  eating  than  from 
the  habitual  use  of  alcoholic  drink,  considerable  as  I  know  that  evil  to  be. 

Sir  Benjamin  "Ward  Richardson,  M.  D.,  the  greatest  sani- 
tarian of  his  time,  said  : 

If  we  consider  the  amount  of  ill  temper,  despondency,  and  general  un- 
happiness  which  arises  from  want  of  proper  digestion  and  assimilation 
of  our  food,  it  seems  obviously  well  worth  while  to  put  forth  every 
effort,  and  undergo  any  sacrifice,  for  the  purpose  of  avoiding  indiges- 
tion, with  its  resulting  bodily  ills;  and  yet  year  after  year,  from  the 
cradle  to  the  grave,  we  go  on  violating  the  plainest  and  simplest  laws 
of  health  at  the  temptation  of  cooks,  caterers,  and  confectioners,  whose 
share  in  shortening  the  average  term  in  human  life  is  probably  nearly 
equal  to  that  of  the  combined  armies  and  navies  of  the  world. 

When  appetite  is  deficient  there  is  lack  of  desire  for  neces- 
sary nourishment,  and  the  person  is  so  fastidious  about  foods 
that  it  is  very  difficult  to  satisfy  his  exacting  taste.  "When 
appetite  is  too  strong  it  needs  to  be  kept  under  the  control  of 
the  intellectual  and  moral  powers.  Persons  who  are  fastidious 
in  their  eating  can  become  more  hearty  by  changing  their 
environments  and  habits  of  life. 

Energy.  The  normal  expression  of  this  power  is  activity, 
force,  endurance  and  restlessness.  It  was  discovered  and 
localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  It  is  located  immediately  above  the  ear, 
and  can  be  easily  distinguished  by  the  width  or  narrowness  of 
the  head  in  this  region.  When  it  is  abnormally  strong  it  often 
pitches  the  nerves  upon  a  high  key,  and  causes  the  individual 
to  become  too  strenuous.  This  is  especially  true  where  either 
the  nervous  system,  or  else  the  nervous  system  and  the  motor 


Self-Protecting  Powers  53 

organs,  predominate  over  the  nutritive  organs.  This  is  the 
combination  that  Shakespeare  had  in  mind  when  he  quoted 
Julius  Caesar  as  saying : 

If  my  name  were  liable  to  fear 

I  do  not  know  the  man  I  should  avoid 

As  soon  as  that  spare  Cassius.     lie  reads  much, 

He  is  a  great  observer,  and  lie  looks 

Quite  through  the  deeds  of  men. — 

Such  men  are  never  at  heart's  ease 

While  they  behold  a  greater  than  themselves, 

And  therefore  are  very  dangerous. 

— Shakespeare,  Julius  Cwsar,  Act  1. 

Another  expression  of  this  power  when  it  is  abnormal  is  an 
ungovernable  temper  that  is  often  a  handicap  to  the  indi- 
vidual who  possesses  it,  and  should  be  restrained  through  an 
environment  where  it  is  aroused  as  little  as  possible.  The 
excessive  development  of  energy  is  also  manifested  in  revenge- 
fulness,  severity,  cruelty,  sarcasm,  brutality,  animosity  and 
malice.  In  restraining  this  tendency  much  help  can  be  given 
by  others  who  will  endeavor  to  create  an  environment  that 
will  not  arouse  it.  The  teasing  habit  among  children  and 
adults  is  the  most  common  cause  of  the  abnormal  development 
of  this  mental  tendency.  The  individual  who  has  this  ten- 
dency strong  must  make  a  special  effort  to  let  reason  and  will 
power  rule  when  there  are  annoyances  that  arouse  energy. 
Some  persons  who  are  very  efficient  in  other  respects  are 
handicapped  throughout  life  by  an  ungovernable  temper. 

Courage.  The  normal  expression  of  this  power  is  self-de- 
fense, defense  of  others,  force,  aggressiveness,  and  resolu- 
tion. This  power  was  discovered  by  Dr.  Gall.  When  it  is 
abnormally  strong  it  is  the  cause  of  quarrelsomeness,  pug- 
nacity, contention  and  fighting.  When  the  intellect  is  well 
developed  and  this  power  is  strong  there  is  a  love  for  debating 
and  mental  combat.  When  deficient  the  individual  is  likely  to 
permit  himself  to  be  imposed  upon  without  defending  himself. 
It  can  be  cultivated  by  defending  one's  own  rights  and  the 
rights  of  others  through  debates  and  other  similar  activities 
that  develop  the  aggressive  tendencies.  Courage  is  located 
immediately  above  Love  of  Life.  There  is  often  a  difference 
of  as  much  as  two  inches  in  the  measurements  of  heads  in  this 
region,  and  the  characteristics  can  easily  be  determined  from 
a  study  of  the  developments.    To  restrain  courage  when  it  is 


54  Applied  Character  Analysis 

excessively  developed  a  person  should  avoid  unnecessary  argu- 
ments and  other  expressions  of  self-assertion.  When  it  is 
deficient  it  should  be  cultivated  through  assuming  a  more  self- 
assertive  attitude  in  all  expressions  of  life. 

Reserve.  The  instinct  that  gives  tact,  discretion,  self- 
possession,  and  diplomacy.  This  instinct  was  localized  by  Dr. 
Gall.  It  is  located  above  energy  and  back  of  thrift.  When  it 
is  very  strong  the  head  is  broad  in  this  region,  and  it  is  indi- 
cated in  the  face  by  compressed  lips  and  by  the  eyelids  coming 
close  together.  The  abnormal  expression  of  this  power  is  pol- 
icy, evasion,  hypocrisy,  slyness,  trickery,  double-dealing  and 
lying.  When  it  is  very  deficient  it  causes  one  to  be  tactless 
and  indiscreet,  or  blunt  and  outspoken,  thus  often  wounding 
the  feelings  of  friends.  When  it  is  too  strong  it  can  be  re- 
strained by  confiding  more  in  friends  who  are  known  to  be 
worthy  of  confidence.  Many  people  injure  themselves  perma- 
nently by  brooding  over  troubles  that  could  be  easily  disposed 
of  if  they  were  communicated  to  others  who  are  in  a  position  to 
help.  When  it  is  deficient,  it  can  be  cultivated  by  making  an 
effort  to  keep  one's  thoughts  to  self.  Many  persons  cause 
much  mental  discomfort  to  themselves  and  others  through  a 
lack  of  reserve  in  speech  and  action. 

Acquisitiveness,  and  Thrift.  These  two  mental  tendencies 
have  usually  been  treated  under  one  heading,  but  it  seems  that 
they  are  different  expressions  of  mind,  and  should  really  be 
treated  under  two  different  headings.  Acquisitiveness  consists 
in  accumulating  without  any  regard  to  hoarding,  while  thrift 
is  the  instinct  that  gives  a  tendency  to  save  and  hoard  what 
has  been  accumulated.  This  instinct  is  found  among  some  of 
the  lower  animals,  the  same  as  among  human  beings.  The 
normal  expression  of  it  appears  to  be  to  store  away  in  times  of 
plenty  for  use  in  times  of  need.  The  bee  gathers  honey  enough 
while  the  flowers  are  in  bloom  to  last  for  a  year,  and  some- 
times an  extra  supply  that  is  taken  by  the  beekeeper.  Squir- 
rels, rats,  and  other  similar  animals  store  away  a  supply  that 
carries  them  through  the  winter.  If  a  bushel  of  wheat  were 
placed  before  a  chicken  it  would  eat  what  it  wants  but  would 
not  store  away  any  for  future  use  because  it  lacks  the  acquisi- 
tive instinct.  Geese,  in  cold  climates,  where  the  ice  and  snow 
make  it  impossible  for  them  to  get  their  food  in  winter,  fly  to 
warmer  climates  during  the  cold  season,  and  then  return  to 
their  old  haunts  when  the  ice  and  snow  disappear.  Thus  they 
have  been  provided  with  an  instinct  that  directs  them  to  where 


Self-Protecting  Powers  55 

the  food  is  when  they  lack  the  tendency  to  acquire  and  hoard 
it.  Among  human  beings  speculators  and  plungers  acquire 
large  sums  of  money  in  single  business  transactions.  The 
money  is  often  lost  with  the  same  rapidity  and  in  equally 
large  sums.  Such  individuals  are  millionaires  today  and 
paupers  tomorrow.  The  miser  may  acquire  his  money  in  very 
small  amounts,  but  he  hoards  it  so  carefully  that  it  does  not 
easily  get  away  from  him  when  it  is  once  accumulated.  The 
miser  has  the  thrift  instinct  strong,  while  the  plunger,  specu- 
lator and  gambler  have  the  acquisitive  instinct  strong  and  may 
be  lacking  in  thrift.  Acquisitiveness  and  thrift  are  immedi- 
ately above  appetite,  and  in  front  of  energy  and  reserve. 
When  the  acquiring  tendencies  are  stronger  than  the  hoarding 
the  front  region  of  this  center  is  developed  most.  When  the 
hoarding  tendencies  predominate  the  head  is  wider  in  the 
posterior  region  of  this  brain  center.  This  sense  of  property 
was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  He  found  it  so  strong  in  the  most 
notorious  thieves  in  some  of  the  prisons  he  visited  in  the  early 
history  of  his  experiments  that  he  named  the  instinct  "Theft," 
but  the  terminology  was  later  changed  to  "the  sentiment  of 
property,"  and  for  nearly  a  century  it  has  been  designated 
"acquisitiveness."  It  should  always  be  kept  in  mind  that  the 
normal  function  of  every  power  is  good,  and  that  all  evil  comes 
from  the  misuse  of  good  powers.  The  abuse  of  the  acquisitive 
instinct  is  theft,  and  it  is  questionable  whether  there  was  ever 
a  time  when  it  was  more  frequently  perverted  than  in  the 
present  century,  because  of  the  great  value  that  is  placed 
upon  what  people  have  rather  than  what  they  are.  In  study- 
ing the  statistics  of  an  industrial  school  for  boys  it  was  found 
that  out  of  140  inmates  105  were  there  for  taking  things  that 
did  not  belong  to  them.  Our  prisons  and  penitentiaries  are 
full  of  men  who  are  guilty  of  no  other  crime  than  taking 
things  that  do  not  belong  to  them.  If  all  who  are  guilty  of 
the  abuse  of  this  essential  power  of  mind  were  placed  in  houses 
of  detention  it  would  be  a  heavy  tax  upon  the  nation  to  care 
for  them.  When  acquisitiveness  is  too  strong  it  can  be  re- 
strained by  furnishing  an  environment  that  will  cause  it  to  act 
normally.  When  it  is  deficient  it  can  be  cultivated  through 
use,  and  by  placing  a  higher  estimate  upon  money.  In  ancient 
times  the  statement  was  made  that  the  love  of  money  is  the 
root  of  all  evil,  and  the  experiences  of  many  centuries  indicate 
that  there  is  much  truth  in  that  statement.  Human  happiness 
will  be  greatly  increased  when  environments  are  so  changed 


56  Applied  Character  Analysis 

that  there  will  be  less  temptation  than  at  present  to  abuse  the 
acquisitive  instinct. 

These  self -protecting  powers  are  the  first  to  awaken  in  the 
child  and  should  receive  the  most  careful  direction  from  the 
earliest  period  of  the  child's  life.  The  abuse  of  these  essential 
powers  of  life  is  the  chief  cause  of  juvenile  delinquency,  and 
when  humanity  applies  as  much  skill  in  harmonizing  these 
powers  in  human  beings  as  in  detecting  the  guilty  ones  when 
damage  is  done  there  will  be  much  more  happiness  in  the 
world  and  much  less  vice  and  crime.  Some  inherit  these  self- 
protecting  powers  so  strong  that  it  is  necessary  to  exercise 
care  in  furnishing  an  environment  that  will  not  arouse  them  to 
excessive  action.  Through  right  training  and  favorable  en- 
vironment the  other  powers  of  mind  can  be  cultivated  until  the 
intellectual  and  moral  powers  are  strong  enough  to  keep  these 
instincts  of  self-preservation  under  control.  Before  birth  of  a 
child  the  parents  should  act  as  if  heredity  is  everything  and 
environment  nothing ;  after  the  birth  of  the  child  the  parents 
should  act  as  if  heredity  is  nothing  and  environment  every- 
thing. Many  children  who  become  wards  of  juvenile  courts, 
reform  schools,  and  other  institutions  of  correction,  are  not 
badly  organized,  but  are  there  because  powers  that  were  nor- 
mal in  development  were  abnormally  exercised.  In  studying 
the  boys  and  girls  of  the  industrial  schools  of  three  states  it 
was  noticeable  that  most  of  them  were  not  badly  organized, 
but  were  there  because  their  environments  had  not  been  prop- 
erty controlled.  The  voice  of  the  past  century  was  rescue  and 
cure ;  the  motto  of  the  present  century  must  be  preyention  and 
normal  development  through  right  inheritance  and  properly 
controlled  environments,  that  will  result  in  each  individual 
controlling  his  impulses  from  within,  so  that  there  will  be  no 
need  of  control  from  without. 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  INTELLECT 

The  Intellect,  in  the  classification  used  here,  corresponds  to 
the  objective  mind  in  the  classification  used  by  some  psychol- 
ogists, and  to  the  conscious  mind  used  by  others.  Under  this 
classification  we  consider  the  powers  that  are  used  in  observ- 
ing, classifying  and  remembering  things.  When  speaking  of 
this  division  of  mind  the  functions  should  be  classed  as 
intellectual.  All  the  powers  of  the  intellect  are  mental  pow- 
ers, but  not  all  the  powers  of  mind  are  intellectual.  Many 
modern  writers  make  the  mistake  of  saying  physical,  mental, 
moral  and  spiritual,  instead  of  physical,  intellectual,  moral 
and  spiritual.  Dr.  Hollander,  in  his  ' '  Mental  Functions  of  the 
Brain,"  page  3,  calls  attention  to  this  inaccuracy  in  the  fol- 
lowing words : 

Most  men  regard  mind  as  though  the  term  were  equivalent  to  intel- 
lect and  did  not  include  the  feelings  and  fundamental  impulses.  Thus 
when  we  state  the  first  fundamental  principle,  that  the  brain  is  the 
organ  of  the  mind,  as  to  which  we  are  supposed  to  be  one  and  all  agreed, 
we,  in  reality,  differ  widely  according  to  the  interpretation  assigned 
to  the  word  ' '  mind. ' ' 

The  great  majority  hold  mind  to  be  equivalent  to  intellect,  and 
from  this  opinion  serious  errors  have  arisen,  which  have  retarded  the 
progress  of  mental  science.  To  such  persons  it  is  a  puzzle  that  large 
brains  should  be  found  with  poor  intellect,  and  small  brains  with  great 
wisdom.  An  explanation  is  sought  for.  Some  there  are  who  find  the 
solution  in  differences  in  quality  of  the  brain  matter.  This,  however, 
is  an  insufficient  explanation,  for  men  of  great  intellectual  ability,  and 
apparently  the  same  quality  of  brain,  like  Cuvier  and  Gambetta,  occur, 
the  one  heading  the  list  with  the  heaviest,  while  the  other  ranges  at  the 
bottom  of  the  list  with  the  lightest  brain,  Cuvier 's  brain  weighing  sixty- 
four  ounces,  and  Gambetta 's  only  thirty-nine,  which  is  considerably 
below  the  alleged  normal  limit. 

This  supposed  contradiction  is  explained  on  page  84  of  Dr. 
Browne's  work  on  "Education,  Insanity  and  Prison  Disci- 
pline," from  which  we  have  already  quoted.  Dr.  Browne  tells 
of  the  visit  of  Tiedemann,  the  eminent  anatomist,  to  the  phren- 

57 


58  Applied  Character  Analysis 

ological  museum  of  De  Ville,  in  London.  On  entering  this 
museum  Tiedemann,  because  he  had  tested  the  capacity  of  a 
great  many  negro  and  European  skulls  by  filling  them  with 
millet  seed  and  finding  that  on  the  average  those  of  the 
Africans  were  scarcely  inferior  in  size  to  the  skulls  of  the 
Europeans,  believed  that  from  that  fact  it  was  probable  that 
the  negro,  if  placed  in  advantageous  circumstances,  ought  to 
be  able  to  exhibit  powers  of  mind  equal  to  the  European.  In 
reporting  the  visit  further,  Dr.  Browne  says : 

But  when  the  humble,  self-educated  follower  of  Gall  demonstrated 
to  this  celebrated  physiologist  and  anatomist  that  the  forehead  of  the 
negro  is  usually  much  smaller  than  that  of  the  European,  and  that, 
moreover,  its  form,  with  few  exceptions,  is  irregular  and  ill-balanced; 
and  when  he  showed  that  the  size  of  the  negro  skull  in  the  basilar  por- 
tion, where  the  organs  of  the  affections  (which  we  possess  in  common 
with  the  lower  animals)  lie,  was,  in  proportion  to  the  upper  and 
anterior  parts,  which  are  the  seats  of  the  moral  and  intellectual  facul- 
ties, larger  in  the  negro  than  in  the  European — when  De  Ville  showed, 
by  many  instances,  that  this  is  always  and  infallibly  the  case  (with 
the  exception  of  the  heads  of  criminals),  Tiedemann  raised  his  hands 
and  said,  "The  labor  of  years  is  now,  I  clearly  see,  of  no  use  to  me; 
and  I  must  destroy  many  valuable  things  bearing  upon  this  theme." 
Thus,  by  following  the  true  mode  of  investigating  this  department  of 
natural  history,  an  uneducated  man,  of  good  talents,  was  enabled  to 
correct  a  mistake  in  anatomy  and  physiology  committed  by  one  of  the 
ablest  anatomists  that  Europe  has  given  birth  to. 

In  recent  books  of  psychology  the  frontal  region  of  the 
brain,  where  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim  located  the  intellectual 
powers,  is  labeled  "higher  psychical."  On  page  19  of  "The 
Education  of  the  Central  Nervous  System,"  by  Reuben  Post 
Halleck,  M.  A.,  is  a  quotation  from  Dr.  McKendrick,  as 
follows : 

The  frontal  lobes  appear  to  have  to  do  with  cognition  and  intellec- 
tual action.  If  so,  the  gray  matter  on  the  surface  of  the  brain  may  be 
mapped  out  into  three  great  areas, — an  area  concerned  in  cognitions 
and  volitions  in  front,  a  motor  or  ideomotor  area  in  the  middle,  and  a 
sensory  area  behind. 

The  writers  on  physiology  and  psychology  appear  to  be 
getting  nearer  together  in  their  ideas  of  the  localization  of  the 
functions  of  the  brain,  and  there  is  hope  that  they  will  yet 
come  to  a  unity  of  conception  and  expression  in  their  study  of 
psychology.  All  are  now  agreed  that  the  first  step  in  gather- 
ing facts  is  sensation,  and  that  sensations  are  changed  into 
percepts.    Percepts  are  elaborated  through  judgment,  or  com- 


The  Intellect  59 

parison,  and  through  causality,  or  reason.  Gall  and  his 
scientific  followers  hold  that  every  power  of  the  intellect  has 
its  own  memory.  This  is  well  stated  in  "  School  and  Fire- 
side," by  Dr.  Karl  G.  Maeser,  who  spent  fifty  years  in  the 
schools  of  Europe  and  America,  when  he  says : 

The  capacity  for  recollection  is  greatly  diversified  according  to  the 
physical  organization  of  the  individual.  Phrenologically  speaking,  this 
capacity  seldom  extends  harmoniously  over  all  the  various  organs  of 
perception  in  the  brain.  For  instance,  localities,  names,  dates,  figures, 
forms,  etc.,  are  seldom  recalled  with  equal  vividness.  Parents  and 
teachers  ought  therefore  to  make  it  their  object  to  discover  any  spe- 
cially pronounced  capability  or  defect  in  this  regard,  and  instead  of 
paying  undue  attention  to  an  already  well  developed  tendency,  should 
rather  endeavor  to  cultivate  those  parts  in  which  recollection  appears 
to  encounter  great  difficulties.  Scolding,  censure,  or  other  such  means 
of  correction  are  not  only  useless  but  absolutely  unjust,  for  the  educator 
is  confronted  by  an  organic  deficiency  rather  than  by  a  wilful  neglect. 

The  intellect  is  divided  into  the  perceptive  powers,  and  the 
reflective,  or  reasoning  powers.  The  perceptives  are  the  first 
to  awaken  in  childhood.  First  sensation,  then  perception  and 
memory,  then  reason.  Kindergartens  that  are  conducted  on  a 
rational  basis  unfold  the  perceptive  powers  in  a  normal  way, 
and  at  the  same  time  adjust  the  social  tendencies  by  training 
children  to  treat  each  other  justly  in  their  work  and  play. 
The  Montessori  schools  are  based  upon  similar  principles  and 
produce  the  same  results.  Kindergarten  principles  are  being 
introduced  into  the  primary  grades  in  many  schools,  and  it 
will  be  a  happy  day  for  our  twentieth  century  education  when 
all  the  work  up  to  the  university  is  based  upon  as  good  a 
psychological  foundation  as  are  the  Kindergarten  and  Mon- 
tessori systems. 

The  Perceptives  are:  Observation;  Form;  Size;  "Weight; 
Color;  Order;  Number;  Eventuality;  Locality;  Time;  Tune; 
and  Speech. 

Observation.  In  the  ''System  of  Phrenology/'  by  George 
Combe,  the  following  is  given  concerning  this  power : 

This  organ  is  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  lower  part  of  the  fore- 
head, immediately  above  the  top  of  the  nose.  When  large,  it  produces 
breadth,  projection,  and  descent  between  the  eye-brows,  at  that  part; 
when  small,  the  eye-brows  approach  closely  to  each  other,  and  lie  in  a 
horizontal  line. 

In  surveying  the  external  world,  we  may  consider,  first,  objects  simply 
as  substances  or  existences,  such  as  a  rock,  a  horse,  a  tree,  a  man;  these 
perceptions  are  designated  by  substantives;  in  the  next  place,  the  prop- 


60  Applied  Character  Analysis 

erties  and  relations  of  things  which  exist,  such  as  their  form,  size,  weight, 
and  color.  After  these  perceptions,  we  may  notice  their  active  phe- 
nomena; the  rock  falls,  the  horse  runs,  the  tree  grows,  the  man  walks— 
these  actions  are  designated  by  active  verbs.  As  size,  form,  weight, 
and  color,  are  adjuncts  of  physical  existence,  time  is  an  adjunct  of 
action.  Now,  the  faculty  of  observation  renders  us  observant  of  objects 
which  exist;  it  gives  the  notion  of  substance,  and  forms  the  class  of 
ideas  represented  by  substantive  nouns  when  used  without  an  adjective, 
as  rock,  man,  horse. 

The  faculty  gives  the  desire,  accompanied  with  the  ability,  to  know 
objects  as  mere  existences,  without  regard  to  their  modes  of  action,  or 
the  purposes  to  which  they  may  be  subservient.  Individuals  in  whom 
it  is  large,  will  observe  and  examine  an  object  with  intense  delight, 
without  the  least  consideration  to  what  it  may  be  applied — a  quality 
of  mind  which  is  almost  incomprehensible  to  persons  in  whom  this  organ 
is  small  and  causality  large.  It  prompts  to  observation,  and  is  a  great 
element  in  a  genius  for  those  sciences  which  consist  in  a  knowledge  of 
specific  existence,  such  as  natural  history.  It  leads  to  giving  a  specific 
form  to  all  the  ideas  entertained  by  the  mind.  A  student  in  whom  this 
organ  is  small,  and  the  reflecting  organs  large,  may  have  his  mind  stored 
with  general  principles  of  science,  and  with  abstract  ideas,  but  will 
experience  much  difficulty  in  reducing  them  into  precise  and  specific 
forms.  Another,  in  whom  this  organ  is  large,  will  have  all  his  knowledge 
individualized :  if  he  hear  lectures  or  conversation  in  which  general 
views  chiefly  are  presented,  he  will  render  them  specific  for  himself ;  but 
unless  his  reflecting  organs  also  be  large,  he  will  be  prone  to  miss  the 
essential  principle,  to  seiise  upon  the  most  palpable  circumstance  attend- 
ing it,  and  to  embrace  this  as  his  conception  of  it.  Such  persons  are 
learned,  and,  owing  to  the  store  of  facts  with  which  their  memories  are 
replenished,  the  great  definiteness  and  precision  of  their  ideas,  and  the 
readiness  with  which  they  command  them,  they  often  take  a  lead  in 
public  business:  but  if  their  reflective  organs  be  deficient,  they  show 
no  depth  or  comprehensiveness  of  understanding;  they  do  not  advance 
the  principles  of  science,  and  rarely  acquire  a  permanent  reputation. 

In  common  life,  a  great  development  of  this  organ  confers  a  talent 
for  observation,  curiosity  to  know,  and  aptitude  for  acquiring  knowledge 
of  details. 

Dr.  Gall  calls  this  power  the  "sense  of  things,  and  the  mem- 
ory of  things — the  sense  and  the  memory  of  facts."  He  in- 
cludes with  this  what  is  now  known  as  eventuality,  and  names 
it  "educability  and  perf ectability. "  Dr.  Spurzheim  divided 
the  faculty  into  its  elementary  parts,  of  observation  and 
eventuality.  This  latter  faculty  is  closely  associated  with  the 
speech  center,  in  forming  what  is  called  the  verbal  memory. 
This  connection  is  not  yet  thoroughly  understood,  and  fur- 
nishes a  field  for  future  discoveries. 

Form.  This  faculty  of  the  intellect  gives  perception  and 
memory  of  the  forms  and  figures  of  objects.  Form  proceeds 
forward  over  the  inner  portion  of  the  thin  plate  of  bone  which 


The  Intellect  61 

forms  the  roof  of  the  orbit  of  the  eye,  till  it  comes  to  within 
about  half  an  inch  of  the  brow,  where  it  is  crossed  by  the 
convolution  through  which  the  faculty  of  size  functions.  This 
faculty  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  It  is  essential  in  spelling, 
writing,  drawing,  mechanism,  art,  and  designing.  It  is  located 
on  either  side  of  observation,  and  when  large  it  has  a  tendency 
to  push  the  eyeballs  apart,  causing  considerable  width  be- 
tween the  eyes.  When  it  is  small  the  eyes  are  near  together, 
and  there  is  a  pinched  expression  in  that  region  of  the  face. 
When  it  is  abnormally  strong  a  person  is  supersensitive  re- 
garding the  form  of  things.  When  it  is  deficient  there  is 
incapacity  to  distinguish  the  shapes  of  objects.  It  can  be 
cultivated  through  giving  attention  to  the  phases  of  art  that 
bring  it  into  action,  and  when  it  is  too  strong  it  can  be  re- 
strained by  forcing  oneself  to  be  less  critical  and  sensitive  to 
the  form  of  things. 

Size.  This  faculty  gives  perception  and  memory  of  sizes 
or  dimensions.  It  was  localized  by  Dr.  Spurzheim.  It  gives 
ability  and  power  to  judge  magnitude  in  general,  as  well  as 
distance,  height  and  depth.  It  is  located  outward  from  form 
and  observation.  When  this  is  abnormally  strong  a  person  is 
annoyed  by  the  mere  sight  of  disproportion,  and  is  likely  to 
bestow  extra  time  upon  anything  in  order  to  obtain  accuracy 
in  developing  proper  proportions.  When  it  is  deficient  there 
is  a  feeble  tendency  to  notice  the  proportions  of  things,  and  a 
lack  of  ability  to  estimate  sizes  and  distances. 

Weight.  This  faculty  gives  the  perception  and  memory 
of  gravity  and  resistance,  ability  in  estimating  the  weight  of 
persons  and  objects,  and  in  balancing  the  body.  It  was  local- 
ized by  Dr.  Spurzheim.  It  gives  the  power  of  balance,  or  sense 
of  equilibrium,  and  its  possession  is  a  valuable  asset  to  the 
acrobat.  This  is  one  of  the  essential  powers  to  give  ability  in 
estimating  the  weight  of  persons,  animals  and  other  things. 
When  it  is  abnormally  strong  a  person  is  liable  to  attempt 
dangerous  feats  in  balancing,  and  when  it  is  deficient  there  is 
lack  of  ability  in  balancing  oneself  and  in  estimating  weight. 
It  is  quite  likely  that  this  faculty  is  essential  to  builders  who 
are  compelled  to  balance  themselves  in  dangerous  places  upon 
high  buildings.  To  restrain  it  one  should  keep  in  mind  the 
serious  accidents  that  have  resulted  when  individuals  have 
taken  too  great  chances  in  dangerous  places.  It  can  be  culti- 
vated by  practicing  gymnastics,  by  skating,  cycling,  aviation, 
and  other  feats  that  require  ability  in  balancing. 


62  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Color.  The  function  of  this  faculty  is  to  give  perception 
and  memory  of  the  various  tints  and  colors  in  art  and  nature. 
It  is  located  in  the  center  of  the  arch  of  the  eyebrow,  and  when 
large  gives  upward  and  forward  arching  to  it.  It  should  be 
especially  strong  in  color  artists,  and  is  very  deficient  in  per- 
sons who  are  color  blind.  While  giving  tests  to  the  students 
of  a  university  the  writer  found  two  students  who  were  so 
deficient  in  the  color  sense  in  distinguishing  shades  of  red  that 
they  said  they  could  not  see  ripe  strawberries  in  the  patch,  or 
ripe  cherries  upon  the  tree,  when  they  were  there.  This  fac- 
ulty was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  Lord  Jeffrey,  in  noticing 
Combe's  account  of  Gall's  discovery,  said,  in  the  Edinburgh 
Review,  October,  1826 : 

So  far  is  it  from  being  true  that  we  do  not  perceive  color  by  the  eye, 
that  in  reality  it  is  color,  and  color  alone,  that  is  the  primary  object  of 
its  perceptions.  What  we  see,  indeed,  is  only  light;  but  light  is  always 
colored  (if  we  include  white  as  a  color),  and  the  different  colors  are  in 
reality  but  so  many  kinds  of  light.  To  say  that  we  do  not  see  color  by 
\he  eye  is  in  reality  to  say  that  we  do  not  see  at  all,  for  the  strict  and 
ultimate  fact  is  that  we  never  see  anything  else. 

In  commenting  on  this  Dr.  B.  Hollander  says,  on  page  267 
of  his  scholarly  work,  "The  Mental  Functions  of  the  Brain": 

The  folly  of  the  blind  opposition  to  everything  that  emanated  from 
Gall,  or  from  phrenologists,  is  made  evident  here,  for  it  took  nearly  a 
century  to  rediscover  the  simple  fact  that  the  appreciation  of  colors 
has  its  seat  in  the  brain  and  not  in  the  eye.  When  will  such  silly  op- 
position cease?  Gall  made  his  statements  in  good  faith;  why  not  ex- 
amine them  aright  and  in  equally  good  faith? 

What  Gall  knew  at  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century  is  only  just 
dawning  upon  the  scientists  of  the  present  day.  Thus  in  a  paper  on 
Color-blindness  contributed  to  vol.  v.,  part  2,  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Bristol  Naturalists'  Society,  in  1887,  Professor  W.  Ramsay  suggests 
that  the  particular  defect  which  causes  color-blindness  may  lie  in  the 
brain,  not  in  the  eye.  Certain  persons,  as  he  points  out,  are  incapable 
of  judging  which  of  two  musical  tones  is  the  higher,  even  when  they 
are  more  than  an  octave  apart.  Yet  such  persons  hear  either  tone  per- 
fectly; the  defect  is  not  one  of  deafness.  "It  must  be  concluded," 
says  Professor  Ramsay,  "that  in  such  a  case  the  brain  is  the  defaulter. 
And  it  may  equally  well  be  the  case  that  the  inability  to  perceive  cer- 
tain colors  is  not  due  to  a  defect  in  the  instrument  of  sight — the  eye, 
but  to  the  power  of  interpreting  the  impressions  conveyed  to  the  eye 
by  the  optic  nerve.  If  this  be  the  case,  the  problem  is  no  longer  a 
physical  one,  it  falls  among  those  with  which  the  mental  physiologist 
has  to  deal." 

The  following  is  also  quoted  from  the  same  book  by  Dr. 
Hollander : 


The  Intellect  63 

Dr.  Dalton,  the  most  famous  example  of  color-blindness,  had  a  de- 
ficient development  of  one  of  the  supra-orbital  convolutions  in  the  region 
where  Gall  placed  the  sense  of  color.  Mr.  Eansome,  the  medical  at- 
tendant of  Dr.  Dalton,  declared  that  the  eyes,  on  dissection,  showed  no 
unusual  appearance.  No  account  of  the  brain  was  given  publicly,  but 
the  following  is  an  extract  relating  to  it,  from  a  letter  of  Mr.  Ransome's 
on  March  20,  1845,  to  his  friend,  Mr.  Phillip  Holland,  a  Manchester 
surgeon :  "I  have  very  little  to  add  to  the  account  of  Dr.  Dalton 's  eyes, 
which  I  sent  to  Mr.  Stanley.  (This  surgeon  read  a  paper  on  the  sub- 
ject to  the  Royal  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society,  March  1,  1845.) 
There  was  no  disease  or  change  of  structure  in  the  anterior  lobes  of  the 
brain,  but  a  deficiency  in  size  and  development  of  one  of  the  small 
convolutions  resting  on  the  orbital  plate.  Mr.  Bally  took  a  cast,  of 
which  I  have  no  doubt  you  could  procure  a  copy."  Mr.  George  Combe 
writes  on  the  subject  that  "Mr.  W.  Bally  of  Manchester  had  made  a 
cast  of  the  orbital  plates,  on  inspecting  which  he  had  ascertained  the 
correctness  of  the  statement  in  the  newspapers,  that  it  presented  a  high 
ridge  indenting  the  brain  at  the  situation  of  each  organ  of  color. ' '  This 
smallness  of  the  organs  was  also  remarkable  in  the  bust  of  Dr.  Dalton 
modelled  by  Cardwell,  and  Mr.  Bally  has  stated  that  "its  real  size  is 
still  less  than  it  appears  in  consequence  of  the  thickness  of  the  bone 
behind  the  frontal  ridge. ' '  In  another  letter,  written  shortly  before  the 
above,  to  Mr.  Stanley,  Mr.  Ransome  says:  "I  ought  in  fairness  to 
state  (though  no  phrenologist),  that  there  was  marked  deficiency  in  the 
convolutions  of  the  brain  over  the  orbital  plates  which  are  assigned  to 
the  organ  of  color.     VALEAT  QUANTUM  and  give  the  fact. ' ' 

The  Manchester  Courier,  of  August  17,  1844,  contained  the  following 
announcement:  "Mr.  Bally  of  King  Street  has  just  completed  an  ex- 
quisite little  bust  of  the  lamented  philosopher  reduced  from  a  cast  taken 
after  death.  In  height  it  is  about  eight  inches,  and,  being  a  facsimile 
of  the  one  taken  after  death,  is  one  of  the  best  likenesses  we  have  yet 
seen.  Mr.  Bally  has  also  taken  a  cast  of  the  philosopher's  brain,  which 
possesses  a  very  remarkable  feature  in  its  organization.  It  is  well 
known  that  Dalton  was  unable  to  distinguish  colors,  and  we  find  that 
on  both  sides  of  the  frontal  sinus  the  phrenological  organ  answering 
to  the  faculty  is  singularly  defective,  there  being  a  high  ridge,  and 
corresponding  indent  in  the  brain,  precisely  where  the  organ  is  placed 
by  phrenologists. ' ' 

Dr.  Wilson,  in  the  Journal  of  Psych.  Medicine,  1856,  p.  106,  wrote: 
"Here  then,  according  to  the  judgment  of  those  present,  there  appeared 
a  marked  deficiency  of  that  portion  of  the  brain  which  phrenologists 
regard  as  the  organ  of  color,  in  the  person  of  the  most  famous  example 
of  color-blindness;  and  though  he  were  not  famous,  his  case  would  de- 
serve record,  as  the  solitary  one  where  the  brain  itself  was  examined. ' ' 

Dr.  Hollander  further  quotes  the  following  cases : 

Dr.  Samuelsohn  had  a  case  under  his  charge,  where,  after  an  apoplectic 
seizure,  the  sense  of  space  and  light  was  intact,  but  where  the  color- 
sense  was  utterly  extinguished.  (Centralblatt  fuer  die  med.  Wissen- 
schaften,  1882,  p.  851.) 

Steffen  had  a  similar  case,  and  concludes  from  it  "that  in  the  main 
central   organ,   the   brain,   the  centers  for   the   sense    of    'space,'   and 


64  Applied  Character  Analysis 

for  the  sense  of  'color'  are  divided,  no  matter  how  near  to  each  other 
they  may  be  estimated,  but  there  is  a  special  center  for  each  of  these 
senses."      (Graefe's  Archiv,  vol.  xxvii.,  p.  6.) 

Similar  observations  were  made  by  Bjernum,  Brill,  Cohen,  Foerster, 
Schnelle,  etc. 

When  the  perception  of  color  is  very  strong  the  individual 
is  pained  by  seeing  combinations  of  colors  that  do  not  harmon- 
ize. When  it  is  deficient  the  individual  has  very  little  talent 
for  matching  colors,  or  studying  right  combinations.  Women 
usually  have  the  talent  for  combining  colors  much  better  de- 
veloped than  men.  Unless  it  is  entirely  lacking,  as  in  the  case 
of  Dr.  Dalton,  it  can  be  cultivated  through  use.  When  it  is 
excessively  developed  it  can  be  restrained  by  avoiding  condi- 
tions that  arouse  it. 

Order.  This  faculty  gives  perception  and  memory  of  sys- 
tem, arrangement  and  method.  It  gives  a  desire  to  have  a 
place  for  everything,  and  to  keep  everything  in  its  place. 
This  faculty  was  localized  by  Dr.  Spurzheim.  When  it  is 
abnormally  strong  it  causes  fastidiousness,  and  may  produce  a 
tendency  for  too  much  organizing,  and  to  give  too  much  atten- 
tion to  detail.  When  there  is  a  deficiency  there  is  a  tendency 
to  disorderliness  and  slovenliness,  as  well  as  lack  of  method. 
When  it  is  too  strong  it  should  be  restrained  by  worrying  less 
about  details  in  little  things,  and  giving  more  attention  to  the 
larger  phases  of  the  work  in  hand.  When  it  is  deficient  and 
needs  cultivating  more  attention  should  be  given  to  detail, 
and  the  individual  should  force  himself  to  be  orderly,  sys- 
tematic, neat,  and  methodical  in  everything  that  he  does,  keep- 
ing in  mind  the  suggestion,  "Let  all  things  be  done  decently 
and  in  order. ' ' 

Number.  This  is  the  faculty  of  mind  that  perceives  and 
recollects  numbers.  In  some  it  is  abnormally  strong ;  in  others, 
very  deficient.  George  Combe,  the  eminent  Scotch  philos- 
opher, of  whom  Horace  Mann  said  that  in  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury he  would  be  looked  upon  as  the  greatest  man  of  the 
nineteenth,  said  of  himself : 

Arithmetic  has  always  been  a  profound  mystery  to  me,  and  to  master 
the  multiplication  table  an  insurmountable  task.  I  could  not  now  tell 
how  much  eight  times  nine  are,  without  going  to  work  circuitously  and 
reaching  it  by  means  of  the  ten,  yet  for  seven  years  I  studied  arithmetic. 
The  faculty  in  me  is,  in  fact,  idiotic.  Were  any  other  powers  in  like 
condition,  I  should  be  totally  unfit  for  the  ordinary  business  of  life. 


The  Intellect  65 

On  the  other  hand  some  persons  of  very  ordinary  talent  in 
everything  but  computing  numbers  show  extraordinary  ability 
in  this  one  thing.  Dr.  Hollander  on  page  247  of  "Mental 
Functions  of  the  Brain, ' '  says : 

Zerah  Colburn  was  exhibited  as  an  arithmetical  prodigy  at  an  early 
age,  though  otherwise  a  backward  idiot.  When  six  years  old  he  an- 
swered at  Boston  such  questions  as  "How  many  seconds  are  there  in 
2000  years?"  with  greater  rapidity  than  they  could  be  solved  on  paper. 
The  extraction  of  the  roots  of  exact  squares  and  cubes  was  done  with 
very  little  effort.  At  this  time  he  was  unable  to  read,  and  ignorant  of 
the  name  or  properties  of  nine  units  traced  on  paper. 

The  f oDowing  summer  Zerah  's  father  took  him  to  England,  and  at  a 
meeting  of  friends  he  succeeded  in  raising  the  number  eight  to  the 
sixteenth  power. 

He  was  exhibited  in  Paris  in  1814,  and  examined  by  members  of  the 
French  Institute,  among  whom  was  La  Place.  Gall,  who  examined  the 
boy  without  any  previous  intimation  of  his  character,  discovered  readily 
certain  peculiarities  in  the  shape  of  the  head  (a  projecting  orbital  arch 
on  the  sides  of  the  eyebrows)  which  indicated  the  presence  of  a  faculty 
for  computation. 

The  life  of  George  Bidder  is  even  more  interesting  than  that 
of  Zerah  Colburn,  because  in  addition  to  strong  number  he 
had  well  developed  reasoning  powers,  and  became  eminent  as 
an  engineer  and  finally  became  President  of  the  Institution  of 
Civil  Engineering  in  England.  There  are  numerous  other 
cases  similar  to  these  that  verify  the  individual  work  of  the 
faculty  of  number.     This  power  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall. 

On  page  17  of  his  book  on  "Education,  Insanity  and  Prison 
Discipline,"  James  P.  Browne  gives  the  following  interesting 
account  of  Jedediah  Buxton,  a  poor  illiterate  day  laborer: 

This  simple  man  was,  perhaps,  the  most  wonderful  genius  in  mental 
arithmetic  that  ever  lived,  and  yet  he  was  ignorant  of  the  ordinary 
affairs  of  life.  So  exclusively  active  was  the  faculty  of  numbers  in 
him  that,  on  one  occasion,  while  in  London,  being  brought  to  see  Gar- 
rick  perform  one  of  his  great  characters,  instead  of  directing  his  un- 
divided attention  to  the  inimitable  and  captivating  acting  of  that  superb 
player,  his  mind  was  directed  solely  to  the  counting  of  the  number  of 
words  uttered  by  Garrick  during  the  play.  For,  on  being  asked  how 
he  liked  the  actor,  he  replied  that  he  had  spoken  a  certain  number  of 
words  during  the  performance,  and  he  stated  the  number  with  the  great- 
est exactness. 

Eventuality.  Dr.  Gall  included  this  organ  with  observa- 
tion.    Concerning  it  he  said : 


66  Applied  Character  Analysis 

The  human  forehead  not  only  rises  above  the  orbits,  but  often  projects 
beyond  the  level  of  the  eyes.  A  physician,  the  inferior  anterior  middle 
part  of  whose  forehead  was  large,  but  upper  frontal  retreating,  was 
always  brilliant  in  company;  knew  something  about  all  subjects,  adopted 
all  new  theories,  Stahl's,  Peter  Frank's,  and  the  murderous  doctrine 
of  Brown,  prescribing  nothing  but  opium,  &c;  made  a  panacea  of  every 
new  medicament;  and  accepted  all  new  views  without  testing  them  by 
experiment.  I  have  always  observed  that  those  similarly  organized  are 
like  bees,  gleaning  from  the  productions  of  others.  I  predicated  what 
one  of  the  founders  of  a  new  sect  at  Berne  would  teach,  and  he  had 
charge  of  the  dissemination  of  this  new  doctrine.  In  Gaultier,  the 
author  of  many  elementary  works  on  education,  the  whole  forehead,  but 
particularly  its  lower  middle  part,  is  very  prominent. 

After  discovering  verbal  memory,  I  was  not  long  in  perceiving  that 
there  were  also  other  kinds,  sometimes  strong  in  some  and  weak  in  others. 
Ever  since  before  1800,  I  taught  both  this  doctrine,  and  that  memory  is 
not  a  primary  faculty,  but  a  general  attribute  of  every  fundamental 
power;  that  there  are  as  many  different  kinds  of  memory  as  there  are 
different  faculties;  that  music  recalls  tunes;  calculation  numbers; 
locality  places;  &c.  Those  with  educability  large  learn  with  extreme 
facility;  have  a  general  love  of  knowledge,  and  aptness  for  learning; 
and  readily  adopt  new  doctrines,  manners,  and  customs.  Young  ani- 
mals and  children  learn  easier  than  adults.  Frequently,  when  three 
months  old,  infantile  foreheads  advance  in  the  middle  far  before  the 
rest,  forming  an  elongated  prominence  extending  from  the  root  of  the 
nose  to  the  middle  of  the  forehead.  It  is  the  great  development  of 
the  inferior  anterior  middle  convolutions  which  gives  to  children  their 
extraordinary  educability  and  rapidity  of  appropriating  a  prodigious 
amount  of  impressions  from  the  external  world.  My  numberless  ob- 
servations leave  not  the  slightest  doubt  that  educability  is  a  funda- 
mental faculty,  whose  organ  is  in  the  inferior  anterior  middle  of  the 
forehead. 

Educability  was  separated  by  Dr.  Spurzheim,  as  he  recog- 
nized that  "observation"  and  "eventuality"  were  distinct 
functions.  The  following  comments  were  made  by  him  on 
eventuality : 

This  faculty  recognizes  the  activity  of  every  other,  and  in  turn  acts 
upon  all;  desires  to  experience,  and  would  taste,  smell,  see,  hear,  and 
touch;  loves  general  instruction  and  the  practical  pursuit  of  knowledge; 
is  often  styled  good  sense;  is  essential  to  editors,  secretaries,  historians, 
and  teachers;  contributes  essentially  to  consciousness;  and  perceives  the 
impressions  made  by  the  external  senses,  which  it  changes  into  notions, 
conceptions,  and  ideas,  and  gives  attention.  Its  sphere  is  great,  and 
expressed  by  verbs. 

George  Combe  gives  the  following  very  interesting  case 
where  this  faculty  was  strong : 

In  Mrs.  T.,  Eventuality  and  Time  are  unusually  developed,  occupying 
nearly  half  the  intellectual  region,  and  giving  her  forehead  quite  an 


The  Intellect  67 

arched  or  semicircular  appearance,  and  she  is  a  complete  walking 
almanac,  an  animated  calendar  of  births,  deaths,  historical  occurrences, 
and  events  generally,  and  has  been  from  childhood  a  never-failing  family 
book  of  reference.     Eventuality  prompts  to  investigation  by  experiment. 

J.  P.  Browne,  M.  D.,  in  his  book  on  "Education,  Insanity 
and  Prison  Discipline, ' '  says,  on  page  453  : 

Eventuality  is  not  content  to  rest  satisfied  with  a  knowledge  of  things 
external.  As  the  special  appreciation  of  phenomena  it  embraces  the 
workings  of  the  reflectives — causality  and  comparison.  And  as  the  most 
affecting  and  emotional  of  phenomena  consists  of  the  moral  and  re- 
ligious sentiments  and  animal  propensities,  eventuality  must  become 
conscious  of  their  presence  also.  Hence,  it  should  be  looked  upon  as  a 
central  repertory  of  knowledge.  Its  innate  characteristic  is  the  love 
of  knowledge.  To  this  end  it  is,  to  use  an  expression  of  Burke 's, 
"omnivorous,"  but  it  is  not  capable  of  selecting  its  food,  except  through 
the  intervention  of  auxiliaries,  which  according  to  the  measure  of  their 
power  to  discern,  might  contribute  what  was  wholesome  or  unprofitable, 
or,  may  be,  erroneous.  In  such  an  emergency  to  discriminate  is  beyond 
its  power. 

Seeing  then  that  this  organ  of  eventuality  is  the  only  one  that  can 
become  sensible  of  the  existence  and  of  the  special  functions  of  all  the 
other  organs,  whether  they  relate  to  external  things  or  to  inward  thoughts 
and  feelings,  it  follows,  in  the  course  of  reason,  that  it  must  embrace 
within  its  sphere  of  action  the  notion  of  the  entity  Self.  And  for  the 
same  reason  it  seems  right  to  assume  that  it  is  also  the  true  seat  of 
Consciousness,  that  mysterious  abode  so  long  sought  for  in  vain  by  the 
most  able  students  of  metaphysical  science. 

If  this  is  the  case,  eventuality  is  the  only  faculty  that  is  capable 
of  comprehending,  not  only  the  existence  of  the  several  faculties,  but 
also  their  modes  of  action,  both  individually  and  collectively.  And  as 
action  implies  motion  and  change,  it  must  be  desirous  of  noticing  the 
changeful  and  changing  conditions  of  things.  The  truth  of  this  a  priori 
inference  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  men,  who  evince  a  decided  pre- 
dilection for  political  pursuits,  independently  of  ambitious  motives,  are 
possessed  of  a  superior  development  of  this  organ.  It  is  a  marked 
feature  of  the  forehead  of  a  vigilant  and  attentive  administrator  of 
affairs  when  they  are  at  all  numerous  and  diversified. 

Eventuality  is  flat  in  new-born  children.  But  the  rapid  increase  of 
development  in  this  part  of  the  forehead  is  observable  at  a  very  early 
period.  This  increase  is  owing  to  the  active  exercise  which  devolves 
upon  this  organ  through  the  incessant  curiosity  of  infants,  whose  at- 
tention is  awakened  by  everything  that  comes  before  them. 

As  the  desire  of  gaining  knowledge,  in  the  general  acceptation  of  the 
term,  and  also  of  communicating  it,  is  certainly  an  attribute  of  this 
faculty,  it  follows  that  its  own  attention  is  directed  to  the  exciting  of 
the  attention  of  the  other  intellectual  powers.  In  this,  of  course,  it 
would  be  successful  in  proportion  to  the  native  power  of  each  primitive 
faculty,  and  no  farther. 

To  it  is  to  be  referred  the  conception  of  the  existence  of  pleasure 
and  pain,  whether  these  be  of  the  mind  or  of   the   body.     And  here, 


68  Applied  Character  Analysis 

consequently,  is  to  be  found  the  true  cerebral  seat  of  Consciousness. 
Here  alone  is  entertained  a  conception  of  the  existence  of  the  entity 
Self.  It  is  the  place  where  all  the  varied  attributes  and  characteristics 
of  Self  meet  in  concentrated  unity. 

This  view  expressed  by  Dr.  Browne  regarding  the  center  of 
consciousness  harmonizes  with  the  findings  of  Dr.  E.  D.  Bab- 
bitt, one  of  the  most  eminent  philosophers  of  the  past  century, 
as  recorded  in  his  book,  "Human  Culture  and  Cure,"  page 
262: 

The  central  region  of  consciousness  includes  the  frontal  lobes  of  the 
brain,  where  reasoning  and  perception  take  place,  but  the  other  organs 
contribute  somewhat  to  the  same.  Animals  have  consciousness  and 
reasoning  powers  in  an  imperfect  degree,  have  often  acute  sensations 
and  some  of  their  perceptions,  for  instance,  by  means  of  smell  or  sight 
are  more  developed  in  a  certain  way,  than  those  of  human  beings.  A 
dog  is  able  to  trace  the  course  of  his  master  or  other  human  beings 
by  the  sense  of  smell  but  has  not  the  refinement  of  human  affection 
or  taste,  as  he  will  smell  and  eat  things  that  we  consider  disgusting. 
When  the  blood  and  nerve  ethers  are  drawn  from  the  front  brain,  uncon- 
sciousness ensues  and  we  call  it  sleep.  When  by  a  severe  shock  or  by 
narcotics  the  brain  becomes  congested,  the  pressure  of  blood  upon  the 
nerves  shuts  the  ethereal  currents  away  from  the  front  brain  and  a 
very  imperfect  kind  of  sleep  takes  place. 

How  much  more  sensible  this  explanation  of  the  seat  of 
consciousness  is  than  the  metaphysical  speculation  about  it 
which  locates  it  in  the  pineal  gland.  How  fundamental  Dr. 
Gall  was  in  his  observation  and  in  his  terminology  when  he 
named  this  organ  ' '  Educability, "  because  those  young  persons 
who  have  it  large  acquire  general  information  easily.  He  also 
agreed  with  Camper  and  Lavater  that  animals  are  tamable  in 
proportion  to  the  fullness  of  this  organ.  It  is  certain  that 
tame  and  tamable  animals  are  fuller  in  the  center  of  the  fore- 
head than  wild,  untamable  ones.  On  the  score  card  for  horses 
issued  by  agricultural  colleges  the  statement  is  made  that  the 
full  forehead  is  a  sign  of  intelligence.  If  a  full  forehead  in 
the  lower  animals  is  a  sign  of  intelligence  it  is  reasonable  to 
believe  that  the  proportionate  development  in  this  region  of 
the  human  head  indicates  the  intellectual  tendencies  of 
persons. 

Excessive  development  of  eventuality  gives  such  an  ardent 
desire  to  know  things  that  it  may  sometimes  cause  prying 
tendencies  and  troublesome  questioning.  When  there  is  a 
deficiency  of  this  faculty  there  is  a  lack  of  ability  to  recall 
things. 


The  Intellect  69 

The  organ  of  eventuality  lies  exactly  in  the  center  of  the 
forehead.  The  reflective  or  reasoning  organs  are  above  it, 
observation  is  below,  and  locality  is  on  either  side. 

Locality.  The  function  of  this  faculty  is  perception  and 
memory  of  space,  places  and  directions.  This  was  first  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  Gall,  and  in  speaking  of  its  development  in  his 
own  character  he  said : 

My  taste  for  natural  history  often  led  me  to  make  excursions  for 
the  purpose  of  procuring  specimens;  I  was  generally  successful  in  these 
expeditions,  from  my  knowledge  of  the  habits  and  manners  of  the  dif- 
ferent species;  but,  if  I  returned  to  the  woods  and  forests  in  a  few 
days  afterwards  to  visit  my  nets,  or  to  obtain  the  birds'  nests  I  had 
previously  discovered,  I  almost  always  lost  myself,  notwithstanding 
all  the  pains  I  might  have  taken  to  mark  the  spots;  this  forced  me  to 
take  one  of  my  companions  with  me  as  a  guide;  this  young  man,  al- 
though possessing  but  slender  abilities,  could  always  lead  me  to  the 
desired  place.  When  I  demanded  of  him  how  it  was  that  he  never  mis- 
took his  way,  his  constant  reply  was,  that  he  could  not  understand  how 
any  one  could  lose  themselves.  I  therefore  took  a  cast  of  his  head,  and 
sought  for  other  persons  who  were  distinguished  for  the  same  faculty; 
this  led,  in  a  short  time,  to  the  discovery  of  this  organ,  which,  however, 
must  not  be  confounded  with  the  prominences  produced  by  the  frontal 
sinuses.  These  are  generally  horizontal,  and  situated  close  to  the  eye- 
brows, whilst  the  two  projections  of  the  organ  of  locality  extend  in  an 
oblique  direction  from  the  root  of  the  nose  to  the  middle  of  the  fore- 
head. 

In  explaining  the  general  functions  of  this  mental  power 
Dr.  Gall  says : 

This  sense  is  indispensable  to  brutes,  in  order  to  find  their  dens,  homes, 
nests,  kennels,  and  young.  How  could  they  do  without  it,  or  how 
migrate,  yet  return  to  their  former  places,  and  even  bushes?  Memory 
Thompson,  a  London  physician,  at  two  sittings,  without  plan,  compass, 
book  or  anything  but  memory,  drew  a  correct  plan  of  the  entire  parish 
of  St.  James,  with  many  parts  of  Mary  le  Bonne,  St.  Anne,  and  St. 
Martin,  containing  all  the  places,  streets,  courts,  passages,  markets, 
churches,  chapels,  public  edifices,  stables,  corners  of  houses,  and  even 
pumps,  trees,  railings,  sheds,  an  exact  plan  of  the  Carlton  House,  and 
Palace  of  St.  James,  and  a  like  plan  of  St.  Andrews,  and  declared  he 
could  make  as  good  a  one  of  St.  Giles,  St.  Paul,  Covent  Garden,  St. 
Clement,  and  New  Church.  Name  any  building  whatever  in  some  large 
street,  and  he  will  tell  instantly  what  business  is  carried  on  in  it,  and 
everything  about  it. 

When  locality  is  excessively  developed  and  the  domestic 
affections,  especially  love  of  home,  deficient,  there  is  an  inordi- 
nate desire  to  travel  and  see  new  localities.    A  deficiency  is 


70  Applied  Character  Analysis 

manifested  in  lack  of  ability  to  recognize  places,  even  after 
having  seen  them  repeatedly. 

Time.  This  is  the  faculty  that  measures  the  duration  of 
time.  It  is  situated  between  locality  and  tune.  Dr.  Gall 
treated  it  in  connection  with  tune,  under  the  term  "music," 
but  his  most  eminent  student,  Dr.  Spurzheim,  recognized  that 
its  function  is  different  from  that  of  tune  and  therefore  made 
the  division  and  named  this  faculty  ' '  time. ' '    He  said : 

Time  perceives  the  duration,  simultaneousness,  and  succession  of  phe- 
nomena; is  one  of  the  essential  attributes  of  music,  some  musicians 
having  great  facility,  others  great  difficulty,  in  playing  to  time,  and  is 
situated  between  locality  and  tune. 

James  Simpson,  an  associate  of  George  Combe,  made  a 
careful  study  of  this  faculty,  and  gave  a  report  in  vol.  2  of  the 
Edinburgh  Phrenological  Journal,  page  134,  as  follows : 

We  have  found  the  organ  largely  developed  in  those  who  show  an 
intuitive  knowledge  of  the  lapse  of  minutes  and  hours,  so  as  to  name 
the  time  of  the  day,  without  having  recourse  to  the  clock;  and  also  in 
those  who  perceive  those  minuter  divisions,  and  their  harmonious  rela- 
tions, which  constitute  rhythm,  and  who,  when  they  apply  the  tact  to 
music,  are  called  good  timists, — a  distinct  power  from  that  of  the  mere 
melodist,  and  often  wanting  in  him;  while  it  is  matter  of  the  com- 
monest observation,  on  the  other  hand,  that  this  sensibility  to  rhythm, 
called  time,  is  marked  in  many  of  those  who  have  a  very  moderate  per- 
ception of  melody. 

When  time  is  abnormally  strong  it  makes  a  person  super- 
sensitive to  discord  in  music,  or  in  the  affairs  of  life.  When 
there  is  a  deficiency  there  is  a  lack  of  ability  to  estimate  time. 
Like  all  other  powers  of  mind,  time  can  be  cultivated  through 
use,  and  can  be  restrained  through  inactivity. 

Tune.  This  faculty  gives  perception  and  memory  of  mel- 
ody, pitch  and  harmony.  It  is  located  outward  from  time  and 
upward  from  order  and  number.  It  was  first  localized  by  Dr. 
Gall,  and  he  gives  the  following  account  of  his  discovery: 

A  girl  five  years  old  was  shown  me  that  repeated  all  she  had  ever 
heard  sung  or  played  on  the  piano,  and  retained  whole  concerts  she  had 
heard  but  twice,  yet  learned  nothing  else.  This  turned  my  attention 
to  memory,  when  I  found  many  who  had  an  excellent  memory  for  cer- 
tain objects,  with  a  feeble  one  for  others,  and  I  admitted  a  memory  of 
tones.  I  found  those  who  excelled  in  remembering  tones  were  usually 
good  singers,  and  I  concluded  that  this  talent  extends  much  beyond  this 
kind  of  memory,  and  comprehends  whatever  relates  to  tones.  I  ob- 
served  the   heads   of   celebrated   musicians,    several    of   whom   had   the 


The  Intellect  71 

superior  lateral  part  of  the  forehead  narrow,  but  the  temporal  part 
broad,  their  foreheads  thus  forming  a  segment  of  a  truncated  cone, 
which  I  thought  the  external  sign  of  musical  genius.  But  I  soon 
found  that  Beethoven,  Mozart,  Kreibig,  &c,  had  the  superior  part  of 
the  forehead  large,  which  made  me  renounce  the  truncated-cone  form.  I 
moulded  the  heads  of  several  musicians  of  the  highest  merit,  and  finally 
discerned  its  location,  along  with  the  counter  proofs  of  its  deficiency. 
After  this  I  taught  it  boldly. 

In  "Mental  Functions  of  the  Brain,"  page  228,  Dr.  Hol- 
lander says : 

The  following  casts,  taken  from  living  heads — all  contemporaries — 
were  in  Gall's  collection:  Beethoven,  Mozart,  Haydn,  Gluck,  Liszt, 
Kreibig  (the  accompanist  of  Emperor  Josef  II.),  Marchesi,  Catalani, 
Eossini,  and  numerous  others,  whose  names  would  not  be  known  at  the 
present  day,  except  by  persons  intimately  acquainted  with  the  history 
of  music.  Gall  analyzed  the  history  of  Handel,  Mozart,  and  other 
musical  prodigies;  described  the  musical  disposition  as  it  exists  some- 
times in  idiots  and  the  insane,  and  examined  the  differences  in  brain- 
structure  of  singing  and  ordinary  birds. 

In  his  ATLAS  OF  BRAIN  PLATES,  the  center  for  the  appreciation 
of  the  relation  of  tones  is  placed  over  the  fissure  of  Sylvius,  in  the  upper 
and  lateral  part  of  the  forehead,  in  the  temporal  region  almost  border- 
ing on  the  supra-orbital  ridge,  which  part,  when  prominent  as  in  musi- 
cians, appears  broader  than  the  inferior  part  of  the  forehead  between 
the  external  angles  of  the  eyes. 

How  correct  Gall  was  in  recognizing  singing-birds  by  the  shape  of 
the  head  is  related  by  Prince  Metternich,  the  famous  Chancellor  and 
life-long  patron  of  Gall,  who  used  to  accompany  him  to  the  Central 
Market  in  Vienna  for  the  selection  of  singing-birds.  To  illustrate 
Gall's  capacity,  I  would  mention  also  that  in  the  Paris  collection  there 
is  a  mask  of  Liszt  labelled  by  Gall :  ' '  Liszt.  A  mask  taken  from  the 
living  head.  A  young  Hungarian  who  very  early  displayed  a  great 
talent  for  music,  and  cultivated  it  with  enthusiasm.  The  formation  of 
the  tone-center  is  very  striking  in  the  mask. ' '  Now,  Gall 's  successor, 
Dr.  Fossati,  who  had  also  examined  Liszt's  head,  is  reported  in  the 
Lancet,  1834,  p.  898,  to  have  said  that,  "altho  the  shape  of  the  fore- 
head of  Liszt  has  some  analogy  with  that  of  Weber,  yet  he  feared  this 
young  artist,  with  all  his  talent,  was  not  capable  of  producing  anything 
to  be  compared  with  works  of  a  higher  worth. ' '  We,  who  have  known 
Liszt  in  his  later  days,  can  certify  that  this  prognosis,  given  by  the 
phrenologist  when  Liszt  was  still  a  youth,  proved  quite  correct.  Liszt 
remained  one  of  the  best  of  performers,  but  his  compositions  were  of 
minor  value. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  cases  in  history  of  strong  tune 
and  ordinary  development  of  the  rest  of  the  powers  is  "Blind 
Tom,"  the  pianist.  His  physical  organization  indicated  a 
strong  development  of  the  faculty  of  tune.  All  of  his  percep- 
tive powers  were  strong,  and  comparison  was  much  stronger 


72  Applied  Character  Analysis 

than  causality.  While  he  showed  remarkable  talent  for  re- 
membering and  reproducing  musical  selections  he  had  only 
ordinary  ability  along  other  lines.  Excessive  development  of 
tune  gives  a  mania  for  music  and  singing.  When  it  is  deficient 
there  is  a  lack  of  ability  to  detect  musical  discords  and  a  lack 
of  modulation  of  the  voice,  so  that  there  is  likely  to  be  a 
monotony  in  speaking. 

Speech.  The  speech  center  is  in  the  third  frontal  con- 
volution of  the  brain,  and  when  strongly  developed  presses 
upon  the  supra-orbital  plate,  pressing  the  eye  forward  and 
giving  a  fullness  underneath  it.  The  center  was  localized  by 
Gall,  and  it  was  the  first  faculty  of  the  mind  that  he  discov- 
ered. In  "Lectures  on  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,"  by 
Jerome  K.  Bauduy,  M.  D.,  the  following  account  of  the  dis- 
covery of  the  speech  center  is  given  on  page  413 : 

Dr.  Gall,  a  German  physician,  announced  to  the  scientific  world,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century,  that  there  was  in  the  brain 
a  distinct,  separate,  and  individual  organ,  whose  physiological  functions 
were  to  preside  over  the  formation  and  retention  of  words  and  language, 
and  that  this  organ  was  located  in  that  part  of  the  cerebrum  situated 
upon  the  posterior  part  of  the  supra-orbital  plates. 

In  1825,  Prof.  Bouillaud,  of  Paris,  pointed  out  the  remarkable  con- 
nection existing  between  loss  of  speech  and  diseases  of  the  anterior 
cerebral  lobes, — >a  deduction  based  upon  the  study  and  observation  of 
one  hundred  and  three  pathological  cases.  In  all  of  these  he  found, 
in  consequence  of  a  serious  disease  of  the  anterior  lobes  of  the  brain, 
more  or  less  aphasia,  or  impairment  of  speech,  during  life. 

Bouillaud 's  doctrine  about  the  location  of  the  organ  of  articulate 
language  in  the  anterior  cerebral  lobes  created  much  discussion,  and  was 
violently  attacked  in  the  Academy  of  Medicine,  in  Paris;  until  Bouillaud, 
confident  in  the  correctness  of  his  deductions,  finally  offered  to  wager 
five  hundred  francs, — to  be  given  to  any  one  who  could  by  pathological 
cases  prove  the  fallacy  of  his  conclusions.  For  a  long  time  succeeding 
this  proposal  the  important  subject  seems  to  have  elicited  but  little 
attention. 

Bouillaud 's  doctrine  survived  and  was  not  much  weakened,  for  in 
1836  Dr.  M.  Dax,  basing  his  conclusions  upon  a  careful  observation  of 
one  hundred  and  forty  cases,  went  further,  and  located  the  power  of 
language  in  the  left  anterior  lobe  of  the  cerebrum;  and  in  1863  hia 
son,  Dr.  G.  Dax,  made  another  step  forward,  and  maintained,  with  his 
father,  that  aphasia  was  always  the  result  of  a  lesion  of  the  left  hemi- 
sphere, and  also  that  the  organ  of  language  was  situated  in  the  anterior 
and  outer  part  of  the  middle  lobe.  This  announcement  also  led  to  a 
considerable  discussion  in  the  French  Academy  at  Paris,  some  of  the 
learned  members  strongly  attacking  the  doctrine  of  Bouillaud,  which 
found  an  ardent  champion  in  Dr.  Auburtin.  During  the  discussion,  Dr. 
Broca  stated  that  he  had  then  under  his  charge  an  individual  suffering 
from  aphasia,  who  had  been  in  that  condition  for  upwards  of  fifteen 


The  Intellect  73 

years  without  any  hemiplegia  or  other  form  of  paralysis.  He  was  an- 
swered by  Dr.  Auburtin,  who  said  that  if  the  patient  died,  and  a  post- 
mortem examination  did  not  evince  any  pathological  condition  of  the 
anterior  lobes,  he  would  positively  reject  Bouillaud's  theory.  Dr. 
Broca,  on  the  other  hand,  pledged  his  honor  and  his  reputation  that  if 
a  lesion  of  the  left  anterior  lobe  were  found,  he  would  cease  all  opposi- 
tion to  Bouillaud's  doctrine,  and  would  support  it  as  ardently  as  he 
had  combated  it. 

The  case  of  Dr.  Broca 's  patient  has  now  become  a  historical  one.  To 
his  own  misfortune,  but  to  the  great  convenience  of  the  pathologists, 
this  patient  fell  a  victim  to  his  erysipelas;  and  in  his  skull  were  hidden 
mysteries  which,  by  a  post-mortem  examination,  Dr.  Broca  and  Dr. 
Auburtin  were  so  anxious  to  unravel.  And  what  do  you  suppose  they 
found?  They  found  a  limited  and  restricted  disease  of  the  left  anterior 
lobe,  just  as  had  been  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Dax. 

Now  Dr.  Broca  takes  up  the  position  which  he  had  before  assailed, 
and  becomes  a  vigorous  supporter  of  the  doctrine  that  there  is  a  definite 
organ  in  the  brain  presiding  over  the  development  of  speech,  and  that 
it  is  situated  in  the  left  anterior  lobe:  he  invites  everybody  to  discuss 
the  subject  with  him  in  the  Academy,  writes  memoirs  of  a  number  of 
pathological  cases,  and  goes  one  step  further,  stating  that  the  faculty 
of  language  is  not  only  situated  in  the  left  anterior  lobe,  but  is  also 
limited  to  a  small  portion  of  this  lobe, — namely,  to  the  posterior  part 
of  the  third  left  frontal  convolution. 

Thus  we  see  how  Broca  was  forced  into  accepting  the  locali- 
zation of  the  speech  center  half  a  century  after  Dr.  Gall  had 
discovered  and  localized  it.  Instead  of  calling  the  brain  center, 
through  which  speech  functions,  Broca 's  convolution,  it  should 
be  called  Gall's  convolution.  Sir  Samuel  Wilkes,  M.  D.,  who 
was  President  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians,  in  speaking 
of  Gall's  discovery  of  aphasia  and  the  speech  center,  said: 
(Guy's  Hospital  Reports,  1879,  vol.  xxiv.) 

It  is  well  known  that  Gall  was  first  impelled  to  the  study  of  phrenology 
by  having  observed,  while  at  college,  the  great  differences  in  the  mental 
faculties  of  his  fellow  students  and  the  association  of  those  faculties, 
as  he  thought,  with  peculiar  conformations  of  the  head.  His  first  ob- 
servations had  reference  to  the  different  degrees  of  facility  with  which 
they  acquired  languages,  and  this  aptness  he  connected  with  prominence 
of  the  eyes;  he  was  thus  led  to  place  the  organ  of  language  over  the 
eye.  Whatever  amount  of  truth  there  may  be  in  the  phrenological  doc- 
trine, it  is  remarkable  that  Gall  was  right  in  placing  the  seat  of  language 
in  that  neighborhood,  for  numerous  instances  of  disease  and  injury 
speedily  came  before  him  and  his  followers,  by  which  the  whole  system 
of  phrenology  seems  to  be  established.  The  doctrine  was  thus  expressed: 
"The  power  by  which  we  employ  signs  to  represent  our  ideas  and  feel- 
ings is  connected,  not  merely  with  the  anterior  lobes  of  the  brain,  but 
with  that  portion  of  these  lobes  which  rests  on  the  center  of  the  orbital 
plate,"  or  in  the  words  of  Gall  himself,  which  are  not  exactly  similar, 
"the  manifestation  of  verbal  language   depends  on  a  cerebral  organ, 


74  Applied  Character  Analysis 

and  this  cerebral  organ  lies  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  superior  orbital 
plate. ' ' 

In  whatever  way  we  may  regard  the  first  inquiries  of  Gall,  it  is  in- 
teresting to  see  with  what  enthusiasm  the  phrenologists  set  about  prov- 
ing their  doctrine  as  to  the  seat  of  language.  The  earlier  volumes  of 
their  "Transactions"  contain  numerous  cases  of  aphasia  connected  with 
disease  of  the  brain,  which,  no  doubt,  involved  the  third  anterior  con- 
volution. The  description  of  these  cases  is  most  excellent,  and  the  aphasic 
condition  seems  so  perfectly  understood,  that  it  is  really  surprising  why 
all  that  is  known  about  it  nowadays  should  not  have  been  taught  equally 
well  fifty  years  ago.  Our  works  on  physiology,  strangely  enough,  were 
silent  on  the  subject  of  speech  in  connection  with  any  localized  seat  in 
the  brain,  while  a  heterodox  literature  contained  the  whole  of  the  facts 
which  have  only  just  now  been  taught  in  the  schools. 

One  can  only  account  for  the  ignorance  of  physiologists  and  the  med- 
ical profession  of  well-established  doctrines,  by  their  antipathy  towards 
the  phrenological  school,  which  prevented  any  of  its  literature  entering 
the  portals  of  our  college  libraries. 

As  most  modern  writings  on  aphasia  entirely  exclude  the  work  per- 
formed by  phrenologists,  although  done  anterior  to  that  usually  quoted, 
I  will  offer  the  notes  of  some  cases  taken  from  their  "Beports  and 
Transactions."     (Here  follow  the  notes.) 

A  common  disease  of  the  speech  center,  which  involves  a 
partial  or  complete  loss  of  the  faculty  of  intelligent  speech,  is 
known  as  aphasia.  It  is  not  caused  by  any  injury  to  the  vocal 
organs,  but  by  some  lesion  in  the  brain.  The  process  of  speech 
in  the  cerebral  cortex  is  both  sensory  and  motor ;  hence  there 
can  be  both  sensory  and  motor  aphasia.  There  are  many 
scientists  who  think  that  the  speech  center  is  located  on  the 
left  side  of  the  brain  only,  and  that  in  case  of  aphasia  only  the 
one  side  is  injured,  but  there  are  very  good  authorities  who 
hold  that  the  speech  center  is  located  on  both  sides  of  the 
brain.  In  his  "Lectures"  on  this  subject,  from  which  quota- 
tions have  already  been  made,  Dr.  Bauduy  said,  on  page  423 : 

I  have  frequently  told  you  that  the  brain  is  essentially  a  dual  organ, 
composed  of  two  symmetrical  hemispheres,  the  functions  of  one  being 
identical  with  those  of  the  other:  therefore  I  believe,  with  Maudsley, 
that  it  seems  absurd  to  imagine  the  faculty  of  language  or  of  speech 
to  be  located  in  only  one  side  of  the  brain,  and  that  it  is  far  more 
rational,  logical,  philosophical,  and  probable  that  the  different  nervous 
centers  are  distributed  equally  on  both  sides.  It  might  be,  therefore, 
that  the  organ  of  language  is  situated  in  the  posterior  portion  of  the 
third  frontal  convolutions,  not  only  in  the  left  but  also  in  both  hemi- 
spheres. I  have  exemplified  the  duality  of  the  brain  in  several  of  my 
lectures:  I  have  told  you  how  it  is  possible  to  have  a  congestion  or  an 
inflammation  in  certain  parts  of  one  hemisphere,  with  but  little  evidence, 
or  few  symptoms,  of  a  cerebral  pathological  condition,  provided  the 
other  hemisphere  be  healthy  and  perform  double  or  compensatory  duty. 


The  Intellect  75 

This  power  of  one  portion  to  take  upon  itself  the  work  of  another  part 
is  not  limited  to  the  brain:  it  is  common  to  all  dual  organs.  You  all 
know  that  it  is  not  at  all  uncommon  to  have  a  disease  of  one  entire  lung ; 
respiration  may  still  be  carried  on  by  increased  functional  activity  of 
the  other.  All  these  and  many  other  considerations  allow  us  safely  to 
conclude  that  the  organ  of  speech  is  situated  in  both  hemispheres,  and 
not  in  the  left  one  alone,  as  is  contended  by  Broca  and  Dax. 

Within  the  past  few  months  an  interesting  case  came  under 
the  personal  observation  of  the  writer.  An  aeroplane  me- 
chanic was  struck  on  the  left  temple  by  the  starting  of  the 
propeller,  and  for  some  months  he  was  in  the  hospital,  par- 
tially paralyzed,  and  unable  to  speak.  An  operation  was 
performed,  in  which  a  portion  of  bone  from  his  leg  was  put  in 
the  place  of  a  piece  of  the  skull  which  had  been  removed,  and 
after  this  operation  he  began  to  gradually  overcome  his 
paralysis.  Prior  to  this  operation,  however,  he  had  recovered 
his  power  of  speech  to  the  extent  of  being  able  to  say  four 
words,  though  it  was  difficult  to  understand  one  or  two  of 
these.  After  the  operation  he  continued  to  slowly  recover  his 
speech.  During  this  time  that  his  speech  was  returning  he 
would  complain  of  pain,  or  headache,  over  the  right  eye,  indi- 
cating that  the  center  on  that  side  of  the  brain  was  becoming 
active  and  beginning  to  function  as  the  speech  center. 

To  give  our  readers  a  practical  illustration  of  aphasia  we 
quote  the  following  from  ''Practical  Lessons  in  Psychology," 
by  William  0.  Krohn,  Ph.  D.,  page  79 : 

An  interesting  case  is  reported  by  Doctors  Carson  and  Brenner,  of 
St.  Louis.  The  patient  is  a  healthy  and  well-built  man  of  about  twenty- 
one  years.  Two  weeks  previous  to  the  doctors'  visit  he  went  to  a  wed- 
ding, became  intoxicated,  and  on  his  way  home  fell  between  the  joists 
of  a  new  building.  This  was  his  statement  subsequent  to  his  recovery 
after  the  operation.  He  went  home  and  was  found  asleep  in  the  kitchen 
of  his  parent's  house  the  following  morning.  Except  what  appeared  to 
be  the  effects  of  the  liquor  he  seemed  to  be  in  his  usual  health.  In 
fact,  nothing  was  mentioned  by  him  with  reference  to  his  fall.  Being 
out  of  work,  he  stayed  at  home  and  rarely  left  the  house,  complaining 
off  and  on  of  a  dull  headache  on  the  left  side  of  the  forehead,  which 
became  more  violent  in  the  afternoon.  After  about  one  week  he  began 
to  stroll  about  his  home.  While  walking  on  the  street  about  one  block 
from  the  house  he  suddenly  became  unconscious  and  fell.  This  uncon- 
sciousness did  not  last  long,  however,  and  he  was  assisted  home  by  a 
person  who  was  near  at  the  time.  Soon  after,  it  was  discovered  by 
his  family  that  he  had  some  difficulty  in  speaking.  He  now  for  the 
first  time  intimated  to  his  family  that  he  met  with  an  accident  on  the 
night  of  the  wedding. 

There  was  no  trace  of  any  injury  to  his  head.  He  understood  every 
word  that  was  spoken  to  him,  every  question  that  was  asked.     Unfortu- 


76  Applied  Character  Analysis 

nately,  although  not  entirely  illiterate,  the  patient  was  not  possessed 
of  sufficient  education  to  render  very  profitable  the  examinations  with 
a  view  to  discovering  the  particular  form  of  aphasia.  Only  the  most 
elementary  questions  could  be  asked  of  him,  the  scope  of  his  intellect 
being  limited.  In  order  to  test  his  mental  caliber  and  ascertain  the 
nature  of  the  trouble  in  his  speech  a  number  of  questions  were  asked. 
The  principal  ones  were: 

"Q.     Do  you  know  what  this  is  (showing  him  a  glass)?" 

•  •  Ans.     Zer. ' ' 

"Q.     Is  it  a  glass?" 

''Ans.     Yes." 

When  a  pitcher  is  shown  him  he  calls  it  a  "tipper";  a  pen  he  calls 
' '  riglah  " ;  a  spittoon  ' '  sempen  " ;  a  hat  ' '  sem. ' ' 

"Q.     Do  you  call  this  (the  hat)  'sem'?" 

' '  Ans.     No. ' ' 

"Q.     Is  it  a  hat?" 

"Ans.     Yes." 

"Q.     What  is  this  (showing  him  a  match)?" 

' '  AnS.    Ses. ' » 

In  order  to  demonstrate  that  he  knows  what  it  is,  he  makes  the  move- 
ment of  striking  a  match.  A  book  he  calls  "pok";  handkerchief, 
"sempence";  suspender  also  "sempence";  for  pocketknife  he  gives 
the  correct  name ;  but  when  shown  a  bunch  of  keys,  he  also  says  ' '  pocket- 
knife."  After  this  he  calls  everything  that  is  shown  him  "pocket"; 
for  example,  a  watch  and  button. 

When  requested  to  repeat  a  word  spoken  to  him  he  is  unable  to  do 
so.  He  understands  perfectly  what  he  reads.  He  is  handed  a  news- 
paper with  an  advertisement  of  an  entertainment  in  the  St.  Louis  Ex- 
position Building.  By  putting  a  great  variety  of  questions,  some  of 
them  misleading,  one  becomes  aware  that  he  is  familiar  with  the  loca- 
tion of  the  building  and  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  built.  He  is  asked 
to  read  an  advertisement  of  a  boxing  match,  the  name  of  the  prize 
fighter  is  pointed  out  to  him  and  the  inquiry  is  made,  "What  is  he? 
Is  he  a  preacher?"  This  causes  him  to  laugh.  In  short,  there  is  no 
flaw  in  his  perceptive  and  reasoning  powers  as  far  as  can  be  ascer- 
tained by  a  necessarily  limited  conversation,  and  as  far  as  short  ac- 
quaintance will  allow.  On  being  told  to  write,  he  holds  the  pen  in  an 
awkward  manner  and  drops  it  repeatedly.  He  never  has  been  much  of  a 
penman,  but  has  been  able  to  write  simple  letters.  It  is  now  utterly 
impossible  for  him  -  to  express  his  thoughts  in  writing,  and  even  the 
most  commonplace  and  everyday  expression,  when  dictated,  he  fails  to 
fix  by  letters. 

An  operation  was  agreed  upon,  a  portion  of  the  bone  was  trephined 
and  when  the  dura  mater  was  exposed  it  presented  a  dark  cloudy  appear- 
ance with  all  evidence  of  pulsation  wanting.  .Upon  raising  the  dura, 
a  stream  of  dark,  thick  blood  forced  itself  through  the  opening.  With 
a  dull-edged  curette  the  greater  part  of  the  clot  was  removed  and 
smaller  portions  subsequently  taken  away  by  means  of  saturation  with 
a  very  fine'  sponge.  The  patient  soon  returned  to  consciousness,  appar- 
ently none  the  worse  for  the  operation.  On  the  next  day  after  the 
operation  the  patient  was  stupid  and  unable  to  speak,  his  condition 
being  that  of  complete  motor-aphasia.  On  the  second  day  after  the 
operation,  in  all  efforts  to  speak  he  prefixed  "shay"   to  words.     He 


The  Intellect  77 

could,  however,  answer  "yes"  and  "no"  correctly,  "yes"  having  the 
"sh"  sound  very  marked.  A  watch  was  pronounced  "swat";  keys 
"shkeys";  half-dollar  "  shalf -dollar. "  On  the  third  day,  in  answer 
to  questions,  he  said  that  he  "felt  well"  and  that  he  "liked  the  hos- 
pital." He  could  speak  words  without  the  sibilant  sound.  On  the 
fourth  day  all  words  were  spoken  correctly,  and  reply  made  to  all  ques- 
tions with  clear  answers.  Three  months  after  the  operation  finds  the 
patient  hard  at  his  daily  tasks  in  a  brickyard.  He  is  now  in  his  usual 
health,  with  all  his  faculties  intact  and  a  steady  worker. 

A  few  years  ago  the  writer  observed  a  case  of  aphasia,  the 
patient  being  a  girl  about  ten  years  of  age  who  had  been  a  very 
fluent  talker  until  she  met  with  an  accident  that  caused  the 
loss  of  speech.  Ten  days  after  the  accident  it  was  with  the 
greatest  difficulty  that  she  could  say  two  words.  She  under- 
stood perfectly  what  was  said  to  her,  but  was  unable  to  formu- 
late her  thoughts  in  words  and  sentences.  The  condition  con- 
tinued for  some  time,  but  the  girl  finally  recovered  her  speech 
fully. 

When  the  faculty  of  speech  is  normal  it  gives  ability  in 
verbal  expression,  aptness  in  the  choice  of  words,  and  fluency 
of  speech.  An  excess  of  this  faculty  is  shown  in  verbosity,  use 
of  high-sounding  words,  and  excessive  talkativeness.  When  it 
is  deficient  there  is  lack  of  ability  to  express  one's  thoughts  in 
words. 

In  conclusion  we  quote  Dr.  Gall's  own  words  on  the  loca- 
tion, function  and  expression  of  this  faculty  which  gave  him 
an  impulse  to  all  of  his  wonderful  discoveries : 

In  my  ninth  year  my  parents  sent  me  to  my  uncle's,  a  curate,  who,  to 
inspire  me  with  emulation,  associated  me  with  another  boy  who  com- 
mitted easily,  while  I  was  reproved  for  not  learning  lessons  equally  fast. 
Both  were  then  sent  to  Baden,  where,  among  thirty  scholars,  I  always 
found  it  (speech)  large  in  those  who  recited  easily,  though  poor  in 
composition.  Two  of  these  pupils  surpassed  even  my  former  school- 
mate in  learning  by  heart,  and  both  had  such  large,  flaring  eyes  that 
they  were  nicknamed  ' '  saucer-eyes. ' '  Three  years  later,  at  Bruchsal, 
scholars  with  saucer  eyes  again  mortified  me  by  excelling  me  in  learning 
by  heart.  Two  years  after,  I  went  to  Strasburg,  where  those  who 
learned  easiest  by  heart  again  had  large,  flaring  eyes,  yet  in  other 
respects  were  only  indifferent  scholars.  I  could  not  avoid  the  inference 
that  eyes  thus  formed  indicated  an  excellent  verbal  memory.  I  after- 
wards said  to  myself,  if  memory  has  its  external  mark,  why  should  not 
each  of  the  other  faculties  also  have  theirs?  This  gave  the  first  im- 
pulse to  my  researches,  and  occasioned  all  my  discoveries. 

Persons  largely  endowed  with  verbal  memory  recite  long  passages,  a 
great  number  of  verses,  an  entire  play,  from  having  read  it  once  or 
twice,  and  on  all  occasions  quote  classical  authors.  A  man  thus  gifted 
was  presented  to   Frederick  II.,  and  secreted  behind  a  screen,  heard 


78  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Voltaire  read  some  of  his  new  verses  to  the  king,  who  said  they  were  his 
own  old  verses  copied,  and,  to  prove  it,  called  this  man,  who  repeated 
them  verbatim,  to  Voltaire's  great  provocation. 

The  reflective  faculties  are:  Comparison,  or  judgment; 
Causality,  or  reason ;  and  Mirth. 

Comparison.  This  faculty  gives  the  power  of  analysis,  and 
is  found  strong  in  inductive  philosophers,  in  combination  with 
strong  perceptive  powers.  This  faculty  was  discovered  and 
localized  by  Dr.  Gall,  who  gives  the  following  account  of  his 
discovery : 

I  often  conversed  with  a  philosopher  endowed  with  great  vivacity, 
who,  when  unable  to  prove  his  point  by  logic,  had  recourse  to  a  com- 
parison, by  which  he  often  threw  his  opponents  off  the  track,  which 
he  could  not  do  by  arguments.  As  soon  as  I  perceived  that  this  was 
characteristic,  I  examined  the  form  of  his  forehead,  for  I  knew  that 
an  intellectual  power  would  be  located  there  rather  than  among  the 
propensities;  and  observed  in  the  external  superior  middle  part  of  his 
frontal  bone  a  great  lengthened  prominence,  not  before  observed,  com- 
mencing in  the  anterior  superior  middle  part  of  his  forehead,  where 
it  was  about  an  inch  broad,  and  contracting  like  a  cone,  reached  its 
middle,  where  it  touched  educability.  I  then  observed  both  whether 
those  who  followed  this  method  in  their  discourses  and  writings  had 
this  organ,  and  whether  those  who  had  this  organ  pursued  this  method; 
and  found  all  my  observations  to  confirm  my  suppositions,  and  con- 
cluded that  a  connection  exists  between  this  development  and  discerning 
analogies  and  resemblances.  Two  Jesuits  distinguished  for  their  com- 
parisons and  parables,  and  Father  Barhammer,  who  riveted  his  hearers 
by  familiar  comparisons,  all  had  this  middle  anterior  superior  part 
of  their  foreheads  developed  into  a  conical  eminence.  All  my  ob- 
servations only  convinced  me  the  more.  Its  possessors  seize  and  judge 
well  of  the  relations  of  things,  etc.,  and  are  well  fitted  for  business. 
Children  in  whom  it  is  large  prefer  fables.  We  found  it  large  in  the 
famous  preacher  Jufnagel,  and  with  lively  joy  saw  it  very  large  in 
Goethe;  and  this  talent  abounds  in  all  his  writings.  It  is  most  useful 
to  poets,  for  with  it  everything  becomes  an  image.  St.  Thomas  Aquinas, 
the  most  profound,  judicious,  and  clearest  scholar  of  barbarous  times, 
has  this  organ  very  visible  in  his  bust. 

Why  should  nature  put  this  organ  in  the  median  line,  where  all  of 
the  most  essential  organs  are  always  found?  Because  the  education  of 
the  race  commenced  with  these  comparisons,  which  form  ideas,  images, 
and  pictures.  Even  language  becomes  as  it  were  personified,  paints 
as  well  as  impresses,  and  creates  hieroglyphics,  signs  of  objects,  emblems, 
mythology,  etc. 

In  speaking  of  the  functions  of  this  faculty  Dr.  Spurzheim 
says: 

Its  aim  is  to  form  abstract  ideas,  generalize,  and  establish  harmony 
among   the   operations   of   the   other  faculties.     Color   compares   colors 


The  Intellect  79 

with  each  other,  but  comparison  adapts  them  to  the  objects  represented, 
rejecting  lively  colors  to  represent  a  gloomy  scene.  Tune  compares 
tones,  but  comparison  adapts  the  music  to  the  existing  occasion;  cen- 
sures dancing  music  in  church ;  dislikes  wearing  fine  clothes  in  the  dirt, 
or  seeing  fine  things  besides  common;  feels  inferior  and  superior  rela- 
tions; and  prefers  the  superior,  etc. 

Lord  Bacon  is  given  credit  for  placing  the  sciences  upon  an 
inductive  basis,  but  the  study  of  human  nature  was  not  pur- 
sued inductively  before  the  time  of  Dr.  Gall's  discoveries. 
When  the  importance  of  his  work  is  thoroughly  understood  he 
will  be  looked  upon  as  one  of  the  world's  greatest  benefactors. 
Dr.  Spurzheim  rendered  the  world  a  great  service  in  system- 
atizing the  discoveries  of  Gall  and  working  out  a  philosophy 
of  mind  that  is  fundamental  and  helpful  in  all  human  activi- 
ties. George  Combe,  who  always  spoke  of  his  indebtedness  to 
Dr.  Spurzheim,  wrote  a  book  entitled,  "The  Constitution  of 
Man,  Considered  in  Relation  to  External  Objects."  Horace 
Mann,  in  his  Journal,  as  recorded  on  page  105  of  the  "Life  of 
Horace  Mann, ' '  written  by  his  wife,  says : 

Today  I  have  had  the  pleasure  of  being  introduced  to  George  Combe, 
Esq.,  of  Edinburgh,  who  has  lately  arrived  in  this  country,  the  author 
of  that  extraordinary  book,  ' '  The  Constitution  of  Man, ' '  the  doctrine 
of  which  I  believe  will  work  the  same  change  in  metaphysical  science 
that  Lord  Bacon  wrought  in  natural. 

Without  the  discoveries  of  Gall,  George  Combe  never  could 
have  written  this  masterpiece ;  hence  the  credit  for  founding 
the  inductive  science  of  mind  belongs  to  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurz- 
heim, George  Combe,  and  their  associates.  In  speaking  of  the 
faculty  of  comparison  George  Combe  says : 

By  common  observers  the  metaphors,  amplifications,  allegories,  and 
analogies  supplied  by  comparison  are  frequently  mistaken  for  the  prod- 
ucts of  ideality,  though  they  are  very  different.  Ideality  being  a  senti- 
ment, when  excited,  infuses  passion  and  enthusiasm  into  the  mind,  and 
prompts  it  to  soar  after  the  magnificent,  and  beautiful ;  while  compari- 
son, being  an  intellectual  element,  produces  no  vivid  passion,  no  intense 
feeling  or  enthusiasm;  but  coolly  and  calmly  plays  off  its  corruscations 
derived  from  the  other  powers. 

When  comparison  is  excessively  developed  it  gives  a  ten- 
dency to  criticizing  and  fault-finding.  One  who  has  it  in  ex- 
cess should  always  try  to  make  his  criticisms  constructive,  so 
as  to  help  correct  the  conditions  that  are  criticized.  When 
there  is  a  deficiency  of  this  faculty  there  is  lack  of  ability  to 


80  Applied  Character  Analysis 

recognize  resemblances  in  forms  and  ideas.  This  faculty  can 
be  cultivated  through  carefully  observing  and  comparing 
things.  When  it  is  out  of  proportion  with  the  'rest  it  can  be 
restrained  by  studying  cause  and  effect  relations  more  and 
giving  less  attention  to  the  mere  observation  of  phenomena. 

Causality.  This  faculty  deals  with  the  most  complex  in- 
tellectual processes,  and  is  used  in  studying  cause  and  effect 
relations.  It  is  the  most  important  faculty  in  deductive  rea- 
soning, and  is  very  strong  in  such  philosophers  as  Socrates, 
Plato  (who  was  nick-named  the  "broad-brow"),  Immanuel 
Kant,  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  Benjamin  Franklin,  and  others  who 
have  excelled  in  the  study  of  the  whys  and  the  wherefores  of 
things.  This  faculty  was  discovered  and  localized  by  Dr.  Gall, 
and  the  following  is  an  account  of  the  organ  given  by  the 
discoverer : 

I  had  long  observed  that  great  philosophers  had  the  anterior  superior 
part  of  the  forehead  singularly  large  and  prominent,  as  in  Socrates, 
Democritus,  Cicero,  Bacon,  Montaigne,  Galileo,  Leibnitz,  Condillac, 
Diderot,  Mendelssohn,  etc. 

But  they  differ;  the  domain  of  one  kind  being  the  material;  of  the 
other,  the  spiritual.  One  would  know  facts,  the  other  conditions;  one 
makes  observation  his  basis,  the  other,  disdaining  the  material  world, 
rises  into  the  spiritual,  and  contemplates  mind,  and  investigates  general 
principles.  In  these  heads  two  cerebral  parts  are  developed,  one  on 
each  side,  adjoining  comparative  sagacity;  forming  two  segments  of  a 
sphere,  placed  on  each  side  of  the  forehead,  in  a  horizontal  line.  During 
our  travels  they  gave  us  a  cast  moulded  on  the  head  of  Kant,  after 
death.  It  was  with  lively  pleasure  that  we  saw  the  extraordinary 
prominence  of  these  identical  parts.  Fichte  has  it  still  more  prominent. 
The  ancients  gave  Jupiter  these  same  prominences. 

A  third  manifestation  of  this  faculty  is  in  "mother  wit."  In  pro- 
portion as  this  anterior  superior  part  of  the  forehead  is  developed  the 
human  mind  is  the  more  expanded,  and  the  man  raises  himself  above 
brutes  and  his  fellows.  This  organization  discovers  the  relations  of 
causes  and  effects;  pursues  a  long  series  of  data;  embraces  a  vast  field 
of  observation;  discerns  the  unknown  from  the  known,  the  constant 
from  the  accidental;  deduces  conclusions;  ascends  from  effects  to  causes, 
and  descends  from  general  laws  to  facts;  enriches  nations  with  new 
truths,  spreading  like  the  beneficent  rays  of  light;  breaking  the  yoke 
of  despotism,  and  destroying  the  machinations  of  imposture.  It  is  rea- 
son which  constitutes  the  true  essence  of  man,  and  barrier  of  separation 
between  man  and  brute. 

The  descriptions  of  these  pioneers  in  observational  psychol- 
ogy are  very  clear.  They  lived  in  an  age  when  nearly  all  who 
gave  any  attention  to  the  study  of  mind  were  metaphysicians ; 
hence  they  were  enabled  to  use  their  comparison  and  causality 


The  Intellect  81 

in  establishing  these  principles  fundamentally.    In  speaking 
of  causality  Dr.  Spurzheim  says : 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  special  faculty  of  the  cerebral  parts  on  either 
side  of  comparison  examines  causes,  considers  the  relations  of  cause 
and  effect,  and  prompts  men  to  ask  "Why?"  Its  effects  are  immense; 
the  cultivation  of  fields,  invention  of  instruments,  and  whatever  man 
produces  by  art,  depend  on  this  faculty.  It  is  the  fountain  of  resources; 
and  produces  results  by  applying  causes.  The  laws  of  causation  cannot 
be  too  much  considered. 

Causality  and  comparison  combined  constitute  reason.  Without 
causality,  there  can  be  no  argumentative  reasoning;  without  comparison, 
no  comprehensive  views,  no  nice  distinctions.  Observation  teaches  ob- 
jects, and  eventuality  facts,  while  comparison  points  out  their  identity, 
analogy,  difference,  or  harmony,  whereas  causality  seeks  their  causes, 
and  all  together  discern  general  principles  and  laws;  draw  conclusions, 
inductions,  and  creations;  and  constitute  a  truly  philosophic  under- 
standing. 

George  Combe  shows  very  clearly  the  action  of  causality 
when  deficient,  or  when  excessively  developed,  and  states  his 
ideas  as  follows : 

One  in  whom  it  is  deficient,  in  new  circumstances,  will  be  helpless 
and  bewildered,  where  one  in  whom  it  is  large  will  show  his  superiority 
by  the  extent  of  his  inventions.  A  mechanic  with  causality  small,  will 
be  at  a  stand  if  his  ordinary  tools  are  wanting,  or  if  employed  out  of 
his  ordinary  line;  while  another  having  it  large,  will  find  a  thousand 
substitutes.     It  is  the  fountain  of  all  abstract  ideas. 

The  excessive  expression  of  causality  is  shown  in  theorizing 
and  in  speculating  without  sufficient  observed  data.  When 
this  power  is  deficient  there  is  a  shallowness  of  thought  and 
reason.  It  can  be  cultivated  by  studying  cause  and  effect 
relations,  and  can  be  restrained  by  giving  more  attention  to 
observation  and  comparison  and  less  to  the  whys  and  where- 
fores of  things.  Now  that  philosophy  is  based  upon  observa- 
tion it  is  seldom  necessary  to  restrain  this  faculty. 

Mirth.  This  faculty  gives  an  appreciation  of  wit  and 
humor.  It  is  situated  between  ideality  and  causality.  Mirth 
was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall,  who  said,  regarding  its  discovery : 

In  all  persons  I  have  examined,  eminently  endowed  with  this  faculty,  I 
have  found  the  anterior  superior  lateral  parts  of  the  forehead  consid- 
erably prominent  in  a  segment  of  a  sphere.  It  carries  with  it  an  irre- 
sistible propensity  to  ridicule  everything,  sparing  neither  friend  nor  foe, 
its  possessors  even  launching  their  satire  at  themselves.  Aristophanes 
was  so  bitter  that  he  did  not  spare  his  own  family,  and  ridiculed  even 
Socrates.  Henry  IV.  has  been  reproached  for  jesting  and  gaiety  even 
in  battle,  and  the  untimely  sallies  of  his  lively  mind.     Diogenes  amused 


82  Applied  Character  Analysis 

himself  with  all  the  follies  of  his  age.  Cicero  had  an  extreme  inclination 
to  raillery,  as  had  Horace  and  Juvenal;  and  this  organ  is  large  in  all 
of  them.  There  is  no  longer  any  doubt  that  this  talent  is  indicated  by 
this  organism. 

Dr.  Spurzheim,  in  speaking  of  mirth,  said : 

Those  who  write  like  Voltaire,  Rabelais,  Piron,  Sterne,  Rabener,  Wie- 
land,  and  all  who  are  fond  of  jest,  raillery,  ridicule,  irony,  and  comical 
conceptions,  have  the  upper  and  outer  parts  of  the  forehead  immediately 
before  ideality  of  considerable  size. 

George  Combe  treats  the  faculty  at  length  in  his  work,  and 
is  given  credit  for  the  following : 

I  have  found  in  the  manifestations  of  those  whose  mirth  predominates 
over  causality  a  striking  love  for  the  purely  ludicrous;  their  great  de- 
light being  to  heap  absurd  and  incongruous  ideas  together;  extract 
laughter  out  of  every  object;  and  enjoy  the  mirth  their  sallies  created 
and  therefore  agree  with  Spurzheim  that  the  sentiment  of  the  ludicrous, 
is  its  primitive  function. 

The  American  writer  of  humor  who  best  illustrates  this 
faculty  is  Samuel  L.  Clemens  (Mark  Twain).  His  head  is 
developed  to  a  remarkable  degree  in  the  region  where  Gall 
localized  mirth. 

The  abnormal  expression  of  mirth  is  shown  in  clownishness, 
levity,  and  caricaturing  of  persons.  When  it  is  deficient  there 
is  a  distaste  for  jokes,  wit,  and  humor;  and  a  serious  expres- 
sion of  life.  When  excessive  it  can  be  restrained  by  devoting 
more  time  to  serious  and  practical  principles  of  science.  If 
deficient  it  can  be  cultivated  through  the  study  of  wit  and 
humor. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  PERFECTING  POWERS 

The  Perfecting  Powers  are:  Imitation;  Adaptation;  Con- 
struction ;  Ideality ;  and  Sublimity. 

Imitation.  This  faculty  gives  ability  in  imitating.  It  is 
located  above  adaptation  and  ideality.  Imitation  was  local- 
ized by  Dr.  Gall,  who  describes  his  discovery  of  it  as  follows : 

One  of  my  friends  assured  me  that  the  form  of  his  own  head  was 
peculiar,  and  directed  my  hand  to  the  anterior  superior  part  of  his 
head,  which  I  found  bulging,  and  behind  on  eaeh  side  was  a  cavity 
descending  towards  the  ear.  He  had  a  peculiar  talent  for  imitating  the 
gait,  gestures,  sounds  of  the  voice,  etc.,  so  that  the  persons  imitated 
were  immediately  recognized.  I  hastened  to  the  deaf  and  dumb  asylum 
to  examine  the  head  of  Casteigner,  who  had  fixed  our  attention  from 
the  first  by  his  prodigious  talent  for  mimicing  perfectly  the  gait,  ges- 
tures, etc.,  of  the  director,  physician,  surgeon,  women,  etc.,  which  amused 
the  more,  as  his  education  had  been  absolutely  neglected.  To  my  great 
astonishment  I  found  this  organ  as  prominent  as  in  my  friend.  I  sought 
opportunities  for  multiplying  my  observations,  visited  families  and 
schools,  examined  those  noted  for  this  talent;  found  it  the  larger  or 
smaller  as  persons  were  more  or  less  gifted  in  mimicry;  procured  the 
skull  of  Junger  the  poet  and  comedian ;  found  it  large  in  a  thief  who  had 
belonged  to  a  strolling  company  of  actors;  and  have  so  greatly  multi- 
plied observations  that  I  feel  justified  in  maintaining  that  the  talent 
for  personifying  others  is  a  fundamental  faculty,  and  has  its  particular 
organ.  It  undoubtedly  aids  the  poet,  especially  dramatic.  It  is  of 
great  use  in  oratory,  by  giving  appropriate  gestures,  and  especially  in 
painters  and  artists.  Some  simpletons  and  madmen  have  astonishing 
powers  of  mimicry,  and  most  great  actors  were  bred  to  other  avocations, 
but  were  irresistibly  drawn  to  acting. 

George  Combe  speaks  of  a  remarkable  case  that  came  under 
his  observation,  as  follows : 

A  lady  in  whom  it  is  large  has  a  strong  tendency  to  imitate  every 
sound  she  hears,  crows  when  she  hears  the  cock  crow ;  and  one  day  while 
reading,  when  the  growl  of  distant  thunder  reached  her  ear,  she  uncon- 
sciously imitated  it.  It  represents  all  the  other  faculties,  and  gives 
power  of  expression. 

James  P.  Browne,  M.  D.,  the  anatomist  and  psychologist,  in 
speaking  of  this  faculty,  on  page  367  of  his  book, ' '  Phrenology 

83 


84  Applied  Character  Analysis 

and  its  Application  to  Education,  Insanity  and  Prison  Disci- 
pline, ' '  says : 

Writers  on  mental  philosophy  have  admitted  the  existence  of  a  special 
faculty  of  imitation,  and  dwelt  upon  its  importance,  but  some  have 
supposed  its  sphere  of  action  to  be  much  more  comprehensive  than  a 
closer  observation  of  facts  would  justify.  They  seamed  to  imagine  that 
upon  this  faculty  depended  the  power  of  acquiring  knowledge.  A  little 
reflection,  however,  will  show  such  an  opinion  to  be  erroneous.  The 
kinds  of  knowledge  are  various,  and  so  are  the  capacities  of  individuals. 
Experience  also  teaches  that  it  is  not  those  who  are  endowed  with  the 
strongest  imitative  powers  that  excel  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge. 
And  it  is  notorious  that  many  who  have  been  remarkable  for  quickness 
of  apprehension  were  by  no  means  noted  for  powers  of  imitation.  The 
imitative  faculties  of  the  monkey,  the  parrot,  and  the  mocking-bird  do 
not  enable  them  to  acquire  knowledge.  Neither  can  the  mimic,  however 
extraordinary  his  powers  of  imitation,  be  at  all  considered  on  that 
account  proportionably  superior  to  others  in  intellectual  ability.  Suc- 
cessful actors  display  more  marked  imitative  talents  than  men  in  other 
professions,  but  yet  we  do  not,  therefore,  find  them  excelling  others  who 
have  but  little  capacity  for  imitation,  in  literature  and  the  sciences. 
The  late  Charles  Mathews  was  an  exceedingly  clever  man,  with  rare 
talent  for  discerning,  with  uncommon  accuracy,  the  peculiar  manner  of 
individuals,  and  a  power  of  mimicry  almost  unrivaled,  and  yet  he  could 
not  write  such  "valuable  nonsense"  as  his  friend,  James  Smith,  one  of 
the  authors  of  the  "Rejected  Addresses."  Nor  could  even  Shakespeare 
himself  personify  his  own  "Hamlet"  with  so  much  truthfulness  and 
power  as  did  Garrick  and  Kemble. 

But  although  imitation  is,  in  accordance  with  a  general  law,  incom- 
petent to  perform  the  functions  of  other  powers,  it  may  rightly  be 
deemed  an  efficient  auxiliary  in  exciting  them  to  action.  It  tends  to 
fix  the  attention  of  the  intellectual  faculties  with  the  view  of  obtaining 
materials  for  its  own  gratification.  Hence  its  importance  in  early  life, 
when  the  germs  of  our  future  conduct  and  acquirements  are  planted  on 
the  tender  and  susceptible  brain  of  infancy.  How  admirable,  there- 
fore, is  that  provision  of  nature  which  has  caused  this  to  be  one  of  the 
first  faculties  manifested  in  childhood!  But  in  proportion  to  the  ad- 
vantages arising  from  the  early  development  of  this  faculty  would  be 
the  mischief  of  subjecting  children  to  the  contaminating  influence  of 
bad  example.  It  must  not  be  forgotten,  however,  that  the  effect  of 
example  is  necessarily  modified  by  the  predominance  of  certain  senti- 
ments and  feelings;  for  an  individual  possessed  of  much  imitative  power, 
who  is  also  endowed  with  high  moral  sentiments,  will  be  far  less  warped 
by  bad  example  from  the  path  of  rectitude  than  one  whose  moral  sense 
is  not  so  active,  although  the  latter  may  be  but  scantily  endowed  with 
the  faculty  of  imitation. 

The  excessive  action  is  shown  in  lack  of  originality  and  in 
the  servile  imitation  of  others.  When  it  is  deficient  there  is 
inability  to  imitate,  and  a  tendency  to  unconventionally.  It 
can  be  cultivated  through  continued  efforts  in  imitating  others, 


The  Perfecting  Powers  85 

and  when  it  is  too  strong  can  be  restrained  through  greater 
effort  to  be  original  and  to  put  individuality  into  one 's  work. 

Adaptation.  This  faculty  gives  affability,  politeness, 
blandness,  persuasiveness,  pleasantness,  agreeableness  and 
good  manners.  Through  it  there  is  an  adaptation  to  people, 
situations  or  conditions.  It  was  localized  by  0.  S.  and  L.  N. 
Fowler,  and  is  situated  above  causality  and  mirth.  When  it  is 
abnormally  strong  it  causes  affectation,  palaver,  gush,  and  an 
undesirable  form  of  suavity.  When  it  is  deficient  it  causes 
bluntness  and  disagreeableness.  Persons  who  have  so  much 
adaptation  that  it  is  shown  in  affectation  and  palaver  fail  to 
impress  others  as  they  could,  and  should  make  an  effort  to  re- 
strain this  tendency  through  reason.  In  order  to  cultivate  it 
when  it  is  deficient  an  effort  should  be  made  to  be  more  adapt- 
able and  agreeable,  thus  developing  a  more  normal  expression. 

Construction.  This  faculty  gives  ability  to  plan  and  con- 
struct in  mechanism,  art,  literature,  commerce,  etc.  Construc- 
tion was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  It  is  situated  in  front  of 
acquisitiveness  and  above  tune  and  the  speech  center.  It  is 
well  developed  in  Edison,  Marconi,  Tesla,  and  other  great 
inventors.  Dr.  Gall  makes  the  following  comments  on  this 
faculty : 

It  is  about  half  covered  by  the  very  considerably  developed  convolu- 
tions of  the  middle  lobes.  It  is  placed  sometimes  a  little  higher,  or  a 
little  lower,  according  as  the  neighboring  organs  are  more  or  less  de- 
veloped, and  lies  immediately  behind  tune,  and  above  number.  An  un- 
practised eye  might  easily  confound  it  with  acquisitiveness,  which  is 
lengthened  from  behind  forward,  and  when  very  large  extends  to  the 
external  edge  of  the  superciliary  ridge.  When  construction  is  large  it 
gives  the  temples  a  prominence  equal  to  that  of  the  zygomatic  region; 
so  that  great  mechanicians  have  heads  apparently  enclosed  between  two 
parallel  planes.  In  very  distinguished  artists  this  region  is  extremely 
prominent,  and  appears  like  a  cushion,  which  engravers,  painters,  and 
sculptors  regard  as  a  deformity,  and  therefore  never  express  in  its  whole 
development.  The  deficiency  of  the  organs  in  the  anterior  lateral  part 
of  the  forehead  sometimes  leaves  the  temples  of  great  mechanicians  less 
prominent  than  their  zygomatic  region. 

At  Vienna,  and  in  the  whole  course  of  our  travels,  we  found  this 
organ  developed  among  all  artists,  draftsmen,  and  mechanicians  in 
proportion  to  their  talents. 

In  the  following  statement  Dr.  Spurzheim  calls  attention  to 
the  fact  that  this  faculty  is  expressed  in  the  lower  animals  as 
well  as  in  human  beings : 

In  animals  ability  to  construct  is  not  in  proportion  to  their  under- 
standing.    The  beaver,  with  less  intellect  than  the  dog,  surpasses  him 


86  Applied  Character  Analysis 

in  construction.  The  skulls  of  animals  which  build  and  burrow,  have 
this  organ  much  larger  than  those  which  do  not.  The  beaver,  marmot 
and  hamster  have  it  distinctly  expressed.  By  it  birds  build  nests,  rabbits 
burrow,  beavers  build  huts,  and  man  hovels,  palaces,  temples,  ships, 
engines  of  war,  clothes,  toys,  and  instruments  of  all  kinds.  It  gives 
manual  nicety,  as  in  drawing,  engraving,  writing,  carving,  sculpture, 
and  tool  using  generally.  Many  men  of  great  intellectual  endowments 
can  never  acquire  manual  dexterity. 

Construction  is  one  of  the  elementary  powers  of  mind  that 
has  been  most  influential  in  bringing  about  the  numerous 
changes  from  the  most  primitive  life  of  humanity  down  to  the 
complex  conditions  that  prevail  today.  Inventions  are  largely 
the  result  of  this  faculty.  When  it  is  excessively  developed  it 
causes  a  mania  for  impractical  inventions.  A  deficiency  is 
manifested  in  lack  of  ability  to  construct  things.  To  cultivate 
it  when  deficient  the  individual  should  use  it  in  planning, 
designing,  or  constructing  things.  To  restrain  it  when  exces- 
sively developed  the  perceptive  powers  should  be  cultivated  in 
order  to  give  more  practical  tendencies  to  the  mind. 

Ideality.  This  faculty  gives  a  love  for,  and  appreciation 
of,  the  beautiful  in  art  and  nature.  It  is  situated  above  con- 
struction. It  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  This  is  the  leading 
faculty  in  the  creative  imagination,  but  is  supported  by  sub- 
limity, construction,  and  some  of  the  other  mental  powers.  It 
was  unusually  strong  in  Edgar  Allen  Poe,  who  had  the  repu- 
tation of  possessing  one  of  the  strongest  imaginations  known 
to  history.  It  is  strong  in  Paderewski  and  other  eminent 
musicians.  When  the  sensory  organs  predominate  over  the 
motor  and  nutritive  this  faculty  is  more  likely  to  be  a  strong 
characteristic  of  the  mind.  When  Dr.  Gall  first  discovered  it 
he  treated  it  in  combination  with  sublimity,  as  one  of  the 
primary  elements  of  the  mind.  Dr.  Spurzheim  believed  that 
the  brain  centers  devoted  to  ideality  had  some  additional 
function.    Dr.  Gall  says  of  ideality : 

Its  ample  development  causes  a  prominence  on  each  side  of  the  head, 
commencing  about  half  the  height  of  the  forehead,  above  the  temples, 
extending  obliquely  from  below  upwards,  and  from  before  backwards, 
about  two  inches;  giving  so  singular  a  form  to  this  part  of  the  head, 
that  painters  and  sculptors  rarely  present  them  fully.  The  poets  of 
all  ages  have  this  organ  large,  as  in  Pindar,  Euripides,  Sophocles, 
Heraclides,  Plautus,  Terence,  Virgil,  Tibullus,  Ovid,  Juvenal,  Horace, 
Boccaccio,  Aristo,  Aretin,  Tasso,  Milton,  Boileau,  Rousseau,  Pope, 
Young,  Gresset,  Voltaire,  Gesner,  Klopstock,  Wieland,  Andrieux,  Lemer- 
cier,   Dupaty,   etc. 

Homer's  head  shows  two  extraordinary  prominences  in  its  superior 


The  Perfecting  Powers  87 

lateral  parts,  which  must  strike  all.     Why  should  ' '  the  father  of  poetry ' ' 
have  this  form? 

The  first  poet  whose  form  of  head  struck  me,  was  one  of  my  friends, 
ordinary  in  other  respects,  who  often  composed  verses  extempore.  His 
forehead,  immediately  above  the  nose,  rose  perpendicularly,  then  re- 
treated, and  extended  itself  much  laterally,  as  if  a  portion  had  been 
super-added  to  each  side.  I  remembered  having  observed  the  same  form 
of  head  in  the  bust  of  Ovid.  Though  all  poets  had  not  this  form  of 
forehead,  yet  all  had  these  lateral  prominences.  Nicolai,  of  Berlin, 
invited  Spurzheim  and  myself  to  see  his  collection  of  thirty  busts  of 
poets,  in  all  of  whom  this  region  was  more  or  less  prominent,  according 
to  the  talents  of  each.  All  subsequent  observations  confirm  this  organ. 
There  never  has  existed,  or  will  exist,  a  poet  without  this  development 
large. 

Gall,  Spurzheim  and  Combe  studied  so  fundamentally  in 
establishing  the  inductive  study  of  mind  that  the  truths  con- 
tained in  their  works  are  worthy  of  the  most  careful  study 
today.  The  fact  that  one  of  the  leading  publishing  houses  of 
America  republished  the  works  of  Spurzheim,  without  any 
revision,  in  1908,  after  they  had  been  out  of  print  for  more 
than  half  a  century,  is  a  strong  endorsement  of  the  funda- 
mental work  done  by  this  worthy  pioneer.  In  speaking  of  the 
faculty  of  ideality  Dr.  Spurzheim  says : 

A  poetic  turn  of  mind  results  from  a  peculiar  mode  of  feeling.  Vivid- 
ness, glow,  exaltation,  imagination,  inspiration,  rapture,  exaggeration, 
and  warmth  of  expression,  are  requisite  for  poetry.  Poets  depict  a 
fictitious  and  imaginary  world.  This  faculty  gives  glow  to  the  other 
faculties;  impresses  the  poetical  and  ideal;  aspires  to  imaginary  per- 
fection in  everything;  creates  enthusiasm  in  friendship,  virtue,  painting, 
music,  etc.;  produces  sentimentality,  and  leads  to  delicacy  and  suscepti- 
bility. It  often  acts  with  spirituality,  located  adjoining  it,  in  embellish- 
ing poetry  with  the  mysterious  and  supernatural.  Practical  exaltation 
varies  with  this  organ. 

George  Combe  makes  the  following  comments  on  ideality : 

We  owe  to  Dr.  Spurzheim  the  correct  analysis  of  this  faculty,  and 
the  elegant  and  appropriate  name  by  which  it  is  designated.  "It  is 
impossible, ' '  says  he,  ' '  that  poetry  in  general  should  be  confined  to 
one  single  organ;  and  I  therefore  think  that  the  name  (organ  of  poetry) 
used  by  Dr.  Gall,  does  not  indicate  the  essential  faculty.  In  every  kind 
of  poetry,  the  sentiments  are  exalted,  the  expressions  warm;  and  there 
must  be  rapture,  inspiration,  what  is  commonly  called  imagination  or 
fancy. ' ' 

There  has  been  a  general  agreement  among  the  disciples  of 
these  pioneers  regarding  the  location  and  function  of  ideality, 


88  Applied  Character  Analysis 

but  there  has  been  some  difference  of  opinion  about  the  termi- 
nology.   0.  S.  Fowler,  in  "Human  Science,"  page  952,  says: 

Poetry,  the  first  name  given  by  Gall  to  this  faculty,  is  correct,  for  it 
constitutes  the  soul  of  poetry,  but  is  too  restricted,  for  it  is  quite  as 
constituent  a  part  of  oratory  and  of  painting.  Spurzheim's  name, 
ideality,  is  also  too  limited,  as  referring  to  only  the  imaginary  and 
fanciful.  Its  primal  office  is  love  of  beauty,  in  nature,  poetry,  elo- 
quence, conversation,  manners,  art,  music,  mechanics,  flowers,  and  wher- 
ever found.     I  have  therefore  changed  its  name  to  beauty. 

This  discussion  of  terminology  shows  one  of  the  difficulties 
that  has  confronted  the  various  schools  of  psychology  for  a 
century,  and  that  keeps  the  followers  of  the  various  schools 
from  uniting  in  forming  the  true  science  of  mind  that  should 
be  a  guide  to  everybody  in  the  study  and  use  of  psychological 
principles.  The  numerous  terminologies  in  existence  at  the 
present  time  are  doing  more  to  perpetuate  the  different  schools 
and  sects  of  psychology  than  any  other  one  thing.  It  is  high 
time  that  representatives  of  the  various  schools  were  coming 
together  to  formulate  a  terminology  that  might  be  used  and 
understood  by  all. 

When  ideality  is  excessively  developed  it  gives  a  tendency  to 
fastidiousness,  ultra  refinement,  and  over-ornamentation. 
When  it  is  deficient  there  is  lack  of  ability  to  see  and  appre- 
ciate the  beauties  of  art  and  nature.  It  should  then  be  culti- 
vated by  getting  into  an  environment  that  will  call  it  into 
action.  When  it  is  excessively  developed  it  should  be  re- 
strained by  giving  more  attention  to  the  practical  and  utili- 
tarian and  less  to  the  ideal. 

Sublimity.  This  faculty  gives  an  appreciation  of  the  grand, 
sublime,  romantic  and  infinite.  As  already  stated,  it  was 
treated  as  a  part  of  ideality  by  Dr.  Gall,  and  was  first  believed 
to  be  an  independent  faculty  of  the  mind  by  Dr.  Spurzheim. 
George  Combe  also  felt  the  necessity  for  dividing  ideality,  as 
originally  localized  by  Dr.  Gall,  and  seems  to  have  been  the 
first  to  suggest  the  name  of  sublimity,  as  will  be  noted  from 
the  following  quotation,  from  page  399  of  his  "System  of 
Phrenology,"  published  in  1836: 

In  some  individuals  the  front  part  of  this  organ  is  most  developed,  in 
others  the  back  part;  and  from  cases  which  I  have  observed,  there  is 
reason  to  believe  that  the  latter  is  a  separate  organ.  The  back  part  is 
left  without  a  number  on  the  bust,  and  a  mark  of  interrogation  is  in- 
scribed on  it,  to  denote  that  the  function  is  a  subject  of  inquiry.  The 
back  part  touches  caution;  and  I  suspect  that  excitement  of  this  organ, 


The  Perfecting  Powers  89 

in  a  moderate  degree,  is  an  ingredient  in  the  emotion  of  the  sublime. 
The  roar  of  thunder,  or  of  a  cataract — the  beetling  cliff  suspended  high 
in  air,  and  threatening  to  cause  ruin  by  its  fall — impress  the  mind  with 
feelings  of  terror;  and  it  is  only  such  objects  that  produce  the  sentiment 
of  sublimity.  It  would  be  interesting  to  take  two  individuals  with 
equal  ideality,  but  the  one  possessed  of  much  and  the  other  of  little 
caution,  to  the  vale  of  Glencoe,  the  pass  of  Borrowdale,  the  cave  of 
Staffa,  or  some  other  scene  in  which  the  elements  of  the  sublime  pre- 
dominate, and  to  mark  their  different  emotions.  I  suspect  that  the 
large  caution  would  give  the  more  profound  and  intense  emotions  of 
sublimity. 

This  separation  of  sublimity  from  the  organ  of  ideality,  and 
its  treatment  as  an  independent  faculty,  is  now  generally 
recognized.  This  change  did  not  indicate  any  disagreement 
regarding  the  localization,  but  enables  psychologists  to  give  a 
more  minute  and  accurate  description  of  mental  phenomena. 

Sublimity  is  located  above  acquisitiveness,  and  behind  ideal- 
ity. When  it  is  abnormally  strong  it  causes  people  to  use  their 
adjectives  in  the  superlative  degree  more  than  they  should, 
and  is  the  reason  for  unconscious  exaggeration.  When  it  is 
very  deficient  there  is  a  lack  of  ability  to  appreciate  the  grand 
and  sublime.  When  it  is  excessively  developed  everything 
that  tends  to  arouse  it  should  be  avoided.  When  it  is  deficient 
it  should  be  cultivated  by  studying  the  sublime,  the  romantic, 
and  the  grand. 


CHAPTER  XI 

SOCIAL  AND  DOMESTIC  AFFECTIONS 

The  Social  and  Domestic  Affections  are :  Parental  Love ; 
Love  of  Home ;  Friendship ;  Conjugal  Love ;  and  Amativeness. 

All  the  relationships  of  home  and  society  are  connected  with 
these  mental  powers  that  function  through  the  occipital  lobe 
of  the  brain  and  through  the  cerebellum.  When  they  are  nor- 
mally expressed  the  result  is  harmony  between  husband  and 
wife,  parents  and  children,  members  of  communities  and  citi- 
zens of  the  various  countries  throughout  the  world. 

Parental  Love.  This  instinct  causes  a  love  for  children, 
and  it  gives  children  a  love  for  parents.  It  was  first  local- 
ized by  Dr.  Gall.  It  is  strong  in  many  people  who  have  no 
children  of  their  own,  but  who  gratify  it  by  adopting  children 
or  by  devoting  their  lives  to  vocations  that  enable  them  to 
give  helpful  service  to  children.  When  it  is  abnormally  strong 
it  gives  a  tendency  to  be  over-indulgent  to  children,  resulting 
in  pampered  and  spoiled  characters.  Persons  in  whom  this  in- 
stinct is  deficient  are  impatient  and  sometimes  even  cruel 
with  children,  so  that  they  neglect  them  or  make  their  lives 
miserable.  When  it  is  deficient  a  determined  effort  should  be 
made  to  cultivate  it  by  being  kinder  and  more  indulgent  with 
children.  When  it  is  excessively  developed  it  should  be  re- 
strained through  reason,  by  doing  for  children  the  things  that 
will  result  in  the  greatesf  good.  This  power  is  located  in 
the  most  pronounced  region  of  the  back-head,  immediately 
below  love  of  home. 

Love  of  Home.  This  impulse,  desire  or  affection,  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  strong  tendency  shown  in  many  people  to 
settle  down  in  one  place  called  home,  and  causes  home-sick- 
ness when  such  individuals  are  separated  from  home  for  any 
length  of  time.  It  inspired  the  poet  to  write:  "Home,  Sweet 
Home;  There  Is  No  Place  Like  Home,"  and  "How  Dear  To 
My  Heart  Are  The  Scenes  Of  My  Childhood,  When  Fond  Rec- 
ollection Presents  Them  to  View."    This  affection  was  local- 

90 


Social  and  Domestic  Affections  91 

ized  by  Dr.  Spurzheim.  Deficient  love  of  home,  combined 
with  strong  perceptive  powers,  gives  a  great  desire  for  travel, 
where  one  can  always  see  new  sights  and  explore  new  realms 
of  nature.  When  this  affection  is  abnormally  strong  and  the 
perceptive  powers  are  deficient  there  is  a  disposition  to  center 
one's  thoughts  upon  home,  so  that  a  lifetime  may  be  spent 
in  contentment  without  getting  far  away  from  the  old  home- 
stead. To  cultivate  it,  remain  at  home  and  enjoy  its  associa- 
tions and  environments.  A  medium  expression  of  this  power 
is  beneficial  to  the  individual  because  travel  broadens  the  mind 
and  gives  a  variety  of  helpful  experiences  that  cannot  be 
gained  without  it. 

Friendship.  This  is  the  affection  that  gives  a  desire  to  as- 
sociate with  other  people,  regardless  of  other  relationships. 
It  is  the  instinct  that  urges  individuals  on  to  organize  clubs, 
societies,  fraternities,  and  other  similar  organizations.  This 
affection  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.  The  excessive  action  is 
shown  in  indiscriminate  social  attachments.  When  it  is  de- 
ficient there  is  a  tendency  to  prefer  solitude  to  society,  and 
to  live  the  hermit  life.  It  is  not  difficult  to  notice  all  degrees 
of  development  by  observing  different  members  of  society  who 
are  all  practically  placed  in  the  same  environment  but  who  do 
not  respond  to  it  equally  because  of  their  differences  in  de- 
velopment of  this  social  affection.  Where  there  is  a  deficiency 
of  friendship  there  is  usually  also  a  lack  of  self-reliance  and 
aggressiveness,  and  an  excessive  development  of  reserve,  tim- 
idity, and  the  self -consciousness  that  causes  sensitiveness  to 
the  criticisms  of  others,  but  there  may  be  a  lack  of  sociability 
due  to  the  deficiency  of  friendship  only.  When  this  instinct 
is  excessively  developed  and  there  is  an  excess  of  love  of  ap- 
probation and  of  benevolence  there  is  danger  that  the  individ- 
ual will  go  to  extremes  in  entertaining  friends  and  may  some- 
times overreach  in  money  matters  until  he  commits  the  crime 
of  forgery  or  embezzlement  in  order  to  secure  the  money  to 
gratify  the  abnormal  expression  of  these  powers.  When 
friendship  is  deficient  it  can  be  cultivated  by  forcing  oneself 
to  mingle  with  people  more  than  is  natural. 

Conjugal  Love  (or,  the  Mating  Instinct).  This  instinct, 
or  affection,  causes  constancy  in  wedlock.  It  is  not  only 
found  in  human  beings,  but  is  strong  in  some  of  the  lower 
animals  that  mate  for  life  and  are  faithful  to  each  other.  This 
instinct  was  localized  by  J.  Vimont,  M.  D.,  the  eminent  psy- 


92  Applied  Character  Analysis 

chologist  of  Paris.  It  is  located  below  friendship,  above  ama- 
tiveness, and  on  either  side  of  parental  love.  When  it  is  ab- 
normally strong  it  causes  such  strong  attachments  in  wed- 
lock that  after  living  together  happily  for  years  if  the  life- 
mate  dies  this  affection  causes  such  grief  and  mourning  that 
the  charms  of  life  are  gone  and  in  some  instances  death  soon 
ensues.  When  the  mating  instinct  is  deficient  it  is  one  of  the 
chief  causes  for  inconstancy  in  wedlock,  which  is  so  common 
even  in  our  twentieth  century  civilization.  Like  all  other 
powers,  conjugal  love  can  be  either  cultivated  or  restrained 
through  reason,  conscience,  and  will  power.  The  sad  scenes 
in  the  divorce  courts  throughout  the  civilized  world  are  evi- 
dence that  there  is  not  as  much  domestic  happiness  as  there 
should  be.  When  the  profession  of  home  making  is  taken  as 
seriously  as  it  should  be  the  mating  instinct  will  not  as  often 
be  wounded  as  under  prevailing  conditions.  In  describing 
this  propensity  James  P.  Browne,  M.  D.,  author  of  "Phren- 
ology and  its  Application  to  Education,  Insanity  and  Prison 
Discipline,"  says,  on  page  25  of  his  book: 

When  it  was  ordained  that  a  man  should  forsake  father  and  mother 
and  cling  to  his  wife,  who  was  but  a  little  while  previously  a  stranger 
to  him,  there  was  implanted  within  him  a  propensity  powerful  enough 
to  draw  the  affections  into  channels  differing  from  those  through  which 
they  were  from  early  infancy  accustomed  to  flow ;  but  still  without  caus- 
ing a  lessening  of  love  for  the  familiar  objects  of  old,  affectionate,  and 
reverential  attachments.  This  instinct  forms  the  principal  ingredient  of 
the  mixed  passion  called  Love.  It  renders  man,  in  an  especial  manner, 
susceptible  of  the  influence  of  the  beauty  and  grace  so  liberally  be- 
stowed on  the  fairest  portion  of  humanity.  It  is  this  feeling,  when 
acting  in  harmony  with  predominating  benevolence,  warm  attachment, 
respectfulness,  and  conscientiousness,  heightened  by  a  good  endowment 
of  ideality,  or  the  sense  of  the  beautiful,  that  imparts  so  much  en- 
thusiasm and  unselfish  devotedness  to  the  loves  of  the  sexes,  and  spreads 
such  enduring  charms  over  the  domestic  fireside.  And  these  sentiments, 
when  chastened  by  the  presence  of  pure  religious  aspirations,  render 
mankind  ready,  instinctively,  and  voluntarily,  to  entwine  themselves  for 
life  within  the  bonds  of  wedlock.  Happy  are  they  in  this  state  of 
union  whose  dispositions  harmonize  with  one  another;  but  bitter  woe 
is  often  the  lot  of  those  high-minded  persons  who  are  bound  for  life 
to  consort  with  the  ill-disposed  and  the  selfish. 

Amativeness.  This  instinct  is  located  in  the  cerebellum, 
and  is  the  only  instinct  which  functions  through  this  division 
of  the  brain ;  and  consequently  it  is  the  only  instinct  which 
is  not  located  in  the  cerebrum,  or  upper  brain.  Amativeness 
was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall.    Its  expressions  have  been  so  well 


Social  and  Domestic  Affections  93 

described  by  Nelson  Sizer  in  his  book,  "Heads  and  Faces," 
page  56,  that  we  quote  from  it  as  follows : 

This  organ  is  located  in  the  cerebellum,  or  little  brain,  and  when 
large  gives  breadth  and  fullness  to  the  base  of  the  skull  at  the  nape 
of  the  neck.  It  produces  physical  love  between  tho  sexes  as  such.  Its 
primary  office  is  the  continuance  of  the  race.  It  leads  by  a  law  of 
nature  each  sex  to  treat  the  otln'r  with  kindness  and  courtesy.  Before 
this  propensity  comes  into  activity,  girls  and  boys  may  disagree  with 
each  other,  but  not  so  readily  as  girls  would  disagree  with  girls,  or 
boys  with  boys.  But  when  that  time  of  life  comes  that  this  faculty 
awakens  to  activity,  nature  dictates  forbearance,  courtesy,  and  kindness 
between  the  sexes.  Each  comes  to  regard  the  other  with  special  favor, 
and  is  anxious  to  be  loved  by  the  other,  and  this  organ,  though  physical 
and  animal  in  its  tendency,  inspires  efforts  in  the  direction  of  respect- 
ability, worth,  and  refinement.  The  rustic  boor,  who  knows  scarcely 
the  first  laws  in  gentlemanly  bearing,  becomes  transformed,  in  feeling 
at  least,  when  his  love  element  finds  its  object,  and  his  manners  are 
changed  by  the  awakening  of  the  intellect  and  the  elements  of  taste, 
and  pride,  and  nobility,  that  enables  him  to  assume  a  bearing  which  is 
surprising;  the  drift  and  scope  and  aim  of  his  life  seem  to  be  changed. 

The  shy  and  awkward  girl  also,  as  her  womanly  nature  awakens, 
manifests  life  on  a  new  model;  her  voice  has  in  it  more  of  richness  and 
music  than  before ;  her  eye  acquires  a  new  lustre ;  her  walk  becomes 
elastic,  if  not  always  graceful,  and  every  motion  is  comparatively  attrac- 
tive and  winning. 

A  young  man  sometimes  floats  carelessly  along  the  stream  of  life 
regardless  of  time,  money,  or  reputation,  until  some  fair  being,  his 
natural  counterpart,  awakens  in  him  newness  of  life;  he  is  then  alto- 
gether changed  in  purpose  and  effort,  he  begins  to  covet  respectability 
and  refinement;  saves  his  time  and  husbands  his  means  and  seeks  a  posi- 
tion of  manly  independence.  In  every  well  constituted  and  unperverted 
mind  this  result  will  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  occur. 

If  we  study  the  influence  of  this  passion  upon  the  lower  animals  we 
find  that  the  male  will  not  fight  with  the  female  or  manifest  cruelty 
toward  her;  in  this  case  we  know  of  no  exception.  We  are  sorry  to 
say  that  among  human  beings  cursed  with  intoxicating  drinks  and  other 
artificial  influences,  fierce  quarrels  between  men  and  women  and  some- 
times murders  occur;  but  these  grow  out  of  morbid  conditions,  and  not 
unfrequently  out  of  special  abnormal  action  of  the  love  element  itself, 
and  that  which  ought  to  become  an  attraction  between  them  becomes  a 
source  of  discontent  and  disagreement.  Jealousy  is  more  often  based 
on  the  undue  activity  of  this  faculty  than  on  any  other.  The  office 
of  this  propensity  is  to  propagate  the  species,  and  though  it  is  the  basis 
of  physical  attraction  between  the  sexes,  it  does  not  necessarily  induce 
that  institution  called  marriage,  as  marriage  is  not  necessary  to  the 
continuance  of  the*  species,  that  depending  upon  another  faculty — con- 
jugal love. 

When  there  is  a  perversion  of  the  normal  expression  of  this 
power,  or  when  the  power  is  abnormally  strong,  it  should  be 
controlled  and  restrained  through  the  exercise  of  the  intellec- 


94  Applied  Character  Analysis 

tual  and  moral  powers,  and  will  power.  The  normal  expres- 
sion of  this  power  is  for  good — and  for  no  less  a  purpose  than 
the  perpetuation  of  the  race.  The  abuse  of  this  power,  and 
its  abnormal  expression,  is  the  cause  of  much  of  the  misery, 
suffering  and  crime  in  the  world  today. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE  ASPIRING  AND  GOVERNING  POWERS 

The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  are:  Continuity; 
Self -Reliance ;  Firmness;  Self -Consciousness ;  (?)  Ambition; 
and  Caution. 

Continuity  (or  Concentration).  This  power  gives  continu- 
ity of  effort,  application,  unity,  consecutiveness,  connected- 
ness, desire  to  do  one  thing  at  a  time,  and  to  finish  it  before 
beginning  anything  else.  It  is  located  above  love  of  home. 
Dr.  Gall  does  not  mention  this  power.  Dr.  Spurzheim  and 
George  Combe  had  a  controversy  over  this  faculty,  Spurzheim 
being  disposed  to  include  it  as  a  part  of  love  of  home,  while 
George  Combe  believed  that  the  facts  observed  justified  him  in 
considering  concentration  as  one  of  the  primary  elements  of 
mind,  and  the  followers  of  this  school  of  psychology  have  gen- 
erally accepted  Combe's  discovery.  About  the  time  of  the 
controversy  between  Spurzheim  and  Combe,  Dr.  Solly,  of 
England,  demonstrated  in  a  prepared  brain  the  association 
fibres  connecting  the  different  regions  of  the  brain,  thus  show- 
ing how  concentration  is  connected  with  all  other  parts  of  the 
brain  through  these  association  fibres.  In  speaking  of  this 
faculty  George  Combe  said: 

Some  can  detain  their  feelings  and  ideas  a  long  time,  giving  them  the 
quality  of  continuity;  while  others  experience  great  difficulty  in  detain- 
ing so  as  to  examine  and  compare  them,  and  hence  cannot  take  system- 
atic views  of  things,  for  want  of  concentrating  their  powers  on  one  point. 
I  find  this  organ  large  in  the  former,  but  small  in  the  latter.  Some  in 
conversing  naturally  fall  into  a  connected  train  of  thinking  till  they  have 
placed  it  clearly  before  the  listener's  mind;  in  such  this  organ  is  uni- 
formly large.  Others  shift  from  topic  to  topic,  regardless  of  their 
natural  connection,  leaving  no  distinct  impression;  in  such  this  organ  is 
small.  A  lady  first  suggested  this  idea.  It  gives  continuity  to  feelings 
and  ideas.  The  power  to  give  continuity  to  emotion  and  intellectual 
conception  was  a  striking  feature  in  the  minds  of  the  late  John  Kemble 
and  Mrs.  Siddons.  During  long  and  solemn  pauses  in  their  declamation, 
their  audience  saw  the  mental  state  prolonged  over  the  whole  interval, 
which  added  to  the  depth  and  intensity  of  the  effect. 

95 


96  Applied  Character  Analysis 

The  Editor  of  the  Phrenological  Journal  makes  the  fol- 
lowing comments  on  this  faculty: 

We  occasionally  find  persons  with  large  reflective  organs  who  are  little 
given  to  sustained  reasoning.  Their  intellectual  perceptions  are  strong 
and  rapid,  and  momentarily  brilliant,  but  the  energy  ceases  as  soon  as 
its  impression  is  felt  by  the  auditor,  but  never  prolonged.  They  came  to 
their  conclusions  at  a  bound,  not  by  ratiocination.  Whatever  can  be 
seen  at  a  glance  or  two,  they  perceive,  and  often  with  much  perspicacity 
and  originality,  but  they  fail  in  whatever  requires  the  investigation  of 
abstract  principles  or  logical  deductions.  They  are  better  orators  than 
writers,  and  in  conversation  than  either.  Perhaps  they  argue  well  in 
controversy,  because  the  successive  replies  of  debate  break  the  reasoning 
into  steps,  and  always  present  some  new  point  for  immediate  judgment, 
all  consequent  on  a  deficiency  of  this  faculty.  Others,  with  rather  poor 
intellects,  are  great  dabblers  in  argument,  and  perpetually  skirmishing 
and  hair-splitting  on  their  favorite  opinions.     Such  have  it  large. 

When  large,  and  joined  with  large  causality,  the  power  and  philosophy 
of  reasoning  appears  in  its  greatest  perfection.  The  mind  possesses 
large  intellectual  resources,  and  makes  the  most  of  them  by  collecting  its 
conceptions  into  a  strong  mental  picture,  and  conveying  them  with  the 
full  force  of  a  sustained  presentation.  This  intellectual  picture  is  en- 
larged in  its  dimensions;  more  completely  filled  up  with  related  concep- 
tions; has  its  lines  more  strongly  drawn;  and  there  is  a  more  compre- 
hensive view  of  its  multiplied  connections. 

The  excessive  action  of  this  power  is  shown  in  wearisome 
reiterations,  and  a  tendency  to  give  unessential  and  tiresome 
details.  When  it  is  deficient  there  is  a  desire  for  constant 
change,  lack  of  concentration,  and  a  tendency  to  become  inter- 
ested in  too  many  different  things.  When  excessive  it  should 
be  restrained  by  giving  less  attention  to  the  minute  details  of 
one  thing  and  using  practical  illustrations;  when  deficient  it 
can  be  cultivated  by  making  an  effort  to  concentrate  the  mind 
upon  one  thing  and  giving  all  the  attention  to  it  until  it  is 
thoroughly  completed. 

Self -Reliance.  This  faculty  is  located  above  concentration, 
and  gives  the  sense  of  independence,  love  of  liberty  and  power, 
superiority,  leadership,  and  authority.  Gall  discovered  this 
organ  in  a  young  man  of  fair  address,  who  said  he  had  always 
been  too  proud  to  condescend  to  engage  in  business  either  to 
preserve  his  paternal  fortune  or  to  acquire  a  new  one,  and  that 
this  excessive  pride  had  caused  all  his  misery.  Drs.  Gall  and 
Spurzheim  differed  in  their  deductions  about  this  organ,  just 
as  Spurzheim  and  Combe  did  about  concentration  and  love 
of  home.  The  discovery  of  concentration  by  George  Combe 
removed  the  cause  of  controversy  between  Drs.   Gall  and 


The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  97 

Spurzheim,  and  explained  the  correct  function  of  three  of 
the  primary  elements  of  the  mind,  instead  of  attributing  the 
work  of  these  three  to  the  two  faculties  that  Gall  and  Spurz- 
heim discovered.  It  is  not  often  that  the  functions  of  self- 
reliance,  continuity  and  love  of  home  are  confused,  but  there 
are  many  people  who  confuse  the  functions  of  self-reliance 
and  self -consciousness.  The  difference  between  them  is  clearly 
given  by  Dr.  Gall,  as  follows : 

The  proud  man  is  imbued  with  a  sense  of  his  own  superior  merit,  and 
from  the  summit  of  his  grandeur  treats  all  other  mortals  with  indifference 
or  contempt;  while  the  vain  man  attaches  the  utmost  importance  to  the 
opinions  entertained  of  him  by  others,  and  eagerly  seeks  their  approba- 
tion. The  proud  man  expects  others  to  come  to  him  and  find  out  his 
merits;  while  the  vain  man  knocks  at  every  door  to  attract  attention  and 
supplicates  for  trifling  honors.  The  proud  man  despises  those  marks  of 
distinction  which  confer  the  utmost  delight  on  the  vain.  The  proud  man 
is  disgusted  with  indiscreet  eulogiums;  while  the  vain  man  inhales  with 
ecstasy  the  incense  of  flattery,  however  awkwardly  offered.  The  proud 
man  never  stoops,  even  in  urgent  necessities;  the  vain,  to  gain  praise, 
will  humble  himself,  even  to  crawling.  Pride  and  thirst  for  dominion 
exist  in  few,  whilst  vanity  and  self  dove  are  universal.  Pride  and  vanity 
are  very  different  fundamental  qualities,  so  that  we  must  admit  a  primi- 
tive organ  for  each. 

A  prince  in  Vienna,  remarkable  for  his  ridiculous  pride,  stiff  gait,  and 
always  quoting  his  ancestors,  was  bald,  and  had  this  same  conformation 
I  had  noticed  in  the  mendicant.  Every  one  will  find  proofs  that  this 
Bentiment  was  innate  in  their  proud  and  haughty  acquaintances. 

When  self-reliance  is  excessively  developed  it  manifests  in 
pride,  arrogance,  presumption,  tyranny,  haughtiness,  egotism 
and  disdain.  When  it  is  deficient  there  is  servility  and  slavish 
humility.  A  person  who  has  a  lack  of  balance  between  self- 
reliance,  self -consciousness,  and  the  other  powers  of  mind,  is 
likely  to  be  a  slave  to  his  superiors  and  a  despot  over  his  in- 
feriors. In  case  of  insanity  persons  with  excessive  self-re- 
liance imagine  themselves  to  be  some  of  the  great  rulers  of  the 
world,  and  even  the  Supreme  Being.  To  restrain  self-reliance 
when  it  is  excessively  developed  the  individual  must  force  him- 
self to  give  more  consideration  to  the  judgment  of  others  than 
is  natural  to  him.  To  cultivate  it  when  it  is  deficient  it  is  nec- 
essary to  take  every  opportunity  to  assume  responsibility  in 
public  life.  Oral  English,  public  speaking,  debating,  sales- 
manship, and  other  similar  activities  cultivate  self-reliance. 
The  sheltered  life  restrains  it. 

Firmness.  This  faculty  gives  determination,  persistence, 
perseverance,  resolution,  steadfastness,  stability.    It  is  located 


98  'Applied  Character  Analysis 

in  front  of  self-reliance.    Firmness  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall, 
who  said  of  it : 

This  organ  is  formed  by  convolutions  placed  immediately  on  the  top  of 
the  head,  under  the  two  superior  anterior  angles  of  the  parietal  bones,  at 
the  point  where  they  meet  the  superior  posterior  edges  of  the  frontal. 
When  they  are  large  they  give  to  the  crown  of  the  head  a  spherical 
prominence,  which  is  pronounced  in  firm  persons,  but  level  or  depressed  in 
the  feeble  and  irresolute. 

Dr.  James  P.  Browne,  the  anatomist  and  psychologist,  in 
treating  firmness  in  his  book,  says : 

The  most  careless  observer  of  human  conduct  cannot  fail  to  notice  in 
some  individuals  a  marked  tenacity  of  purpose  of  which  others  are  com- 
paratively destitute.  The  affection  from  which  springs  this  mental 
peculiarity  is  called  firmness.  Its  prevalence,  under  rational  and  moral 
restrictions,  is  of  great  importance  both  in  private  and  in  public  life. 
Nations  composed  of  men,  who  happen  to  be,  in  the  main,  amply  endowed 
with  this  power,  are  remarkable  for  steadfastness  and  untiring  perse- 
verance in  pursuit  of  whatever  they  may,  collectively,  deem  of  impor- 
tance to  the  welfare  of  the  people  at  large.  But  when  once  they  have 
obtained  the  object  of  their  wishes,  nothing  but  the  most  overwhelming 
compulsion  could  force  them  to  attempt  the  undoing  of  that  which  cost 
them  such  sacrifices  to  establish,  and  of  the  beneficial  efficacy  of  which 
they  still  continue  to  entertain  sanguine  expectations.  In  politics,  there- 
fore, this  faculty  is  of  the  utmost  value.  A  people,  in  whose  mental 
constitution  firmness  is  found  to  be  a  characteristic  ingredient,  are  not 
likely  to  be  driven  about  by  every  "wind  of  doctrine."  They  may  be 
sensible  of  the  existence  of  blemishes  which  disfigure  the  fair  features  of 
the  constitution;  they  may  long  for  the  fulfillment  of  those  theoretic 
visions  of  political  purity  and  happiness,  which  would  be  the  result  of 
the  active  predominance  of  the  moral  sentiments,  but  which  they  know 
can  never  be  realized,  while  selfishness  continues  to  sway  the  motives  of 
most  of  those  men,  whose  talents,  energies,  and  industry  enable  them  to 
Torm  the  channels  through  which  the  current  of  popular  opinions  is 
accustomed  to  flow.  They  may  be  aware  of  these  imperfections,  but  so 
long  as  firmness  shall  characterize  a  nation,  the  majority  will  lend  an 
unwilling  ear  to  the  blandishments  of  eloquence,  should  that  most  influ- 
ential offspring  of  the  highest^mental  powers,  harmoniously  combined,  be 
used  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  a  sudden  uprooting  of  long  established 
institutions.  Of  course,  caution  and  reflection,  as  well  as  veneration  for 
old  institutions,  must  also  be  national  characteristics.  But  to  support 
these  firmness  is  essential. 

Excessive  action  of  firmness  is  manifested  in  obstinacy, 
stubbornness,  and  wilfulness.  A  deficiency  is  manifested  in 
irresolution,  instability,  and  lack  of  a  decided  opinion.  The 
excessive  action  of  firmness  is  noticeable  in  juvenile  delin- 
quents, and  this  power  is  so  often  suppressed  in  children  that 
their  lives  are  made  miserable.    To  restrain  it  the  individual 


The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  99 

should  be  appealed  to  through  the  intellect  rather  than  by- 
force.  To  cultivate  it  an  effort  should  be  made  to  develop 
more  decided  opinions  and  then  to  stay  with  them  regardless 
of  the  opposition  that  they  meet. 

Self-Consciousness.  This  faculty  gives  the  sense  of  re- 
gard for  character  and  appearance,  love  of  praise,  fame,  glory, 
commendation,  popularity,  display,  and  social  position.  It  is 
located  on  either  side  of  self-reliance.  This  faculty  is  usually 
known  as  love  of  approbation.  It  appears  to  have  two  or 
three  functions  that  are  so  distinct  that  they  should  really 
be  divided  into  individual  powers.  One  of  these  is  ambition ; 
another  is  self-consciousness.  In  the  practical  work  of  char- 
acter analysis  it  is  often  difficult  to  explain  the  characteristics 
that  are  classed  under  this  faculty  without  speaking  of  dis- 
tinct mental  powers.  This  faculty  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall. 
After  describing  fully  the  situation  of  self -consciousness  Dr. 
Gall  says : 

My  observations,  made  since  its  discovery,  in  hospitals  for  the  insane 
and  society  at  large,  fully  establish  this  as  its  form  and  seat.  They  took 
us  once  to  a  patient  whom  they  thought  mad  from  pride,  but  his  loquacity, 
costume,  and  gestures  proved  that  he  was  mad  from  vanity,  not  pride, 
and  we  found  in  him  a  strong  development  of  vanity  and  not  of  pride. 
I  once  examined  with  Esquirol,  at  the  Salpetriere,  the  head  of  a  woman 
who  believed  herself  queen  of  France.  It  had  precisely  these  same 
developments,  which  I  found  at  Vienna,  on  the  head  of  the  maniac 
mentioned  elsewhere,  who  also  believed  herself  queen  of  France. 

Apes  have  often  astonished  me.  All  know  how  passionately  fond  they 
are  of  dress,  as  well  as  sensitive  to  mockery  and  ridicule.  Those  not 
decidedly  vicious,  like  baboons  and  apes  whose  heads  are  flat,  but  are  like 
ourang-outangs  and  monkeys  (with  a  considerable  prominence  of  fore- 
head), I  advance  boldly  to  and  caress;  and  they  ordinarily  receive  me 
with  the  utmost  mildness,  and  utter  sounds  of  joy,  tenderly  embracing 
and  kissing  me.  But  if  they  perceive  one  mocking  them,  or  unable  to 
conceal  a  smile,  they  show  their  teeth,  leap  upon  him,  and  bite  and  slap 
him  with  admirable  agility;  and  they  have  the  organ  of  vanity  very 
distinctly  shaped,  like  two  segments  of  a  sphere. 

Vanity,  ambition,  love  of  glory,  are  modifications  of  the  same  funda- 
mental quality.  Woman  shows  it  in  dress,  statesmen  in  love  of  office, 
and  soldiers  in  defending  their  country.  It  is  as  common  as  beneficial  to 
individuals  and  society;  for  it  is  one  of  the  most  powerful,  laudable,  and 
disinterested  motives  to  action.  How  many  brilliant  deeds,  instances  of 
generous  devotion,  and  admirable  exertions  does  it  inspire?  Parents 
and  instructors  can  employ  no  more  efficient  incentives  to  good  deeds 
than  this;  and  what  recompense  can  be  more  flattering  to  the  generous, 
noble-hearted  man  than  public  marks  of  distinction  and  merit  celebrity, 
and  a  wide  and  brilliant  reputation? 

For  my  part,  I  like  ambition  and  a  sense  of  honor  in  my  shoemaker, 
for  it  induces  him  to  make  me  good  shoes;  and  in  my  gardener,  for  it 


100  Applied  Character  Analysis 

gives  me  the  very  nicest  fruits.  I  want  no  advocate,  physician,  general, 
or  minister  who  is  not  anxious  for  glory,  and  cares  only  for  gold.  I  like 
the  native  vanity  of  that  young  girl;  it  will  some  day  inspire  her  with 
ambition  to  become  an  excellent  wife  and  mother.  Rectify  this  pre- 
tended weakness,  and  society  will  always  be  the  better  for  it  than  for  the 
apathy  and  indifference  of  those  philosophers  who  pretend  to  despise  it. 

I  thank  nature  for  giving  all  more  or  less  of  it.  Eigid  justice  rarely 
appreciates  good  qualities;  but  the  divine  enchantress,  Vanity,  consoles 
us  for  our  own  defects,  and  the  advantages  of  others  over  us,  in  some 
self -compensations  which  we  prefer  to  everything  else.  Where  is  the 
man  who,  all  things  considered,  would  exchange  with  another? 

Vanity  is  the  same  in  forests,  villages,  and  cities.  It  makes  the  most 
uncivilized  nations  believe  themselves  superior  to  the  rest  of  mankind; 
considering  their  condition  the  climax  of  human  felicity,  and  model  of 
perfection,  and  esteeming  others  according  as  they  approach  their  stand- 
ard. One  is  vain  of  some  of  its  members,  another  of  its  wealth,  popu- 
lation, antiquity,  and  power;  while  those  who  have  nothing  else,  boast  of 
their  ignorance,  simplicity,  mountains,  forests,  slavery,  poverty,  or  the 
absolute  despotism  of  their  tyrants. 

A  thousand  artificial  wants  spring  from  it  to  embellish  our  dwellings, 
support  our  industries,  and  create  the  conveniences  of  life.  To  this, 
chiefly,  we  are  indebted  for  the  flourishing  state  of  the  arts  and  sciences, 
sculpture,  painting,  natural  history,  public  gardens,  libraries,  monu- 
ments, palaces,  and  temples,  which,  but  for  emulation,  would  be  pitiable. 
So  far  from  being  a  source  of  national  corruption  and  ruin,  it  becomes 
the  mainspring  of  the  arts  and  sciences;  the  soul  of  commerce;  the  chief 
agent  of  national  grandeur  and  opulence,  and  great  incentive  to  chari- 
ties, public  and  private. 

Brutes,  too,  love  approbation.  How  caresses  delight  dogs!  How  sensi- 
tive are  horses  to  marks  of  appreciation,  and  how  emulous  not  to  be 
passed!  Where,  as  in  Southern  France,  they  decorate  smart  mules  with 
bouquets,  their  most  painful  punishment  consists  in  depriving  them  of 
this  token.  My  female  ape,  whenever  they  give  her  a  handkerchief, 
throws  it  over  her,  and  takes  wonderful  pleasure  in  dragging  it  behind 
her,  like  the  train  of  a  court  robe.  My  female  dog  is  never  happier  than 
when  charged  with  carrying  my  slippers,  when  she  bridles  up  and  wrig- 
gles, and  is  the  more  animated  the  more  I  say  ' '  fine,  Stella, ' '  but  sud- 
denly became  and  remained  sullen  for  two  years,  from  jealousy  of  a 
squirrel,  yet  resumed  her  gaiety  the  day  it  died.  Birds  are  equally 
delighted  by  praise. 

Dr.  Spurzheim  says  of  this  faculty : 

It  makes  us  attentive  to  the  opinions  entertained  of  us,  and  creates  the 
inquiry,  "What  will  people  say?"  It  is  fond  of  approbation  in  general 
without  regard  to  the  manner  of  acquiring  it;  and  may  be  directed  to 
objects  good,  indifferent,  or  hurtful.  Its  sphere  of  activity  is  very  ex- 
tensive, for  it  is  sensitive  to  caresses,  flattery,  compliments,  applause,  and 
glory,  and  men  endowed  with  it  use  many  devices  to  attract  attention. 
They  dress  fashionably,  and  resort  to  show,  decorations,  titles,  &c. 
Ambition  is  its  goal  in  great  objects,  and  vanity  in  trifles.  The  vic- 
torious general  is  elated  with  the  applause  of  his  countrymen,  and  the 
slave  delighted  by  his  master 's  approval.  Combined  with  the  propensities, 


The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  101 

it  glories  in  being  the  greatest  eater,  drinker,  and  fighter.  Some  will  do 
everything  to  gain  notoriety.  It  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  motives  in 
society.  It  creates  politeness,  yet  makes  us  slaves  of  fashion,  and  is  the 
mortal  enemy  of  personal  liberty.  The  number  of  those  who  seek  dis- 
tinction for  talents  and  virtue  is  small. 

Its  great  development  elongates  the  posterior,  upper,  and  lateral  part 
of  the  head,  yet  sometimes  spreads  out  on  either  side,  which  widens 
instead  of  elongating  the  head. 

In  speaking  of  this  faculty  of  self-conscionsness  George 
Combe  said: 

Its  due  endowment  is  indispensable  to  an  amiable  character.  It  pro- 
duces agreeableness  to  others;  is  the  drill-sergeant  of  society;  suppresses 
numberless  manifestations  of  selfishness,  lest  we  should  give  offence ;  and 
is  the  butt  on  which  wit  strikes  to  obviate  our  follies.  To  be  laughed  at 
is  worse  than  death  to  those  in  whom  it  is  large.  No  faculty  is  more 
prone  to  excess.  It  pays  unmeaning  compliments  which  most  persons  like 
when  bestowed  on  themselves,  but  ridicule  in  others.  It  renders  the 
school-girl  miserable  if  her  dress  and  style  of  living  are  inferior,  and 
torments  the  lady  if  her  apparel  and  equipage  are  surpassed  by  her 
rivals.  It  makes  the  individual  talk  of  himself,  his  affairs,  and  connec- 
tions, so  as  to  convey  va6t  ideas  of  his  own  greatness  or  goodness. 

Those  in  whom  it  is  deficient  are  strangers  to  ceremony,  and  indifferent 
to  censure,  and  are  unaffected  by  indignities  and  rebuffs,  constituting 
what  are  termed  "impracticables. " 

When  powerful  it  carries  the  head  backward,  and  a  little  to  one  side, 
softens  the  tones,  and  puts  smiles  into  the  countenance. 

The  excessive  action  of  self-consciousness,  or  love  of  ap- 
probation, is  in  rivalry,  excessive  sensitiveness  to  the  criti- 
cisms of  people,  vanity,  pomposity,  abnormal  desire  for  praise, 
and  jealousy.  A  deficiency  is  shown  in  indifference  to  the 
opinions  of  others.  The  excessive  action  of  self -consciousness 
causes  great  discomfort  to  its  possesser,  and  a  determined  ef- 
fort should  be  made  to  restrain  it  through  intellect.  When 
necessary  it  can  be  cultivated  by  giving  more  consideration  to 
the  opinion  of  others. 

One  of  the  first  motives  to  be  used  with  children  is  the  love 
of  approbation.  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Howe,  the  teacher  of  Laura 
Bridgman,  reported  that  during  the  first  year  of  her  develop- 
ment with  him,  she  would  playfully  make  mistakes  with  one 
hand  and  strike  it  with  the  other,  and  often  pat  herself  on 
the  head  when  she  performed  work  correctly,  which  was  the 
sign  of  approbation.  When  we  think  of  how  almost  utterly 
incapable  of  thought  she  was  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  and 
what  obstacles  she  had  to  overcome  to  gain  any  ideas  we  may 


102  Applied  Character  Analysis 

see  how  early  in  a  child's  development  this  stimulus  takes  a 
fixed  position  among  the  mental  forces. 

Ambition  (??).  Some  of  the  later  students  of  human  na- 
ture have  deemed  it  improbable  that  there  could  be  two  ten- 
dencies so  different  in  their  expression  as  self-consciousness 
and  ambition  manifesting  through  the  same  brain  center.  This 
has  led  to  observation  and  research,  and  it  is  now  felt  by  some 
of  the  more  advanced  students  that  the  center  of  self-con- 
sciousness will  in  time  be  divided  into  the  two  centers  of  self- 
consciousness  and  ambition.  The  experiments  of  the  writer 
seem  to  confirm  this  belief,  and  his  observations  seem  to  show 
the  expression  of  self -consciousness  through  the  front  part  of 
this  center,  and  of  ambition  through  the  back  part. 

Caution.  The  function  of  this  faculty  is  to  give  a  sense 
of  danger,  carefulness,  watchfulness,  and  security.  This  fac- 
ulty is  located  between  reserve  and  self -consciousness.  It  was 
localized  by  Dr.  Gall,  who  was  led  to  think  that  irresolution, 
indecision,  and  circumspection,  might  depend  on  the  develop- 
ment of  certain  convolutions  of  the  brain,  by  observations 
made  on  two  individuals  who  were  very  remarkable  for  these 
qualities;  one  was  a  clergyman,  of  great  sense  and  much  wit, 
but  who  was  so  fearful  of  committing  himself,  that  his  con- 
versation became  exceedingly  tiresome;  he  repeated  the  same 
thing  over  and  over,  as  if  to  assure  himself  that  it  expressed 
his  meaning  in  an  exact  manner.  His  conduct  was  in  unison 
with  his  manner  of  speaking.  The  most  insignificant  under- 
taking was  subjected  to  the  severest  examination,  and  the  most 
rigorous  calculation.  The  other  was  a  lawyer,  who,  by  his 
extreme  irresolution,  obtained  the  surname  of  Cacadubio. 
Concerning  this  Dr.  Gall  states : 

What  particularly  struck  me  was,  that  both  heads  were  very  broad  in 
their  upper,  lateral,  and  hind  parts.  This  extraordinary  breadth,  coin- 
ciding with  the  particular  character  of  these  two  men,  whose  qualities 
and  faculties  were  very  different,  and  who  resembled  each  other  only  in 
their  circumspection,  and  in  this  conformation  of  their  heads,  suggested 
to  me  the  idea  that  irresolution,  indecision,  and  circumspection  might  be 
connected  with  this  large  development  of  the  brain.  In  a  short  time,  my 
own  reflections,  and  the  new  facts  presented,  converted  my  presumption 
into  certainty. 

A  large  development  of  these  convolutions  raises  the  superior-posterior 
outer  portion  of  the  parietal  bone  into  a  lateral  prominence,  so  that,  to 
the  eye  and  touch,  the  head  presents  a  very  broad  surface  in  its  superior- 
posterior  lateral  region.  On  the  contrary,  it  will  be  narrow  in  this  region 
when  this  organ  is  moderate;  as  in  heedless,  inconsiderate,  precipitate 
persons,  beggars,  and  the  visionary.    I  found  it  large  in  two  bankers, 


The  Aspiring  and  Governing  Powers  103 

brothers,  who  gave  excellent  advice;  engaged  in  no  commercial  enterprise 
without  considering  all  the  possible  chances;  and  managed  their  bank 
with  extreme  prudence.  I  have  never  found  a  skilful  physician  without 
its  marked  endowment.  Patients  with  it  very  large  think  it  a  bad  sign  if 
the  doctor  calls  often,  and  neglectful  if  he  don 't.  The  two  patients  who, 
though  well  off,  were  afraid  they  might  die  of  hunger,  had  it  large;  and 
one  who  broke  up  his  air-gun,  lest  if  any  one  should  be  shot  his  house 
might  be  searched,  and  he  charged  with  it;  who  sat  up  most  of  the  night 
and  kept  examining  his  door  to  see  if  he  had  locked  it,  and  his  papers,  for 
fear  they  might  be  stolen,  had  not  only  a  very  broad,  head,  but  on  each 
parietal  bone  a  prominence  projecting  out  like  the  segment  of  a  sphere, 
and  denoting  an  extraordinary  development  of  the  subjacent  cerebral 
part.  Most  melancholic  patients  present  this  organization.  I  have  a  list 
of  eleven  hundred  and  eighty  suicides,  of  whom  five  hundred  and  twenty- 
six  were  melancholic. 

Although  Dr.  Gall  localized  caution  there  was  a  difference 
of  opinion  between  him  and  Dr.  Spurzheim  regarding  its  ex- 
pression. There  has  been  no  difference  of  opinion  regarding 
its  function  among  the  disciples  of  these  two  pioneers.  In 
speaking  of  it  Dr.  Spurzheim  says : 

We  often  meet  with  individuals  who  are  naturally  timid,  fearful,  and 
undecided;  while  others  act  promptly.  Many  children  are  very  timorous, 
and  easily  frightened.  Females  are  more  careful  than  males.  Finally, 
whole  species,  and  different  individuals  of  the  same  species,  evince  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  shyness.  This  feeling  must,  therefore,  be  considered  as 
fundamental. 

When  treating  of  courage,  I  said  that  anxiety  and  fear  could  not  result 
from  want  of  this  faculty,  but  must  be  positive  affections  of  some  other 
faculty.     In  my  opinion  this  is  it. 

When  caution  is  abnormally  strong  it  manifests  in  anxiety, 
apprehension,  irresolution,  indecision,  procrastination,  sus- 
pense, and  fear.  When  it  is  deficient  it  is  shown  in  reckless- 
ness, rashness  and  venturesomeness.  Like  all  other  powers 
of  the  mind,  caution  is  cultivated  through  use  and  restrained 
by  being  permitted  to  remain  inactive. 


CHAPTER  Xin 

MORAL  AND  SPIRITUAL  POWERS 

The  Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  are :  Conscience ;  Hope ; 
Faith ;  Intuition ;  Benevolence ;  and  Reverence.  These  give 
expression  to  the  highest  phases  of  human  character,  and  in 
connection  with  the  intellectual  powers  should  always  rule  the 
appetites,  passions,  and  desires. 

Conscience.  This  is  the  still,  small  voice  within  each  in- 
dividual, giving  the  urge  to  do  right.  It  is  the  monitor  of 
duty,  truth,  justice,  integrity,  and  right.  It  is  located  on 
either  side  of  the  back  part  of  firmness.  It  was  localized  by 
Dr.  Spurzheim.  Conscience  does  not  decide  what  is  right  and 
what  is  wrong,  but  it  always  urges  the  individual  to  do  right. 
Dr.  James  P.  Browne,  in  treating  of  this  faculty,  says : 

On  each  side  of  the  organ  of  firmness  and  between  it  and  caution  there 
is  a  part  of  the  brain  which  bears  no  fixed  proportion,  as  to  size,  to  either 
of  these  organs.  Gall  did  not  seem  prepared  to  associate  this  part  of  the 
head  with  any  special  function.  But,  as  it  bears  no  regular  proportion  in 
regard  to  magnitude  to  the  parts  surrounding  it,  it  cannot  be  supposed  to 
share  in  the  manifestation  of  any  of  the  affections  of  which  those  parts 
are  proved  to  be,  beyond  all  reasonable  controversy,  the  true  material 
exponents.  In  course  of  time,  Spurzheim  found  that  this  part  of  the  top 
of  the  head  was  always  large  in  persons  who  had  the  reputation  of  being 
just  in  their  dealings,  while  it  was  small  in  thieves,  and  in  people  of  bad 
character,  who  did  not  feel  the  injustice  of  their  conduct;  and,  after 
satisfying  himself  by  reasoning  that  the  sense  of  justice  is  a  primitive 
sentiment,  he  named  that  part  the  organ  of  conscience. 

Gall  did  not  see  any  necessity  for  this  new  organ.  He  considered  eon- 
science,  or  the  moral  sense,  to  be  the  primitive  function  of  the  organ  of 
benevolence,  of  which  he  thought  charity  and  sympathy  to  be  more 
impassioned  modes  of  action.  Spurzheim,  on  the  contrary,  argued  that 
the  sense  of  justice  was  a  primitive  faculty,  distinct  from  benevolence. 

It  is  true  that  the  moral  sense  or  the  love  of  justice,  taken  in  its  most 
comprehensive  signification,  cannot  be  manifested  without  benevolence. 
But  the  abstract  sense  of  justice  does  not  appear  to  originate  in  the  same 
source.  On  the  contrary,  the  gentle  voice  of  charity  has  frequently  been 
hushed  by  the  stern  mandate  of  conscience;  and  mercy,  the  most  divine  of 
human  attributes,  is  known  to  exert  its  power  in  mollifying  the  harshness 
of  retributive  justice. 

104 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  105 

George  Combe,  in  speaking  of  the  faculty  of  conscience,  said : 

After  more  than  thirty  years'  experience  of  the  world  in  actual  life, 
and  in  various  countries,  I  cannot  remember  an  instance  in  which  I  have 
been  permanently  treated  unjustly  by  one  in  whom  this  organ  and  intellect 
were  large.  Momentary  injustice,  through  irritation  or  misrepresentation, 
may  have  been  done;  but  after  correct  information  and  time  to  become 
cool,  I  have  found  such  persons  ever  disposed  to  act  on  the  dictates  of 
conscience;  as  well  satisfied  with  justice.  Nor  have  they  ever  maltreated 
me,  though  we  differed  greatly  in  opinion,  but  they  represent  my  state- 
ments fairly,  and  meet  them  with  honest  arguments;  while  my  opponents 
who  lack  this  organ  have  not  scrupled  to  use  falsehood,  misquotation,  and 
misrepresentation  as  weapons  of  attack.  Those  in  whom  it  is  powerful 
are  disposed  to  regulate  their  conduct  by  the  nicest  sense  of  justice;  are 
earnest,  upright,  and  direct  in  manner;  inspire  confidence;  and  convince 
us  of  their  sincerity.  It  leads  to  punctuality  in  keeping  appointments  so 
as  not  to  waste  their  time ;  to  the  ready  payment  of  debts ;  will  not  send 
collectors  away  unsatisfied  except  from  inability  to  pay;  are  reserved  in 
making  promises,  but  punctual  in  keeping  them;  and  when  favorably 
combined,  are  consistent  in  conduct,  and  pleasing  in  manners.  Its  pre- 
dominance makes  a  strict  disciplinarian  and  a  rigid  but  just  master;  in- 
vests all  actions  with  a  sense  of  duty;  thereby  sometimes  rendering 
estimable  persons  disagreeable. 

One  in  whom  it  is  small,  when  attached  to  a  friend,  is  blind  to  all  his 
imperfections,  and  extols  him  as  immaculate ;  yet  makes  this  model,  if  he 
offends,  a  monster  of  ingratitude  and  baseness.  He  passes  in  an  instant 
from  an  angel  to  a  demon.  With  love  of  praise  large,  he  will  adopt  every 
means  to  please  and  flatter  his  friend;  make  his  points;  side  with  his 
extravagant  hopes ;  pretend  to  love  and  hate  as  this  friend  does,  irrespec- 
tive of  justice;  lets  his  own  predominating  sentiments  rule  him  for  the 
time  being;  is  kind  and  harsh  by  turns;  admires  when  favorably,  and 
condemns  when  unfavorably,  affected;  is  always  unregulated  by  prin- 
ciple; not  scrupulous,  and  rarely  ever  condemns  his  own  conduct;  may  be 
amiable,  but  can  never  be  relied  on  where  justice  is  concerned;  is  a  poor 
judge;  exacts  too  much  or  too  little;  and  as  seller,  misrepresents,  adul- 
terates, or  overcharges;  depreciates  goods,  or  evades  payment,  etc.  No 
sentiment  is  more  incomprehensible  to  those  in  whom  it  is  deficient. 
Madame  de  Stael  says  Bonaparte  could  never  comprehend  men  of  prin- 
ciple.    It  is  essential  to  a  philosophic  mind. 

The  excessive  action  of  conscience  is  made  manifest  in  mor- 
bid self-condemnation  for  real  or  imaginary  transgressions  of 
the  moral  law.  When  it  is  deficient  there  is  only  a  feeble 
sense  of  justice,  honesty,  and  truth.  In  this  twentieth  cen- 
tury competitive  age  this  faculty  is  more  often  deficient  than 
abnormally  strong,  and  there  is  more  need  for  cultivating  it 
through  righteous  thought  and  action  than  of  restraining  it. 

Hope.  This  faculty  is  manifested  in  optimism,  expectation, 
anticipation  and  buoyancy.  It  was  localized  by  Dr.  Spurz- 
heim,  and  is  situated  immediately  in  front  of  conscience.    In 


106  Applied  Character  Analysis 

speaking  of  this  faculty,  on  page  895  of  "Human  Science," 
Prof.  O.  S.  Fowler  says: 

Spurzheim  and  Combe  regarded  this  organ  and  faculty  as  fully  estab- 
lished, but  Grail  leaves  this  place  unmarked. 

In  speaking  of  this  faculty  Dr.  Spurzheim  says: 

Gall  considers  hope  as  belonging  to,  or  as  a  part  of  the  function  of 
every  faculty;  but  I  think  that  he  confounds  this  peculiar  feeling  with 
desire,  or  want.  Every  faculty  being  active,  desires;  therefore  even 
animals  desire;  but  there  is  something  more  than  this  in  man — a  peculiar 
feeling  which  is  by  no  means  proportionate  to  the  activity  of  any  other 
faculty.    We  may  desire  ardently,  and  yet  be  without  hope. 

The  sentiment  of  hope  is  indeed  necessary  to  the  happiness  of  mankind 
in  every  situation.  It  often  produces  more  satisfaction  than  even  the 
success  of  our  projects.  Its  activity,  however,  varies  greatly  in  different 
individuals;  while  some  easily  despair,  others  are  always  elated  and  find 
everything  for  the  best;  constant  hope  sustains  them  in  the  midst  of 
difficulties;  the  first  plan  for  accomplishing  any  object  having  failed, 
only  stimulates  them  to  form  new  ones;  which  they  confidently  expect 
will  succeed.  Those  who  are  everlastingly  scheming,  or  building  castles 
in  the  air,  possess  this  faculty  in  a  high  degree.  It  seems  to  induce  a 
belief  in  the  possibility  of  whatever  the  other  faculties  desire,  without 
producing  conviction;  for  this  results  from  reflection. 

This  sentiment  is  not  confined  to  the  business  of  this  life;  but  passing 
the  limits  of  present  existence  it  inspires  hope  of  a  future  state,  and 
belief  in  the  immortality  of  the  soul. 

The  following  conclusions  were  reached  by  George  Combe, 
after  careful  study  and  research: 

The  faculty  of  hope  favors  the  exercise  of  faith,  and  disposes  to  belief 
in  a  happy  life  to  come.  May  not  the  existence  of  a  future  state  be 
inferred  from  this  faculty,  as  that  of  a  God  was  from  reverence?  May 
not  its  instinctive  tendency  to  leave  its  present  scene  of  enjoyments,  and 
to  expatiate  even  in  imagination  in  the  fields  of  an  eternity  hereafter, 
denote  that  man  is  formed  for  a  more  glorious  destiny  to  come? 
'Phrenology  shows  that  man 's  ardent  hope,  and  longing  after  immortality 
.results  from  two  faculties,  love  of  life,  and  hope. 

When  hope  is  abnormally  strong  it  manifests  in  air-castle 
building,  unreasonable  anticipations  and  reckless  speculation. 
When  it  is  deficient  it  causes  pessimism,  despondency,  despair 
and  melancholy.  It  is  greatly  modified  by  the  environment 
of  the  individual  and  the  degree  of  success  with  which  he 
meets,  but  when  it  is  abnormally  strong,  as  it  was  in  Mr.  Mi- 
cawber,  mentioned  in  Dickens'  "David  Copperfield,"  the  in- 
dividual can  be  happy  and  hopeful  in  most  any  kind  of  en- 
vironment. 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  107 

Faith  (or  Spirituality).  This  faculty  gives  spiritual  per- 
ception, belief  in  the  unseen,  visions,  presentiments,  faith  in 
immortality.  The  organ  through  which  spirituality  functions 
is  situated  immediately  above  ideality.  The  following  com- 
ments by  George  Combe  explain  the  views  of  Drs.  Gall  and 
Spurzheim,  and  himself,  regarding  this  faculty : 

Dr.  Gall  observed,  that  some  individuals  imagine  themselves  to  be 
visited  by  apparitions  of  persons  dead  or  absent;  and  he  asks,  "How 
does  it  happen,  that  men  of  considerable  intellect  often  believe  in  the 
reality  of  ghosts  and  visions?  Are  they  fools,  or  impostors'?  or  is  there  a 
particular  organization,  which  imposes,  in  this  form,  on  the  human 
understanding?  and  how  are  such  illusions  to  be  explained?  He  then 
enters  into  a  historical  sketch  of  the  most  remarkable  instances  of 
visions.  Socrates  spoke  frequently  and  willingly  to  his  disciples  of  a 
demon  or  spirit,  which  served  him  as  a  guide.  Dr.  Gall  remarks,  that  he 
is  quite  aware  of  the  common  explanation,  that  Socrates  referred  only  to 
the  force  and  justness  of  his  own  understanding;  but  adds,  that  if  he  had 
not  himself  believed  in  a  genius  communicating  with  him,  the  opinion 
that  he  had  one  would  have  been  lost  in  the  twenty-three  years  during 
which  Aristophanes  made  it  a  subject  of  ridicule,  and  his  accusers  would 
not  have  revived  it  as  a  charge  against  him.  Joan  of  Arc  also  related  an 
appearance  of  St.  Michael  to  her,  who  told  her  that  God  had  pity  on 
France  and  that  she  was  commissioned  to  raise  the  siege  of  Orleans,  and 
to  install  Charles  VII.  as  king,  at  Rheims.  Tasso  asserted  himself  to  have 
been  cured  by  the  aid  of  the  Virgin  Mary  and  St.  Scholastic,  who  ap- 
peared to  him  during  a  violent  attack  of  fever.  In  the  historical  notes 
which  accompany  the  Life  of  Tasso,  the  following  anecdote  appears, 
extracted  from  the  Memoirs  of  Manso,  Marquis  of  Villa,  published  after 
the  death  of  Tasso,  his  friend: 

* '  Tasso,  in  his  delirium,  believed  that  he  conversed  with  familiar 
spirits.  One  day  when  the  Marquis  endeavored  to  drive  these  ideas  from 
his  mind,  Tasso  said  to  him,  'Since  I  cannot  convince  you  by  reason,  I 
shall  do  so  by  experience ;  I  shall  cause  the  spirit,  in  which  you  refuse  to 
believe,  to  appear  before  your  own  eyes. '  '  I  accepted  the  offer, '  says 
the  Marquis,  '  and  next  day,  when  we  sat  by  the  fire  conversing,  he  turned 
his  eyes  towards  the  window,  and,  looking  with  steadfast  attention,  ap- 
peared so  completely  absorbed  that  when  I  called  to  him  he  did  not 
answer.  "See!"  said  he,  at  length,  "See!  my  familiar  spirit  comes  to 
converse  with  me."  I  looked  with  the  greatest  earnestness,  but  could 
see  nothing  enter  the  apartment.  In  the  meantime,  Tasso  began  to 
converse  with  this  mysterious  being.  I  saw  and  heard  himself  alone. 
Sometimes  he  questioned,  and  sometimes  answered;  and  from  his  answers 
I  gathered  the  sense  of  what  he  had  heard.  The  subject  of  his  discourse 
was  so  elevated,  and  the  expressions  so  sublime,  that  I  felt  myself  in  a 
kind  of  ecstasy.  I  did  not  venture  to  interrupt  him,  or  to  trouble  him 
with  questions,  and  a  considerable  time  elapsed  before  the  spirit  dis- 
appeared. I  was  informed  of  its  departure  by  Tasso,  who,  turning 
towards  me,  said,  ' '  In  future  you  will  cease  to  doubt. "  "  Rather, ' '  said 
I,  "  I  shall  be  more  skeptical ;  for  although  I  have  heard  astonishing 
words,  I  have  seen  nothing."    Smiling,  he  replied,  "You  have  perhaps 


108  Applied  Character  Analysis 

heard  and  seen  more  than "     He  stopped  short;    and,  fearing  to 

importune  him  by  my  questions,  I  dropped  the  conversation.'  " 

Dr.  Gall  quotes  this  dialogue  from  ' '  La  Vie  du  Tasse,  publiee  a  Londres 
en  1810";  and  I  have  translated  from  his  French  version. 

Swedenborg  believed  himself  miraculously  called  to  reveal  to  the  world 
the  most  hidden  mysteries.  "In  1743/'  says  he,  "it  pleased  the  Lord  to 
manifest  himself  to  me,  and  appear  personally  before  me,  to  give  me  a 
knowledge  of  the  spiritual  world,  and  to  place  me  in  communication  with 
angels  and  spirits,  and  this  power  has  been  continued  with  me  till  the 
present  day."  Swedenborg,  say  his  biographers,  was  a  man  of  unques- 
tioned sincerity,  but  one  of  the  most  extravagant  enthusiasts  that  ever 
existed. 

Dr.  Gall  remarked,  in  the  first  fanatic  who  fell  under  his  observation,  a 
large  development  of  the  part  of  the  brain  lying  between  the  organs  of 
ideality  and  imitation,  and  subsequently  met  with  many  similar  instances. 
Dr.  Jung  Stilling,  whom  he  often  saw  with  the  late  Grand  Duke  of 
Baden,  was  a  tailor  in  his  youth,  then  a  tutor,  afterwards  doctor  in 
medicine,  moralist,  divine,  journalist,  illuminatus,  and  visionary;  and  in 
him  this  part  of  the  brain  was  largely  developed.  He  believed  firmly  in 
apparitions,  and  wrote  a  book  in  exposition  of  this  doctrine.  In  the 
Maison  de  Detention  at  Berne,  Dr.  Gall  saw  a  fanatic,  who  believed  that 
Jesus  Christ,  surrounded  by  a  brilliant  light,  as  if  a  million  of  suns  had 
combined  their  splendors,  had  appeared  to  him  to  reveal  the  true  religion. 
A  gentleman  who  moved  in  the  best  society  in  Paris,  asked  Dr.  Gall  to 
examine  his  head.  The  Doctor 's  first  remark  was,  ' '  You  sometimes  see 
visions,  and  believe  in  apparitions."  The  gentleman  started  from  his 
chair  in  astonishment,  and  said  that  he  had  frequent  visions;  but  that 
never,  up  to  this  moment,  had  he  spoken  on  the  subject  to  any  human 
being,  through  fear  of  being  set  down  as  absurdly  credulous.  On  another 
occasion,  Dr.  Gall,  when  he  observed  the  development  of  the  head  of  a 
Dr.  W.,  told  him,  that  he  ought  to  have  a  strong  liking  for  the  marvellous 
and  supernatural.  ' '  For  once, ' '  replied  he,  ' '  you  are  completely  mis- 
taken, for  I  have  laid  down  the  rule  to  believe  in  nothing  which  cannot  be 
mathematically  demonstrated."  After  talking  with  him  on  various 
scientific  subjects,  Dr.  Gall  turned  the  conversation  towards  animal 
magnetism,  which  appeared  a  fit  topic  to  put  the  mathematical  rigor  of 
his  proofs  to  the  test.  He  instantly  became  greatly  animated;  assured 
Dr.  Gall  again  very  solemnly,  that  he  admitted  nothing  as  true  that  was 
not  mathematically  demonstrated;  but  added,  he  was  convinced  that  a 
spiritual  being  acted  in  magnetism, — that  it  operated  at  great  distances, 
— that  no  distance  indeed  presented  an  obstacle  to  its  action, — and  that, 
on  this  account,  it  could  sympathize  with  persons  in  any  part  of  the 
world.  "It  is  the  same  cause, ' '  continued  he,  ' ' which  produces  appari- 
tions. Apparitions  and  visions  are  rare,  no  doubt,  but  they  undoubtedly 
exist,  and  I  am  acquainted  with  the  laws  which  regulate  their  produc- 
tion." "On  this  occasion,"  says  Dr.  Gall,  "I  thought  within  myself, 
that  my  inference  from  his  development  was  not  so  very  erroneous  as  the 
worthy  doctor  wished  me  to  believe." 

The  views  of  Dr.  Spurzheim  on  this  faculty  are  thus  expressed  in  his 
"Phrenology,"  P.  206: — "There  is  still  a  sentiment  which  exerts  a  very 
great  influence  over  religious  conceptions,  and  which,  in  my  opinion, 
contributes  more  than  reverence  to  religious  faith.  Some  find  all  things 
natural,  and  regulated  by  the  laws  of  creation;  many  others  are  amused 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  109 

with  fictions,  tales  of  wonders,  and  miraculous  occurrences.  They  find  in 
every  passing  event  extraordinary  and  wonderful  circumstances,  and  are 
constantly  searching  after  whatever  can  excite  admiration  and  astonish- 
ment. This  sentiment  is  to  be  observed  among  mankind  at  large,  both 
among  savages  and  civilized  nations.  The  founders  of  all  nations  have 
had  a  fabulous  origin  ascribed  to  them,  and  in  all  countries  miraculous 
traditions  and  marvellous  stories  occur  in  ample  abundance.  It  is  more  or 
less  active,  not  only  in  different  individuals,  but  also  in  whole  nations. 
Its  functions  are  often  disordered,  constituting  one  species  of  insanity. 
The  legislators  of  antiquity,  aware  of  the  great  influence  of  this  faculty, 
made  frequent  use  of  it  to  enforce  and  to  confirm  their  laws.  They 
spoke  in  the  name  of  God,  of  angels,  or  of  supernatural  powers.  In  our 
own  days,  the  religious  sects  of  Swedenborgians,  Quakers,  and  many 
others,  particularly  demonstrate  its  influence  and  presence.  The  existence 
of  this  feeling  is  certain. ' ' 

My  own  observations  on  this  organ  are  the  following: — When  the 
organ  predominates,  there  is  a  peculiar  look  of  wonder,  and  in  an  un- 
conscious turning  up  of  the  exterior  portions  of  the  eye-lashes,  expressive 
of  surprise.  In  other  persons,  I  have  found  the  part  of  the  brain  in 
question  small,  and  in  them  it  was  accompanied  with  a  staid  soberness  of 
feeling,  diametrically  opposite  to  the  manifestations  above  described. 
Such  individuals  were  annoyed  by  everything  new  or  strange;  they 
scarcely  felt  or  expressed  surprise,  and  had  no  taste  for  narratives  leaving 
the  beaten  track  of  probability  or  reality,  and  soaring  into  the  regions  of 
supernatural  fiction.  On  analyzing  these  manifestations,  they  all  appear 
to  be  referrable  to  the  sentiment  of  Faith,  an  emotion  which  is  quite 
distinguished  from  those  hitherto  enumerated. 

The  fact,  mentioned  by  Dr.  Spurzheim,  that  persons  in  whom  this  organ 
is  large  have  a  natural  disposition  to  believe  in  the  wonderful  and  mirac- 
ulous is  certain.  Some  individuals,  so  endowed,  have  informed  me,  that 
when  any  marvellous  circumstance  is  communicated  to  them,  the  tendency 
of  their  minds  is  to  believe  it  without  examination.  Individuals  in  whom 
the  organ  is  large,  will  delight  in  extraordinary  narratives,  and  the 
pleasure  felt  in  them  will  render  the  intellect  little  prone  to  enter  on  a 
severe  scrutiny  of  their  truth;  hence  the  tendency  to  believe  in  such 
communications  is  easily  accounted  for. 

Dr.  Spurzheim  concludes  his  account  of  this  faculty  with  the  following 
remarks :  ' '  The  preceding  facts, ' '  says  he,  ' '  determined  me  formerly  to 
designate  this  feeling  by  the  name  of  supernaturality ;  and  it  is  certain 
that  it  is  principally  manifested  by  a  belief  in  miraculous  and  super- 
natural circumstances,  in  the  foundation  of  religion  by  supernatural 
means,  and  in  its  dogmatical  points.  As,  however,  the  feeling  may  be 
applied  both  to  natural  and  supernatural  events,  and  in  every  case  fills 
the  mind  with  amazement  and  surprise,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  change  the 
name  of  supernaturality  to  that  of  marvellousness. ' ' 

The  following  incident,  showing  a  remarkable  expression  of 
this  power,  is  taken  from  Upham's  ''Life  of  Fremont,"  page 

287: 

On  one  occasion  when  Col.  Fremont  was  encamped  among  the  rugged 
mountain  passes,  12,000  feet  above  the  sea,  it  became  necessary  to  send 
several  of  his  men  to  the  Spanish  settlements  of  New  Mexico  to  obtain 


110  Applied  Character  Analysis 

provisions  and  also  to  purchase  mules  to  aid  in  the  transportation  of  his 
baggage.  After  the  departure  of  his  men  he  became  anxious  for  their 
safety,  and  with  several  of  his  brave  companions  traveled  160  miles,  in 
the  snow  and  on  foot.  At  length,  on  the  evening  of  the  tenth  day — when 
the  four  men  who  had  undertaken  to  reach  the  Spanish  settlements  had 
been  out  twenty-two  days — he  found  three  of  them  exhausted  and  ready 
to  perish — King,  the  leader  of  the  little  band,  having  already  expired 
from  hunger  and  fatigue.  In  speaking  of  this  incident,  Col.  Fremont 
says :  "I  look  upon  the  anxiety  which  induced  me  to  set  out  from  the 
camp  as  an  inspiration.  Had  I  remained  there  waiting  the  arrival  of  the 
party  which  had  been  sent  in,  every  man  of  us  would  probably  have 
perished. ' ' 

The  abnormal  expression  of  faith  is  manifested  in  supersti- 
tion, fanaticism,  and  extreme  credulity.  A  deficiency  is  mani- 
fested in  skepticism  and  unbelief.  This  faculty  can  be  re- 
strained by  giving  more  attention  to  the  study  of  the  sciences, 
and  less  to  the  things  pertaining  to  the  invisible  world.  When 
deficient,  faith  can  be  cultivated  by  studying  the  things  that 
pertain  to  man 's  spiritual  nature  and  to  his  future  existence. 

Intuition.  This  faculty  gives  telepathic  and  psychometric 
knowledge  of  the  innate  qualities  of  persons  and  things.  It  is 
located  immediately  above  comparison,  in  the  most  prominent 
place  on  the  forehead,  and  was  localized  by  Prof.  L.  N.  Fow- 
ler, who  called  it  Human  Nature,  but  the  function  of  this 
power  includes  activities  not  mentioned  when  it  was  first  lo- 
calized, hence  the  word  "Intuition."  Prof.  N.  N.  Riddell,  in 
his  book,  ' '  Human  Nature  Explained, ' '  on  page  203  says : 

Human  nature  is  the  sentiment  that  gives  the  intuitive,  or  sense  per- 
ception of  the  character,  disposition,  and  peculiarities  of  others.  It  is 
instinctive,  and  therefore  does  not  depend  on  observation,  knowledge,  or 
reflection,  but  upon  intuition.  Aside  from  the  conceptions  arising  from 
observation,  comparison,  memory  and  reflection,  man  has  an  instinctive 
intuitive  judgment  of  the  peculiarities  of  his  fellow  men.  It  bears  the 
same  relationship  to  our  fellow  men  that  spirituality  bears  to  God. 

It  requires  the  sentiment  of  human  nature  to  give  us  that  intuitive 
perception  of  the  inner  soul  nature  of  our  fellow  men.  In  proportion  to 
the  strength  of  this  sentiment  will  a  person  be  able  to  form  a  correct 
conception  of  the  inner  nature  of  another.  Those  in  whom  this  sentiment 
is  very  strong  seem  able  to  understand  the  feelings  and  desires,  the  joys 
and  sorrows  of  everyone  they  meet.  With  benevolence  strong  they  seem 
able  to  give  even  to  the  stranger  the  help  of  which  he  is  most  in  need. 
In  the  broader  manifestation  of  this  sentiment  through  its  combination 
with  other  elements  it  becomes  the  basis  of  intuition  not  only  as  pertains 
to  human  nature,  but  other  things  as  well.  All  are  familiar  with  the 
fact  of  how  some  men  seem  to  know  by  instinct  what  is  best  even  in  the 
absence  of  any  evidence  on  which  to  base  a  rational  conclusion.  Intuitive 
guidance  is  a  fact  in  the  life  of  many.     A  sentiment  so  important  to  the 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  111 

well  being  of  humanity,  so  conductive  to  happiness,  should  be  assiduously- 
cultivated  by  all. 

The  discoveries  in  telepathy  and  psychometry  that  have 
been  made  during  the  past  century  have  thrown  new  light 
upon  the  study  of  psychology  and  upon  the  finer  forces  of 
nature ;  hence  there  is  need  of  more  careful  investigation  con- 
cerning the  relationship  of  these  new  discoveries  to  the  powers 
of  mind.  From  the  best  evidence  at  hand  it  appears  that 
these  finer  intuitions  of  life  are  received  directly  through  the 
brain  centers  used  by  intuition. 

Prof.  O.  S.  Fowler,  in  his  book,  "Human  Science,"  page 
1134,  in  speaking  of  this  mental  power,  says : 

Men  read  each  other  intuitively,  and  the  first  impressions  intuitively 
entertained  of  their  fellow  men  are  generally  correct.  This  intuitive 
character  reading  is  an  ordinance  of  nature;  a  divine  contrivance,  a  law 
of  things,  a  natural  science.  It  extends  even  to  animals.  Some  mental 
faculty  must  adapt  man  to  this  natural  ordinance.  This  needed  faculty 
intuition  supplies.  It  also  gives  an  intuitive  perception  of  things  as  well 
as  of  people. 

Discerning  universal  truth  is  another  of  its  functions,  and  that  still 
more  important.  Since  it  reads  men,  why  not  also  other  truths  equally. 
Intuitive  perception  of  universal  truth  from  little  data  is  its  specialty. 
Men  certainly  do  possess  this  gift;  and  some  to  a  much  greater  extent 
than  others.  In  some  the  merest  inkling  suffices  to  put  them  upon  the 
track;  when  they  jump  instantly  and  correctly  to  results.  Straws  show 
them  which  way  the  wind  blows.  Discoverers  have  this  gift,  and  with  it 
this  organ  large.  It  scents  truth  as  the  hound  does  the  fox,  and  appre- 
hends it,  not  by  labored  ratiocination,  nor  induction,  nor  deduction,  but 
by  intellectual  inspiration  and  intuitive  discernment.  We  have  seen 
man's  need  and  possession  of  spiritual  intuition;  he  equally  needs  intel- 
lectual inspiration,  some  window  to  his  mind  opening  out  above  towards 
all  truth,  through  which  it  may  enter  his  understanding  to  expand  and 
feed  his  soul.  We  say  without  fear  of  contradiction  that  all  who  possess 
this  capacity  or  organ  in  whatever  degree  will  be  found  to  possess  the 
other  in  a  like  degree. 

No  element  of  nature  should  be  more  assiduously  improved,  because 
none  confers  a  capability  more  useful  or  delightful. 

The  excessive  action  of  intuition  is  manifest  in  abstract 
speculations  and  explanations  of  psychic  phenomena.  A  de- 
ficiency is  shown  in  lack  of  ability  to  judge  persons  and  things 
intuitively.  The  habits  and  life  of  the  individual  have  much 
to  do  in  cultivating  or  restraining  this  tendency.  Gross  living 
is  not  conducive  to  intuitive  perception  of  persons  and  things. 

Benevolence.     This  power  of  mind  gives  compassion,  sym- 


112  Applied  Character  Analysis 

pathy,  generosity,  kindness,  and  a  love  for  humanity.  It  is 
situated  above  intuition,  and  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall. 
George  Combe,  in  treating  the  organ  of  benevolence,  gives  the 
following  account  of  Dr.  Gall 's  discovery : 

One  of  Dr.  Gall 's  friends  frequently  said  to  him,  that,  as  he  sought  for 
external  indications  of  mental  qualities,  he  ought  to  examine  the  head  of 
his  servant  named  Joseph.  ' '  It  is  impossible, ' '  said  his  friend,  ' '  to  find 
a  greater  degree  of  goodness  than  that  young  man  possesses.  For  more 
than  ten  years  during  which  he  has  been  in  my  service,  I  have  seen  him 
manifest,  on  all  occasions,  only  benevolence,  and  sweetness  of  disposi- 
tion. This  is  the  more  surprising,  as  he  does  not  possess  the  advantages 
of  education,  and  had  grown  up  to  manhood  among  servants  of  very 
inferior  habits."  Dr.  Gall  adds,  that,  previously  to  that  time,  he  had 
been  far  from  supposing  that  what  is  called  goodness  of"  heart  could 
have  any  organ  in  the  brain,  and,  consequently,  had  never  looked  for 
indications  of  it  in  the  head.  The  repeated  solicitations  of  his  friend, 
however,  at  length  awakened  his  curiosity. 

He  immediately  recollected  the  habitual  conduct  of  a  young  man  whom 
he  had  known  from  his  most  tender  infancy,  and  who  was  distinguished 
from  his  numerous  brothers  and  sisters  by  his  goodness  of  heart. 
Although  he  was  passionately  fond  of  the  games  proper  to  his  age,  and 
delighted  in  scouring  the  forests  in  search  of  birds'  nests,  yet  no  sooner 
did  any  of  his  brothers  or  sisters  become  sick,  than  an  inclination  still 
more  powerful  kept  him  at  home,  and  drew  from  him  the  most  assiduous 
attention  towards  the  sufferer.  When  grapes,  or  apples,  or  cherries,  were 
distributed  among  the  children,  his  share  was  always  the  least,  and  he 
rejoiced  in  seeing  the  others  partake  more  largely  than  himself.  He  was 
never  more  pleased  than  when  some  good  fortune  happened  to  those  whom 
he  loved,  on  which  occasions  he  often  shed  tears  of  joy.  He  was  fond  of 
taking  charge  of  sheep,  dogs,  rabbits,  pigeons,  and  birds;  and  if  one  of 
these  birds  happened  to  die,  lie  wept  bitterly,  which  did  not  fail  to  draw 
upon  him  the  ridicule  of  his  companions.  Up  to  the  present  time,  con- 
tinues Dr.  Gall,  benevolence  and  goodness  are  the  distinguishing 
characteristics  of  this  individual.  These  dispositions  certainly  did  not 
arise  from  education;  on  the  contrary,  he  had  been  all  along  surrounded 
by  those  whose  conduct  was  calculated  to  produce  the  very  opposite 
results.  Dr.  Gall  then  began  to  suspect,  that  what  is  called  goodness  of 
heart  is  not  an  acquired,  but  an  innate,  quality  of  the  mind. 

On  another  occasion,  amidst  a  very  large  family,  he  spoke  of  the 
boasted  goodness  of  heart  of  the  servant  Joseph.  ' '  Ah !  ' '  said  the  eldest 
daughter,  "our  brother  Charles  is  exactly  like  him;  you  must  positively 
examine  his  head — I  cannot  tell  you  how  good  a  child  he  is. ' ' 

' '  I  had  thus  in  my  eye, ' '  says  Dr.  Gall,  ' '  three  cases  in  which  goodness 
of  disposition  was  strongly  marked.  I  took  casts  of  the  heads,  placed 
them  beside  each  other,  and  continued  to  examine  them  until  I  should 
discover  a  development  common  to  the  three.  This  I  at  last  found, 
although  the  heads  were  in  other  respects  very  differently  formed.  In  the 
meantime,  I  tried  to  find  similar  cases  in  families,  schools,  &c,  that  I 
might  be  in  a  condition  to  multiply  and  correct  my  observations.  I 
extended  my  investigations  to  animals  also,  and,  in  a  short  time,  collected 
so  great  a  number  of  facts,  that  there  is  no  fundamental  quality,  or 


PLATE  I 


PHASES   OF   HUMAN    .NATURE. 

1  and  2.  Precocious  boy. — 3.  Mischievous  boy. — 4.  Prize  baby. — 5.  Laura  Bridgman, 
deaf,  dumb  and  blind  girl. — G.  Three-story  brains. — 7.  Vim,  vigor  and  vitality.-  - 
8.  Poise.-  u.  Shelley,  nervous  system  predominating. — 10.  Landseer,  symmetrical  develop- 
ment.— 11.  Beecher,  nutritive  organs  predominating. — 12.  Fox,  motor  organs  predom- 
inating. 


PLATE  II 


PHASES   OF   HUMAN    NATURE. 

1.  0.  S.  Fowler,  strong  perception  and  intuition. — 2.  Dr.  A.  R.  Wallace,  F.R.S., 
scientist. — 3.  Mrs.  W.  J.  Bryan. — 4.  Mrs.  James  Allen. — 5.  E.  A.  Poe,  strong  creative 
imagination. — 6.  Wm.  Tebb,  reformer. — 7.  Miss  Bryan. — 8.  Miss  Allen. — 9.  Judge  Ben. 
Lindsay. — 10.  Gladstone,  executive. — 11.  W.  J.  Bryan. — 12.  James  Allen. — 13.  Dr.  Samuel 
Sprecher,  spirituality. — 14.  John  Tyndall,  scientist. — 15.  Dr.  J.  M.  Fitzgerald,  character 
analyst. — 16.  Gen.   G.   VV.   Goethals,  engineer. 


PLATE  III 


VOCATIONAL   TYPES. 

1.  Dr.  Charles  Caldwell,  self-reliance. — 2.  Dr.  W.  C.  Ruediger,  educator. — 3.  R.  C.  Mac- 
Lean,  as  Brutus  (from  an  oil  portrait  1  .y  \V.  J.  McCloskey). — 4.  Dr.  Mary  Wood-Allen, 
fine  quality. — 5.  Blackhawk,  strong  powers  of  self-preservation. — 6.  Dr.  H.  F.  Lutz,  edu- 
cator.— 7.  Dr.  J.  \\ .  Taylor,  phrenologist, — 8.  George  Combe,  philosopher. — 9.  Naomi 
Miller,  secretary. — 10.  Dr.  John  T.  Miller,  editor,  and  author  of  this  book. — 11.  Mrs.  J.  T. 
Miller,  mother  and  social  welfare  worker.- -12.  W.  H.  Wright,  as  Othello. — 13.  Mrs. 
Louisa  W.  Cheney,  domestic  science  teacher  and  nurse. 


PLATE  IV 


PROMINENT   PHRENOLOGISTS. 

1.  Dr.  F.  J.  Gall. — 2.  J.  Stanley  Grimes. — 3.  Cyrus  Pierce. — 4.  Horace  Greeley.— 
5.  Nelson  Sizer—  6.  Dr.  J.  R.  Buchanan. — 7.  Dr.  Andrew  Combe.— 8.  Dr.  R.  T.  Trail. 
— 9.  Dr.    Samuel   G.   Howe. — 10.  George   B.    Emerson. 


PLATE  V 


PROMINENT   PHRENOLOGISTS. 

1.  Dr.  A.  P.  Davis.— 2.  Prof.  J.  Millott  Severn.— 3.  Dr.  F.  J.  Gall.— 4.  W.  J.  Colville. 
— 5.  Dr.  .1.  <;.  Spurzheim. — 6.  Horace  Mann. — 7.  Henry  Barnard. —8.  W.  Mattitu  Wil- 
liams.—9.  Prof.  L.  A.  Vaught— 10.  Dr.  John  Cowan.— 11.  G.  S.  Weaver. — 12.  Dr. 
Wm.  A.  Alcott. 


PLATE  VI 


VOCATIONAL   TYPES. 

1.  Roy  Southuick,  inventor. — 2.  Gov.  John  C.  Cutler. — 3.  Prof.  N.  L.  Nelson. — 
4.  Henry  Ford,  honest  business  man. — 5.  George  A.  Startup,  reformer. — 6.  N.  L.  Morris, 
social  welfare  worker. — 7.  Prof.  George  Morris,  phrenologist. — 8.  Dr.  F.  F.  Strong,  in- 
ventor.— 9.  John  Burroughs,  naturalist. — 10.  Luther  Burbank,  plant  wizard. — 11.  Dr, 
D.  V.   DeSaffery,  phreno-psychologist. — 12.  Thomas  A.   Edison,   inventor. 


PLATK  VII 


VOCATIONAL  TYPES. 

1.  Dr.  K.  J.  Miller,  dentist. — 2.  Dr.  .).  II.  Kellogg,  author  and  physician. — 3.  Dr.  J.  M. 
Peebles,  world  citizen. — 4.  Dr.  E.  I).  Babbitt,  human  culturist. — .">.  Anton  Hromatka, 
phrenologist. — 6.  E.  D.  Harrison,  watchmaker. — 7.  D.  It.  Wheelwright,  contractor. — 
8.  A.  I).  Miller,  builder. — 9.  Dr.  George  Starr  White,  physician  and  author. — 10.  Dr.  Theo 
K.  Miller,  physician. — 11.  J.  \V.  Payne,  salesman  and  character  analyst. — 12.  Dr.  Karl 
O.   Maeser,   educator. 


PLATE  VIII 


VOCATIONAL   TYPES. 

1.  Darwen  Roylanee,  naturalist. — 2.  W.  H.  H.  Garver,  business  educator. — 3.  A.  F. 
Sheldon,  business  philosopher. — 4.  MacGregor  Walmsley,  engineer. — 5.  Claude  Woolley, 
mechanic  artist. — 6.  N.  Y.  Schofield,  credit  man. — 7.  C.  0.  Vandivier,  publicity  manager. 
■ — 8.  Willard  Hansen,  model  farmer. — 9.  W.  E.  Youngquist,  phrenologist. — 10.  W.  H. 
Haddock,  certified  accountant. — 11.  Ernest  Dawson,  bookseller. — 12.  Moyle  Petersen,  me- 
chanic artist. — 13.  R.  Seare,  poet. — 14.  W.  J.  Prater,  photo  artist. — 15.  Joseph  Lem- 
boeck,    architect. — 16.   H.    S.    Allen,    secretary. 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  113 

faculty,  whose  existence  and  organ  are  better  established  than  those  of 
benevolence. ' ' 

The  faculty  produces  desire  of  the  happiness  of  others,  and  delight  in 
the  diffusion  of  enjoyment.  It  disposes  to  active  goodness,  and,  in  cases 
of  distress,  to  compassion.  It  is  easy  to  distinguish  kindness  flowing 
from  this  sentiment,  from  acts  of  attention  arising  from  love  of  approba- 
tion or  more  interested  motives.  A  warmth  and  simplicity  of  manner,  and 
a  directness  of  purpose,  are  communicated  by  this  faculty,  that  touch  the 
mind  at  once.  We  feel  its  character,  and  recognize  it  as  genuine  un- 
alloyed goodness,  aiming  at  no  end  but  the  welfare  of  its  object.  There 
is  on  the  other  hand,  an  air  of  "  empressement "  evidently  assumed,  or 
of  coldness  and  constraint,  attending  deeds  of  kindness  proceeding  from 
interest  motives,  betraying  the  source  from  which  they  flow.  The  secret 
spring,  and  ulterior  object,  are  apparent,  notwithstanding  the  efforts 
made  to  conceal  them.  St.  Paul  gives  a  beautiful  description  of  the 
genuine  character  of  this  sentiment,  in  his  account  of  Christian  charity: 
"Charity,"  says  he,  "suffereth  long  and  is  kind;  charity  envieth  not; 
charity  vaunteth  not  itself ;  is  not  puffed  up, ' '  &c.  The  good  Samaritan 
mentioned  in  Scripture,  is  a  delightful  instance  of  the  disposition  formed 
by  benevolence  when  eminently  powerful. 

In  treating  of  the  faculty  of  benevolence,  Prof.  N.  N.  Rid- 
dell,  in  his  book,  "Human  Nature  Explained, "  page  286,  says : 

Benevolence,  as  the  name  signifies,  is  that  sentiment  that  gives  sym- 
pathy, kindness,  tenderness,  charity,  philanthropy,  generosity,  and  good- 
ness. It  inspires  all  kindly  feelings  for  others,  all  sympathy  for  the  sick, 
the  helpless,  the  unfortunate,  the  wayward  and  the  sinful;  it  gives  the 
sense  of  sympathy  by  which  one  soul  feels  the  needs  and  appreciates  the 
conditions  of  another ;  it  gives  the  love  of  goodness,  the  desire  to  do  good 
not  for  the  applause  or  approval  of  others,  not  that  it  may  receive  com- 
pensation, but  that  it  may  make  others  happy  and  relieve  them  from 
suffering;  it  gives  the  power  and  inclination  to  forgive,  not  from  the 
sense  of  justice,  but  through  pity;  it  is  the  philanthropist  that  would 
gladly  divide  his  possessions  or  share  his  earnings  to  prevent  the  suffer- 
ings of  others  or  to  promote  the  welfare  of  humanity;  it  is  the  reformer 
that  can  never  rest  while  selfishness  and  misery  are  the  lot  of  man;  it  is 
the  ministering  angel  that  kindly  hovers  over  the  sick  bed  to  tenderly 
administer  to  the  sufferer:  it  is  the  good  Samaritan  of  the  soul  that 
rejoices  to  serve  others,  ameliorate  their  sufferings  and  promote  their 
joys;  it  is  the  angel  of  refuge  that  would  stay  the  cruel  hand  of  de- 
struction and  prevent  it  from  harming  whatever  has  the  power  to  feel; 
it  is  the  ambassador  of  the  weak  that  pleads  at  the  courts  of  justice  in 
behalf  of  fallen  humanity;  it  is  the  peacemaker  that  would  soothe  the 
troubled  waters  into  tranquillity  that  they  may  more  perfectly  mirror  the 
beauties  of  heaven ;  it  is  the  cross-bearer  that  would  carry  the  burdens  of 
the  world,  withstand  the  shame  and  suffer  the  penalty  of  sin  that  the 
transgressor  might  live  in  peace;  it  is  the  Christ  that  is  in  man,  that 
came  not  to  destroy  the  law  of  justice,  but  to  establish  a  higher  law  in 
the  human  soul,  the  law  of  forgiveness;  it  is  the  noblest,  purest,  holiest, 
most  Christ-like  virtue  lhat  emanates  from  the  soul  of  man.  Kindness  is 
perhaps  the  most  unselfish  attribute  in  human  nature,  it  seeks  to  do 


114  Applied  Character  Analysis 

good,  render  assistance,  ameliorate  suffering,  extend  sympathy,  forgive 
errors,  overlook  faults  and  make  peace,  not  for  what  any  one  else  can 
return  to  it,  but  solely  from  the  love  of  doing  good. 

Excessive  action  of  benevolence  is  often  manifested  in  pro- 
viding for  the  present  wants  of  the  poor,  without  removing 
the  causes  that  produce  poverty.  The  greatest  need  of  the 
present  is  constructive  social  welfare  work  that  will  remove 
the  causes  which  produce  vice,  crime,  disease,  poverty  and 
other  social  evils,  so  that  benevolence  will  not  be  wounded  so 
often  and  the  need  for  curative  work  will  be  reduced.  Human- 
ity spends  too  much  time  in  running  the  ambulance  to  pick 
up  the  wounded  after  the  damage  has  been  done,  and  not 
enough  time  in  building  the  strong  fence  above  the  dangerous 
cliff  to  keep  people  from  falling  over  and  injuring  themselves. 
A  deficiency  of  benevolence  is  manifested  in  cruelty,  selfish- 
ness, indifference  to  suffering,  lack  of  sympathy  and  hospital- 
ity. In  order  to  cultivate  this  faculty  the  individual  should 
think  less  of  himself  and  cultivate  a  desire  to  be  helpful  to 
others.  Under  the  prevailing  competitive  environment,  where 
the  struggle  for  existence  is  so  keen  with  most  people,  benevo- 
lence is  more  likely  to  be  suppressed  than  over-developed. 

Reverence  (or  Veneration).  The  normal  expression  of 
this  power  is  respect,  reverence,  obedience,  devotion,  adora- 
tion, dependence  and  veneration.  It  is  located  between  firm- 
ness and  benevolence.  This  faculty  was  localized  by  Dr.  Gall, 
and  he  speaks  of  it  as  follows: 

All  my  ten  brothers,  sisters  and  myself  received  the  same  education, 
but  our  faculties  and  tendencies  were  very  different.  One  brother,  from 
infancy,  had  a  strong  tendency  to  devotion.  His  playthings  were  church 
vases,  which  he  sculptured  himself,  copes  and  surplices,  which  he  made 
out  of  paper.  He  prayed  God  and  said  masses  all  day,  when  obliged  to 
miss  church  service,  and  passed  the  time  in  ornamenting  and  gilding  a 
crucifix  of  wood.  My  father  had  designed  him  for  commerce,  for  which 
he  had  an  invincible  aversion,  because,  he  said,  it  compelled  him  to  lie. 
At  twenty-three,  having  given  up  all  hope  of  fitting  himself  by  study  for 
a  priest,  he  lost  all  patience,  ran  away  from  home,  and  turned  hermit. 
Five  years  after  he  took  holy  orders,  and  till  his  death  lived  in  the 
exercises  of  devotion  and  penance. 

I  observed  in  schools  that  certain  pupils  were  indifferent  to  religious 
instruction,  while  others  were  very  eager  for  it.  This  preinclination  was 
born  in  them,  and  could  not  be  attributed  to  example  or  education;  and 
most  of  them  devoted  themselves  to  a  religious  life,  contrary  to  parental 
wishes.  I  visited  the  churches  of  all  sects,  to  inspect  the  heads  of  those 
who  prayed  with  the  most  fervor,  and  were  most  absorbed  in  their  con- 
templations; observed  that  the  most  fervent  devotees  were  almost  always 
bald,  and  that  their  heads  often  rose  gradually  to  the  top — precisely  the 


Moral  and  Spiritual  Powers  115 

form  of  head  which  had  first  struck  me  in  my  brother;  visited  the  mon- 
asteries and  observed  the  monks,  and  collected  exact  information  as  to 
their  devotional  character.  Those  who  performed  the  functions  of  priest 
and  confessor  had  this  organ  much  larger  than  their  butlers,  cooks,  and 
servants.  All  those  who  were  especially  devout,  have  heads  greatly 
raised  towards  the  crowns,  and  that  the  portraits  of  zealous  religious 
ecclesiastics  had  the  same  formation,  and  also  that  ancient  artists  repre- 
sented the  heads  of  high  priests  and  other  ministers  of  religion  with 
venerable  heads  thus  formed. 

In  the  lunatic  asylums  of  Amsterdam  we  saw  a  madman  in  whom  this 
organ  was  large,  and  who  said  he  could  not  be  saved,  because  he  was 
forced  to  sin  contrary  to  his  will.  An  ecclesiastic,  who  said  he  was 
condemned  to  eternal  burnings,  had  this  same  form  of  head.  Elizabeth 
Lindeman  had  this  organ  very  large,  and  kept  raising  her  eyes  to  heaven, 
testifying  sadness  and  anguish  in  all  her  looks  and  gestures,  alleging  that 
sbe  was  possessed  of  a  devil,  who  tried  to  draw  her  into  hell. 

In  the  collection  of  M.  Esquirol  are  casts  of  religious  lunatics,  in  all  of 
whom  this  organ  is  extremely  developed.  It  was  also  unusually  large  in  a 
brother  and  sister,  peasants,  who  were  attacked  periodically  with  a 
religious  insanity. 

In  the  head  of  Christ,  by  Raphael,  the  organs  of  the  propensities  are 
deficient,  whilst,  on  the  contrary,  His  intellectual  and  moral  organs,  or 
those  which  indicate  sagacity  and  penetration,  benevolence  and  worship, 
are  greatly  developed.  Is  this  form  imaginary,  or  a  faithful  copy  of  its 
original!  If  artists,  in  making  it,  have  copied  the  shape  most  com- 
monly found  in  great  and  good  men,  their  observations  confirm  mine;  yet 
the  general  form  of  the  head  of  Christ  has  probably  been  transmitted  to 
us.  Luke  was  a  painter,  and  doubtless  wished  to  preserve  the  likeness  of 
his  master.  This  form  is  certainly  one  of  great  antiquity,  for  we  find  it 
in  mosaics,  and  the  most  ancient  paintings,  the  Gnostics  of  the  second 
century  possessing  it. 

Religious  mania  often  coexists  with  the  other  active  faculties  in 
health,  sometimes  with  physical  love,  causing  its  coexistence  with  erotic 
desires;  at  other  times  with  murder,  or  suicide,  or  pride,  or  fear,  or 
sympathy.  A  deranged  hussar  manifested  an  intense  desire  for  the 
salvation  of  the  whole  human  race,  constantly  calling  the  Holy  Trinity  to 
witness.  It  is  thus  shown  by  the  states  of  both  disease  and  health,  that 
the  sense  of  the  existence  of  a  Supreme  Being,  and  the  propensity  to 
religious  worship,  are  fundamental  qualities  of  the  human  race,  and 
consequently  must  be  produced  by  a  separate  faculty  of  the  mind,  and 
organ  of  the  brain. 

Prof.  N.  N.  Kiddell  in  his  book,  "Human  Nature  Ex- 
plained, ' '  on  page  281,  says  of  Reverence : 

Reverence  is  that  sentiment  that  forms  the  attachment  between  man 
and  his  God;  it  is  the  affinity  of  the  soul  for  the  Supreme  Being;  it  gives 
the  innate  love,  veneration  for  and  desire  to  worship  a  superior.  As 
parental  love  draws  the  parent  instinctively  to  the  child  and  forms  that 
strong  attachment  between  parent  and  child,  so  through  reverence  man  is 
instinctively  drawn  towards  his  Creator  and  inspired  to  worship,  adore 
and  do  homage  to  His  name;  it  is  an  affection,  a  love,  as  positive,  real, 


116  Applied  Character  Analysis 

•warm  and  imperative  in  its  demands  for  activity  as  the  parental  instinct. 
It  gives  the  tendency  to  love  and  revere  what  spirituality  assures  us 
really  exists;  it  is  substantially  and  distinctively  the  sentiment  of 
prayer,  through  which  the  soul  breathes  forth  its  longings,  pours  out  its 
emotions  and  makes  known  its  desires  to  a  Supreme  Being.  In  the 
history  of  the  human  family,  Eeverence  has  played  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting, significant  and  important  parts.  The  tendency  to  worship  the 
supernatural  is  an  innate  attribute  of  human  nature.  It  is  said  that 
there  has  never  been  a  race  or  tribe  of  people  discovered  but  what  had 
some  form  of  worship;  the  objects  of  their  worship  have  been  as  variable 
as  human  invention,  fancy  and  fear  could  conceive  of;  man  has  wor- 
shipped almost  everything  in  nature,  from  the  pebble  that  he  crushes 
beneath  his  feet  to  the  sun  that  lights  the  universe.  No  mind  can  be 
perfected,  no  other  element  can  rise  to  its  highest  degree  of  usefulness,  no 
character  can  be  made  to  conform  to  the  highest  ideal  pattern  of  human 
life,  without  the  sanctifying  influence  of  Eeverence.  The  real  life  will 
never  rise  above  the  ideal;  a  high  ideal  is  a  prerequisite  to  human 
progress  and  human  perfection,  therefore  he  who  would  direct  his 
energies,  purify  his  feelings,  exalt  his  affections,  enrich  his  learning, 
ennoble  his  ambitions,  perfect  his  character  and  elevate  his  nature  to  the 
acme  of  human  goodness  and  greatness  must  give  full  expression  to 
Reverence. 

The  abnormal  expression  of  reverence  is  in  idolatry,  reli- 
gious bigotry,  intolerance,  hero-worship,  servility,  and  a  slav- 
ish submission  to  established  conditions  which  results  in  ultra 
conservatism.  When  reverence  is  deficient  there  is  a  lack  of 
veneration  for  a  Supreme  Being,  superior  officers,  or  estab- 
lished customs.  In  American  life  the  faculty  of  reverence  is 
much  less  in  evidence  than  in  European  countries. 

The  strongest  evidence  that  man  is  by  nature  a  religious 
being  is  found  in  the  fact  that  he  has  innate  powers  that  are 
related  to  the  highest  expression  of  religious  life.  When  these 
powers  are  normally  expressed  they  contribute  to  human  hap- 
piness and  connect  individual  lives  with  the  infinite  and  the 
eternal.  The  abuse  of  these  noble  powers  has  caused  untold 
human  suffering  through  persecutions  and  all  kinds  of  so- 
called  religious  intolerance.  Fortunately  in  this  twentieth 
century  religious  freedom  and  toleration  is  rapidly  increasing 
and  intolerance  is  becoming  more  and  more  a  matter  of  his- 
tory only.  When  all  human  beings  agree  on  the  fundamental 
principles  of  religious  life  and  tolerate  individual  expression 
of  non-essentials  there  will  exist  a  universal  religion  that  will 
help  to  develop  the  highest  innate  tendencies  of  every  individ- 
ual and  will  aid  all  in  living  the  truly  religious  life. 


CHAPTER  XIV 

SELF-CULTURE 

We  have  now  considered  all  the  fundamental  powers  of 
life,  and  every  one  is  good  if  it  is  used  right.  All  evil  that 
exists  in  the  world  results  from  the  misuse  of  the  innate  pow- 
ers that  constitute  the  orgauization  of  every  human  being. 

In  improving  the  human  race  the  right  starting  point  is 
with  parentage,  but  as  it  is  impossible  to  give  any  inheritance 
to  an  individual  who  is  now  in  the  world  the  only  hope  for 
improving  his  life  is  through  right  environment  and  the  per- 
sonal efforts  of  each  individual.  No  person  has  such  perfect 
control  of  all  his  powers  that  he  can  boast  of  perfection.  The 
work  that  is  before  him  is  to  restrain  tendencies  that  are  ex- 
cessive and  cultivate  those  that  are  deficient  in  order  to  pro- 
duce harmony  in  his  life.  There  are  very  few  human  beings 
who  live  up  to  their  ideals,  or  who  are  taking  advantage  of 
present  environments  as  much  as  they  might.  Life  is  a  con- 
stant conflict  between  the  individual  and  his  environment.  As 
the  surroundings  of  each  individual  improve  it  will  be  easier 
for  him  to  live  up  to  his  ideals,  and  the  nearer  people  live  to 
correct  ideals  the  better  the  environment  will  become.  Thus 
there  is  action  and  reaction.  Too  many  persons  blame  others 
for  their  short-comings,  instead  of  looking  within,  analyzing 
self,  and  making  personal  adjustments.  There  has  long  been 
a  tendency  on  the  part  of  many  individuals  to  excuse  their 
weaknesses  by  blaming  them  upon  their  ancestors.  People 
are  frequently  heard  to  say,  "My  father  or  my  mother  had 
this  weakness,  and  I  have  inherited  it."  Doubtless  the  ten- 
dency has  been  inherited  from  ancestors,  but  through  will 
power  and  the  right  kind  of  environment  undesirable  ten- 
dencies can  be  overcome. 

As  each  individual  is  organized  differently  from  all  other 
individuals  he  has  his  own  problems  to  solve  in  self -culture, 
and  cannot  be  guided  entirely  by  the  ideals  of  others.  It  is 
easy  for  a  person  who  has  no  temper  to  give  advice  to  quick- 
tempered people  on  how  to  overcome  that  undesirable  trait  of 

117 


118  Applied  Character  Analysis 

character,  but  what  a  battle  the  quick-tempered  individual 
must  fight  iu  order  to  control  his  temper  if  he  is  placed  in  an 
environment  where  his  energy  centers  continually  explode  in 
anger.  The  best  remedy  for  such  a  condition  is  for  the  in- 
dividual to  get  into  a  vocation  and  an  environment  where  his 
feelings  are  not  antagonized  and  his  temper  is  not  aroused. 
It  is  easy  to  advise  people  about  the  necessity  of  changing 
such  a  tendency,  but  as  long  as  the  causes  that  produce  tem- 
per are  not  removed  it  is  very  difficult  to  overcome  it.  Not 
long  ago  a  young  man  confessed  that  he  had  lost  a  good  posi- 
tion the  day  before  because  he  became  angry  and  said  things 
to  his  employer  that  he  should  not  have  said;  hence  he  was 
discharged.  He  said  that  he  had  lost  several  good  positions 
in  the  same  way,  and  did  not  blame  anybody  else  for  it  because 
it  was  all  due  to  his  violent  temper;  and  the  remedy  is  in 
getting  control  over  it.  This  may  be  an  extreme  case,  but 
there  are  many  persons  who  are  made  miserable  themselves 
and  who  make  the  lives  of  others  miserable  without  a  desire 
to  do  injury  to  anybody,  but  who  lack  will  power  and  the  right 
kind  of  environment  to  keep  the  temper  under  control. 

The  first  step  in  self-control  is  to  take  stock  of  the  mental 
equipment.  The  system  of  character  analysis,  already  ex- 
plained, is  the  best  guide  in  this  self -analysis ;  and  serves  later 
in  making  the  adjustments  that  are  necessary  to  modify  the 
tendencies  and  to  make  the  most  of  life.  While  studying  about 
the  primary  elements  of  mind  the  individual  looks  within  to 
see  how  his  tendencies  harmonize  with  the  normal  or  abnor- 
mal expression  of  those  powers  of  mind.  When  he  has  dis- 
covered the  trouble  his  next  step  is  to  labor  faithfully  to  over- 
come the  undesirable  tendency.  In  many  instances  the  weak- 
ness is  due  to  a  conflict  between  some  appetite  or  passion  and 
the  intellectual  and  moral  powers.  In  such  cases,  when  the 
mental  adjustments  are  made  the  activity  is  reduced  in  the 
brain  center  that  functions  excessively  and  is  increased  in 
the  brain  center  that  needs  to  be  cultivated. 

In  education  there  has  been  a  tendency  to  give  too  much 
attention  to  the  intellectual  powers  that  are  used  in  gathering 
and  classifying  facts  pertaining  to  external  objects  and  not 
enough  attention  has  been  given  to  the  mischief -working  im- 
pulses that  are  the  cause  of  most  human  discords.  Each  in- 
dividual must  learn  to  do  for  self  what  the  schools  fail  to  do 
for  him  regarding  the  knowledge  and  control  of  the  feelings. 

In  the  analyzing  of  self  for  the  purpose  of  self -culture  it 


Self-Culture  119 

is  well  to  begin  with  the  powers  that  are  first  awakened,  and 
by  examining  each  one  separately,  observe  which  of  them  are 
functioning  normally  in  the  organization  and  which  need 
modifying. 

Appetite  is  one  of  the  first  powers  to  express  itself  in  the 
new-born  infant  and  is  a  very  prominent  factor  throughout 
life.  Does  the  individual  select  carefully  the  materials  that 
are  needed  to  build  healthy  tissues  in  the  body  ?  and,  Does  he 
live  to  eat,  or  eat  to  live?  are  questions  each  person  should 
answer.  The  normal  function  of  appetite  is  to  call  attention 
two  or  three  times  a  day  to  the  need  of  providing  the  body  with 
material  that  will  keep  up  vitality.  The  abnormal  gratifica- 
tion of  this  power  causes  waste  of  nerve  force  in  digesting  and 
disposing  of  materials  that  the  system  does  not  need  and  can- 
not use.  If  one  wislues  to  keep  a  reserve  of  vitality  and  always 
remain  in  efficient  working  condition  he  must  learn  to  prop- 
erly select  and  combine  foods  so  as  to  furnish  the  proper  nour- 
ishment to  all  the  tissues  of  the  body.  The  bad  effect  of  alco- 
holic drinks  has  become  so  evident  that  a  world-wide  effort  is 
being  made  to  prohibit  their  manufacture  and  sale.  It  has 
been  demonstrated  to  the  satisfaction  of  scientific  workers  that 
the  most  efficient  work  can  be  done  by  persons  who  avoid  the 
use  of  stimulants  and  narcotics.  If  one  is  the  victim  of  any 
of  these  harmful  substances  he  can  increase  his  efficiency  by 
discontinuing  them.  In  the  keen  competition  of  the  twentieth 
century  health  must  be  kept  at  the  highest  standard  possible 
if  life  is  to  be  enjoyed  and  success  won. 

The  energy  centers  manifest  themselves  very  early  in  the 
life  of  an  infant  and  their  proper  cultivation  is  one  of  the  es- 
sentials to  a  successful  life.  Each  individual  should  develop 
the  poise  that  will  enable  him  to  do  his  work  without  the  waste 
of  nerve  force.  In  this  strenuous  age  many  keep  their  nerves 
pitched  upon  such  a  high  key  that  they  are  exhausted  before 
the  day 's  work  is  done  and  there  is  no  reserve  vitality  for  the 
next  day.  If  nerve  force  is  lost  either  through  strenuous 
nerves  or  in  explosions  of  temper  it  is  within  the  power  of 
the  individual  to  so  control  and  direct  energy  that  more  ef- 
ficient service  can  be  rendered  without  calling  upon  the  sup- 
ply of  nerve  force  that  should  be  kept  in  reserve.  The  rem- 
edy is  with  the  individual,  and  in  his  environment. 

Courage  is  one  of  the  essentials  in  an  equipment  that  is 
necessary  to  successfully  fight  the  battles  of  life.  It  manifests 
mentally  as  well  as  physically.    Where  there  is  a  lack  of  this 


120  'Applied  Character  Analysis 

element  the  individual  does  not  exhibit  the  force  that  is  nec- 
essary for  efficient  work.  Where  there  is  an  excess  of  this 
power  of  mind  one  may  be  too  aggressive  and  self-assertive  to 
adapt  himself  well  to  others,  and  thus  fail  to  establish  the 
congenial  relationship  that  is  necessary  in  doing  good  team 
work. 

The  acquisitive  instinct  is  aroused  very  early  in  life  and 
in  the  struggle  for  existence  usually  remains  active  perma- 
nently. This  power  of  mind  should  be  used  as  a  means  to  the 
great  end  of  right  living  and  of  giving  helpful  service  to 
others,  and  not  as  the  chief  end  of  life,  in  accumulating  sur- 
plus dollars  that  cannot  be  used  and  that  will  not  be  of  benefit 
to  anybody.  One  of  the  wise  men  said,  many  centuries  ago, 
that :  ' '  The  love  of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil. ' '  The  ex- 
periences of  many  people  have  verified  the  truthfulness  of 
that  statement.  The  most  successful  life  is  likely  to  be  the 
one  where  the  real  necessities  are  provided  for,  but  where 
there  is  nothing  to  waste,  and  where  there  is  always  a  need  of 
doing  honest  work  to  get  life's  essentials.  If  there  is  a  lack 
of  the  necessaries  of  life  the  efficiency  must  be  increased  until 
the  needs  of  the  individual  can  be  secured.  Where  the  money 
god  is  being  worshipped  and  the  nobler  things  of  life  being 
sacrificed  the  standard  of  ideals  must  be  raised.  It  must  be 
remembered  that  life  is  more  than  merely  making  a  living. 
There  are  many  people  who  estimate  success  in  dollars,  but 
they  never  experience  the  finer  joys  of  life  that  come  to  those 
who  give  helpful  service  to  their  fellow  beings  and  seek  to  se- 
cure the  highest  development  of  their  own  powers.  The  abuse 
of  the  acquisitive  instinct  does  more  to  fill  prisons  and  re- 
formities  than  any  other  one  cause  in  our  modern  civilization. 

One  should  have  reserve  enough  to  be  tactful  and  discreet 
in  his  relations  with  others,  and  not  be  so  frank  and  outspoken 
that  he  is  constantly  wounding  the  feelings  of  his  friends.  If 
adjusting  is  necessary  here  the  individual  can  cultivate  more 
consideration  for  the  feelings  of  others  and  develop  the  tact, 
through  reason,  that  will  enable  him  to  say  unpleasant  things 
without  wounding  the  feelings  of  his  friends.  If  there  is  too 
much  reserve  and  a  deficiency  in  sociability  and  self-reliance 
the  individual  may  be  entirely  too  retiring  and  should  make 
a  special  effort  to  take  part  in  public  functions,  which  will 
modify  reserve  and  make  him  more  self-assertive. 

Where  there  is  such  a  lack  of  sociability  that  one  may  be 
inclined  to  become  a  hermit  the  tendency  can  be  modified  if  the 


Self-Culture  121 

person  will  take  an  active  part  in  social  activities  until  they 
become  pleasurable  and  an  inclination  is  aroused  to  mingle 
with  other  people,  rather  than  to  be  satisfied  in  the  entertain- 
ing of  himself  and  living  alone. 

If  the  proper  control  of  amativeness  is  a  problem  with  the 
individual  he  should  read  the  best  books  on  social  hygiene  and 
eugenics  and  always  seek  the  society  of  persons  who  will  stim- 
ulate the  intellectual  and  moral  powers. 

There  is  a  normal  instinct  in  every  human  being  that  gives 
a  desire  for  home  life.  It  is  important  when  a  home  is  estab- 
lished that  the  members  live  together  in  peace,  love,  harmony 
and  unity.  Domestic  discords  can  be  avoided  through  proper 
adaptation  of  life-mates  and  by  an  effort  to  establish  the  right 
relationships  in  the  home.  So  many  who  enter  upon  the  pro- 
fession of  home-making  live  in  perpetual  discord,  or  end  their 
domestic  careers  in  the  divorce  courts,  that  this  problem  should 
receive  much  more  serious  consideration  from  those  who  are 
married  or  contemplate  marriage  than  is  usually  given  to  it. 
There  are  numerous  good  books  on  the  subject  of  domestic 
happiness  that  should  be  read  by  every  individual  before  tak- 
ing this  serious  step ;  or,  having  taken  it  and  failing  to  derive 
the  happiness  it  should  bring,  may  yet  realize  a  greater  degree 
of  happiness. 

If  there  is  a  lack  of  concentration,  with  the  habit  of  be- 
ginning many  things  without  finishing  anything  this  can  be 
modified  by  using  the  intellect  and  will  power  to  force  atten- 
tion upon  the  one  thing  until  it  is  thoroughly  completed. 
"Where  there  is  a  harmonious  blending  of  powers,  mentally 
and  physically,  it  is  more  difficult  to  keep  from  scattering  the 
efforts  and  wanting  to  know  a  little  about  everything  than  it 
is  if  there  is  genius  for  one  thing  only.  The  important  consid- 
eration for  the  person  with  versatility  and  adaptability  is  to 
select  things  that  are  congenial  and  then  to  center  all  the 
powers  of  mind  upon  that  one  thing.  In  this  age  of  specializa- 
tion this  is  important  in  order  to  excel  and  win  success  in  the 
chosen  vocation. 

Where  there  is  a  lack  of  self-reliance  and  too  much  sensi- 
tiveness to  the  criticisms  of  others  mental  adjustments  are  re- 
quired that  will  result  in  overcoming  the  self-consciousness 
and  enable  one  to  perform  his  part  in  public  life  without 
embarrassment  or  discomfort.  If  a  person  is  in  a  position 
where  it  is  necessary  to  direct  the  efforts  of  others  it  is  espe- 
cially important  to  have  the  self-reliance  that  will  enable  him 


122  Applied  Character  Analysis 

to  proceed  with  confidence.  There  are  many  who  are  talented 
but  who  are  lacking  in  self-confidence  and  are  so  sensitive  to 
the  criticisms  of  others  that  they  go  through  life  without 
achieving  what  they  might  if  these  tendencies  were  reversed. 
Where  there  is  too  much  self-reliance  and  an  inclination  to  be 
proud  and  domineering  the  feelings  of  others  should  be  con- 
sidered more  and  a  check  put  upon  the  tendency  until  it 
reaches  a  normal  development.  Too  much  energy,  ambition 
and  determination  has  broken  down  many  a  constitution  and 
wrecked  many  a  life  that  might  have  rendered  helpful  service 
to  humanity  if  these  tendencies  had  been  kept  in  check.  Am- 
bition is  one  of  the  strongest  incentives  in  many  people  and 
leads  them  to  undertake  more  than  they  should.  Where  this 
is  a  tendency  the  individual  should  learn  to  put  off  until  to- 
morrow what  cannot  be  very  well  done  today.  Many  a  person 
is  made  miserable  for  a  lifetime  by  excessive  self -consciousness 
without  being  aware  that  this  is  a  tendency  that  can  be  modi- 
fied to  function  normally.  The  newsboy  on  the  streets  of  our 
large  cities  teaches  valuable  lessons  on  overcoming  self-con- 
sciousness and  cultivating  self-reliance.  How  timid  he  often 
is  in  the  beginning  of  his  career,  but  his  daily  contact  with 
people  soon  develops  self-reliance  and  overcomes  the  sensitive- 
ness caused  by  self -consciousness.  If  he  remains  in  that  voca- 
tion very  long  he  becomes  so  self-assertive  that  he  is  at  the 
opposite  extreme  from  where  he  was  when  he  began.  In  this 
transformation  he  has  been  forced  into  doing  things  that  were 
not  pleasurable  to  him  but  that  greatly  adjusted  his  tendencies. 
In  all  mental  adjustments  it  is  necessary  to  do  things  that  are 
often  distasteful.  It  is  necessary  to  follow  the  line  of  great- 
est resistance,  but  every  achievement  adds  to  the  strength  of 
character  and  thus  the  individual  who  makes  the  mental  ad- 
justments necessary  in  self-culture  adds  to  his  strength  of 
character  and  is  placed  in  a  position  where  he  becomes  a  reli- 
able adviser  for  others. 

Where  there  is  a  lack  of  caution  and  a  tendency  to  take  too 
many  chances  the  individual  should  keep  in  an  environment 
where  he  will  be  dealing  with  certainties  and  where  the  temp- 
tation will  not  be  too  great  for  taking  risks.  He  should  re- 
member that  the  dangers  are  nearer  to  him  than  they  appear, 
and  that  it  is  too  late  to  be  careful  after  the  damage  is  done. 
A  person  who  is  excessively  cautious  is  always  magnifying 
difficulties  through  his  imagination,  and  will  worry  about 
things  that  do  not  happen.     Such  a  person  should  restrain 


Self-Culture  123 

the  tendency  through  reason  and  keep  in  an  environment 
where  he  will  not  need  to  take  responsibilities  that  will  worry 
him. 

If  there  is  a  tendency  to  be  too  positive  and  to  hold  too 
firmly  to  one 's  ideas  when  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion  be- 
tween himself  and  others  the  individual  should  force  himself 
to  yield  more  readily  to  the  judgment  of  friends  than  is 
natural  to  him.  A  person  who  is  fond  of  stamping  his  in- 
dividuality upon  his  work  will  find  it  difficult  to  take  orders 
from  others  if  they  do  not  harmonize  with  his  own  ideas ;  such 
an  individual  should  avoid  a  vocation  in  life  that  deprives 
him  of  freedom  in  using  his  individuality  in  planning  and 
doing  his  work.  Deficient  firmness  causes  a  person  to  be  too 
pliable  and  to  lack  in  self-assertion ;  hence  where  this  is  the 
trouble  one  should  cultivate  firmness  by  becoming  more  self- 
assertive. 

Conscience  is  given  to  every  person  as  a  monitor,  urging 
him  to  do  right,  and  no  one  should  permit  himself  to  do  any- 
thing that  his  conscience  opposes.  Conscience  gives  sincerity 
and  honesty.  When  these  factors  are  conspicuous  in  the  per- 
sonality they  compensate  for  other  weaknesses.  One  should 
be  sure  he  is  right,  and  then  go  ahead,  regardless  of  what  other 
people  think.  Emerson  said,  "To  be  a  man  you  must  be  a 
non-conformist."  Hence,  if  one's  conscience  goes  contrary 
to  established  conditions  these  may  be  wrong  and  his  con- 
science right.  Insincerity  is  a  common  vice,  that  always  de- 
tracts from  the  personality  of  anybody. 

It  is  always  better  to  be  an  optimist  than  a  pessimist.  It 
is  not  necessary  to  approve  everything  as  it  is,  but  it  will  be 
better  for  the  individual  and  for  humanity  if  a  person  have 
a  hopeful  vision  of  the  future  and  will  make  an  effort  to  change 
conditions  from  what  they  are  to  what  they  ought  to  be.  It 
is  often  necessary  to  disturb  the  present  in  order  to  improve 
the  future,  but  the  more  a  person  criticizes  constructively  the 
more  helpful  he  will  be  in  improving  conditions,  so  that  they 
will  be  more  in  harmony  with  his  conscience  and  ideals. 
Where  one  is  deficient  in  hope  and  is  disposed  to  look  on  the 
dark  side  of  things  he  should  seek  the  society  of  persons  who 
are  optimistic,  and  read  books  that  give  the  mental  uplift. 

The  divine  architect  placed  the  brain  center  through  which 
faith  functions  next  to  the  one  used  by  hope,  and  these  two 
powers  of  the  mind  are  very  closely  related  in  their  functions. 
Until  the  things  of  this  life  and  of  eternity  become  knowledge 


124  Applied  Character  Analysis 

it  is  necessary  to  exercise  faith  in  them.  ' '  Faith  is  the  assur- 
ance of  things  hoped  for,  and  the  evidence  of  things  not  seen." 
Faith  is  generally  exercised  in  connection  with  the  phases  of 
life  termed  spiritual,  or  religious.  Much  that  was  formerly 
hoped  for  through  faith  has  now  become  a  matter  of  knowledge 
through  scientific  investigation,  and  judging  from  the  ad- 
vancement that  is  being  made  at  the  present  time  it  is  rea- 
sonable to  believe  that  the  time  will  soon  come  when  every- 
thing that  is  related  to  human  life  and  welfare  will  be  revealed 
by  natural  methods. 

When  the  essential  principles  are  thoroughly  understood 
they  will  lay  the  foundation  for  a  unity  of  faith  in  essentials 
pertaining  to  religion  as  well  as  to  all  other  phases  of  life.  If 
faith  is  normally  expressed  in  an  individual  he  is  proving  all 
things  and  holding  fast  to  the  good,  giving  to  others  the  same 
privilege,  and  is  exercising  tolerance  toward  others  no  matter 
how  far  they  are  from  him  in  their  search  for  truths  pertain- 
ing to  human  welfare  in  this  life  and  in  eternity.  By  doing 
this  a  person  will  exercise  the  third  faculty  in  the  trinity  of 
virtues  mentioned  by  the  Apostle  Paul:  "Faith,  Hope  and 
Charity,  but  the  greatest  of  these  is  Charity."  These  moral 
powers,  connected  with  the  intellectual  tendencies,  should  rule 
in  every  person's  character.  The  highest  form  of  self -culture 
is  impossible  without  the  proper  adjustment  of  these  higher 
powers. 

Reverence  is  not  one  of  the  strong  faculties  in  the  average 
American  character.  Where  it  is  deficient  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  an  individual  he  should  endeavor  to  cultivate  it  by 
showing  greater  veneration  for  established  customs  and  be- 
liefs. If  it  is  excessive  in  the  development  a  person  should 
study  twentieth  century  problems  and  have  the  courage  to 
help  make  the  adjustments  in  present  beliefs  and  practices 
that  are  necessary  to  adapt  them  to  the  needs  of  society.  The 
work  of  the  Psychic  Research  Societies  throughout  the  world 
is  to  explore  the  wonders  of  nature  that  are  recognized  through 
intuition  and  that  are  intimately  related  to  the  progress  and 
happiness  of  the  race.  Where  these  do  not  interest  one  it 
would  be  profitable  for  him  to  get  in  touch  with  the  work  of 
the  most  advanced  thinkers  and  explorers  in  the  realm  of 
nature's  finer  forces,  in  order  to  awaken  and  develop  these 
higher  tendencies  that  are  innate  in  each  person. 

The  perfecting  powers  are  the  keys  to  the  esthetic  world, 
where  an  appreciation  of  the  beauties  of  art  and  nature  is 


Self-Culture  125 

possible.  If  the  constructing  tendencies  are  deficient  in  the 
organization  of  an  individual  they  can  be  cultivated  through 
planning,  mechanical  construction,  work  in  art,  literature, 
and  other  related  lines.  If  a  person  is  too  esthetic  he  should 
get  in  touch  with  the  outer  world  more  through  the  powers 
of  observation.  Science  develops  the  intellectual  powers,  while 
the  arts  develop  the  emotional  nature.  To  develop  the  bal- 
anced life  both  the  intellect  and  the  feelings  should  be  culti- 
vated. It  is  a  mistake  to  begin  specializing  too  early  in  life 
and  to  narrow  the  thoughts  and  activities  into  too  limited  a 
field.  Charles  Darwin,  who  devoted  his  entire  life  to  observ- 
ing nature,  and  was  away  from  civilization  much  of  his  time, 
felt  his  limitations  and  losses  when  he  gave  utterance  to  the 
following : 

If  I  had  to  live  my  life  again,  I  would  have  made  a  rule  to  read  some 
poetry  and  listen  to  some  music  at  least  once  every  week;  for  perhaps  the 
parts  of  my  brain  now  atrophied  would  thus  have  been  kept  active 
through  use.  The  loss  of  these  tastes  is  loss  of  happiness,  and  may 
possibly  be  injurious  to  the  intellect,  and  more  probably  to  the  moral 
character,  by  enfeebling  the  emotional  part  of  our  nature. 

If  the  faculty  of  sublimity  is  so  strong  in  the  organization 
that  the  person  has  a  tendency  to  exaggerate  and  to  use  too 
many  adjectives  in  the  superlative  degree,  he  should  use  his 
intellect  to  tone  down  this  tendency.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
there  is  such  a  deficiency  in  this  power  as  to  give  no  apprecia- 
tion of  the  sublime,  the  grand  and  the  wonderful  in  nature, 
the  person  should  make  a  special  effort  to  cultivate  the  ten- 
dency. 

It  is  often  said  that  poets  are  born  and  not  made.  This 
statement  is  true  as  far  as  genius  is  concerned,  but  every  per- 
son is  capable  of  cultivating  ideality  until  there  is  an  appre- 
ciation of  the  beauties  in  art  and  nature,  and  ability  to  ex- 
press his  impressions  of  them  to  a  moderate  degree  at  least. 

Adaptation  is  one  of  the  first  essentials  to  success  in  dealing 
with  people.  The  lack  of  this  makes  many  a  person  unpopular 
and  makes  it  unpleasant  for  those  who  are  laboring  with  him. 
One  should  always  tell  the  truth,  but  in  such  an  agreeable 
way  that  it  would  not  wound  the  feelings  of  his  fellow  beings. 
Where  there  is  a  lack  of  agreeableness  and  affability  in  the 
organization  of  an  individual  a  determined  effort  should  be 
made  to  cultivate  these  desirable  tendencies.  If  a  person  is 
at  the  opposite  extreme,  and  has  a  tendency  to  indulge  in 


126  Applied  Character  Analysis 

palaver  and  gush,  it  will  be  to  his  advantage  and  to  the  com- 
fort of  the  people  with  whom  he  associates  if  he  will  tone  down 
this  abnormal  expression  and  not  permit  himself  to  use  any 
exaggerated  form  in  speaking  to  others.  Not  too  much,  and 
not  too  little,  is  the  desirable  condition  here  as  elsewhere,  and 
he  who  succeeds  in  reaching  this  medium  will  be  in  possession 
of  some  of  the  elements  of  success. 

There  are  some  people  who  have  so  little  tendency  to  imitate 
others  and  who  are  so  little  affected  by  the  approval  and  dis- 
approval of  other  people  that  they  are  very  unconventional. 
This  is  an  advantage  when  it  is  necessary  to  depart  from 
established  conditions  and  to  blaze  the  way  along  some  new 
line,  but  in  ordinary  circumstances  it  is  better  for  a  person 
to  have  some  regard  for  the  feelings  of  others  and  not  to  de- 
part too  far  from  customs  that  are  generally  considered  to  be 
best  for  humanity.  If  there  is  a  tendency  to  imitate  other 
people  in  everything  an  individual  attempts  to  do  it  will  be 
well  for  him  to  cultivate  more  originality  and  to  put  more 
individuality  into  his  work.  If  his  methods  of  doing  things 
are  too  different  from  the  methods  used  by  the  large  majority 
of  people  a  person  should  be  very  sure  that  he  is  right  before 
holding  too  firmly  to  his  methods.  It  is  best  for  an  individual 
to  adapt  himself  sufficiently  to  others  to  keep  in  touch  with 
them  so  as  to  be  able  to  influence  their  lives  when  it  is  neces- 
sary to  do  that. 

The  adjustments  and  conditions  described  above  are  in  con- 
nection with  the  powers  of  mind  that  are  usually  classed  as 
the  subconscious  and  the  superconscious.  The  happiness  and 
success  of  each  individual  depends  very  largely  upon  his  abil- 
ity and  inclination  to  harmonize  these  powers.  In  making 
the  adjustments  that  are  necessary  much  help  can  be  obtained 
through  the  intellectual  powers  that  are  usually  spoken  of  as 
the  objective,  or  conscious,  mind.  The  chief  function  of  the 
intellectual  powers  is  to  gather  facts  and  classify  them,  but 
in  living  the  well  balanced  life  it  is  necessary  to  use  the  in- 
tellectual powers  and  to  keep  the  impulses  that  pertain  to 
self-preservation  and  to  social  life  under  control  of  the  intel- 
lectual and  moral  powers.  In  the  education  of  the  past  the 
tendency  has  been  to  give  too  much  attention  to  studies  that 
appeal  to  the  intellect  and  too  little  attention  to  the  mischief- 
working  impulses.  The  object  of  the  education  of  the  present 
and  future  should  be  to  give  proper  attention  to  every  power 
of  the  human  organism,  so  as  to  insure  normal  expressions  and 


Self-Culture  127 

to  avoid  the  discords  that  produce  misery  and  failure.  The 
intellectual  processes  receive  so  much  consideration  in  the 
schools  and  colleges  of  today  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  give 
the  details  of  their  development  here,  but  the  importance  of 
a  right  relationship  between  intellect  and  the  other  mental 
powers  cannot  be  over-estimated.  An  intelligent  knowledge 
of  human  nature  as  a  whole  is  the  best  guide  in  harmonizing 
the  powers  of  life  in  a  way  that  is  essential  to  self -culture. 
" Living  the  Radiant  Life,"  by  George  Wharton  James,  is 
an  inspirational  book  on  self-culture  that  can  be  recommended 
and  should  be  read  by  everybody. 


CHAPTER  XV 

MEMORY  TRAINING 

During  recent  years  many  systems  of  memory  training  of 
more  or  less  merit  have  been  placed  upon  the  market.  Some 
of  these  explain  the  fundamental  principles  of  mind  and  body 
training  that  result  in  improvement  of  the  memory  and  other 
powers  of  the  intellect.  Some  systems  of  memory  training 
are  very  artificial,  and  merely  teach  the  mind  to  play  tricks. 
These  do  not  aid  the  memory  in  the  practical  work  of  life  and 
are  not  to  be  recommended.  The  first  essential  in  memory 
training  is  to  keep  the  whole  organism  in  as  good  health  as 
possible.  M.  L.  Holbrook,  M.  D.,  in  his  excellent  little  book, 
"How  to  Strengthen  the  Memory;  or,  Natural  and  Scientific 
Methods  of  Never  Forgetting, ' '  says  on  page  19 : 

Robust  health  is  the  best  foundation  upon  which  a  good  memory  may 
be  built.  I  do  not  mean  that  all  healthy  persons  have  good  memories,  but 
that  persons  with  good  health,  other  things  being  equal,  will  remember 
more  than  those  who  are  in  a  low  physical  condition. 

A  good  memory  cannot  be  preserved  with  an  impaired  nervous  system. 
Not  only  may  a  long-continued  wakefulness  change  the  temper  of  a  mild 
and  gentle  person,  completely  alter  his  features  and  expression  and  occa- 
sion a  development  of  singular  and  most  uncomfortable  whims,  but  also 
cause  great  deviation  in  the  powers  of  intellect  and  imagination,  and  ruin 
the  ability  to  recall  facts  and  ideas. 

Intense  interest,  which  results  in  the  concentration  of  the 
mental  powers  and  in  giving  strict  attention,  is  the  first  con- 
dition of  a  good  memory.  This  condition  is  dependent  upon 
will  power  and  discipline,  as  well  as  upon  a  healthy  condition 
of  the  body.  Orators  and  actors  usually  have  good  memories. 
When  actors  are  required  to  commit  to  memory  long  parts  in  a 
play  they  cultivate  what  is  usually  spoken  of  as  a  verbal  mem- 
ory, so  that  they  often  learn  in  a  short  time  what  would  be 
difficult  for  most  people  to  commit  to  memory  in  a  much  longer 
time.  When  the  memory  plays  an  important  part  in  the  work 
of  individuals  it  is  often  greatly  handicapped  through  the 
exhausted  condition  of  the  body.    A  practical  illustration  of 

128 


Memory  Training  129 

this  is  given  by  Mr.  G.  J.  Ilolyoke,  in  a  little  work  of  his  on 
oratory : 

When  traveling  expenses  were  the  only  thing  that  I  received  for  my 
lectures,  I  used  to  walk  to  the  place  of  their  delivery.  On  my  walk  from 
Birmingham  to  Worcester,  a  distance  of  26  miles,  it  was  my  custom  to 
recite  on  the  way  portions  of  my  intended  address.  In  the  first  part  of 
my  walk  my  voice  was  clear  and  my  memory  was  good ;  but  towards  the 
end  I  could  scarcely  articulate  or  remember  the  thread  of  my  discourse. 
If  I  lectured  the  same  evening,  as  sometimes  happened,  I  spoke  without 
connection  and  produced  little  effect  upon  my  audience.  The  reason  was 
that  I  had  exhausted  my  strength  and  paralyzed  my  memory.  One  Satur- 
day I  walked  from  Sheffield  to  Huddersfield  to  deliver  two  lectures.  It 
was  my  first  appearance  there,  and  I  was  anxious  to  make  a  good  impres- 
sion; but  in  the  morning  I  was  unable  to  do  more  than  talk  half  inaudibly 
and  incoherently.  In  the  evening  I  was  tolerable,  but  my  voice  and 
memory  were  weak.  My  annoyance  was  excessive.  I  was  a  paradox  to 
myself.  My  power  seemed  to  come  and  go  by  some  eccentric  power  of  its 
own.  I  did  not  find  out  until  some  years  after,  that  exhaustion  of  my 
strength  had  exhausted  my  powers  of  speech,  thought,  and  memory,  and 
that  entire  repose  instead>  of  entire  fatigue  should  have  been  the  prepara- 
tion for  public  speaking. ' 

The  following  analysis  and  definition  of  memory  is  taken 
from  the  work  of  Prof.  0.  S.  Fowler,  entitled  "Memory,  and 
Intellectual  Improvement  Applied  to  Self-Education  and 
Juvenile  Instruction."  It  explains  what  is  usually  not  under- 
stood, that  memory  is  not  a  single  faculty,  but  that  each  one 
of  the  intellectual  powers  has  a  memory : 

Memory  recalls  past  occurrences,  doings,  acquisitions  of  knowledge,  etc. 
It  is  not,  however,  a  single  faculty,  else  men  could  remember  everything 
past  equally  well,  which  is  not  the  case;  but  every  intellectual  faculty 
recollects  its  own  functions.  Thus  locality  remembers  places;  form, 
shape;  eventuality,  events  and  actions  in  general;  causality,  ideas,  prin- 
ciples; and  thus  of  all  the  intellectual  powers.  Hence,  there  are  as  many 
different  kinds  of  memory  as  there  are  intellectual  faculties;  the  greater 
energy  of  some  of  which  and  the  feebleness  of  others,  both  in  the  same 
head  and  in  different  persons,  cause  and  account  for  the  fact  that  some 
can  remember  faces,  yet  forget  names,  while  others  remember  places  al- 
most by  intuition,  yet  forget  items.  This  diversity  in  the  memory  of 
men  precludes  the  idea  that  memory  is  a  single  faculty.  But  there  being 
as  many  different  kinds  of  memory  as  there  are  intellectual  organs,  the 
retentiveness  of  each  of  which  increases  and  decreases  with  the  energy  of 
its  organ,  of  course  he  who  has  causality  large  and  language  small  easily 
remembers  the  substance,  but  forgets  the  words ;  and  thus  of  the  different 
degrees  of  strength  in  all  the  other  faculties. 

Hence  the  full  development  and  vigorous  action  of  all  the  intellectual 
powers  gives  a  retentive  memory  of  everything.  Nor  can  a  retentive 
memory  of  everything  be  secured  by  any  other  means.  The  cultivation  of 
the  memory,  therefore,  and  the  discipline  of  the  mind  amount  to  one  and 


130  Applied  Character  Analysis 

the  same  thing,  and  are  to  be  effected  by  the  same  instrumentalities.  To 
strengthen  the  memory  is  to  augment  the  intellectual  capability,  because 
both  consist  in  enhancing  the  intellectual  energies.  Memory,  in  common 
with  every  mental  faculty  and  physical  function,  can  be  strengthened  to  a 
degree  almost  incredible. 

The  influence  of  the  quality  and  circulation  of  the  blood 
upon  the  activity  of  memory  is  clearly  shown  in  the  follow- 
ing quotation  taken  from  "Diseases  of  the  Memory,"  by 
Th.  Eibot: 

Fever  in  its  various  stages  is  accompanied  by  extreme  activity  of  the 
brain.  In  this  activity  the  memory  takes  part.  We  know  that  in  fever 
the  rapidity  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is  excessive ;  that  this  fluid  is 
altered  from  its  normal  state  and  charged  with  the  waste  product  arising 
from  rapid  combustion.  In  this  state  persons  often  remember  impres- 
sions of  trivial  things,  in  which  no  interest  was  taken,  while,  perhaps, 
more  important  impressions  are  forgotten.  It  will  generally  be  found 
that  such  impressions  were  received  when  the  energies  were  high;  when 
exercise  or  pleasure,  or  both,  had  raised  the  action  of  the  heart.  We 
may  note,  also,  the  ease  and  rapidity  with  which  we  remember  at  that 
period  of  life  when  the  blood  is  driven  through  the  vessels  in  plentiful 
and  swift-moving  streams,  and  how  difficult  it  is  to  remember  when  the 
circulation  of  the  blood  diminishes  with  advancing  years.  It  is  also  well 
known  that  in  the  latter  part  of  life  the  composition  of  the  blood  is 
changed,  and  it  is  less  rich  in  red  corpuscles  and  albumen.  When  this  is 
exhausted  by  long  illness  memory  is  enfeebled  with  the  circulation. 

There  are  many  interesting  cases  of  remarkable  memory 
for  one  thing,  with  only  ordinary  memory  for  all  other  things, 
such  as  the  memory  of  tunes  possessed  by  Blind  Tom;  the 
memory  of  numbers  which  was  shown  in  a  remarkable  degree 
by  Zerah  Colburn,  Jedediah  Buxton,  George  Bidder,  and 
others.  Some  have  a  strong  memory  for  names  of  persons, 
others  are  endowed  with  a  memory  that  enables  them  to  re- 
member places  with  remarkable  accuracy.  Such  pronounced 
developments  indicate  genius  for  one  thing  only,  rather  than 
the  all-round  development  that  gives  versatility  and  adapta- 
bility. The  genius  can  entertain  people  who  are  interested  in 
his  particular  line,  but  is  at  a  loss  in  considering  subjects  that 
are  foreign  to  his  special  line.  The  world  needs  geniuses  to 
pioneer  along  new  lines,  and  to  invent  things  that  contribute 
to  the  success  and  happiness  of  mankind,  but  on  the  whole 
the  most  desirable  organization  shows  a  medium  development 
of  all  the  memories.  In  memory,  as  in  all  the  other  powers  of 
mind,  everybody  is  deficient  in  some  respects  and  strong  in 
others.  It  is  stated  that  Hogarth,  who  was  one  of  the  intellec- 


Memory  Training  131 

tual  men  of  his  time,  was  so  weak  in  verbal  memory  that  he 
could  not  commit  to  it  two  successive  lines  of  verse.  George 
Combe,  the  noted  philosopher  and  phrenologist,  was  one  of 
the  best  thinkers  of  his  time,  and  Horace  Mann  said  of  him 
that  in  the  twentieth  century  he  would  be  looked  upon  as  the 
greatest  man  of  the  nineteenth ;  yet  he  was  so  deficient  in  the 
faculty  of  number  that  he  could  never  learn  the  multiplica- 
tion table.  As  a  contrast  to  this  deficiency  Sir  William  Ham- 
ilton mentions  the  case  of  a  Corsican  who  could  repeat  36,000 
names  after  once  hearing  them,  but,  says  Gregorovius,  from 
whom  he  takes  his  information,  "He  produced  nothing;  his 
memory  had  killed  all  his  creative  power.  It  is  with  the 
precious  gifts  of  memory  as  with  every  other  gift;  they  are 
the  curse  of  the  gods,  when  they  give  too  much." 

The  result  of  brain  injury  upon  memory  has  long  been  a 
problem  of  great  interest.  An  interesting  account  of  this  is 
given  by  Dr.  Andrew  Wilson,  in  an  essay  on  the  result  of 
brain  injury.    He  says : 

In  eases  of  head  injury  involving  loss  of  consciousness,  the  patient,  on 
recovery,  recollects  the  details  of  his  past  life,  save  those  which  concern  a 
short  time  before  the  accident.  The  period  immediately  preceding  the 
accident  remains  a  blank  in  the  memory.  There  is  a  perfect  recollection 
of  every  event  up  to  within  a  certain  period  before  the  accident.  Of  the 
events  of  this  period,  the  patient  on  recovery  can  remember  nothing.  A 
man  falls  down  a  deep  well,  sustains  severe  concussion  of  the  brain,  and 
on  recovery  is  amazed  at  the  loss  of  memory  for  events  occurring  just 
before  his  accident.  ' '  He  actually  makes  guesses  at  his  proceedings,  but 
fails  to  explain  to  his  own  satisfaction,  or  that  of  anybody  else,  what  he 
was  doing  to  the  well  and  its  rope. ' '  A  lawyer,  after  concluding  an 
intricate  piece  of  business,  goes  for  a  ride  on  the  sands.  He  is  thrown 
from  his  horse,  and  sustains  brain  concussion.  After  his  recovery,  he  can 
recollect  nothing  whatever  of  the  business  in  question,  although  his 
memory  for  events  long  prior  to  the  accident  is  as  good  as  ever.  The 
"lost  hour"  in  such  cases  is  that  just  before  the  accident.  That  it  is, 
which  is  the  unwritten  part  of  the  mental  slate,  or,  rather,  the  part  of  the 
mental  slate  the  writing  on  which  has  been  blurred,  obscured  or  rubbed 
out  altogether. 

It  becomes  evident  that  in  the  details  of  such  curious  results  of  brain 
injury  and  of  loss  of  memory,  we  should  find  some  clue  to  the  nature  of 
the  memory  processes.  The  expression  concerning  a  thought  being 
"driven  out  of  one's  head"  would  appear  to  possess  an  actual  parallel  in 
the  history  of  the  physical  accompaniments  or  basis  of  memory.  The 
inferences  which  may  be  drawn  from  such  cases  are  clear  enough.  As 
Mr.  Bell  has  pointed  out,  in  the  act  of  what  is  named  "memory"  there 
are  at  least  two  distinct  processes  involved.  There  must  be  a  reception 
or  recording  by  the  brain-cells  of  the  brain  of  the  impression  made  upon 
the  organs  of  sense. 

It  would  seem  to  be  a  matter  of  tolerable  certainty  that  each  impression 


132  Applied  Character  Analysis 

made  upon  the  brain  centers,  requires  for  its  repetition  and  preservation, 
a  certain  period  of  time.  The  cases  of  brain  concussion  we  have  studied 
prove  this.  As  the  sensitive  plate  of  the  photographer  requires  a  certain 
period  of  exposure  for  the  reception  of  the  image,  and  as  a  still  further 
period  is  necessary  for  the  fixation  of  the  image  thereon,  so  the  nervous 
mechanism  demands  a  certain  period  for  the  fixation  of  the  impressions 
which  are  to  do  duty  in  the  ' '  memories ' '  of  the  future.  As  Mr.  Savory 
puts  it,  the  mental  ink  must  have  time  to  dry.  Any  blurring,  resulting 
from  concussion,  will  render  the  after-production  of  the  impressions  which 
we  name  "memory,"  imperfect,  feeble,  or  it  may  be,  altogether  im- 
possible. 

In  the  training  of  memory,  as  in  the  developing  of  muscle, 
one  of  the  first  essentials  is  use.  The  law  of  association  is  now 
generally  recognized  as  an  important  factor  in  memory  train- 
ing. It  is  important  that  every  parent  and  teacher  have  an 
acquaintance  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  memory 
training,  in  order  to  unfold  and  develop  the  powers  of  the 
child  mind  in  a  natural  manner,  and  where  a  deficiency  is 
found  a  special  effort  should  be  made  to  overcome  it.  All 
children  should  be  trained  in  the  habits  of  close  attention, 
careful  observation  and  reflection,  methodical  association,  and 
regular  exercise  of  the  intellectual  powers. 

On  self -culture  of  memory  Dr.  Holbrook  gives  the  following 
valuable  advice  to  adults  in  his  book,  ' '  How  to  Strengthen  the 
Memory, ' '  page  67 : 

It  is  often  the  case  that  persons  who  have  passed  the  age  for  attending 
school,  or  persons  whose  early  advantages  for  study  were  limited,  have  a 
hungering  and  thirsting  for  knowledge,  and  a  strong  desire  to  improve 
their  intellectual  nature  by  taking  advantage  of  such  leisure  as  they  may 
have  at  their  disposal.  The  number  of  these  persons  is  large,  and  not- 
withstanding our  educational  facilities,  always  must  be.  There  is  no 
more  hopeful  sign  of  human  progress  than  that  which  we  see  in  the 
efforts  of  individuals,  busy  much  of  the  day  with  their  vocations,  spend- 
ing their  leisure  in  self -culture  rather  than  in  low  social  and  convivial 
pleasures.  This  class  of  students  would  make  greater  progress  by  first 
developing  their  memories  so  as  to  make  their  minds  more  retentive  and 
capable  of  retaining  any  desirable  mental  acquirement.  The  perplexing 
and  inexorable  cares  of  daily  life  in  some  degree  blunt  the  faculties  for 
retaining  knowledge,  therefore  they  will  need  special  culture  to  keep  them 
in  good  condition. 

I  counsel  such  persons  to  begin  by  learning  poetry  so  that  it  can  be 
accurately  repeated.  The  memory  is  strengthened  more  easily  and 
quickly  by  this  method  than  by  learning  prose.  After  a  while  easy  prose 
sentences  should  be  tried ;  then  lectures  and  discourses,  and,  finally,  more 
difficult  scientific  works. 

Every  day,  the  student  in  this  department  of  mental  culture  should 
master  something  which  he  can  repeat  correctly;  it  may  be  very  little,  but 


Memory  Training  133 

let  it  be  something.  He  may  begin  with  a  few  words  and  increase  his 
task,  if  only  one  lino  each  day.  In  a  short  time  it  will  become  sufficient 
without  any  further  increase,  and  make  his  daily  lesson  quite  enough  for 
his  strength. 

Committing  to  memory  takes  place  most  rapidly  when  it  is  done  in 
silence;  but  if  other  thoughts  press  in  on  the  brain,  a  low  voice  aids  the 
student  in  holding  his  mind  to  its  work.  The  two-fold  mental  action,  that 
of  hearing  and  speaking  at  the  same  time,  assists  to  arouse  the  slumbering 
faculties,  though  the  voice  be  only  a  whisper. 

One  should  frequently  test  himself  to  see  whether  that  which  he  has 
gone  over  is  really  acquired  or  only  comprehended,  and  that  which  has 
been  lost  should  again  be  impressed  on  the  mind. 

It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  in  exercising  the  memory  one  shall  have 
the  time,  or  be  able  to  memorize  everything;  but  it  is  necessary  to  do  this 
in  the  beginning,  and  always  on  a  few  things,  and  this  is  especially 
desirable  for  the  young.  Learning  accurately  every  word  is  a  very  useful 
exercise  for  those  who  have  weak  memories. 

It  is  important  that  the  memory  student  understands  thoroughly  what 
he  undertakes  to  retain  in  his  mind.  What  is  not  understood  is  soon 
lost;  what  is  thoroughly  understood  is  not  easily  forgotten. 

The  most  suitable  time  to  cultivate  the  memory  is  in  the  evening, 
when  the  light  is  low,  and  the  mind  not  readily  drawn  off  by  other 
thoughts,  or  in  the  early  morning,  soon  after  awakening,  and  after  the 
morning  bath,  when  the  intellectual  faculties  are  fresh.  Cato  and  Cicero 
practiced  on  this  plan  and  strengthened  their  memories  by  repeating, 
either  in  the  evening  or  the  following  morning,  the  events  of  the  pre- 
ceding day. 

The  memory  should  be  exercised  at  regular  periods  of  time;  but  these 
periods  should  not  be  too  far  apart  nor  of  too  long  duration,  nor  should 
they  be  too  frequent.  The  danger  in  violating  these  rules  is,  that  the 
mind  becomes  confused  and  the  tilings  to  be  remembered  entangled  one 
with  another. 

To  remember  a  series  of  things  most  easily  and  correctly,  they  should 
be  very  carefully  arranged  in  the  mind,  and  their  natural  connection 
with  each  other  be  made  as  perfect  as  possible.  In  this  way  the  one 
suggests  the  other,  and  the  whole  can  be  taken  in,  as  it  were,  at  one 
glance. 

Things  that  are  difficult  to  fix  in  the  mind  we  may  look  at  in  connec- 
tion with  some  external  sign,  as  a  line  under  the  word  or  sentence,  a  note 
on  the  margin  of  the  page,  written  with  a  red,  green  or  black  pencil,  and 
a  special  kind  of  fact  associated  with  a  particular  color,  and  thought  of  in 
connection  with  it.  Sometimes  we  may  remember  a  difficult  thing  by 
picturing  in  the  mind's  eye  the  first  letter,  syllable  or  word,  or,  if  there 
are  several  things,  by  connecting  the  first  letter  of  each  sentence  into  a 
word,  or  the  first  word  into  a  sentence,  and  committing  this  to  memory. 

There  are  many  remarkable  cases  of  memory  bringing  to 
individuals  during  the  hours  of  sleep  things  that  they  were 
unable  to  recall  during  their  waking  hours.  A  very  interest- 
ing case  of  this  kind  is  given  by  Mrs.  Agassiz,  in  the  life  of 
her  husband,  the  celebrated  naturalist,  Louis  Agassiz : 


134  Applied  Character  Analysis 

He  (Agassiz)  had  been  for  two  weeks  striving  to  decipher  the  some- 
what obscure  impression  of  a  fossil  fish  on  the  stone  slab  in  which  it  was 
preserved.  Weary  and  perplexed  he  put  his  work  aside  at  last,  and  tried 
to  dismiss  it  from  his  mind.  Shortly  after,  he  one  night  awoke  persuaded 
that  while  asleep  he  had  seen  his  fish  with  all  the  missing  features  per- 
fectly restored.  But  when  he  tried  to  hold  and  make  fast  the  image,  it 
escaped  him.  Nevertheless,  he  went  early  to  the  Jardin  des  Plantes, 
thinking  that  on  looking  anew  at  the  impression  he  should  see  something 
which  would  put  him  on  the  track  of  his  vision.  In  vain — the  blurred 
record  was  as  blank  as  ever.  The  next  night  he  saw  the  fish  again,  but 
with  no  satisfactory  result.  When  he  awoke  it  disappeared  from  his 
memory  as  before.  Hoping  that  his  experience  might  be  repeated  on  the 
third  night,  he  placed  a  pencil  and  paper  beside  his  bed  before  going  to 
sleep.  Accordingly,  toward  morning,  the  fish  reappeared  in  his  dream, 
confusedly  at  first,  but,  at  last,  with  such  distinctness  that  he  had  no 
longer  doubt  as  to  its  zoological  characters.  Still  half  dreaming,  in 
perfect  darkness,  he  traced  these  characters  on  the  sheet  of  paper  at  the 
bedside.  In  the  morning,  he  was  surprised  to  see  in  his  nocturnal  sketch 
features  which  he  thought  it  impossible  the  fossil  itself  should  reveal. 
He  hastened  to  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  and,  with  his  drawing  as  a  guide, 
succeeded  in  chiseling  away  the  surface  of  the  stone  under  which  por- 
tions of  the  fish  proved  to  be  hidden.  When  wholly  exposed,  it  corre- 
sponded with  his  dream  and  his  drawing,  and  he  succeeded  in  classifying 
it  with  ease.  He  often  spoke  of  this  as  a  good  illustration  of  the  well- 
known  fact  that  when  the  body  is  at  rest  the  tired  brain  will  do  the  work 
it  refused  before. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  memory  can  be  greatly  improved, 
but  there  are  a  great  many  different  opinions  regarding  the 
best  methods  of  improving  it.  The  defects  in  many  of  the 
artificial  methods  of  memory  training  that  are  on  the  market 
lie  in  the  fact  that  they  do  not  make  the  mind  as  a  whole  at- 
tentive and  retentive,  but  that  they  serve  to  impress  a  few 
particular  subjects  on  the  mind.  The  condition  of  the  mem- 
ory depends  to  a  very  great  extent  on  the  daily  use  that  is 
made  of  it,  upon  the  attention  and  interest  centered  upon  the 
thing  to  be  remembered,  and  upon  the  manner  in  which  the 
ideas  are  arranged  or  associated.  Dr.  Noah  Porter,  in  writing 
upon  this  subject,  says: 

The  natural  as  opposed  to  the  artificial  memory  depends  on  the  rela- 
tions of  sense  and  the  relations  of  thought, — the  spontaneous  memory  of 
the  eye  and  the  ear  availing  itself  of  the  obvious  conjunctions  of  objects 
which  are  furnished  by  space  and  time,  and  the  rational  memory  of  those 
higher  combinations  which  the  rational  faculties  superinduce  upon  those 
lower.  The  artificial  memory  proposes  to  substitute  for  the  natural  and 
necessary  relations  under  which  all  objects  must  present  and  arrange 
themselves,  an  entirely  new  set  of  relations  that  are  purely  arbitrary  and 
mechanical,  which  excite  little  or  no  other  interest  than  tasks  itself  to  the 
special  effort  of  considering  objects  under  these  artificial  relations,  it 


Memory  Training  135 

will  give  lesa  attention  to  those  which  have  a  direct  and  legitimate  interest 
for  itself. 

Halleek  offers  many  valuable  suggestions  on  memory  train- 
ing, from  which  we  quote  the  following: 

The  student  ought  not  to  be  disappointed  to  find  that  memory  is  no 
exception  to  the  rule  of  improvement  by  proper  methodical  and  long 
continued  exercise.  There  is  no  royal  road,  no  short  cut,  to  the  improve- 
ment of  either  mind  or  muscle.  But  the  student  who  follows  the  rules 
which  psychology  has  laid  down  may  know  that  he  is  walking  in  the 
shortest  path,  and  not  wandering  aimlessly  about.  Using  these  rules,  he 
will  advance  much  faster  than  those  without  chart,  compass,  or  pilot. 
He  will  find  mnemonics  of  extremely  limited  use.  Improvement  comes  by 
orderly  steps.     Methods  that  dazzle  at  first  sight  never  give  solid  results. 

Haziness  of  perception  lies  at  the  root  of  many  a  bad  memory.  If 
perception  is  definite,  the  first  step  has  been  taken  toward  insuring  a 
good  memory.  If  the  first  impression  is  vivid,  its  effect  upon  the  brain 
cells  is  more  lasting.  All  persons  ought  to  practice  their  visualizing 
power.  This  will  react  upon  perception  and  make  it  more  definite. 
Vizualizing  will  also  form  a  brain  habit  of  remembering  things  pic- 
torially,  and  hence  more  exactly. 

Whenever  we  can  discover  any  relation  between  facts,  it  is  far  easier 
to  remember  them.  The  intelligent  law  of  memory  may  be  summed  up  in 
these  words :  Endeavor  to  link  by  some  thought  relation  each  new 
mental  acquisition  to  an  old  one.  Bind  new  facts  to  other  facts  by  rela- 
tions of  similarity,  cause  and  effect,  whole  and  part,  or  by  any  logical 
relation,  and  we  shall  find  that  when  an  idea  occurs  to  us,  a  host  of 
related  ideas  will  flow  into  the  mind.  If  we  wish  to  prepare  a  speech  or 
write  an  article  on  any  subject,  pertinent  illustrations  will  suggest  them- 
selves. The  person  whose  memory  is  merely  contiguous  will  wonder  how 
we  think  of  them. 

In  memory  training,  as  in  vocational  guidance,  order  and 
classification  are  two  chief  essentials.  The  ten  thousand  voca- 
tions necessary  in  doing  the  world's  work  can  be  so  classified 
that  it  is  possible  to  connect  any  one  of  the  seventeen  hundred 
million  people  in  the  world  to  the  vocation  for  which  he  is 
best  adapted.  In  the  same  way,  by  properly  classifying  the 
things  that  are  to  be  remembered,  it  is  possible  to  retain  and 
recall  a  large  number  of  them  without  overtaxing  the  mind. 
Memory  training  systems  are  not  a  creation  of  the  twentieth 
century.  It  is  recorded  that  the  ancient  Greeks  were  fond  of 
memory  systems.  Simonides,  the  Greek  poet,  who  lived  about 
500  B.  C,  is  quoted  as  the  author  of  a  system,  and  it  is  said 
that  his  work  influenced  nearly  all  of  the  memory  systems  that 
have  been  developed  since  that  time. 

The  verbal  memory  is  naturally  much  stronger  in  children 


136  Applied  Character  Analysis 

than  in  adults,  and  the  logical  memory  stronger  in  adults  than 
in  children.  Unless  it  is  necessary  to  commit  anything  to 
memory  word  for  word  it  is  much  better  to  get  the  facts  and 
express  them  in  one 's  own  way.  Persons  who  have  passed  the 
zenith  of  life  should  not  be  alarmed  if  the  verbal  memory  does 
not  respond  as  readily  as  it  did  in  childhood,  but  should  con- 
tinue to  make  accurate  observations  and  pursue  the  studies 
that  will  insure  healthy  activity  to  the  memory  of  names, 
forms,  dates,  numbers,  relationships,  color,  words,  places  and 
other  things  that  are  necessary  in  every  day  activities.  A 
study  of  the  principles  of  character  analysis  gives  a  knowledge 
of  all  the  fundamental  powers  of  mind  that  will  aid  in  making 
the  mental  adjustments  necessary  for  the  proper  expression 
and  relationship  of  memory,  and  of  all  the  other  powers  of 
mind.  The  suggestions  that  have  been  made  by  reliable  au- 
thors quoted  in  this  chapter  will  be  helpful  to  any  who  desire 
to  cultivate  memory.  It  is  not  possible  to  neglect  a  normal 
expression  of  memory  for  years  and  then  find  some  artificial 
system  of  memory  training  that  will  immediately  restore  it 
to  its  normal  condition.  There  are  many  people  who  violate 
the  laws  of  health  culture  until  they  bring  upon  themselves 
chronic  ailments,  and  then  hope  to  find  some  magical  drug 
that  will  immediately  relieve  them  of  their  troubles.  Their 
only  hope  is  in  yielding  obedience  to  the  principles  of  health, 
and  in  using  rational  methods  of  cure  that  will  gradually  train 
them  back  to  health  and  will  restore  normal  conditions  in  the 
organs  of  the  body.  In  memory  training,  as  in  health  culture, 
the  ounce  of  prevention  is  much  better  than  the  pound  of 
cure,  and  is  more  pleasant  to  take.  When  correct  methods 
are  used  in  the  home  and  school  in  developing  the  powers  of 
children,  and  correct  habits  of  thinking  are  permanently  es- 
tablished, there  will  be  no  further  demand  for  systems  of  mem- 
ory training  that  are  prepared  for  the  dollars  they  will  bring 
those  who  exploit  them,  rather  than  for  any  help  that  they 
will  give  those  who  purchase  them. 


CHAPTER  XVI 

CHILD  CULTURE 

The  success  of  every  child  depends  upon  the  inheritance 
with  which  it  begins  life,  upon  the  environments  in  which  it 
is  placed,  and  upon  the  development  of  its  will  power  in  con- 
trolling the  various  tendencies  of  its  life.  The  problem  of 
child  culture  is  closely  related  to  the  life  of  every  citizen,  espe- 
cially where  the  child  is  educated  by  public  funds  that  are  con- 
tributed to  by  everybody  through  the  additional  price  that 
is  placed  upon  food,  clothing  and  shelter  when  no  other  tax  is 
paid.  Thus  if  a  child  is  brought  up  in  the  right  way  to  be- 
come a  useful  citizen  and  to  contribute  to  the  essential  work 
of  the  world  the  result  is  a  self-supporting  member  of  society. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  a  child's  inheritance  and  environments 
are  bad  and  his  will  power  is  not  cultivated  so  that  he  is  able 
to  control  himself  he  becomes  a  burden  by  requiring  the  serv- 
ices of  people  and  institutions  that  are  kept  up  at  a  great  ex- 
pense to  society. 

In  some  of  the  larger  cities  of  America  the  schools  have 
employed  home  teachers  and  when  these  are  trained  to  render 
their  best  service  to  the  people  they  will  be  able  to  go  into  the 
homes  where  there  are  difficult  children  and  help  the  parents 
to  make  mental  adjustments  in  themselves  and  their  children 
that  will  result  in  harmony,  thus  making  it  unnecessary  later 
on  to  have  probation  officers,  juvenile  courts  and  reform 
schools  to  take  care  of  the  children.  The  remedy  for  juvenile 
delinquency  lies  in  the  prevention  of  it,  and  when  society 
develops  as  much  skill  in  detecting  discords  in  children  and 
in  perfecting  methods  to  correct  them  as  it  has  developed  in 
detecting  criminals  after  they  have  spent  years  in  cultivating 
abnormal  tendencies  and  committing  acts  that  are  known  to 
be  harmful  to  society,  there  will  be  much  less  need  for  prisons 
and  reformatories  than  at  the  present  time. 

Where  children  have  very  pronounced  discords  it  is  possible 
to  detect  them  during  the  first  year  or  two  of  life.  Without 
any  knowledge  of  technical  psychology  parents  are  able  to  see 

137 


138  Applied  Character  Analysis 

stubbornness,  temper,  quarrelsomeness,  theft,  sensitiveness, 
and  other  abnormal  tendencies  in  their  children,  but  often 
they  do  not  know  how  to  correct  these  tendencies,  thus  per- 
mitting the  evil  to  go  on  year  after  year  until  there  is  a  badly 
adjusted  condition  of  mind  and  an  unbalanced  brain  has  been 
developed.  During  twenty-five  years  of  professional  work 
the  writer  has  studied  many  thousand  difficult  children  and 
has  given  advice  to  parents  in  overcoming  the  discordant  con- 
ditions in  the  lives  of  their  children.  In  one  of  the  towns  of 
western  America  a  father  and  mother  sought  help  in  training 
a  little  girl  who  had  such  an  ungovernable  temper  that  they 
felt  unable  to  control  it.  They  were  advised  to  keep  other 
children  from  teasing  the  girl,  and  not  to  let  anything  happen 
that  would  arouse  the  temper  of  the  child.  The  suggestions 
appealed  to  them  and  they  united  in  their  efforts  to  protect 
their  child  from  anything  that  would  arouse  temper.  Two 
years  later,  in  visiting  the  same  town,  the  mother  volunteered 
the  information  that  the  girl  seldom  became  angry,  and  had 
almost  entirely  conquered  the  temper.  If  a  severe  case  like 
that  one  can  be  adjusted  in  two  years,  milder  cases  might  be 
controlled  in  much  less  time  by  removing  causes.  The  teasing 
habit  is  one  of  the  most  common  causes  of  irritable  natures 
and  ungovernable  tempers.  In  many  instances  parents  tease 
their  own  children  until  anger  is  aroused  and  permanent  dam- 
age done.  A  prominent  kindergartner,  being  acquainted  with 
the  bad  effects  of  teasing,  stated  that  anybody  who  could  go 
throughout  the  country  and  stamp  out  the  teasing  habit  would 
render  one  of  the  greatest  services  in  child  culture  that  could 
possibly  be  given.  If  as  great  an  effort  were  made  to  abolish 
this  habit  in  the  home,  school  and  society  as  is  given  to  some 
other  educational  subjects  it  would  be  possible  to  make  a  very 
radical  change  and  to  overcome  one  conspicuous  cause  of 
human  discords.  The  writer  has  included  in  his  talks  to 
children,  given  in  the  schools  of  hundreds  of  cities  of  America, 
the  bad  effects  of  the  teasing  habit.  The  response  that  has 
come  from  the  children  to  whom  the  appeal  was  made  is  evi- 
dence of  the  possibility  of  doing  very  effective  work.  In  one 
community  a  mother  came  for  help  for  some  of  her  children 
after  the  lecture,  and  when  she  was  advised  to  protect  one  of 
the  little  girls  from  the  teasing  habit  because  of  the  abnor- 
mally strong  development  of  the  energy  centers  that  always 
exploded  in  anger  she  said  that  the  only  thing  that  brought 
discord  into  their  home  was  the  constant  teasing  of  the  young- 


Child  Culture  139 

er  children  by  the  oldest  boy  in  the  family.  She  knew  the  bad 
effects  of  it,  and  tried  to  stop  him  by  saying  "don't,"  until 
he  thought  his  name  was  ' '  don 't. ' '  She  said  it  had  very  little 
effect  on  him,  but  after  he  had  listened  to  the  little  talk  on 
the  evils  of  teasing  he  went  home  and  of  his  own  accord  said 
to  his  mother:  ''Mother,  I  am  not  going  to  tease  the  children 
any  more."  In  relating  the  occurrence  the  mother  said  it 
was  the  most  welcome  news  he  could  have  brought  to  her.  It 
is  not  likely  that  a  single  talk  will  always  make  the  necessary 
corrections,  but  the  subject  is  of  sufficient  importance  to  de- 
mand more  than  a  single  effort.  All  of  the  powers  can  be 
more  easily  adjusted  through  reason,  benevolence  and  con- 
science than  by  the  methods  that  are  usually  used. 

In  applying  the  principles  of  character  analysis  in  the 
study  of  children  it  is  not  for  the  purpose  of  vocational  guid- 
ance, but  to  make  the  mental  adjustments  which  will  restrain 
tendencies  that  are  excessively  developed  and  cultivate  those 
that  are  deficient,  in  order  to  produce  harmony.  If  there  is  a 
great  difference  in  the  developments  of  the  intellectual  powers 
the  result  will  be  genius,  but  the  unbalanced  condition  of  the 
feelings  does  not  produce  the  same  results.  Juvenile  delin- 
quency is  not  caused  so  much  by  a  lack  of  balance  of  the  in- 
tellectual powers  as  of  the  passions  and  desires.  The  most 
common  discords  in  the  characters  of  delinquents  are  stub- 
bornness, temper,  quarrelsomeness,  theft,  deceitfulness,  and, 
later  on,  a  perversion  of  the  sex  instinct.  All  the  abnormal 
acts  of  all  the  children  come  through  the  misuse  of  good 
powers  whose  normal  function  is  to  produce  harmony,  hap- 
piness and  success.  When  these  powers  are  trained  to  func- 
tion normally  in  all  the  children  of  all  the  people  there  will 
be  no  further  need  of  juvenile  courts  and  reform  schools,  and 
when  the  same  powers  function  normally  in  every  adult  there 
will  be  no  need  for  prisons,  penitentiaries,  insane  asylums, 
poor-houses,  and  other  institutions  that  are  now  evidences  of 
the  imperfect  methods  that  prevail  in  the  development  of  hu- 
man lives.  To  make  the  personal  and  social  adjustments  that 
will  bring  about  these  ideal  conditions  is  the  task  that  is  be- 
fore humanity,  and  much  progress  toward  that  end  must  be 
made  during  the  present  century.  In  making  these  adjust- 
ments it  is  necessary  to  begin  earlier  than  is  customary.  The 
best  foundation  to  begin  from  now  is  to  give  the  right  inherit- 
ance to  every  child  that  is  born,  through  the  proper  adapta- 
tion of  the  man  and  the  woman  who  become  its  parents.    The 


140  Applied  Character  Analysis 

next  step  is  to  apply  the  principles  of  child  study  from  the 
earliest  period  of  child  life,  that  its  faculties  may  be  aroused 
in  their  normal  order  and  properly  directed.  From  the  be- 
ginning an  effort  should  be  made  to  develop  power  in  each 
individual  to  control  from  within,  while  the  necessary  aid  is 
given  by  the  environments  provided  in  the  home,  the  school 
and  the  community.  Much  intelligent  work  is  being  done 
along  these  lines,  but  much  more  is  needed.  There  is  still  too 
much  truth  in  the  criticism  of  our  educational  system  offered 
by  Herbert  Spencer  during  the  latter  half  of  the  past  century, 
when  he  said : 

If,  by  some  strange  chance,  not  a  vestige  of  us  descended  to  the  remote 
future  save  a  pile  of  our  school-books  or  some  college  examination  papers, 
we  may  imagine  how  puzzled  an  antiquary  of  the  period  would  be  on 
finding  in  them  no  indication  that  the  learners  were  ever  likely  to  be 
parents.  "This  must  have  been  the  curriculum  for  their  celibates,"  we 
may  fancy  him  concluding.  "I  perceive  here  an  elaborate  preparation 
for  many  things:  especially  for  reading  the  books  of  extinct  nations  and 
of  coexisting  nations  (from  which,  indeed,  it  seems  clear  that  these  people 
had  little  worth  reading  in  their  own  tongue)  ;  but  I  find  no  reference 
whatever  to  the  bringing  up  of  children.  They  could  not  have  been  so 
absurd  as  to  omit  all  training  for  this  gravest  of  responsibilities.  Evi- 
dently, then,  this  must  have  been  the  school  course  of  one  of  their 
monastic  orders. ' ' 

In  training  the  intellect  the  schools  put  children  into  a 
position  to  glean  the  best  information  from  all  sources,  but 
often  the  inclination  is  lacking  and  the  ability  thus  acquired 
is  devoted  to  less  worthy  efforts.  There  are  some  people  who 
imagine  that  all  juvenile  delinquency  can  be  cured  or  pre- 
vented by  giving  more  intellectual  training  to  children,  but  it 
is  evident  that  America's  greatest  educator,  Horace  Mann,  did 
not  believe  that  when  he  gave  utterance  to  the  following : 

When  I  look  back  to  the  playmates  of  my  childhood ;  when  I  remember 
the  acquaintance  which  I  formed  with  nine  college  classes;  when  I  cast 
my  eye  over  the  circles  of  men  with  whom  professional  and  public  duties 
made  me  conversant ;  I  find  amongst  all  these  examples,  that,  for  one  man 
who  has  been  ruined  for  want  of  intellect  or  attainment,  hundreds  have 
perished  for  want  of  morals.  And  yet,  with  this  disproportion  between 
the  causes  of  human  ruin,  we  go  on,  bestowing  at  least  a  hundred  times 
more  care  and  pain  and  cost  in  the  education  of  the  intellect,  than  in  the 
cultivation  of  the  moral  sentiments,  and  in  the  establishment  of  moral 
principles.  From  year  to  year  we  pursue  the  same  course  of  navigation, 
with  all  these  treasure-laden  vessels  going  down  to  destruction  around  us 
and  before  us,  when,  if  the  ocean  in  which  they  are  sunk  were  not 
fathomless  and  bottomless,  the  wrecks  ere  this  would  have  filled  it  solid  to 
the  surface. 


Child  Culture  141 

Many  children  begin  the  battles  of  life  with  such  strong 
impulses  that  it  requires  a  greater  effort  than  they  are  capable 
of  under  the  ordinary  environment  to  control  the  appetites 
and  passions.  This  condition  must  be  corrected  by  giving  a 
better  inheritance  to  children  and  then  furnishing  the  envir- 
onments that  will  reduce  the  temptations  to  misuse  any  of  the 
powers  of  life.  In  speaking  of  the  importance  of  right  inherit- 
ance George  E.  Dawson,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of  Psychology  at 
the  Hartford  School  of  Religious  Pedagogy,  says  on  page  65 
of  his  book,  "The  Right  of  the  Child  to  be  Well  Born": 

Shall  it  be  said  that,  in  advocating  standards  of  biological  fitness  for 
parenthood,  we  are  in  danger  of  reducing  courtship  and  marriage  to 
terms  of  calculating  selfishness?  This  is  often  advanced  as  an  argument 
against  the  science  of  eugenics.  No  line  of  reasoning  could  be  more 
superficial.  A  standard  of  biological  fitness  for  marriage  and  parenthood 
is  nature's  standard;  and,  as  already  stated,  sexual  selection  from  the 
beginning  has  implicitly  adopted  this  standard.  How  else  could  the  race 
have  survived?  The  science  of  eugenics  merely  does,  what  it  is  the 
function  of  all  science  to  do,  renders  explicit  and  rational  the  processes  of 
nature.  To  say  that  the  men  and  women  of  civilization  should  choose 
their  mates  according  to  their  biological  fitness  for  parenthood,  is  to  say 
no  more  than  that  the  great  instincts  and  feelings  that  impel  to  mar- 
riage, should  be  rationalized  and  directed  according  to  the  standards  of 
modern  knowledge.  This  is  precisely  what  every  instinctive  process  is 
increasingly  subjected  to  in  the  progress  of  civilization.  The  individual 
or  community  in  civilization  that  cannot  meet  this  condition  of  advance- 
ment is  clearly  unfit  for  a  place  in  the  vast  program  of  racial  life. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  social  morality  a  marriage  license  and  the 
wprds  of  a  clergyman  or  officer  of  the  law  may  moralize  the  sexual  rela- 
tions of  men  and  women.  Not  so  from  the  point  of  view  of  biological 
morality.  Here  the  moral  quality  lies  in  the  parental  purpose  and  results 
of  such  relations.  Throughout  the  whole  range  of  animal  life  below  man, 
the  union  of  the  sexes  is  strictly  subordinated  to  the  propagation  of  life. 
The  females  of  the  species  limit  their  choice  of  mates  according  to  condi- 
tions that  best  perpetuate  their  kind.  Conjugal  relations  and  parental 
ends  are  thus  never  divorced.  This  is  one  of  the  primary  factors  in  the 
moral  economy  of  nature.  Man  is  the  only  animal  that  has  disturbed  this 
moral  order  in  the  fundamental  processes  of  life,  and  made  the  union  of 
the  sexes  an  end  in  itself.  He  is  the  only  creature  that  has  deprived  his 
mate  of  the  power  of  choice  in  sexual  relations,  and  has  built  up  laws 
and  institutions  that  legalize  the  tyranny  of  his  own  lusts.  Here  is  a 
source  of  immorality  as  yet  little  considered.  From  it  has  sprung  the 
sex-slavery  of  women  throughout  the  ages,  with  all  its  incidental  concubi- 
nage and  prostitution.  And  yet,  however  far  men  may  thus  have  departed 
from  the  standards  of  biological  morality,  and  however  much  the  primary 
ends  of  life  may  have  been  defeated,  the  hope  of  future  racial  regenera- 
tion lies  in  the  reinstatement  of  parental  functions  as  the  center  of  all 
relations  between  the  sexes.  Eugenic  idealism  can  give  no  sanction  to  a 
system  of  morality  that  permits  a  divorcement  between  conjugal  and 
parental   functions.      Marriage   and    the   sexual   relations   of    men   and 


142  Applied  Character  Analysts 

women  have  no  warrant  in  nature,  whatever  may  be  the  case  in  custom 
and  law,  except  as  a  means  for  the  propagation  and  rearing  of  offspring. 

In  another  chapter  of  this  book  the  proper  adaptations  in 
wedlock  will  be  outlined.  The  subject  is  mentioned  here 
merely  to  show  that  children  are  robbed  of  their  birthright 
whenever  parents  are  not  properly  adapted  to  each  other  for 
the  purpose  of  giving  the  right  inheritance  to  their  offspring. 
When  inheritance  has  done  all  it  can  for  the  child  then  it  is 
important  that  parents  be  familiar  with  the  elementary  prin- 
ciples of  practical  psychology,  in  order  to  always  make  the 
right  appeal  in  developing  and  harmonizing  the  powers.  Prof. 
N.  N.  Riddell,  in  his  book,  "Child  Culture,"  page  47,  shows 
the  results  of  training  in  many  homes  when  there  is  a  lack  of 
knowledge  of  child  nature  on  the  part  of  parents.  We  quote 
the  following : 

Parents  who  do  not  understand  the  laws  of  psychology  frequently 
develop  most  undesirable  traits  in  their  children.  They  appeal  to  or 
govern  them  through  their  appetites  and  propensities;  with  the  result 
that  they  develop  the  animal  instead  of  the  man.    To  illustrate : 

Mrs.  A  gets  her  boy  to  do  what  she  wants  him  to  by  promising  him 
a  doughnut  or  some  candy;  Mrs.  B  hires  her  boy  to  do  right;  Mrs.  C 
threatens  to  punish  her  boy  if  he  does  not  do  right,  and  Mrs.  D  appeals 
to  pride  and  tells  her  child  how  everybody  will  approve  of  his  act. 
The  results  are  that  each  secures  conduct  from  an  unworthy  motive;  and 
since  every  time  we  exercise  a  power  we  strengthen  it,  Mrs.  A's  boy 
becomes  perverted  in  his  appetites  and  refuses  to  do  anything  unless  he 
can  have  something  to  eat;  Mrs.  B's  boy  develops  the  commercial  instinct 
to  a  point  where  he  becomes  so  selfish  that  he  will  not  do  anything  unless 
he  is  doubly  paid  for  it;  Mrs.  C's  boy  lives  under  constant  fear  and 
develops  as  a  coward,  will  not  act  unless  driven,  but  can  be  compelled  to 
do  anything  right  or  wrong;  Mrs.  D  's  child  develops  a  pompous  pride  and 
has  no  conscience  beyond  the  approval  of  others.  Each  becomes  a  mon- 
ster in  his  way.  In  all,  action  springs  from  an  unworthy  motive.  The 
mothers  wonder  why  their  once  good  little  boys  have  become  so  selfish, 
willful,  and  ungovernable. 

The  way  is  very  apparent  to  the  psychologist.  The  continual  excitation 
of  the  propensities  to  the  neglect  of  the  intellect,  the  conscience,  and  the 
sense  of  duty,  has  developed  the  former  so  far  in  excess  of  the  latter  as 
to  make  them  the  ruling  elements  in  the  character. 

The  wise  parent  never  governs  a  child  through  its  appetites  or  propen- 
sities, nor  appeals  to  its  baser  nature  when  he  wants  conduct.  Children 
that  are  governed  through  their  appetites  in  infancy  are  usually  governed 
by  their  appetites  in  maturity.  Children  whose  every  act  of  obedience  is 
obtained  by  an  appeal  to  some  selfish  motive  become  preeminently  selfish 
in  mature  years  and  not  infrequently  lapse  into  crime.  The  appetites 
and  propensities  should  be  carefully  guided  and  made  subservient  to  the 
will  and  intellect  in  every  child,  but  under  no  circumstance  should  they  be 


Child  Culture  143 

made  the  basis  of  conduct.     In  the  animal  they  rule,  but  in  man  they 
should  serve. 

In  child  training  it  is  necessary  to  understand  the  same 
principles  of  character  analysis,  or  practical  psychology,  that 
are  required  in  self -culture,  in  vocational  guidance,  or  in  any 
other  phase  of  human  endeavor.  Very  early  in  the  child's  life 
its  external  developments  reveal  the  proportionate  activity  of 
the  powers  of  mind  and  the  organs  of  the  body.  The  tenden- 
cies that  are  shown  to  be  only  medium  in  development  and 
activity  do  not  require  special  attention.  Excessive  develop- 
ments and  deficiencies  require  adjusting  in  order  to  secure 
the  desired  harmony  in  the  life  of  the  child.  The  pronounced 
developments  of  the  different  brain  centers  that  are  always 
found  when  certain  tendencies  are  out  of  proportion  with  the 
rest  make  it  easy  for  parents  and  teachers  to  learn  enough 
about  human  nature  to  observe  and  adjust  the  most  pro- 
nounced tendencies  of  children.  Observing  tendencies  is  sim- 
ilar to  diagnosing  disease,  but  in  modifying  these  tendencies  a 
different  remedy  is  required  in  each  instance  to  harmonize 
with  the  organization  just  as  it  is  necessary  to  take  into  con- 
sideration the  constitution  in  case  of  sickness  to  make  the  ad- 
justments and  apply  the  remedies  that  will  produce  health. 

The  Parent-Teachers'  Associations,  Parents'  Classes, 
Mothers'  Clubs,  and  other  organizations  that  have  been  es- 
tablished for  the  purpose  of  studying  and  training  children 
will  find  it  to  their  advantage  to  consider  first  the  principles 
of  child  study  before  discussing  the  various  methods  of  train- 
ing children.  As  no  two  children  are  organized  alike  there 
is  need  for  a  careful  study  of  each  child  before  suggesting 
the  methods  that  should  be  used  in  making  changes  that  are 
desired.  In  some  homes  where  there  are  a  number  of  children, 
each  constituted  differently  from  the  rest,  parents  discover 
the  necessity  of  using  a  different  method  of  appeal  and  direc- 
tion for  each  one.  Dr.  Karl  G.  Maeser,  who  was  one  of  the 
most  successful  teachers  of  the  past  century,  said :  "In  order 
to  treat  all  children  alike  we  must  treat  them  differently." 
This  seems  paradoxical,  but  it  is  true  that  if  we  want  to  be 
impartial  with  children  we  must  treat  them  in  harmony  with 
their  organizations,  and  not  try  to  fit  one  method  to  all  of 
them. 

In  Kindergarten  and  in  the  Montessori  schools  an  effort  is 
made  to  unfold  the  powers  of  children  in  a  normal  way  and 


144  Applied  Character  Analysis 

to  give  them  all  as  much  freedom  as  possible  in  developing 
their  individuality.  This  is  a  good  idea  if  it  is  not  carried  to 
the  extreme,  but  if  children  have  a  very  strong  bias  and 
gratify  that  from  the  earliest  period  of  life  they  are  likely  to 
become  very  one-sided  in  development  and  very  limited  in 
their  views  on  many  things  that  they  will  have  to  meet  in 
every  day  life.  In  these  organizations  founded  by  Froebel 
and  Madame  Montessori  there  is  also  opportunity  for  directing 
the  social  nature.  When  children  impose  on  each  other  they 
come  before  the  principal,  who  says  to  them :  "Do  you  think 
it  is  right  to  treat  your  neighbor  that  way?"  Such  children 
are  appealed  to  through  reason,  the  sense  of  justice,  and  benev- 
olence, until  changes  occur  that  result  in  more  friendly  re- 
lationships. If  these  methods  were  continued  in  the  home,  as 
well  as  in  the  schools  and  colleges,  the  social  and  domestic  af- 
fections would  be  harmonized  much  more  than  they  usually 
are  and  there  would  be  much  more  domestic  and  social  happi- 
ness than  there  is  in  the  world  today. 

In  child  training  it  is  much  more  important  that  the  parent 
or  teacher  set  an  example  that  is  worthy  of  imitation  than  it 
is  to  tell  the  child  what  it  ought  to  do.  Children  are  great 
imitators,  are  quick  to  observe,  and  are  much  more  influenced 
by  what  others  do  than  by  what  they  say.  Most  persons  fail 
to  give  children  credit  for  all  the  ability  they  have  in  analyz- 
ing character.  If  a  child  goes  to  a  new  teacher  and  makes  ob- 
servations in  the  school  for  half  a  day,  when  it  returns  to  its 
home  and  the  mother  asks:  "What  do  you  think  of  your 
teacher  ? ' '  the  child  will  spend  fifteen  minutes  or  longer  in  tell- 
ing all  about  the  new  teacher,  if  it  has  good  perceptive  and 
descriptive  ability,  and  it  is  remarkable  how  near  the  truth  the 
child  is  in  its  analysis  of  the  teacher.  It  is  unfortunate  that 
this  talent  is  not  taken  advantage  of  and  the  training  in  prac- 
tical psychology,  or  human  nature,  is  not  continued  in  our 
schools  in  connection  with  the  study  of  plants  and  animals 
and  other  phenomena.  The  ordinary  psychology  is  too  tech- 
nical to  introduce  into  the  grammar  schools  or  even  in  the 
lower  classes  of  the  high  schools,  but  the  principles  of  mind 
analysis  and  character  building  can  be  so  simplified  as  to  be 
easily  understood  by  children  six  years  of  age  and  upward. 
There  is  no  other  study  that  will  do  as  much  to  harmonize 
the  powers  of  children  and  help  them  to  become  self-con- 
trolling and  useful  citizens  as  the  study  of  human  nature. 
Horace  Mann  understood  this  fact  when  he  predicted  that 


Child  Culture  14i 

education  would  solve  the  problems  of  vice,  crime,  disease, 
poverty,  and  other  social  evils.  The  reason  why  his  prediction 
was  not  fulfilled  since  almost  every  citizen  has  an  opportunity 
of  receiving  a  certain  amount  of  education  is  because  the  prac- 
tical psychology  upon  which  Horace  Mann  built  his  entire 
educational  system  has  not  been  continued  or  generally  intro- 
duced into  the  schools.  Right  inheritance  is  the  first  essential 
in  the  improvement  of  the  race,  and  the  second  is,  to  apply  the 
principles  of  character  building  from  the  earliest  period  of 
the  child's  life.  These  principles  are  found  in  the  scientific 
study  of  mind  and  body.  It  is  impossible  to  develop  any  one 
system  or  set  of  principles  that  apply  to  the  various  individu- 
alities found  in  homes  and  schools.  Each  child  is  a  law  unto 
itself,  and  requires  methods  of  training  adapted  to  its  own 
peculiar  combination  of  tendencies.  If  a  small  fraction  of 
the  time  that  is  now  devoted  to  technical  psychology  in  the 
normal  schools  were  devoted  to  teaching  to  all  the  children  in 
the  schools  the  elementary  principles  of  self-analysis  the  in- 
formation would  be  of  the  greatest  value  to  each  in  making 
the  adjustments  that  would  result  in  a  more  perfect  life  and 
a  more  harmonious  development.  With  this  knowledge  of 
self,  young  people  would  be  equipped  to  make  a  more  intelli- 
gent choice  of  vocation  when  the  time  comes  for  them  to  de- 
cide what  they  ought  to  do  as  a  life's  work.  In  the  high 
school  this  instruction  could  be  given  more  in  detail  in  con- 
nection with  the  information  on  genetics  that  should  form  a 
part  of  every  citizen 's  education.  Such  instruction  should  in- 
clude information  on  proper  adaptation  in  wedlock,  so  that 
when  young  people  become  home-makers  they  will  do  so  in- 
telligently and  will  produce  homes  where  peace,  love,  har- 
mony and  unity  abound.  The  advantages  gained  by  such  an 
education  are  a  valuable  asset,  not  only  to  the  ones  who  receive 
it  now,  but  to  future  generations.  Those  who  have  the  re- 
sponsibility of  training  children  can  get  much  valuable  in- 
formation from  a  book  written  by  N.  N.  Riddell,  entitled 
"Child  Culture,"  and  from  "Physiological  and  Moral  Man- 
agement of  Infancy,"  by  Andrew  Combe,  M.  D. 


CHAPTER  XVII 

VOCATIONAL  GUIDANCE 

The  problem  of  placing  young  people  in  the  vocations  to 
which  they  are  best  adapted  is  one  that  has  perplexed  thought- 
ful people  for  many  centuries.  It  is  stated  that  Cicero  sent 
his  son  to  Athens  and  placed  him  under  the  care  of  Chrysip- 
pus,  who  was  one  of  the  greatest  philosophers  of  the  age,  but 
history  informs  us  that  this  boy  was  incapable  of  improving 
even  under  the  instruction  of  such  an  able  teacher.  In  view 
of  this  fact,  Cicero  proposed  that  there  should  be  triers,  or 
examiners,  appointed  by  the  state  to  inspect  the  genius  of 
every  boy,  and  to  allot  him  the  part  that  is  most  suitable  to 
his  natural  talent.  It  is  remarkable  that  it  required  two  thou- 
sand years  for  the  educational  world  to  adjust  its  machinery 
to  supply  a  need  that  appeared  so  evident  to  the  best  thinkers 
of  ancient  times. 

In  1712,  Addison  said  in  the  " Spectator": 

Nothing  is  more  usual  than  to  see  forty  or  fifty  boys  of  several  ages, 
temperaments  and  inclinations,  ranged  together  in  the  same  class,  em- 
ployed upon  the  same  authors,  and  enjoined  the  same  tasks.  Whatever 
their  natural  genius  may  be,  they  are  all  to  be  made  poets,  historians,  and 
orators  alike.  They  are  all  obliged  to  have  the  same  capacity,  to  bring 
the  same  couplet,  or  verse,  and  to  furnish  out  the  same  portion  of  prose. 
Every  boy  is  bound  to  have  as  good  a  memory  as  the  captain  of  the  form. 
Instead  of  adapting  studies  to  the  particular  genius  of  the  youth,  we 
expect  from  a  young  man  that  he  should  adapt  his  genius  to  the  studies. 

In  commenting  on  this  quotation,  in  his  little  book  on 
"Temperament  in  Education,"  Jerome  Allen,  Ph.  D.,  says: 

Could  anything  be  more  applicable  to  our  condition  today?  Addison 
suggests  that  it  would  be  well  to  examine  pupils  under  the  inspection  of 
teachers,  in  reference  to  their  capacities,  and  temperaments,  and  make 
Buch  a  distribution  of  them,  into  proper  classes  and  divisions,  as  their 
genius  qualifies  them  for.     Here  Addison  was  as  wise  as  Cicero. 

In  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century  Horace  Mann, 
America's  greatest  educator,  said: 

146 


Vocational  Guidance  147 

If  I  had  only  one  dollar  in  the  world  I  would  spend  it  with  a  good 
phrenologist  to  know  what  I  ought  to  do. 

About  seventy-five  years  have  elapsed  since  Horace  Mann 
made  this  remark.  Millions  of  people  have  paid  that  dollar 
and,  in  many  instances,  much  more,  in  order  to  get  help  in 
choosing  a  vocation.  Finally  the  public  schools  have  made  it 
a  part  of  the  educational  system  of  America  to  give  vocational 
guidance  to  the  boys  and  girls.  In  Bulletin  No.  19,  issued  by 
the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  there  is  a  letter  of 
transmittal  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  from  the  Com- 
missioner of  Education,  in  which  he  says: 

American  democratic  ideals  demand  not  only  that  all  should  have  as 
nearly  as  possible  equal  opportunity  for  education,  but  also  that  all  men 
and  women  should  be  employed  in  that  form  of  work  by  which  they  may 
contribute  most  to  their  own  happiness  and  to  the  common  good.  In  our 
complex  industrial  and  economic  life,  it  is  little  less  wasteful  to  leave 
boys  and  girls  without  assistance  and  guidance  in  selecting  their  occupa- 
tions and  finding  employment  than  it  would  be  to  leave  them  unaided  in 
obtaining  education.     Both  are  necessary  for  the  highest  good. 

The  essentials  in  vocational  guidance  are,  to  know  the  ten- 
dencies, talents  and  adaptabilities  of  persons,  and  the  de- 
mands of  the  vocations.  Some  persons  are  built  for  work  re- 
quiring strength  and  endurance,  others  for  work  requiring 
speed  and  fine  adjustment,  and  there  are  vocations  that  re- 
quire these  various  characteristics.  The  principles  of  voca- 
tional guidance  have  long  been  applied  with  animals.  No 
intelligent  person  who  knows  anything  about  horse  nature 
would  use  a  2000-pound  Clydesdale  for  service  in  a  carriage, 
under  the  saddle,  or  on  the  race  course ;  neither  would  he  ad- 
vise using  a  trim  built  Hambletonian  weighing  seven  or  eight 
hundred  pounds  in  a  heavy  dray,  but  the  traveling  horse  would 
give  good  service  in  the  light  work  to  which  he  is  adapted  and 
the  heavy  dray  horse  would  excel  in  the  work  adapted  to  its 
organization.  The  problem  of  vocational  guidance  is  to  put 
Hambletonian  people  into  Hambletonian  jobs,  and  Clydesdale 
people  into  Clydesdale  jobs.  Those  who  have  undertaken  to 
give  vocational  guidance  all  agree  quite  well  on  ideals  and 
aims,  but  there  is  a  great  diversity  of  opinion  regarding  the 
methods  of  measuring  individuals.  One  of  the  great  needs  of 
the  present  time  is  for  all  workers  in  this  field  who  claim  to 
do  scientific  work  to  get  together  and  work  out  a  system  of 
character  analysis  or  practical  psychology  that  will  supply 


148  Applied  Character  Analysis 

the  needs  of  all  vocational  advisers.  The  following  sugges- 
tions of  Hugo  Muensterberg,  who  for  years  was  Professor  of 
Psychology  in  Harvard  University,  expresses  the  sentiment  of 
intelligent  workers  in  vocational  guidance : 

In  my  recent  book,  ' '  American  Problems, ' '  the  essay  on  ' '  The  Choice 
of  a  Vocation, ' '  demanded  a  most  careful  study  of  the  personal  indivual- 
ities.    It  was  a  protest  against  the  haphazard  selection  of  one 's  life  work. 

I  have  felt  more  and  more  strongly  that  the  right  guidance  of  the 
youth  to  the  special  life  occupation  is  a  function  of  the  community  no 
less  important  and  no  less  difficult  than  the  right  schooling.  The  first 
step  towards  the  fulfillment  of  this  too  long  neglected  duty  must  evi- 
dently be  an  analysis  of  the  demands  which  are  made  by  the  various 
vocations.  Such  an  inquiry  cannot  be  helpful,  if  it  asks  only  for  an 
enumeration  of  the  technical  requirements.  What  seems  necessary  is  not 
a  superficial  outside  view,  but  an  understanding  of  the  deeper  inner 
demands  of  our  occupations  and  professions. 

The  demands  of  the  vocations  have  been  quite  carefully  es- 
timated and  there  is  very  little  difference  of  opinion  regarding 
them  among  people  who  have  investigated  this  field  of  effort. 
The  great  diversity  of  opinion  about  the  methods  of  estimating 
the  talents  of  people  is  due  to  the  numerous  systems  of  psy- 
chology that  exist,  and  the  prejudice  on  the  part  of  many 
against  the  observational  methods  of  studying  people,  which 
are  the  only  ones  that  have  thus  far  given  much  usable  ma- 
terial to  the  vocational  adviser.  In  speaking  of  the  outlook 
for  a  system  of  psychology  Hugo  Muensterberg  said,  on  page 
100  of  his  book,  "Vocation  and  Learning,"  published  in  1912: 

The  psychological  sciences  are  as  undeveloped  today  as  the  sciences  of 
the  physical  universe  were  perhaps  three  hundred  years  ago.  Three 
hundred  years  hence  the  psychological  sciences  too  may  have  such  an 
abundance  of  subdivisions  and  wherever  today  we  have  only  a  little 
cluster  of  problems  there  may  be  in  the  future  a  full-fledged  scientific 
doctrine. 

This  will  be  very  well  for  the  people  who  live  three  hundred 
years  from  now,  but  must  humanity  suffer  for  three  centuries 
longer  because  of  the  want  of  a  practical  system  of  psychol- 
ogy ?  More  than  a  century  ago  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim  dis- 
covered the  inductive  method  of  mind  study,  which  resulted 
in  a  system  of  practical  psychology  based  upon  the  propor- 
tionate developments  of  the  organs  of  the  body,  the  centers 
of  the  brain,  and  the  features  of  the  face.  Many  of  the  most 
intelligent  educators  of  the  world  have  tested  these  discoveries 
in  making  mental  adjustments  to  increase  personal  efficiency 


Vocational  Guidance  149 

and  to  harmonize  the  tendencies  of  life,  as  well  as  in  giving 
vocational  guidance.  This  system  of  mind  study  and  applied 
psychology  has  always  received  the  full  endorsement  of  those 
who  have  been  progressive  enough  to  investigate  its  principles. 
When  Horace  Mann  was  a  Member  of  Congress  he  had  a 
seat  next  to  Henry  Clay,  and  in  his  Journal  he  made  the  fol- 
lowing comment : 

Washington,  Dec.  11, 1849. 

Half  an  hour  ago,  Mr.  Clay  camo  into  the  House,  and  took  a  seat  near 
mine.  I  have  been  studying  his  head, — manipulating  it  with  the  mind  's 
fingers.  It  is  a  head  of  very  small  dimensions.  Benevolence  is  large; 
self-esteem  and  love  of  approbation  are  large.  The  intellect,  for  the  size 
of  the  brain,  is  well  developed.  His  benevolence  prevents  his  self-esteem 
from  being  offensive;  and  his  intellect  controls  the  action  of  his  love  of 
approbation,  and  saves  him  from  an  excessive  vanity.  This  vanity,  how- 
ever, has,  at  some  periods  of  his  life,  led  him  into  follies.  He  derives  his 
whole  strength  from  his  temperament,  which  is  supremely  nervous,  but 
with  .just  as  much  of  the  sanguine  as  it  was  possible  to  put  into  it.  Con- 
sidering the  volume  of  the  brain,  or  size  of  the  head,  it  has  the  best 
adjusted  faculties  I  have  ever  seen.  The  skull,  after  death,  will  give  no 
idea  of  his  power,  as  he  derives  the  whole  of  it  from  his  temperament. 

One  one  occasion  Horace  Mann,  with  his  friends,  George 
Combe  and  wife,  visited  the  home  of  General  William  Henry 
Harrison,  while  he  was  the  Whig  candidate  for  the  Presi- 
dency of  the  United  States.  Horace  Mann  made  the  following 
observations  of  General  Harrison 's  developments : 

The  conversation  and  phrenological  appearance  of  Gen.  Harrison  indi- 
cated a  man  of  clear  intellect,  without  any  great  strength.  His  superior- 
ity undoubtedly  comes  from  the  absence  of  disturbing  forces,  rather  than 
from  original  energy.  He  has  no  predominant  self-esteem,  or  love  of 
approbation.  Those  organs  are  small.  Combativeness  is  also  small. 
Alimentiveness  and  acquisitiveness  are  almost  wanting.  The  moral  region 
is  tolerably  developed;  but  this  absence  of  the  great  mischief -working 
propensities  gives  it  fair  play.  This  is  the  key  to  his  character  and 
history. 

This  method  of  analyzing  character,  used  by  America's 
greatest  educator,  should  be  emulated  not  only  by  educators, 
but  by  everybody.  In  his  "Life  of  Horace  Mann,"  Dr.  B.  A. 
Hinsdale  recognizes  that  the  study  of  phrenology  did  much 
more  to  fit  Horace  Mann  for  his  great  educational  work  than 
his  earlier  readings  of  Browne  and  the  other  metaphysical 
psychologists. 

The  first  authoritative  work  on  vocational  guidance  was 


150  Applied  Character  Analysis 

written  by  Nelson  Sizer  in  1872,  and  published  by  Mason, 
Baker  and  Pratt,  of  New  York.  The  title  of  this  book  is: 
' '  What  To  Do,  and  Why, ' '  and  the  following  subtitle  is  given  j 
"How  to  Educate  Each  Man  for  his  Proper  Work :  Describing 
Seventy-five  Trades  and  Professions,  and  the  Talents  and 
Temperaments  Required  for  Each."  The  book  was  based 
upon  phrenology  and  physiognomy.  It  was  dedicated  to 
Henry  Ward  Beecher,  because  of  his  advocacy  of  phrenology 
and  the  practical  use  he  made  of  it.  The  title  of  the  book 
has  since  been  changed  to  "Choice  of  Pursuits,"  and  it  has 
undergone  several  revisions.  At  the  present  time  it  bears 
the  same  relationship  to  recent  books  on  vocational  guidance 
that  Shakespeare's  works  do  to  the  novels  of  the  present  day. 
On  account  of  the  many  new  vocations  that  have  developed 
during  the  past  quarter  century  "Choice  of  Pursuits"  is  very 
much  in  need  of  being  revised  again,  but  the  many  illustra- 
tions it  contains  and  the  fund  of  valuable  material  on  voca- 
tional guidance  within  its  covers  make  it  invaluable  to  every 
vocational  adviser.  The  publishers  of  this  work  did  not  exag- 
gerate when  they  said  in  their  preface : 

What  ought  I  to  do?  and;  How  should  I  be  educated  for  duty?  are 
important  questions.  This  book  deals  with  them  pointedly,  and  may  be 
read  with  profit  by  all  successive  generations.  A  story  once  read  is 
dismissed.  This  book  will  bear  fifty  readings.  Every  page  is  full  of 
instruction.    None,  with  a  true  sense  of  its  value,  would  be  without  it. 

Although  some  of  the  vocations  mentioned  in  the  latest  re- 
vised edition  of  "Choice  of  Pursuits"  have  become  obsolete 
and  a  number  of  the  recently  developed  vocations,  such  as 
wireless  telegraphy,  aviation,  chemical  engineering  and  other 
occupations  that  have  come  into  prominence  in  recent  years 
are  not  mentioned,  there  is  so  much  fundamental  material  in 
the  book  that  it  can  be  made  to  render  most  valuable  service 
in  vocational  guidance.  In  this  chapter  space  will  not  permit 
to  give  a  detailed  account  of  the  demands  of  the  vocations, 
but  there  are  now  a  number  of  new  books  on  the  subject  that 
can  be  found  in  most  any  library. 

Among  all  the  books  that  are  used  in  the  schools  the  one 
entitled,  "Choosing  a  Vocation,"  by  Frank  Parsons,  Ph.  D., 
who  pioneered  in  the  work  of  vocational  guidance  in  Boston, 
is  one  of  the  best.  On  page  20  he  makes  the  following  sug- 
gestions : 


Vocational  Guidance  151 

If  the  youth  already  has  a  good  start  or  an  excellent  opportunity  in 
some  line  of  work  for  which  he  is  reasonably  well  qualified,  the  question 
may  come  whether  it  is  not  better  for  him  to  follow  up  this  opportunity 
than  to  go  off  and  try  to  build  up  a  career  in  a  new  line  which,  though  it 
may  be  somewhat  more  attractive  to  him,  is  far  less  easy  of  access  and 
much  less  certain  to  produce  successful  results. 

With  both  classes  of  applicants  it  is  a  common  thing  for  the  counselor, 
after  a  little  questioning,  to  give  the  youth  one  of  the  Bureau 's  sheets  of 
instructions,  and  a  leaflet  on  personal  investigation  together  with  a  stand- 
ard blank  book  which  we  buy  at  the  rate  of  one  dollar  a  hundred,  and 
ask  the  applicant  to  make  a  careful  study  of  himself  with  the  help  of  his 
friends,  answering  in  the  book  so  far  as  possible  all  the  questions  in  the 
list,  and  then  come  back  for  another  interview. 

The  case  may  be  so  clear  that  this  is  not  necessary;  but  where  the 
questions  of  the  counselor  do  not  bring  out  the  decided  aptitudes  and 
abilities  or  clear  indications  of  wise  policy  in  the  choice  of  an  occupation, 
this  fuller  study  should  be  made  by  the  applicant,  and  it  is  an  excellent 
thing  for  him  to  make  it  in  any  case,  though  not  by  any  means  essential 
in  all. 

While  I  am  questioning  the  applicant  about  his  probable  health,  educa- 
tion, reading,  experience,  etc.,  I  carefully  observe  the  shape  of  his  head, 
the  relative  development  above,  before,  and  behind  the  ears,  his  features 
and  expression,  color,  vivacity,  voice,  manner,  pose,  general  air  of  vitality, 
enthusiasm,  etc. 

From  the  last  paragraph  quoted  it  is  evident  that  Dr.  Par- 
sons saw  the  importance  of  studying  the  proportionate  de- 
velopments when  he  spoke  of  observing  the  shape  of  the  head 
and  the  relative  developments  above,  before,  and  behind  the 
ears.  He  also  shows  very  clearly  that  it  is  much  easier  to 
give  vocational  guidance  to  some  individuals  than  to  others. 
Geniuses  who  have  some  tendencies  predominating  very  much 
over  the  rest  show  such  decided  tendencies  for  certain  voca- 
tions that  it  is  possible  to  see  at  a  glance  their  aptitudes. 
When  there  is  a  symmetrical  development  it  indicates  versa- 
tility and  adaptability,  with  an  interest  in  many  different  lines 
of  thought  and  action  rather  than  a  decided  choice  for  any 
one  of  the  ten  thousand  vocations  that  are  now  in  America. 
In  connection  with  this  subject  we  shall  give  photographs  of 
pronounced  developments  and  indicate  the  vocations  for  which 
persons  are  best  adapted.  It  will  not  be  necessary  to  work  out 
ten  thousand  different  types  for  that  number  of  vocations,  as 
the  requirements  for  a  number  of  vocations  are  similar.  It  is 
therefore  possible  to  divide  the  vocations  into  groups,  and 
study  the  adaptability  of  individuals  for  these  various  groups. 

It  is  evident  to  any  person  who  has  given  any  thought  at 


152  'Applied  Character  Analysis 

all  to  the  matter  of  vocational  guidance  that  the  blacksmith 
needs  physical  and  mental  tendencies  that  are  quite  different 
from  those  of  the  watchmaker,  jeweler,  manufacturer  of  elec- 
trical appliances,  and  workers  in  other  fine  constructive  lines. 
In  all  mechanics  there  is  need  of  ability  in  construction,  but 
the  workers  in  the  finer  mechanics  need  to  be  much  more  finely 
organized  than  the  blacksmith,  and,  in  some  lines,  require  a 
much  stronger  creative  imagination.  The  worker  in  fine 
mechanic  arts  requires  many  of  the  tendencies  of  workers  in 
the  fine  arts.  In  the  business  world  the  manager  needs  dif- 
ferent characteristics  from  those  of  the  successful  salesman, 
the  employment  manager,  the  bookkeeper  or  stenographer.  To 
give  reliable  advice  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  physical  and 
mental  tendencies  that  are  required  for  each  of  these. 

In  educational  work  the  developments  that  constitute  the 
successful  kindergartner  or  primary  teacher  may  not  fit  the 
person  to  do  successful  work  in  the  grammar  grades  or  in 
the  high  school.  The  college  and  university  teachers  need  dif- 
ferent mental  tendencies  and  professional  training  from  all 
other  teachers.  Some  persons  have  such  versatility  and  adapt- 
ability that  they  can  teach  in  any  of  the  grades  from  the  kin- 
dergarten to  the  university.  Others  who  are  admirably 
adapted  for  one  grade  will  be  total  failures  in  others. 

In  this  age  of  specialization  the  problem  of  vocational  guid- 
ance is  more  difficult  than  it  has  ever  been  before ;  hence  it  is 
essential  that  the  vocational  adviser  know  as  much  about  the 
human  organism  as  the  physician,  and  be  thoroughly  equipped 
with  a  knowledge  of  practical  psychology.  The  system  of 
mind  study  that  is  most  helpful  to  the  vocational  adviser  was 
discovered  by  Dr.  F.  J.  Gall  and  elaborated  by  Dr.  Spurz- 
heim,  George  Combe  and  others.  Upon  this  system  Horace 
Mann  built  his  entire  educational  work.  Dr.  Hinsdale,  in  his 
"Life  of  Horace  Mann,"  says  on  page  101:  "Mr.  Mann  ac- 
cepted at  the  hands  of  Gall  and  his  disciples  his  whole  phi- 
losophy of  human  nature.  He  built  all  his  theories  of  intel- 
lectual and  moral  improvements  upon  the  ideas  with  which 
they  furnished  him.  Their  teachings  strongly  reinforced  his 
belief  in  the  improvability  of  man,  thus  making  him  still  more 
optimistic  than  he  was.  His  aim  as  a  practical  reformer  be- 
came more  definite  and  certain  under  their  influence. ' ' 

Cyrus  Pierce,  a  graduate  of  Harvard  University,  was  a 
contemporary  of  Horace  Mann.  He  was  an  ardent  phrenolo- 
gist, and  said:    "The  book  to  which,  after  the  Bible,  I  owe 


Vocational  Guidance  153 

most,  is  that  incomparable  work  of  George  Combe,  on  "The 
Constitution  of  Man. ' '  It  was  to  me  a  most  suggestive  book, 
and  I  regard  it  as  the  best  treatise  on  education  and  the  phi- 
losophy of  man  which  I  ever  met  with." 

Dr.  Samuel  G.  Howe,  teacher  of  Laura  Bridgman,  printed 
"The  Constitution  of  Man,"  in  raised  letters  for  the  use  of 
the  blind,  and  in  sending  a  copy  of  it  to  Mr.  Combe  wrote  a 
letter  in  which  he  says : 

I  consider  this  edition  of  your  great  book  to  be  the  most  valuable 
addition  ever  yet  made  to  the  library  for  the  blind  in  any  language.  I 
have  already  had  warm  expressions  of  gratitude  from  intelligent  blind 
persons  for  putting  the  "Constitution"  within  their  reach — gratitude 
and  thanks  which  belong  rather  to  you  than  to  me. 

On  another  occasion  Dr.  Howe  said  that,  until  he  became 
acquainted  with  phrenology  he  was  as  blind  as  the  pupils 
that  he  was  trying  to  teach,  deriving  very  little  pleasure  from 
his  work,  and  he  feared  that  he  gave  very  little  pleasure  to 
his  blind  pupils.  All  the  systems  of  psychology  that  have 
been  developed  since  the  time  of  Horace  Mann,  Cyrus  Pierce, 
Dr.  Howe,  and  the  other  eminent  educators  of  their  time,  fail 
to  give  the  help  in  vocational  guidance  that  they  derived  from 
the  phrenological  system.  One  of  the  greatest  losses  that 
humanity  has  sustained  during  the  past  century  has  resulted 
from  the  failure  to  continue  the  use  of  the  practical  psy- 
chology that  made  these  men  conspicuous  in  their  educational 
work.  The  sooner  the  educators  of  the  present  use  Gall's  dis- 
coveries as  a  basis  for  their  work  the  sooner  they  will  have  a 
system  of  psychology  that  will  make  the  work  of  mental  ad- 
justing and  vocational  guidance  scientific  and  efficient.  In  a 
letter  to  the  Editor  of  the  Character  Builder,  dated  August 
6,  1919,  from  Dr.  W.  C.  Ruediger,  Professor  of  Psychology 
and  Dean  of  the  Teachers'  College,  George  Washington  Uni- 
versity, the  following  statements  were  made : 

I  have  looked  into  the  work  of  Gall,  phrenology,  and  character  analysis, 
sufficiently  to  know  that  our  orthodox  psychologists  are  grossly  ignorant 
of  much  in  this  field  that  would  be  of  great  value  to  them.  The  work  in 
mental  testing  and  vocational  guidance  now  developing  in  our  universities 
ia  excellent  so  far  as  it  goes,  but  without  the  help  that  the  movement  Gall 
inaugurated  can  give,  it  is  operating  largely  in  a  blind  alley. 

Progressive  educators,  who  have  investigated  all  the  current 
systems  of  psychology,  come  to  the  conclusions  expressed  by 
Dr.  Ruediger,  that  there  is  need  for  the  practical  psychology 


154  Applied  Character  Analysis 

of  Dr.  Gall  in  mental  testing  and  vocational  guidance.  Wil- 
liam Hawley  Smith,  the  veteran  educator,  who  is  author  of 
the  epoch-making  educational  work  entitled,  "All  the  Chil- 
dren of  all  the  People, "  in  a  letter  to  the  writer  under  date 
of  January  21,  1921,  said: 

The  matter  of  getting  young  people  started  in  some  line  of  work  for 
which  they  have  native  ability  is  one  of  the  greatest  services  that  can  be 
rendered  to  humanity.  I  am  glad  to  say  that  I  am  getting  much  evi- 
dence that  my  book  is  helping  some,  at  least,  in  this  direction.  But,  after 
all,  the  concrete  work  that  you  are  doing  must,  in  the  nature  of  things, 
be  the  most  effective  in  producing  results.     More  power  to  your  arm! 

I  am  not  as  familiar  with  Gall  as  I  should  like  to  be,  but  from  what  I 
do  know  of  him  I  am  sure  he  had  the  true  conception  of  the  basic  prin- 
ciples which  have  to  do  with  the  human  mind  and  individual  possibilities 
of  expression.  I  am  also  certain  that  many  of  the  modern  psychologists, 
who  attempt  to  measure  human  beings  and  their  possibilities  with  scales 
and  yardsticks  are  on  the  wrong  track.  As  I  said  long  ago,  in  ' '  Dodd, ' ' 
"the  soul  cannot  be  measured  with  a  line."  You  are  rendering  a  great 
service  to  your  constituency  by  calling  attention  to  this  fact. 

The  author  of  this  work  has  tested  these  principles  of  char- 
acter analysis  in  mental  adjusting  and  vocational  guidance 
for  nearly  twenty -five  years,  and  during  several  years  of  that 
time  taught  the  principles  of  psychology  and  education  in 
normal  training  schools,  thus  having  an  opportunity  of  com- 
paring the  different  systems.  The  phrenological  system  has 
been  by  far  the  most  helpful  in  every  phase  of  the  work. 
Through  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Bernard  Hollander  and  others  in 
England  the  best  of  the  various  systems  of  psychology  is 
being  selected  and  systematized  with  a  phrenological  basis,  so 
as  to  be  adapted  to  all  kinds  of  human  adjustments  and  to 
vocational  guidance.  Dr.  Hollander  is  author  of  several  ex- 
cellent books  on  human  culture,  based  entirely  upon  the  phren- 
ological principles,  verified  by  the  experimenters  in  other 
schools  of  psychology  and  physiology.  These  books  are  caus- 
ing scientists  throughout  the  world  to  take  notice  of  the 
phrenological  doctrine,  and  to  investigate  it. 

In  America  the  phrenological  principles  have  been  popu- 
larized by  the  authors  of  several  systems  of  character  analysis, 
and  the  commercial  world  is  now  adopting  these  principles 
very  extensively.  It  is  easier  to  introduce  new  principles  into 
the  business  world  than  into  the  academic  world.  Business 
men  ask  only  two  questions  of  an  applicant:  First,  "Do  you 
know  how?"  and  second,  "Can  you  be  trusted?"  In  the 
academic  world  the  first  question  is,  "What  degrees  do  you 


Vocational  Guidance  155 

hold?"  and  the  second,  "What  universities  have  you  grad- 
uated from?"  On  account  of  the  severe  criticisms  that  have 
been  directed  against  educational  institutions  during  recent 
years  there  are  very  pronounced  and  rapid  changes  being 
made  and  there  is  now  hope  that  the  work  of  the  American 
schools  will  soon  be  placed  upon  a  rational,  scientific  basis. 
Then  all  the  adjusting  that  is  necessary  in  the  lives  of  chil- 
dren and  all  the  vocational  guidance  needed  by  the  young 
people  can  be  given  in  a  satisfactory  manner  by  the  workers 
in  the  public  school  system.  The  work  of  the  public  schools 
must  expand  until  it  includes  instruction  to  "all  the  children 
of  all  the  people"  in  all  the  branches  that  are  necessary  to 
equip  them  for  their  vocations  and  for  right  living.  The  edu- 
cational adjustments  must  begin  in  the  normal  training 
schools,  where  the  teachers  are  prepared  for  their  work.  Pro- 
fessor M.  V.  O'Shea.  in  his  book,  "Education  as  Adjustment," 
says  on  page  53 : 

Nowhere  apparently  has  formalism  been  more  evident  than  in  the 
training  of  the  teacher.  The  normal  schools  have  in  the  past  been  great 
dispensaries  of  formalism;  they  have  taught  rules  rather  than  human 
nature;  they  have  tried  to  make  the  teacher  a  shopman  instead  of  a 
naturalist.  Now  an  attempt  to  present  a  complex  field  of  thought  and 
action  in  simple  dogmas  must  result  in  formalism;  and  while  memorizing 
of  this  sort  of  thing  may  do  for  the  tyro,  who  would  have  it  appear  that 
he  possesses  knowledge,  still  it  makes  a  very  poor  equipment  for  one  who 
must  grapple  with  real  situations  in  the  schoolroom. 

Again,  on  page  39  of  the  same  book,  he  says : 

It  must  be  acknowledged  that,  when  compared  with  the  other  sciences, 
very  little  of  genuine  worth  regarding  the  value  of  studies,  and  the 
modes  of  treating  them  to  develop  their  full  value,  is  coming  to  us  from 
any  source.  The  men  in  the  normal  schools  are  not  utilizing  their  un- 
surpassed opportunities  to  observe  the  outcome  of  studies  and  methods 
upon  developing  children.  These  schools  are,  theoretically,  research 
schools  in  part  or  laboratories  where  the  conditions  needful  for  investiga- 
tion of  a  high  order  are  supplied, — where  problems  may  be  simplified  and 
the  operation  of  individual  factors  in  the  teaching  process  observed. 
They  are  supposed  to  be  the  experimental  stations  in  teaching,  and  edu- 
cation is  more  liberally  supplied  with  them  than  is  agriculture  or  biology 
or  medicine. 

The  normal  school  belongs  very  largely  to  the  genus  shop  rather  than  to 
the  genus  laboratory.  It  spends  its  energies  in  applying  what  it  thinks  is 
truth  rather  than  in  adding  to  the  body  of  truth,  or  even  in  testing  in  any 
critical  way  what  it  has  inherited  from  times  past.  It  is  encouraging 
to  note  that  it  is  conceded  today  that  the  normal  school  should  do  a 
broader  work  than  it  has  done  in  the  past;  it  should  aim  to  originate  as 
well  as  to  test  and  apply. 


156  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Professor  O'Shea,  from  whose  book  the  above  quotations 
are  taken,  has  been  head  of  the  Department  of  Education  in 
the  University  of  Wisconsin  for  a  number  of  years,  and  is 
generally  recognized  as  one  of  the  progressive  educators  of 
America.  The  conservatism  in  normal  schools  indicated  above 
is  responsible  for  not  adopting  the  psychology  of  Dr.  Gall 
and  his  scientific  followers,  upon  which  Horace  Mann,  Amer- 
ica's greatest  educator,  built  his  entire  system  of  education. 
No  other  system  of  psychology  has  been  developed  that  meets 
the  needs  in  vocational  guidance  and  mental  adjusting  as 
well  as  this.  "When  this  system  is  universally  adopted  most 
of  the  misfits  of  society  can  be  avoided  by  giving  vocational 
guidance  to  all  the  boys  and  girls  when  they  reach  an  age 
that  makes  it  necessary  for  them  to  decide  regarding  the 
vocation  to  which  they  are  best  adapted. 

That  the  school  psychology  has  not  yet  furnished  a  system 
of  measurements  that  aids  in  vocational  guidance  is  acknowl- 
edged by  Dr.  Louis  M.  Terman,  Professor  of  Education  in 
Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University,  in  his  book,  "The  Measure- 
ment of  Intelligence,"  page  49,  as  follows : 

The  Binet  scale  does  not  pretend  to  bring  to  light  the  idiosyncrasies  of 
special  talent,  but  only  to  measure  the  general  level  of  intelligence.  It 
cannot  be  used  for  the  discovery  of  exceptional  ability  in  drawing, 
painting,  music,  mathematics,  oratory,  salesmanship,  etc.,  because  no 
effort  is  made  to  explore  the  processes  underlying  these  abilities.  It 
can,  therefore,  never  serve  as  a  detailed  chart  for  the  vocational  guidance 
of  children,  telling  us  which  will  succeed  in  business,  which  in  art,  which 
in  medicine,  etc.    It  is  not  a  new  kind  of  phrenology. 

A  knowledge  of  the  student  through  the  observational 
method  of  character  analysis  and  a  knowledge  of  the  demands 
of  vocations  form  a  scientific  basis  for  vocational  guidance. 
Neither  the  "Trial  and  Error  Method"  nor  the  Questionnaire 
will  solve  the  problem.  There  is  now  harmony  of  ideal  in 
vocational  guidance,  but  there  must  also  be  harmony  in 
method. 


CHAPTER  XVni 

CHARACTER  ANALYSIS  IN  SALESMANSHIP 

In  no  other  phase  of  the  world's  work  has  the  subject  of 
character  analysis  received  more  attention  during  the  past  few 
years  than  in  salesmanship.  Salesmen  have  always  been  keen 
students  of  character  because  their  success  has  depended  upon 
their  ability  to  analyze  each  person  with  whom  they  did  busi- 
ness, and  to  approach  him  in  a  way  to  make  the  best  impres- 
sion. Those  who  have  sharpened  their  perceptive  powers 
through  daily  contact  with  people  usually  see  the  advantage 
of  getting,  in  addition  to  their  own  experiences,  a  training  in 
the  principles  of  character  analysis  as  they  have  been  sys- 
tematized by  those  who  have  made  the  study  of  human  nature 
their  specialty.  As  it  is  necessary  for  the  salesman  to  size 
up  people  at  a  glance  any  cumbersome  system  of  mental  test- 
ing would  not  serve  his  purpose.  All  the  systems  of  character 
analysis  that  have  been  exploited  in  the  business  world  are 
based  upon  the  observational  method  of  character  reading, 
which  has  as  its  foundation  the  principles  of  physiognomy  and 
phrenology.  To  apply  these  principles  intelligently  the  first 
essential  is  a  practical  acquaintance  with  the  elementary 
powers  of  life  and  the  proportionate  developments  of  the  en- 
tire organism  as  explained  in  the  first  chapters  of  this  book. 
The  one  analysis  serves  the  purpose  in  all  vocations,  but  after 
becoming  familiar  with  the  analysis  of  mind  the  method  of 
applying  the  principles  varies  in  the  different  vocations.  One 
applies  them  in  adjusting  the  tendencies  of  children,  another 
in  vocational  guidance,  a  third  in  re-educating  criminals,  a 
fourth  in  balancing  the  lives  of  the  insane,  a  fifth  in  salesman- 
ship, a  sixth  in  medical  practice,  a  seventh  in  the  legal  pro- 
fession, and  so  on  throughout  the  various  vocations. 

The  study  of  human  nature  has  been  recognized  as  such  an 
important  element  in  salesmanship  that  the  leading  schools 
of  salesmanship  throughout  America  have  made  the  subject 
of  character  analysis  a  part  of  their  course  of  business  train- 
ing.   Some  of  them  have  had  a  special  book  prepared  explain- 

157 


158  Applied  Character  Analysis 

ing  the  details  of  physiognomy  and  phrenology.  There  has 
been  such  a  demand  for  these  publications  that  they  have 
been  sold  in  large  quantities  and  great  interest  has  been 
aroused  in  them  throughout  the  nation.  Much  of  this  work 
has  been  very  elementary,  and  the  time  must  soon  come  when 
the  principles  will  be  presented  in  a  more  fundamental  way 
for  use  in  the  academic,  as  well  as  in  the  business,  world. 

The  following  quotation  is  taken  from  ^Salesmanship  and 
Business  Efficiency,"  by  J.  S.  Knox,  page  194,  and  shows 
how  salesmen  are  advised  to  study  people  physiognomically : 

When  you  are  selling  a  man  you  should  study  his  face  with  a  hawk-like 
intensity.  By  observing  an  individual's  dress  and  general  appearance 
you  can  draw  a  pretty  accurate  conclusion  as  to  his  habit  of  thought. 
You  can  tell  his  temperament  and  quite  correctly  judge  his  inclinations. 
Study  faces  and  try  to  remember  them.  Take  a  personal  interest  in 
people.  Try  to  determine  how  old  people  are  when  you  meet  them.  Try 
to  determine  their  business  or  position  in  life. 

Too  many  people  go  through  life  without  seeing  any  more  than  they 
have  to.  That  is  one  of  the  main  reasons  they  don't  amount  to  more 
thanT:hey  do.  When  an  individual  does  not  use  his  eyes  it  means  that  he 
does  not  use  his  brain. 

No  matter  how  brainy  a  man  may  be,  no  matter  how  well  educated  he 
may  be,  he  will  be  a  failure  as  a  leader  of  men  unless  he  thoroughly 
understands  the  principles  of  human  nature  and  how  to  manipulate  them 
bo  as  to  induce  action  in  his  behalf. 

Every  other  writer  on  salesmanship  realizes  that  the  knowl- 
edge of  human  nature  is  a  valuable  asset  in  that  vocation.  It 
is  interesting  to  follow  a  traveling  salesman  and  observe  how 
dignified  he  is  in  his  approach  to  one  man,  and  how  uncon- 
ventional and  free  he  is  toward  another.  He  has  come  in 
contact  with  people  sufficiently  to  form  an  estimate  of  their 
general  characteristics  at  a  glance,  and  has  learned  through 
experience  that  he  must  not  approach  any  two  men  in  the 
same  way  if  he  wishes  to  be  successful  in  his  work.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  believe  that  anyone  possessing  a  knowledge  of 
human  nature  can  influence  people  as  the  successful  sales- 
man does.  It  requires  a  certain  personality  to  be  able  to  do 
that. 

The  essentials  of  successful  salesmanship  are:  First,  the 
right  combination  of  physical  and  mental  tendencies  to  adapt 
him  for  the  vocation.  Second,  a  knowledge  of  the  article  he 
wishes  to  sell.  Third,  a  knowledge  of  human  nature  to  enable 
him  to  influence  the  people  to  whom  he  wishes  to  sell  his 
goods. 


Character  Analysis  in  Salesmanship  159 

It  is  amusing  to  go  into  a  store  and  meet  clerks  who  have 
taken  a  brief  course  in  salesmanship  that  did  not  include  any 
knowledge  of  human  nature.  Their  work  is  so  stereotyped 
that  they  approach  all  people  in  the  same  way,  and  tell  their 
little  story  just  the  same  to  all.  It  is  much  the  same  with  the 
canvasser,  who  has  learned  his  little  routine  talk,  and  uses 
it  in  exactly  the  same  way  in  every  house  that  he  visits,  with- 
out considering  the  personality  of  the  person  to  whom  he 
wishes  to  sell.  He  does  not  do  much  business  until  he  nimbles 
up  and  puts  his  individuality  into  his  talk  while  adapting  it 
to  the  different  personalities  of  the  people  he  meets.  In  this 
twentieth  century  competitive  life  conditions  are  so  strenuous 
and  competition  is  so  keen  that  it  is  necessary  to  use  up-to-date 
methods  in  order  to  influence  people  sufficiently  to  do  business 
with  them.  The  banker  studies  human  nature  to  keep  people 
from  taking  advantage  of  him,  but  the  salesman  studies  it  in 
order  to  influence  people  to  purchase  what  he  has,  whether 
they  want  it  or  not.  In  aggressive  salesmanship  where  it  is 
necessary  to  go  out  and  find  the  customer  and  then  get  him 
into  a  mental  attitude  so  that  he  will  patronize  the  salesman 
there  is  much  greater  need  of  a  training  in  the  principles  of 
character  analysis  than  in  standing  behind  the  counter  to  sup- 
ply the  needs  of  people  who  have  already  decided  what  they 
want  and  merely  need  to  be  served.  In  recent  years  the  busi- 
ness world  has  recognized  that  salesmanship  is  an  art  that  can 
be  improved.  Like  poets,  salesmen  are  born,  and  not  made. 
They  must  have  natural  ability  for  their  work,  but  adjust- 
ments can  be  made  in  their  own  lives  that  will  result  in  greater 
personal  efficiency  and  that  will  assure  them  success  in  their 
chosen  vocation.  AVhile  applying  the  principles  of  human 
nature  in  studying  other  people  and  influencing  them  they 
also  render  valuable  service  in  self-development. 


CHAPTER  XIX 

EMPLOYMENT  MANAGERS 

One  of  the  most  recent  vocations  to  develop  is  that  of  em- 
ployment manager.  Almost  every  large  business  house  now 
has  a  specialist  whose  duty  it  is  to  study  applicants  for  the 
various  positions  in  the  institution  and  select  those  whom 
they  consider  best  adapted  for  the  work.  It  can  be  readily 
seen  that  character  analysis  is  one  of  the  first  essentials  in 
this  vocation,  so  that  applicants  who  come  in  to  seek  employ- 
ment can  be  studied  at  a  glance  in  order  to  make  an  estimate 
of  their  ability  and  adaptability  for  the  employment  they  are 
seeking.  It  is  now  much  less  common  than  formerly  to  dis- 
miss persons  who  are  given  certain  work  to  do  and  fail  to 
reach  the  standard  of  efficiency  that  is  desired.  In  many  in- 
stances such  individuals  are  transferred  to  some  other  kind 
of  work  where  they  are  decidedly  successful.  A  contractor 
who  has  in  his  employ  a  large  number  of  men  said  recently 
that  by  transferring  his  unsuccessful  men  from  one  depart- 
ment to  another  he  had  had  such  good  results  that  he  found 
it  necessary  to  discharge  only  one  man  because  of  his  inabil- 
ity to  fit  into  any  of  the  departments.  This  contractor  had 
made  a  study  of  the  practical  psychology  explained  in  this 
book,  and  was  able  to  apply  it  with  most  excellent  results. 

In  the  employment  department  of  one  of  our  American 
cities  the  man  in  charge  had  studied  the  principles  of  char- 
acter analysis  and  used  them  in  giving  vocational  guidance 
to  men  who  sought  employment  when  they  asked  for  work 
that  he  could  see  they  were  not  well  adapted  to.  In  this  way 
it  was  possible  to  get  greater  permanency  in  the  connections 
between  the  persons  for  whom  he  found  employment  and  their 
positions. 

As  soon  as  the  work  of  vocational  guidance  is  performed  in 
an  efficient  manner  in  the  various  schools,  and  young  people 
are  trained  for  the  work  to  which  they  are  best  adapted  there 
will  be  fewer  misfits  than  at  present,  and  the  work  of  em- 
ployment managers  will  be  less  difficult.    In  vocations  that  re- 

160 


Employment  Managers  161 

quire  a  long  course  of  training  the  help  in  choosing  a  vocation 
must  be  given  long  before  it  usually  comes  to  those  who  seek 
employment  through  the  municipal  employment  bureaus  or 
from  the  employment  managers  of  large  manufacturing  or 
commercial  institutions.  The  efforts  that  are  now  being  put 
forth  along  these  lines  will  result  in  human  conservation,  and 
will  help  individuals  to  get  into  vocations  that  are  pleasurable 
to  them  and  where  they  can  render  efficient  service.  There  are 
still  too  many  people  in  vocations  where  they  are  watching 
the  clock  hour  after  hour  anxiously  waiting  for  quitting  time 
to  come  and  where  they  dread  to  begin  their  work  in  the  morn- 
ing. The  world's  work  will  be  done  more  efficiently  and  the 
workers  will  get  much  more  enjoyment  out  of  life  when  each 
individual  is  doing  work  that  is  pleasurable  to  him  from  morn- 
ing until  night,  and  that  he  can  do  most  efficiently. 

The  employment  manager  does  not  have  as  complex  a  prob- 
lem to  solve  as  the  vocational  adviser  who  is  compelled  to 
give  help  to  all  types  of  persons  who  must  fit  into  one  of  the 
ten  thousand  vocations.  In  most  manufacturing  and  business 
houses  the  number  of  vocations  is  so  small  that  it  does  not  take 
the  employment  manager  long  to  become  familiar  with  the 
demands  of  all  of  them.  Applicants  for  these  vocations  have 
had  previous  training  or  experience  if  special  skill  is  required, 
so  that  the  problem  of  choosing  the  proper  person  for  the  vari- 
ous vocations  is  not  so  complex.  The  employment  manager 
who  is  well  qualified  to  perform  his  work  eliminates  the  ele- 
ment of  chance  to  a  very  great  extent,  and  makes  the  work 
systematic  rather  than  haphazard.  It  is  likely  that  within 
the  very  near  future  every  school  will  have  somebody  con- 
nected with  it  who  understands  the  principles  of  character 
analysis  and  the  demands  of  the  vocations,  and  will  apply  such 
information  in  helping  the  students  choose  the  vocations  to 
which  they  are  best  adapted.  Every  business  house  will  have 
an  employment  manager  who  is  familiar  enough  .with  the 
problems  of  employment  to  make  the  connections  between  in- 
dividuals and  vocations  in  a  scientific  manner.  This  is  a 
service  that  has  developed  during  the  last  few  years,  and  has 
come  to  stay,  because  the  complex  conditions  of  modern  civ- 
ilization have  created  a  demand  for  such  work  and  the  need 
for  it  is  likely  to  increase  each  year. 


CHAPTER  XX 

CHARACTER  ANALYSIS  AND  HUMAN 
RELATIONSHIPS 

In  our  first  chapter  on  the  practical  application  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  character  analysis  their  value  in  self-development  was 
shown.  In  another  chapter  the  relationship  of  the  salesman  to 
the  people  with  whom  he  does  business  was  explained.  These 
principles  are  not  limited  to  any  vocation,  but  are  funda- 
mental in  all  human  relationships.  If  they  were  generally 
understood  and  applied  many  misunderstandings  might  be 
avoided,  and  people  would  become  more  tolerant  and  sympa- 
thetic toward  one  another.  There  is  too  much  destructive 
criticism  in  the  world.  There  are  too  many  people  who  think 
when  the  acts  of  others  are  not  as  ideal  as  the  critic  imagines 
they  should  be  that  the  deviation  from  the  ideal  is  due  to  wil- 
ful misdirection  of  energy,  when  the  fact  is,  that  it  is  due  to 
lack  of  power  of  will  to  control  certain  tendencies.  A  more 
thorough  knowledge  of  human  nature  would  lead  to  construc- 
tive criticism  that  would  help  the  offending  one  to  make  the 
mental  adjustments  necessary  to  reach  the  standards  that  the 
critic  thinks  he  should  attain.  If  people  had  a  better  knowl- 
edge of  human  nature  and  its  application  in  human  welfare 
they  would  spend  more  time  in  discussing  principles  and 
needed  adjustments  when  they  meet  in  a  social  capacity. 
Back-biting,  slander,  and  other  similar  vices  injure  the  ones 
who  indulge  in  them,  as  well  as  the  individuals  whose  char- 
acters are  attacked.  These  vices  are  especially  common  in 
small  communities,  where  everybody  knows  everybody  else's 
business,  and  where  some  are  disposed  to  pay  more  attention 
to  the  business  of  others  than  to  their  own. 

The  need  for  applying  character  analysis  in  making  mental 
adjustments  is  pointed  out  very  clearly  by  D.  A.  Gorton,  M. 
D.,  in  his  "Mental  Hygiene,"  page  134,  as  follows: 

How  common  are  breaches  of  fidelity  and  courtesy  in  social  inter- 
course; insolent,  or  overbearing  conduct  toward  fancied  inferiors;  the  in- 

162 


Character  Analysis  and  Human  Relationship       163 

diligence  of  envy,  malice,  morbid  suspicion,  jealousy;  contempt  for 
poverty  and  the  poor;  obsequiousness  toward  wealth  and  the  rich;  habits 
of  evil  speaking  and  unwarrantable  detraction;  ungenerous  and  un- 
charitable judgments;  rejoicings  over  the  misfortunes  of  a  rival, — I 
will  not  say  an  enemy,  for  it  is  quite  unhuman  to  take  pleasure  in  the 
prosperity  of  such  a  rival;  praying  in  public;  putting  on  the  garb  of 
religion,  or  frequenting  places  of  worship,  for  business  ends;  libeling 
an  opponent,  or  retailing  gossip  to  his  prejudice;  taking  undue  or  un- 
fair advantage  in  trade;  false  representations;  habits  of  exaggeration; 
practicing  numberless  devices — not  strictly  unlawful — by  which  profits 
may  be  enhanced;  as  underweight;  watering  milk,  molasses,  etc.;  sell- 
ing some  articles  below  cost  and  others  above,  in  order  to  attract  custom 
by  appearing  to  undersell  a  neighbor;  adulterations  of  food  and  drink 
and  various  articles  of  manufacture;  sales  of  shoddy,  or  damaged  goods 
and  merchandise,  etc.  It  is  impossible  to  mistake  the  animus  of  these 
things,  nor  to  doubt  that  they  are  committed  by  people  who  would  do 
worse  acts  if  they  dared.  Fraud  and  dishonor  are  so  common  in  Chris- 
tendom, in  all  the  trades,  customs,  usages,  dealings,  and  professions, 
as  to  suggest  universal  plethora  of  the  passions  and  propensities,  and 
a  corresponding  anaemia  of  the  moral  brain  and  sense.  Everybody 
suspects  the  honesty  of  his  neighbor,  and  the  neighbor,  in  turn,  suspects 
the  trustworthiness  of  everybody;  and  in  the  moral  chaos  of  the  times 
the  skeptics  find  new  and  just  reasons  to  doubt  the  practical  value  of 
the  gospel,  and  the  pagans  to  make  caustic  reproaches  against  the 
religion  of  Christ! 

It  is  needless  to  remark  that  the  prevalence  of  such  vices  indicates 
moral  aberration,  an  unsound,  ill-balanced  mental  constitution,  inimical 
to  the  health  of  either  body  or  mind.  They  have  an  origin  in  the 
undue  and  unrestrained  activity  of  the  selfish  propensities;  powers  good 
in  themselves,  not  necessarily  vicious  nor  vitiating,  nor  incompatible 
with  the  noblest  moral  and  intellectual  endowment,  whose  function  it 
is  to  look  after  the  interests  of  self.  They  are  legitimately  self-seeking, 
and  very  properly  concerned  in  the  supply  and  gratification  of  the  ani- 
mal wants.  It  does  not  accord  with  their  nature  to  be  choice  in  the 
means  or  method  employed  to  this  end.  Who  ever  saw  an  animal  mind- 
ful of  the  rights  and  feelings  in  its  fellows?  Foxes  rob  hen-roosts, 
dogs  steal  their  dinners,  and  animals,  in  general,  prey  upon  one  another 
for  the  same  reason  and  in  the  exercise  of  the  same  impulse  that  impels 
men,  when  unrestrained  by  the  moral  sense,  to  prey  upon  the  rights  and 
interests  of  their  fellow-men.  Nothing  better  is  expected  of  the  animal, 
for  reasons  well  understood;  but  a  high  moral  sentiment  would  effectually 
oppose  such  flagrant  disregard  of  the  rights  of  others  by  man;  and  he 
is,  in  general,  afraid  or  ashamed,  when  actuated  by  no  right  motive,  to 
commit  such  deeds  openly  and  above  board,  and  accordingly  seeks  the 
shadows  of  the  night,  and  the  ingenuity  of  low  cunning  or  adroit  trickery, 
to  achieve  the  end  he  desires,  without  incurring  the  legal  penalty  at- 
tached ! 

The  natural  safeguard  against  the  existence  and  exercise  of  such 
perversity  in  man  is  found  in  strengthening  the  moral  sentiments  with 
which  the  Creator  has  endowed  every  human  creature.  These  are  the 
natural  antagonists  of  the  propensities.  While  the  latter  are  self-seeking, 
the  former  are  concerned  with  the  interests  of  others.  A  high  sense  of 
honor  is  shocked  at  the  thought  of  committing  deception  or  telling  an 


164  Applied  Character  Analysis 

untruth;  a  fine  sense  of  justice  is  outraged  at  the  idea  of  double  dealing, 
or  in  "playing  sharp,"  as  so  many  glory  in  doing;  the  sentiment  of 
benevolence  is  wounded  at  the  sight  of  distress  and  poverty,  and  finds 
the  sweetest  consolation  in  binding  up  broken  hearts  and  relieving  the 
wretchedness  of  the  world,  without  regard  to  race  or  moral  condition. 
The  beautiful  story  of  the  good  Samaritan  is  a  fine  illustration  of  the 
influence  of  this  sentiment  upon  the  character.  It  seeks  not  its  own 
but  others'  good.  In  a  world  of  so  much  want  and  misery,  arising,  in 
good  part,  from  privation  of  the  physical  comforts  of  life,  the  hoarding 
of  great  riches  would  seem  to  be  incompatible  with  the  possession  of  a 
large  degree  of  goodness;  and  from  this  point  of  view  the  advice  of 
Christ  to  the  rich  man  seeking  salvation,  to  sell  all  he  had  "and  give 
to  the  poor, ' '  receives  additional  force  and  meaning. 

The  aspiration  for  inward  goodness  and  purity  is  also  peculiar  to 
man,  and  its  cultivation  holds  him  absolutely  above  the  practice  of  every- 
thing mean  and  groveling. 

The  personal  and  social  adjustments  that  must  be  made  to 
get  rid  of  the  discords  that  retard  human  progress  and  to 
develop  the  harmonies  that  will  enable  every  individual  to 
get  the  most  out  of  life,  must  be  made  by  applying  the  prin- 
ciples of  psychology  and  sociology. 


CHAPTER  XXI 

MENTAL  HYGIENE 

Health  of  mind,  as  well  as  of  body,  is  not  only  productive  in  itself  of 
a  greater  sura  of  enjoyment  than  arises  from  other  sources,  but  is  the 
only  condition  of  our  fame  in  which  we  are  capable  of  receiving  pleasure 
from  without. — Sir  James  Mackintosh. 

One  of  the  most  important  uses  to  which  the  principles  of 
character  analysis  can  be  put  is  in  making  the  adjustments 
that  are  essential  to  the  harmonious  action  of  all  the  powers 
of  mind.  In  mental  hygiene  the  physical  basis  of  life  is  a 
very  important  factor  that  should  be  thoroughly  understood, 
but  has  received  too  little  attention  from  many  who  have 
treated  the  subject.  One  of  the  pioneer  writers  on  this  sub- 
ject was  D.  A.  Gorton,  M.  D.,  whose  book  on  "Mental  Hy- 
giene," was  published  in  1873.    On  page  17  the  author  says: 

A  system  of  hygiene,  or  of  moral  philosophy,  which  does  not  recognize 
the  superior  excellence  of  man's  nervous  organization;  which  appre- 
ciates not  the  grand  distinction  and  superiority  of  his  mentality  over 
that  of  other  animals;  which,  in  short,  fails  to  recognize  his  grand 
spirituality,  and  to  perceive  the  wide  chasm  which  separates  him  from 
all  other  orders  of  beings  in  nature,  must  obviously  be  defective.  The 
works  on  physiology  and  hygiene,  of  which  there  are  many  admirable  in 
their  way,  apply  almost  equally  well  to  man  as  an  animal,  or  to  an  ani- 
mal as  man.  The  higher  functions  of  the  nervous  system,  comprehend- 
ing the  religious  element,  and  the  influence  of  physical  causes  upon  its 
manifestations,  are  but  slightly  and  incidentally  touched  upon.  Studies 
in  mental  hygiene  and  therapeutics  should  remedy  this  obvious  deficiency ; 
and  a  few  writers  have  lately  been  bold  enough  to  risk  the  charge  of 
heresy  in  opening  the  discussion.  Among  the  most  prominent  works 
which  have  taken  advanced  views  on  the  subject  is  Mr.  Graham's  "Sci- 
ence of  Human  Life,"  an  able  book,  but  little  read,  owing  to  the  un- 
popularity of  its  author's  well-known  views  of  dietetics.  "The  Con- 
stitution of  Man, ' '  by  George  Combe,  tends  in  the  same  direction.  ' '  The 
Principles  of  Physiology,"  by  Andrew  Combe,  is  also  an  exception  in 
this  respect,  to  the  usual  works  on  hygiene ;  and  Dr.  Eay  's  ' '  Mental 
Hygiene"  is  an  admirable  monograph,  fulfilling,  in  many  respects,  the 
just  requirements  of  the  subject.  In  conjunction  with  Maudsley's  and 
Winslow  '8  able  contributions  to  mental  physiology,  the  subject  of  mental 
hygiene  becomes  comprehensible. 

165 


166  Applied  Character  Analysis 

In  his  book  on  "Mental  Hygiene,"  Isaac  Ray,  M.  D.,  says: 

Since  the  intellectual  and  moral  faculties  are  equally  dependent  on 
the  brain,  the  manifestations  of  cerebral  disorder  are  as  likely  to  appear 
in  one  as  in  the  other.  Which  it  may  happen  to  be,  is  a  question,  I 
apprehend,  of  cerebral  locality,  and,  it  may  be,  of  certain  organic  con- 
ditions not  yet  understood.  It  is  not  disputed  that  disease  may  affect 
the  intellect,  without,  at  the  same  time,  involving,  apparently,  the  affec- 
tive powers;  and  it  is  no  less  obvious  that  the  latter  may  be  greatly  dis- 
ordered while  the  former  seems,  at  least,  to  remain  in  its  normal  condi- 
tion. 

So  long  as  the  intellect  is  not  visibly  diseased,  it  is  alleged,  there  is 
no  insanity, — none  certainly  that  can  impair  the  legal  responsibility  of 
the  patient.  Disease  may  sap  the  very  foundation  of  the  moral  nature; 
it  may  blast  the  sentiments  of  benevolence,  of  justice,  of  veneration, — 
changing  naturally  mild  and  amiable  dispositions  into  malignant  pas- 
sions; converting  the  man  of  generous,  open  hearted  nature,  into  a 
miser,  with  no  thought  of  anything  but  accumulation;  the  man  of 
sternest  integrity  into  a  pilferer  of  the  smallest  description;  the  staid, 
quiet,  respectable  citizen  into  a  noisy,  shameless  brawler,  regardless 
of  every  rule  of  common  propriety  or  courtesy, — and  yet,  in  no  court 
of  conscience  or  of  justice,  is  he  to  claim  any  exemption  from  the  ordi- 
nary consequences  of  vice  and  crime!  Surely,  it  is  a  monstrous  doc- 
trine to  put  forth  in  an  age  of  humanity  and  science,  that  just  when 
these  moral  checks  and  balances  which  the  Creator  has  placed  in  the 
human  soul,  for  the  proper  ordering  of  the  life  and  the  attainment  of 
life 's  great  ends,  are  disarranged  and  perverted  by  the  intrusion  of  a 
foreign  element,  the  individual  is  none  the  less  capable  of  performing  his 
moral  duties  and  obligations,  and  none  the  less  accountable  for  any 
shortcomings  that  may  follow.  It  is  difficult  to  argue  against  a  doctrine 
so  destitute  of  any  foundation  in  fact,  and  opposed  to  the  testimony  of 
every  day's  observation;  and  one  is  obliged  to  be  contented  with  simply 
an  expression  of  wonder  and  amazement. 

Dr.  Ray  published  his  book  in  1863,  and  at  that  time  there 
was  considerable  opposition  to  the  idea  that  all  phases  of  the 
mind  are  connected  with  the  brain.  The  idea  was  still  preva- 
lent, as  it  is  among  certain  classes  today,  that  the  intellect 
functioned  through  the  brain  and  the  emotions  were  con- 
nected with  the  heart.  The  correct  relationship  between  mind 
and  the  nervous  system  is  now  much  better  understood  by 
physiologists  and  psychologists  than  formerly.  If  the  truths 
that  are  explained  in  such  books  as  Graham's  "Science  of 
Human  Life" ;  the  works  of  Dr.  Andrew  Combe  and  of  George 
Combe;  the  books  on  "Mental  Hygiene"  by  Gorton  and  Ray, 
from  which  we  have  quoted  above,  were  given  in  the  popular 
text-books  on  hygiene  today  much  might  be  done  to  remove  the 
causes  of  mental  ailments  that  are  often  permitted  to  go  on 
until  they  wreck  human  lives.     It  is  possible  to  simplify  the 


Mental  Hygiene  167 

principles  of  human  nature  and  character  building  so  that 
young  people  can  understand  them,  and  it  is  also  possible  to 
simplify  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  so  that  they  can  be 
understood  from  a  very  early  period  of  life.  The  emotions 
play  such  an  important  part  in  health  and  disease  that  every 
individual  should  understand  them  and  their  influence  upon 
the  body. 

The  celebrated  author,  Dr.  Hack  Tuke,  in  his  book,  "The 
Influence  of  the  Mind  upon  the  Body,"  vol.  2,  page  121,  says: 

The  emotions  powerfully  excite,  modify,  or  altogether  suspend  the 
organic  functions.  In  regard  to  the  processes  of  nutrition,  the  pleasur- 
able emotions  tend  to  excite  them.  Hence  the  excitement  of  certain 
feelings  may,  if  definitely  directed,  restore  healthy  action  to  an  affected 
part.  Violent  emotions  may  modify  nutrition,  various  forms  of  disease 
originating  in  perverted,  defective,  or  inflammatory  nutrition  being 
caused  primarily  by  emotional  disturbances. 

As  respects  secretion,  the  emotions  by  causing  a  larger  amount  of 
blood  to  be  transmitted  to  a  gland  increase  sensibility  and  warmth  and 
so  stimulate  its  function,  or  they  may  directly  excite  the  process  by 
their  influence  on  nerves  supplying  the  glands.  Painful  emotions  may 
modify  the  quality  (i.e.  the  relative  proportions  of  the  constituents)  of 
the  secretions.  The  emotions  may  check  secretions,  either  by  extreme 
acceleration  of  blood  through  a  gland,  by  unduly  lessening  its  afflux,  or 
by  direct  influence  upon  the  gland.  Although,  as  a  rule,  the  activity  of 
those  glands  which  bear  special  relation  to  an  emotion  is  in  a  direct 
ratio  to  its  force,  the  secretion  is  checked  when  the  emotion  is  excessive. 

The  pleasurable  emotions  tend  to  act  only  in  one  direction,  that  of 
increased  activity  of  the  secretion,  but  the  painful  emotions  act  both 
in  stimulating  and  arresting  secretion.  Tims  grief  excites  the  lachrymal 
and  fear  the  salivary  glands,  while  anxiety  suspends  the  gastric.  Ex- 
treme fear  induces  perspiration. 

While  the  intellect  confines  its  operations  mainly  to  the  brain,  al- 
though capable  of  exciting  motion  and  the  organic  functions,  the  emo- 
tions act  with  by  far  the  greatest  force  upon  the  heart  and  lungs,  the 
vessels,  and  the  glands.  Probably  we  cannot  go  much  beyond  these 
general  principles  which,  combined  with  the  law  that  any  emotion,  which 
either  by  its  character  or  suddenness  depresses  the  activity  of  the  con- 
trolling power  of  the  cerebrum,  allows  of  the  irregular  or  excessive  action 
of  the  encephalic,  spinal,  or  sympathetic  nerve  centers,  will  generally 
serve  to  explain  the  changes  induced  in  the  body  by  varying  mental, 
especially  emotional,  states. 

The  value  of  cheerfulness  has  been  recognized  by  writers 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world  down  to  the  present  time. 
Charles  Lamb  said :  "A  laugh  is  worth  a  hundred  groans  in 
any  market."  A  hopeful,  cheerful  mental  attitude  should 
be  cultivated  in  every  life,  because  such  mental  states  have  a 
wholesome   influence  upon   all   the   functions  of   the  body. 


168  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Cheerfulness  promotes  the  circulation,  and  thus  gives  warmth 
to  all  parts  of  the  body  and  relieves  congested  lungs  and  liver. 
Solomon  knew  the  influence  of  cheerfulness  when  he  said :  "A 
merry  heart  doeth  good  like  a  medicine,  but  a  broken  spirit 
drieth  up  the  bones;"  and  again,  "He  that  is  of  a  merry  heart 
hath  a  continual  feast."  The  environment  of  home,  school  and 
community  should  be  such  as  to  cultivate  pleasant  mental 
states  in  children.  Fears  have  a  very  depressing  effect  upon 
life  and  are  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  insanity.  That  great 
lover  of  plants  and  children,  Luther  Burbank,  in  his  book, 
"The  Training  of  the  Human  Plant,"  says: 

Rear  children,  if  possible,  amid  pleasant  surroundings.  If  they  come 
into  the  world  with  souls  groping  in  darkness,  let  them  see  and  feel  the 
light.  Do  not  terrify  them  in  early  life  with  the  fear  of  an  after  world. 
Never  was  a  child  made  more  noble  and  good  by  the  fear  of  a  hell.  Let 
nature  teach  them  the  lesson  of  good  and  proper  living,  combined  with 
an  abundance  of  well-balanced  nourishment.  Those  children  will  grow 
to  be  the  best  men  and  women.  Put  the  best  in  them  by  contact  with 
the  best  outside.  They  will  absorb  it  as  a  plant  absorbs  the  sunshine 
and  dew. 

It  is  very  common  to  read  of  children  breaking  down  their 
nervous  systems  and  injuring  their  health  through  over-study, 
but  if  these  children  had  received  the  benefits  of  hygienic  liv- 
ing and  the  right  training  of  their  powers  of  mind  there  would 
be  very  little  danger  of  injury  from  the  exercise  of  the  intel- 
lectual powers.  Dr.  Charles  Caldwell,  who  was  the  first  to 
introduce  the  practical  psychology  of  Dr.  Gall  into  America 
and  who  was  recognized  as  one  of  the  greatest  physicians  of 
his  time,  wrote  a  valuable  treatise  on  physical  education,  and 
says: 

The  influence  of  strong  and  well-cultivated  moral  and  intellectual 
organs  on  the  general  health  of  the  system  is  soothing  and  salutary;  and 
feeds  and  strengthens  it,  instead  of  ruffling  and  wearing  it  out.  Com- 
pared to  the  influence  of  the  organs  of  passion,  it  is  as  mild  and  whole- 
some nourishment  contrasted  with  alcohol;  or  like  the  genial  warmth 
of  the  spring  and  autumn  with  the  burning  heat  of  summer.  Life  and 
health  and  comfort  may  last  long  under  the  former,  while  all  is  parched 
and  withered  by  the  latter.  Finally,  a  well-cultivated  and  well-balanced 
brain  do  much  to  produce  a  sound  mind  and  a  sound  body. 

Every  person  in  the  world  should  devote  a  little  time  every 
day  to  exercising  the  body  and  some  time  every  day  to  exer- 
cising the  intellect.  One  of  the  most  pitiable  conditions  that 
human  beings  can  get  into  is  to  work  like  a  slave  until  old 


Mental  Hygiene  169 

age  approaches,  without  having  formed  a  habit  of  devoting 
some  time  every  day  to  study.  When  they  accumulate  money 
enough  to  retire  during  the  latter  years  of  their  lives  they  are 
at  a  loss  to  know  how  to  occupy  themselves  so  that  the  most 
difficult  work  they  find  to  do  is  to  kill  time.  Sometimes  such 
persons  die  mentally  twenty-five  years  before  they  die  physi- 
cally, and  in  such  instances  they  become  a  burden  to  their 
friends  and  get  no  pleasure  out  of  life  themselves.  M.  L.  Hol- 
brook,  M.  D.,  in  his  book,  "Hygiene  of  the  Brain,"  page  102, 
asks:  "How  are  old  people  to  keep  the  mind  from  failing, 
and  even  becoming  obliterated  before  the  body  is  worn  out?" 
and  then  answers :  "Only  by  cultivating  it.  As  people  grow 
old  they  should  work  less,  and  read,  study,  and  think  more. 
The  reason  why  so  many  aged  people  have  a  blank  where  there 
should  be  a  mind  is  generally  because  the  latter  is  not  kept 
alive  and  active  by  culture.  The  rust  gets  so  thick  that 
thoughts  cannot  be  formed." 

This  same  subject  is  treated  in  a  forceful  manner  by  George 
Combe  in  his  book,  "The  Constitution  of  Man,"  page  103,  as 
follows : 

So  many  hours  a  day  ought  to  be  devoted  to  the  cultivation  and  grati- 
fication of  our  moral  and  religious  sentiments;  that  is  to  say,  in  exer- 
cising these  in  harmony  with  intellect,  and  especially  in  acquiring  the 
habit  of  admiring,  loving,  and  yielding  obedience  to  the  Creator  and  his 
institutions.  This  last  object  is  of  vast  importance.  Intellect  is  barren 
of  practical  fruit,  however  rich  it  may  be  in  knowledge,  until  it  is  fired 
and  prompted  to  act  by  moral  sentiment.  In  my  view,  knowledge  by 
itself  is  comparatively  worthless  and  impotent,  compared  with  what  it 
becomes  when  vivified  by  lofty  emotions.  It  is  not  enough  that  in- 
tellect is  informed ;  the  moral  faculties  must  cooperate  in  yielding  obedi- 
ence to  the  precepts  which  the  intellect  recognizes  to  be  true.  As 
creation  is  one  great  system,  of  which  God  is  the  author  and  preserver, 
we  may  fairly  presume  that  there  must  be  harmony  among  all  its  parts, 
and  between  it  and  its  Creator.  The  human  mind  is  a  portion  of  crea- 
tion, and  its  constitution  must  be  included  in  this  harmonious  scheme. 
The  grand  object  of  the  moral  and  intellectual  faculties  of  man,  there- 
fore, ought  to  be  the  study  of  God  and  his  works.  .  .  .  Philosophy, 
while  separated  from  the  moral  feelings,  is  felt  by  the  people  at  large 
to  be  cold  and  barren.  It  may  be  calculated  to  interest  individuals 
possessing  high  intellectual  endowments;  but  as,  in  general,  the  moral 
and  religious  sentiments  greatly  predominate  in  energy  over  the  intel- 
lectual powers,  it  fails  to  interest  the  mass  of  mankind.  On  the  other 
hand,  before  natural  religion  can  appear  in  all  its  might  and  glory,  it 
must  become  philosophical.  Its  foundations  must  be  laid  in  the  system 
of  creation;  its  authority  must  be  deduced  from  the  principles  of  that 
system;  and  its  applications  must  be  enforced  by  a  demonstration  of 
the  power  of  Providence   operating  in  enforcing  the  execution   of   its 


170  Applied  Character  Analysis 

dictates.  While  reason  and  religion  are  at  variance,  both  are  obstructed 
in  producing  their  full  beneficial  effects.  God  has  placed  harmony 
between  them,  and  it  is  only  human  imperfection  and  ignorance  that 
introduce  discord. 

For  many  centuries  diet  has  been  considered  an  important 
factor  in  health  culture,  but  its  influence  upon  the  mind  has 
not  usually  been  emphasized  as  much  as  it  should  be.  The 
subject  is  stated  logically  in  the  following  quotation  from 
"Mental  Hygiene,"  by  Dr.  D.  A.  Gorton,  on  page  50: 

Nutrition  influences  not  only  the  supply  of  the  visible  and  material 
fabric  of  the  body,  the  bone  and  sinew,  muscle  and  nerve,  and  brain, 
but  also  the  mental  powers  of  thought  and  feeling.  The  quality  of  the 
diet  influences  the  quality  of  the  mind  and  its  disposition.  The  mental 
character  is  modified,  exalted,  or  depraved,  according  to  the  quality  and 
quantity  of  the  food  one  eats.  One  of  the  important  questions  in 
dietetics,  therefore,  is,  What  kind  of  food  is  most  conducive  to  the 
development  of  the  human  excellences?  What  kind  of  diet  is  most  favor- 
able to  civilization,  to  the  growth  of  honor,  honesty,  and  virtue?  rather 
than,  What  is  most  prolific  of  bone,  brain,  and  fat?  for  it  is  undeniable 
that  the  latter  elements  are  largely  in  excess  of  the  former  in  modern 
society  and  civilization. 

The  facts  in  support  of  our  hypothesis  are  by  no  means  few.  The 
influence  of  quality  of  diet  on  one's  disposition  is  strikingly  illustrated 
in  the  animal  kingdom.  Contrast  the  mild  herbivora  with  the  flesh- 
eating  carnivora ;  or,  more  strikingly  still,  compare  the  effect  of  different 
diets  on  the  same  species.  If  we  wish  a  dog  to  be  particularly  ferocious, 
we  give  him  raw  flesh  to  eat.  The  common  house-cat  is  rendered  de- 
cidedly feline  in  disposition  by  an  exclusive  diet  of  flesh,  or  mild  and 
tractable  on  a  mixed  diet.  Wild  animals  are  tamed  and  made  docile, 
and  many  of  them  companionable,  by  substituting  a  vegetable  or  mixed 
diet  for  their  native  one  of  flesh.  A  mild,  soothing  diet  very  soon 
subdues  the  ferocity  of  the  tiger,  and  subjugates  the  ravenous  pro- 
pensities of  the  other  members  of  that  family.  Moreover,  the  converse 
of  this  mental  transformation,  through  the  influence  of  food,  is  illustrated 
by  feeding  the  herbivora  on  animal  food. 

Mind  and  body  are  so  closely  related  during  life  that  any- 
thing which  is  conducive  to  health  in  one  has  a  favorable  in- 
fluence upon  the  other.  When  the  principles  of  health  culture 
are  universally  understood  and  practiced  health  will  be  the 
rule,  and  sickness  the  exception.  In  the  past  so  much  atten- 
tion has  been  given  in  medical  books  to  the  descriptions  of 
diseases  and  their  symptoms  that  it  is  very  refreshing  to  find 
the  symptoms  of  health  given  by  an  eminent  writer  on  medical 
subjects.  In  "Esoteric  Anthropology,"  by  T.  L.  Nichols, 
M.  D.,  F.  A.  S.,  on  page  142,  there  is  a  chapter  on  "Symp- 
toms of  Health, ' '  from  which  the  following  is  copied : 


Mental  Hygiene  171 

Medical  books  are  filled  with  descriptions,  symptoms,  and  causes  of 
disease.  I  wish  to  give  a  clear  description,  enumerate  the  symptoms, 
and  guide  my  reader  to  a  knowledge  of  the  conditions  of  health. 

Health  is,  to  every  organized  being,  the  condition  of  perfect  develop- 
ment; to  every  sentient  being  the  condition  of  happiness. 

Health,  in  a  human  being,  is  the  perfection  of  bodily  organization, 
intellectual  energy,  and  moral  power. 

Health  is  the  fullest  expression  of  all  the  faculties  and  passions  of 
man,  acting  together  in  perfect  harmony. 

Health  is  entire  freedom  from  pain  of  body,  and  discordance  of  mind. 

Health  is  beauty,  energy,  purity,  holiness,  happiness. 

Health  is  that  condition  in  which  man  is  the  highest  known  expres- 
sion of  the  power  and  goodness  of  his  Maker. 

When  a  man  is  perfect  in  his  own  nature,  body  and  soul,  perfect  in 
their  harmonious  adaptations  and  action,  and  living  in  perfect  harmony 
with  nature,  with  his  fellow-man,  and  with  God,  he  may  be  said  to  be 
in  a  state  of  Health. 

If  the  organs  of  the  body  are  all  fully  developed  and  in  full  action, 
they  must  necessarily  be  in  harmony;  and  when  a  man  is  in  harmony 
with  himself,  he  is  of  necessity  in  harmony  with  all  men,  all  nature,  and 
with  the  Source  of  all  things. 

It  is  therefore  necessary  that  every  minute  organ  of  the  body,  every 
faculty  of  the  mind,  every  power  of  the  soul  should  be  fully  formed 
and  active — all  balancing  and  harmonizing  each  other;  that  man  should 
act  out  all  the  fullness  of  his  nature,  and  woman  all  the  glorious  beauty 
of  her  character,  in  perfect  freedom,  and  in  full  enjoyment,  to  make 
up  the  integral  condition  of  Health. 

Beauty  is  the  first  sign  of  health.  Health  gives  development;  and 
harmonious  development  is  beauty.  Every  vegetable  and  every  animal  is 
beautiful,  according  to  its  own  type  of  beauty,  when  it  is  more  perfectly 
developed.  And  in  man  or  woman,  the  exact  development  of  every  part, 
and  that  which  enables  it  to  best  perform  its  function,  is  the  highest 
possible  beauty.  The  handsomest  possible  head  is  the  one  which  has 
the  most  perfect  phrenological  developments.  The  most  beautiful  eye, 
ear,  or  nose,  are  those  best  adapted  to  seeing,  hearing,  and  smelling. 
The  loveliest  mouth  has  the  best  shaped  lips  and  most  perfect  teeth. 
The  most  delicious  bosom  is  the  one  best  fitted  for  its  natural  office. 
The  finest  limbs  are  those  with  the  best  muscular  development.  In  a 
word,  there  is  no  part  of  the  human  figure  where  the  best  condition 
for  use  is  not,  at  the  same  time,  the  condition  of  the  highest  beauty,  and 
both  together  are  synonymous  with  health.  Consequently,  every  de- 
formity, every  ugliness,  every  departure  from  the  standard  of  the  highest 
beauty  of  its  kind,  is  a  consequence  and  symptom  of  disease. 

O  ye,  who  love  beauty,  and  who  desire  it  for  yourselves,  for  your  off- 
spring, and  for  the  race,  learn  that  the  single  way  to  attain  it  is  by 
the  practice  of  the  laws  of  health.  Be  good,  and  you  shall  be  beautiful 
as  well  as  happy.  Let  no  man  who  has  a  love  for  nature  and  a  rever- 
ence for  God  undervalue  beauty.  It  is  to  be  sought,  admired,  loved 
and  worshipped. 

Another  symptom  of  health  is  activity.  Every  healthy  nerve  has  a 
desire  to  use  its  power;  every  healthy  muscle  wishes  to  contract;  every 
healthy  faculty  wishes  to  find  exercise  and  consequent  enjoyment.  This 
rule  extends  to  the  organic,  as  well  as  the  animal  system.     In  health 


172  Applied  Character  Analysis 

the  secretions  are  active,  and  so  are  the  excretions;  there  is  a  sharp 
appetite,  quick  digestion,  a  full  circulation,  an  earnest  respiration,  and 
everywhere  an  active  nutrition.  Body  and  mind  are  active.  All  the 
passions  spring  into  spontaneous  activities,  alternating  with  each  other, 
and  all  contributing  to  that  great  variety  of  action  and  sensation  which 
constitute  the  complex  phenomena  of  Life. 

Indolence,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  consequence  and  a  sign  of  disease. 
A  torpid  organ  is  a  diseased  organ.  A  lazy  man  is  a  sick  man.  Give 
him  health,  and  his  laziness  will  vanish.  Every  well  man  is  a  busy  man. 
There  is  no  tendency  to  indolence  in  a  healthy  person.  The  real  tendency 
is  to  high  activities;  and  the  healthier  the  world  grows,  the  more  varied 
and  active  will  be  its  industry. 

Strength,  or  energy,  is  a  sign  of  health;  though  a  kind  of  discordant 
strength,  or  spasmodic  energy,  may  be  a  mark  of  disease.  But  steady 
power  comes  from  integrity  of  constitution.  There  must  be  good  brain, 
good  nervous  fluid,  and  good  muscular  fibre,  before  we  can  have  real 
strength,  and  true  persistent  energy  of  character  and  action.  These 
must  come  from  a  deep  vitality.  Men  of  strong  desires,  strong  passions, 
strong  wills,  have  strong  lives;  and  a  strong  life  is  generally  a  long  and 
healthy  one. 

Weakness — mental,  or  passional,  or  physical — is  a  sign  of  disease,  as 
it  is  a  consequence.  It  is  want  of  development,  or  exhaustion,  or  heredi- 
tary taint,  or  acquired  morbid  condition,  or  all  together,  one  producing 
the  other.  If  we  blame  the  weak,  the  vascillating,  the  craven,  the 
spiritless,  nerveless,  hopeless,  purposeless,  we  must  blame  them  only  for 
what  has  brought  them  to  this  condition.  It  is  a  condition  of  disease, 
which,  if  possible,  we  must  cure. 

Happiness  is  a  sign  of  health,  and  without  health  a  full  enjoyment 
of  life  cannot  exist.  A  condition  of  happiness  is  said  to  be  "a  sound 
mind  in  a  sound  body."  This  is  a  simple  description  of  a  healthy  con- 
dition. Happiness  is  the  end  or  final  cause  of  all  sentient  life.  There 
is  no  other  conceivable  reason  for  the  creation  of  any  being.  Happiness 
is,  therefore,  the  positive  and  necessary  result  of  every  true  life,  as 
misery  is  the  inevitable,  because  equally  necessary,  result  of  a  false  life. 
As  "health  is  the  condition  of  a  true  life,  the  result  and  sign  of  health  is 
happiness. 

Hence  all  unhappiness  of  every  kind,  all  pain,  grief,  regret,  jealousy, 
discontent,  anxiety,  is  the  result  of  disease,  bodily  or  mental,  in  our- 
selves or  others.  Sorrow  seems  to  me  just  as  much  the  effect  of  a  dis- 
ease as  pain.  One  is  the  outcry  of  a  sick  organism,  the  other  of  a 
wounded  spirit.  We  feel  sorrow  by  sympathy  with  others;  and  there 
are  many  persons  of  sensitive  organizations  who  feel  bodily  pain  the 
same  way.  The  way  to  be  happy  is  to"  be  healthy ;  and  when  health  is 
universal,  there  is  no  conceivable  reason  why  there  should  be  any  un- 
happiness. There  is  no  happiness  without  a  corresponding  degree  of 
health,  and  no  health  without  a  corresponding  degree  of  happiness. 


CHAPTER  XXII 

MENTAL   MEDICINE 

No  other  phase  of  the  healing  art  has  developed  as  rapidly 
in  recent  years  as  the  mental.  AVithin  the  regular  medical 
profession  much  more  attention  is  being  given  to  different 
forms  of  mind  cure  than  ever  before,  and  among  the  laity 
there  are  many  different  schools  of  mind  cure.  The  great  need 
of  the  present  time  is  to  develop  the  true  healing  art,  includ- 
ing the  reliable  and  scientific  from  all  sources.  There  are 
many  physicians  who  need  to  know  much  more  about  mind 
and  its  influence  in  health  and  disease  than  they  do,  and 
there  are  many  mental  healers  who  are  very  much  in  need  of 
a  better  knowledge  of  the  human  organism  and  the  fundamen- 
tal principles  of  health  culture  than  they  possess. 

In  recent  years  much  has  been  said  about  psychoanalysis, 
which  is  a  form  of  mental  medicine.  This  is  based  on  the  dis- 
coveries of  Sigmund  Freud,  LL.  D.,  and  a  number  of  imi- 
tators have  entered  the  field  with  modified  forms  of  the  work 
he  began.  When  the  mind  analysis  of  Dr.  Gall  is  generally 
understood  it  will  prove  itself  to  be  so  superior  as  an  analysis 
of  the  fundamental  powers  of  life  and  as  a  method  of  prac- 
tical psychology  for  use  in  making  mental  adjustments  that 
it  is  likely  to  very  largely  displace  the  psychoanalysis  of 
Freud,  as  it  is  much  more  in  harmony  with  the  laws  of  the 
human  organism.  The  character  analysis  explained  in  the 
first  part  of  this  book  can  be  applied  in  the  healing  art  with 
as  good  success  as  in  vocational  guidance  and  in  education.  It 
is  based  upon  the  discoveries  of  Dr.  Gall. 

Although  some  forms  of  mental  medicine  are  as  old  as  the 
human  race,  most  of  the  systems  of  modern  times  had  their 
beginning  in  the  discoveries  of  Dr.  Anton  Mesmer,  of  Paris. 
Although  the  system  that  he  used  in  his  work  aroused  much 
opposition  it  has  been  adopted  in  modified  forms  by  the  medi- 
cal profession  and  by  many  practitioners  who  have  not  had 
medical  training.  These  principles  have  been  applied  in 
France  more  extensively  than  in  any  other  country.     Rev. 

173 


174  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Chauncey  J.  Hawkins,  who  attended  a  number  of  clinics  in 
Europe,  gave  the  following  account  in  an  article  in  the  "Con- 
gregationalist": 

As  I  sat  in  one  of  the  large  clinics  in  Paris  and  saw  scores  of  degen- 
erate types  of  children  treated  in  an  effective  manner,  I  could  not  refrain 
from  reflecting  upon  the  many  fathers  and  mothers  who  had  come  to 
us  as  pastors  of  Christian  churches  for  pastorial  advice  to  solicit  our 
aid  in  the  treatment  of  similar  children,  and  how  with  a  feeling  of  utter 
helplessness  I  had  gone  about  these  hopeless  tasks  in  the  most  ineffective 
and  bungling  way;  and  as  I  saw  these  physicians  who  had  no  interest 
in  the  church,  no  religious  experience,  and  who  would  classify  them- 
selves as  free  thinkers,  curing  children  of  the  habit  of  lying,  stealing, 
and  immoral  practices,  awakening  in  boys  and  girls  a  new  interest  in 
their  school  work  and  in  life,  I  was  compelled  to  say,  here  are  men 
who  are  doing  what  Christian  pastors  ought  to  have  been  doing  long 
ago. 

The  leader  of  one  of  the  prominent  schools  is  Dr.  Paul 
Dubois,  the  author  of  the  well  known  book,  "Psychic  Treat- 
ment of  Nervous  Disorders. ' '  In  speaking  of  the  responsibility 
of  the  practitioner  along  these  lines,  in  what  he  calls  moral 
treatment,  he  says: 

This  psychotherapeutic  treatment  requires  great  intellectual  and  moral 
qualities  in  the  physician  who  would  successfully  practice  it.  It  will  not 
respond  to  mediocrity;  success  depends  on  the  worth  of  the  practitioner. 
He  needs  the  gift  of  moral  observation  and  psychological  analysis, 
authority  to  command  confidence,  persuasive  speech,  convincing  logic,  a 
sense  of  fitness,  much  tact  in  telling  the  truth  to  patients  without  wound- 
ing their  sensibilities,  a  calm  and  firm  character,  great  gentleness,  much 
patience  and  perseverance,  and  an  ardent  faith  in  the  effectiveness  of 
moral  treatment. 

In  all  my  patients  I  have  detected  the  influence  of  emotion,  of  worry, 
and  of  passionate  outbreaks.  I  have  everywhere  been  able  to  see  that 
the  original  cause  of  the  trouble  lies  in  the  native  mentality  of  the  sub- 
ject and  in  those  peculiarities  of  his  character  which  have  not  been 
sufficiently  overcome  by  clear  and  reasonable  convictions.  I  cannot  treat 
my  patients  without  having  recourse  to  psychotherapy. 

Moreover,  the  patients  themselves  have  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  these 
truths,  but  they  obstinately  excuse  their  condition  by  arguing  the  im- 
possibility of  changing  their  temperament.  Their  habitual  reply  is,  "It 
is  stronger  than  I.     I  have  always  been  like  this." 

Yes,  I  know  it;  we  preserve  our  temperament  through  our  whole  life 
just  as  we  keep  our  physical  blemishes;  but  we  can  modify  it  greatly 
by  educating  ourselves.  Our  physical  deformities  are  often  definite, 
but  our  mentality  is  always  malleable.  It  is  our  duty  to  transform  our 
inner  temperament  into  an  acquired  character.  This  task  devolves  upon 
all  of  us,  whether  we  are  sick  or  well. 


Mental  Medicine  175 

"When  a  person  has  a  correct  analysis  of  mind  for  use  in 
making  needed  adjustments  the  changes  can  be  made  while 
engaged  in  the  usual  activities  of  life.  These  changes  are 
greatly  hastened  when  one's  work  and  surroundings  are  con- 
genial, and  when  the  pleasant  mental  states  are  always  kept 
uppermost. 

The  lack  of  these  conditions  is  the  cause  of  much  disease, 
so  that  in  order  to  prevent  many  of  the  ailments  that  are  a 
source  of  suffering  and  misery  to  individuals,  harmonious  en- 
vironments and  congenial  employment  should  be  provided 
early  in  life.  In  speaking  on  this  subject  Dr.  Clouston,  in 
"Hygiene  of  Mind,"  page  107,  says: 

For  health,  for  happiness,  and  for  efficiency,  right  work  rightly  done 
is  the  most  important  matter  in  any  man's  or  woman's  life.  Work 
can  unquestionably  be  made  curative  in  many  cases.  Work  under  wrong 
and  unhealthy  conditions  is,  on  the  other  hand,  to  body  and  mind,  one 
of  the  great  mental  dangers  of  our  modern  urban  life.  It  is  simply 
marvelous  what  men  and  women  may  be  made  out  of  such  material 
(boys  and  girls  of  nervous  constitution  brought  up  in  the  city)  by  the 
right  sort  of  food,  environment,  and  work. 

Proper  suggestions  made  during  the  waking  state  have  a 
more  lasting  effect  in  transforming  the  life  of  the  individual 
than  those  made  during  hypnosis,  and  do  not  arouse  antago- 
nism as  the  others  do.  A  little  book  on  auto-suggestion,  written 
by  Dr.  Parkyn,  is  full  of  helpful  suggestions  on  making  the 
physical  and  mental  adjustments  that  are  necessary  to  over- 
come illness,  and  to  establish  health,  vitality  and  vigor.  Other 
modern  writers  have  emphasized  auto-suggestion  as  an  im- 
portant factor  in  mental  medicine.  Many  systems  of  mind 
cure  are  so  subtle  that  it  is  difficult  to  analyze  them  and  to 
explain  the  principles  upon  which  they  are  based,  but  it  is 
safe  to  say  that  all  of  them  have  a  psychological  basis. 

The  marvelous  cases  of  healing  recorded  in  the  Bible  were 
based  upon  natural  laws  that  may  be  understood  when  we  be- 
come more  familiar  with  the  finer  forces  of  nature.  Some  of 
the  cures  of  modern  times  are  as  mysterious  and  wonderful 
as  those  recorded  in  the  Bible.  A  book  called  "The  Modern 
Bethesda,"  is  made  up  largely  of  accounts  of  the  remarkable 
cases  of  healing  performed  by  Dr.  J.  R.  Newton.  In  the  be- 
ginning of  that  book  there  is  an  account  of  the  different  Chris- 
tian denominations  that  have  made  healing  a  part  of  their 
religion.  In  recent  years  much  has  been  said  about  the  Em  man- 


176  Applied  Character  Analysis 

uel  movement,  which  is  a  system  of  mental  healing  conducted 
by  ministers  of  the  Protestant  faith,  but  before  the  work  is 
undertaken  the  persons  to  be  treated  are  diagnosed  by  mem- 
bers of  the  regular  medical  profession  to  see  if  they  are  suit- 
able for  the  mental  methods  of  cure.  This  movement  was 
popular  a  number  of  years  ago,  but  in  some  places  a  feeling 
grew  among  the  physicians  who  aided  it  that  the  field  belonged 
to  them  entirely  and  the  movement  does  not  seem  so  vigorous 
during  the  last  few  years.  Some  critics  have  suggested  that 
this  Emmanuel  movement  was  introduced  to  counteract  the 
work  in  healing  done  by  Christian  Scientists  and  New 
Thoughters.  It  is  very  encouraging  to  find  so  many  different 
denominations  coming  to  the  belief  that  it  is  possible  to  do 
in  modern  times  what  was  done  in  ancient  times.  At  present 
there  is  a  decided  reaction  throughout  the  world  against  the 
materialism  that  prevailed  during  the  larger  part  of  the  past 
century  and  it  is  becoming  quite  popular  for  the  most  eminent 
scientists  to  give  a  spiritual  interpretation  of  things.  The 
present  trend  of  science  and  thought  is  toward  an  investiga- 
tion of  the  finer  forces  of  nature  in  order  to  interpret  scien- 
tifically many  things  that  have  heretofore  been  considered 
mysteries.  This  is  likely  to  lead  to  a  more  fundamental  under- 
standing of  the  laws  of  human  culture.  The  foundation  for 
the  scientific  study  of  the  finer  forces  of  nature  was  laid  a 
century  ago  when  Dr.  Gall  discovered  the  relationship  that 
exists  between  mind  and  brain.  This  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant discoveries  that  has  been  made  in  the  history  of  the 
world,  because  of  its  use  in  all  phases  of  human  development. 
Since  that  time  many  wonderful  discoveries  pertaining  to 
mind  and  body  and  their  proper  development  have  been 
made.  These  were  so  far  from  the  established  order  of  things 
that  it  was  difficult  to  get  recognition  for  them,  so  that  hu- 
manity has  suffered  a  great  loss  during  the  past  century 
through  being  deprived  of  the  helpful  service  they  might  have 
given.  The  time  has  now  come  when  these  discoveries  must 
again  be  examined  in  the  light  of  twentieth  century  science, 
in  order  to  develop  a  terminology  that  can  be  generally  under- 
stood and  used,  and  at  the  same  time  to  harmonize  the  prin- 
ciples into  one  grand  system  that  will  be  adapted  to  the  proper 
development  of  human  lives,  individually  and  collectively. 
The  system  of  mental  healing  that  can  be  most  easily  under- 
stood and  most  generally  applied  consists  of  an  analysis  of  all 
the  fundamental  powers  of  mind,  and  a  knowledge  of  mental 


Mental  Medicine  177 

adjusting  that  will  enable  the  person  applying  the  principles 
to  restrain  tendencies  that  are  too  strong  and  cultivate  those 
that  are  too  weak,  and  thus  bring  harmony  into  life. 

For  many  years  the  writer  has  investigated  the  various 
systems  of  mental  healing,  not  using  any  of  them  profession- 
ally, but  in  a  number  of  instances  he  has  applied  the  prin- 
ciples of  Dr.  Gall 's  system  of  mind  analysis,  or  psychoanalysis, 
in  helping  mental  patients,  with  beneficial  results.  This  gives 
a  firm  physical  basis  that  is  lacking  in  so  much  of  the  work 
done  by  the  schools  and  societies  that  give  special  attention  to 
mental  healing.  After  having  a  correct  starting  point  it  is 
possible  to  explore  in  all  directions  and  always  be  sure  of  a 
solid  landing  place.  Those  who  think  that  all  mental  healing 
is  the  result  of  suggestion  have  not  thoroughly  explored  the 
field.  The  so-called  miraculous  cures  are  done  in  obedience  to 
natural  laws  that  are  not  generally  understood,  but  the  scien- 
tists of  the  twentieth  century  are  not  willing  to  class  the  finer 
forces  that  are  not  yet  understood  as  the  unknowable,  as  was 
done  by  Herbert  Spencer  and  some  other  philosophers  of  the 
nineteenth  century.  It  is  not  many  years  since  some  of  the 
wise  ones  said  it  would  never  be  possible  to  build  air  ships 
that  could  be  controlled  while  in  flight.  Only  a  few  years 
were  required  to  prove  such  predictions  false,  and  it  may  not 
be  many  years  before  some  of  the  marvelous  things  pertain- 
ing to  the  finer  forces  of  nature  will  be  much  better  under- 
stood than  at  the  present  time.  Among  the  workers  in  the 
realm  of  human  science  are  many  who  are  well  equipped  for 
their  work,  but  others  are  attracted  to  this  wonderful  field 
of  investigation  who  are  not  so  well  equipped  by  inheritance 
and  training,  and  they  return  with  information  that  will  not 
stand  the  test  of  time.  As  it  has  been  customary  to  study 
almost  everything  in  the  world  that  is  external  to  human 
life  more  than  to  study  the  human  organism  and  the  laws  that 
control  it,  it  may  require  some  time  to  train  discriminating 
minds,  even  by  the  more  fundamental  methods  that  are  now 
being  introduced.  In  this  field  present  tendencies  should  en- 
courage the  most  pessimistic  individual,  because  of  the  marvel- 
ous progress  that  is  being  made.  The  application  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  psychology,  not  only  in  the  healing  art,  but  in  all 
other  phases  of  human  development,  is  sure  to  produce 
changes  that  will  improve  human  lives,  mentally  and  physi- 
cally, until  less  attention  will  need  to  be  given  to  curative 
work,  because  of  the  intelligent  efforts  that  are  devoted  to 
prevention. 


CHAPTER  XXTTT 

CHARACTER  ANALYSIS  AND  CRIMINOLOGY 

All  crime  is  the  result  of  perverting  the  powers  of  mind 
that  were  intended  for  good  and  to  produce  happiness  in  the 
lives  of  individuals.  The  time  to  begin  preventing  crime  is 
before  the  child  is  born.  Oliver  "Wendell  Holmes  once  said: 
' '  There  are  some  people  who  think  everything  can  be  done  if 
the  doctor,  be  he  educator  or  physician,  is  only  called  in  sea- 
son. No  doubt,  but  'in  season'  would  often  be  a  hundred  or 
two  years,  before  the  child  was  born,  and  people  do  not  send 
as  early  as  that."  It  is  too  late  for  this  generation  to  try 
to  improve  past  generations  through  heredity,  but  by  apply- 
ing the  principles  of  eugenics  that  have  been  discovered  it  will 
be  possible  to  give  better  balanced  organizations  to  future  gen- 
erations, so  that  they  will  be  able  to  keep  their  impulses  under 
control  of  their  intellectual  and  moral  powers.  If  heredity 
and  environments  are  neglected  until  the  damage  is  done  then 
the  duty  of  society  toward  the  offender  is  to  help  him  make 
the  mental  adjustments  that  will  develop  his  higher  powers 
until  the  troublesome  impulses  can  be  corrected  from  within. 
In  this,  society  has  not  done  its  duty  toward  the  offender  in 
helping  him  to  reform,  but  has  punished  him  for  his  offenses, 
so  that  after  paying  his  penalty  and  again  becoming  a  mem- 
ber of  society  he  has  often  been  less  capable  of  controlling  his 
tendencies  than  before  the  punishment.  Nearly  a  century  ago 
George  Combe,  the  Scotch  philosopher,  wrote  a  book  on 
"Moral  Philosophy,"  in  which  he  had  chapters  on  the  treat- 
ment of  criminals.    The  following  is  quoted  from  page  197 : 

The  present  practice  in  the  treatment  of  criminals,  or  of  those  indi- 
viduals who  commit  offenses  against  the  persons  or  property  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  community,  is  to  leave  every  man  to  the  freedom  of  his  own 
will,  until  he  shall  have  committed  an  offense;  in  other  words,  until  he 
shall  have  seriously  injured  his  neighbor;  and  then  to  employ,  at  the 
public  expense,  officers  of  justice  to  detect  him,  witnesses  to  prove  hi3 
crime,  a  jury  to  convict  him,  judges  to  condemn  him,  jailers  to  imprison, 
or  executioners  to  put  him  to  death,  according  as  the  law  shall  have 
decreed.     It  will  be  observed  that  in  all  this  proceeding  there  is  no  in- 

178 


Character  Analysis  and  Criminology  179 

quiry  into  the  causes  which  led  to  the  crime,  into  the  remedies  for  crime, 
or  into  the  effects  of  the  treatment  on  the  offender  or  on  society;  yet 
every  one  of  these  points  should  be  clearly  ascertained  before  we  can 
judge  correctly  of  our  social  duties  in  regard  to  the  treatment  of  crimi- 
nals. 

Mr.  Combe  then  explains  that  criminals  are  so  organized 
that  they  have  difficulty  in  keeping  their  selfish  tendencies 
under  control  of  the  intellectual  and  moral  powers  and  that 
the  duty  of  society  toward  the  criminal  is  to  place  him  in  a 
prison  environment  that  will  make  the  prisoner  a  self-con- 
trolling being,  because  he  will  have  made  the  necessary  ad- 
justments. He  speaks  of  the  extensive  observations  that  were 
made  by  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim  and  their  followers  for 
thirty-five  years,  in  many  parts  of  the  world.  These  gave  him 
the  most  complete  conviction  that  the  causes  of  crime  had 
been  discovered  and  that  through  proper  training  and  en- 
vironment they  could  be  overcome.  After  speaking  of  the  un- 
balanced brains  and  minds  that  it  is  necessary  to  adjust  in 
dealing  with  criminals  he  said : 

I  observe  that  in  the  case  of  this  class  of  brains,  in  which  the  organs 
of  the  propensities,  moral  sentiments,  and  intellectual  faculties  are  nearly 
in  equilibrium,  society  enjoys  a  great  power  in  producing  good  or  evil. 
If,  by  neglecting  education,  by  encouraging  the  use  of  intoxicating 
liquors,  by  permitting  commercial  convulsions  attended  with  extreme 
destitution,  society  allows  individuals  possessing  this  combination  of 
mental  organs  to  be  thrown  back,  as  it  were,  on  their  animal  propensities, 
it  may  expect  to  rear  a  continual  succession  of  criminals.  If,  by  a 
thorough  and  all-pervading  training  and  education,  moral,  religious  and 
intellectual;  by  well-regulated  social  institutions  providing  opportunities 
for  innocent  recreation,  this  class  of  men  shall  be  led  to  seek  their  chief 
enjoyment  from  their  moral  and  intellectual  faculties,  and  to  restrain 
their  animal  propensities,  they  may  be  effectually  saved  from  vice.  It  is 
from  this  class  that  the  great  body  of  criminals  arises;  and  as  their 
conduct  is  determined,  to  a  great  extent,  by  their  external  circumstances, 
the  only  means  of  preventing  them  from  becoming  criminals  is  to  fortify 
their  higher  faculties  by  training  and  education,  and  to  remove  external 
temptation  by  introducing  improvements,  as  far  as  possible,  into  our 
social  habits  and  institutions. 

There  are  instances  of  individuals  committing  crime  who  do  not 
belong  precisely  to  any  of  the  classes  which  I  have  described,  but  who 
have,  perhaps,  one  organ,  such  as  Acquisitiveness,  in  great  excess,  or 
another,  such  as  Conscience,  extremely  deficient.  These  individuals  occa- 
sionally commit  crime  under  strong  temptation,  although  their  disposi- 
tions, in  general,  are  good.  I  knew  an  individual  who  had  a  good  intel- 
lect, with  much  Benevolence,  Veneration,  and  Approbation,  but  in  whom 
a  large  organ  of  Reserve  was  combined  with  a  great  deficiency  of  Con- 
science. His  life  had  been  respectable  for  many  years  in  the  situation 
of  a  clerk,  while  his  duty  was  merely  to  write  books  and  conduct  corre- 


180  Applied  Character  Analysis 

spondence;  but  when  he  was  promoted,  and  intrusted  with  buying  and 
selling,  and  paying  and  receiving  cash,  his  moral  principles  gave  way. 
The  temptation  to  which  he  yielded  was  not  a  selfish  one.  He  was  much 
devoted  to  religion,  and  began  by  lending  his  master's  money,  for  a 
few  days,  to  his  religious  friends,  who  did  not  always  repay  it ;  he  next 
proceeded  to  assist  the  poorer  brethren;  he  also  opened  his  house  in 
great  hospitality  to  the  members  of  the  congregation  to  which  he  be- 
longed. These  actions  gratified  at  once  his  Benevolence  and  Approba- 
tion, and  rendered  him  extremely  popular  in  his  own  circle;  but  the 
expenses  which  they  entailed  speedily  placed  his  master's  cash  so  ex- 
tensively in  arrear,  that  he  had  no  hope  of  recovering  the  deficiency  by 
any  ordinary  means.  He  then  purchased  lottery  tickets  to  a  large 
amount,  hoping  for  a  good  prize  to  restore  him  to  honor  and  inde- 
pendence. These  prizes  never  came,  and  the  result  was  disclosure, 
disgrace,  and  misery. 

The  way  to  prevent  crime,  in  cases  like  this,  is  to  avoid  presenting 
temptation  to  men  whose  defective  moral  organs  do  not  enable  them 
to  withstand  it.  Phrenology  will  certainly  come  to  the  assistance  of 
society  in  this  respect,  because  it  affords  the  means  of  determining  be- 
forehand, whether  any  great  moral  deficiency  exists. 

The  conditions  described  above  by  George  Combe  existed 
nearly  a  century  ago  and  are  not  very  different  from  what 
we  find  in  this  twentieth  century.  The  same  causes  that  pro- 
duced crime  a  century  ago  are  still  in  operation,  and  must  be 
removed  before  individuals  will  give  normal  expression  to 
their  powers.  The  problem  of  crime  is  such  a  complex  one 
that  many  personal  and  social  adjustments  will  need  to  be 
made  to  solve  it.  It  is  now  generally  agreed  among  thought- 
ful people  that  the  beginning  should  be  made  in  permitting 
every  child  to  be  well  born.  The  next  step  is  to  furnish  the 
environment  for  each  child  that  will  cause  its  powers  to  un- 
fold normally  and  that  will  result  in  developing  will  power 
and  intellect  sufficient  to  keep  the  appetites  and  desires  under 
proper  control.  Thus  it  is  evident  that  it  is  largely  a  matter 
of  education.  In  writing  upon  this  question  William  Jolly, 
Queen  Victoria's  Inspector  of  Schools,  quotes  George  Combe 
as  follows,  in  "Education;  Its  Principles  and  Practice": 

The  enemies  of  education  say  that  crime  increases  in  proportion  as 
education  is  promoted;  and  the  statistical  returns  seem  to  favor  their 
assertions.  But  they  forget  that  what  is  called  Education  is  merely 
instruction  in  words  and  signs.  The  instruments  of  education  have 
received  no  proper  instruction  concerning  either  physical  or  human 
nature,  and  have  not  been  trained  to  the  practice  of  goodness.  Let  the 
opponents  of  education  show  that  crime  has  been  increased  by  training 
the  Intellectual  Faculties  nnd  Moral  Sentiments  to  proper  activity,  and 
then  we  will  give  the  matter  up. 

Where  the  Philosophy  of  Man  is  unknown,  children  are  not  taught 


Character  Analysis  and  Criminology  181 

any  rational  views  of  the  order  of  God's  providence  on  earth,  nor  are 
they  trained  to  venerate  and  obey  it;  they  are  not  instructed  in  the 
constitution  of  society,  and  obtain  no  sufficient  information  concerning 
the  real  sources  of  individual  enjoyment  and  social  prosperity.  They 
are  not  taught  any  system  of  morals  based  on  the  nature  of  man  and  his 
social  relations,  but  are  left  each  to  grope  his  way  to  happiness,  guided 
by  creeds  and  catechisms,  which  they  see  many  men  neglecting  in  their 
actions.  The  poor  observe  the  rich  pursuing  pleasure  and  fashion,  and 
if  they  follow  such  examples,  they  must  resort  to  crime  for  the  means 
of  gratification.  No  solid  instruction  is  given  them — sufficient  to  satisfy 
their  understandings,  that  the  rich  themselves  are  straying  from  the 
paths  that  lead  to  happiness,  and  that  it  is  to  be  found  only  in  other  and 
higher  occupations. 

The  right  kind  of  education  will  prevent  a  great  deal  of 
crime,  but  without  the  right  kind  of  environments  many  in- 
dividuals are  not  strong  enough  to  resist  the  temptations  that 
come  before  them.  When  persons  give  way  to  weaknesses  and 
commit  crime  the  duty  of  society  is  to  help  them  regain  their 
standing  and  adjust  their  lives  so  that  they  will  not  repeat 
the  offense.  The  modern  system  of  probation  is  a  step  in  the 
right  direction  and  has  helped  many  a  person  to  escape  the 
stigma  of  a  jail  sentence.  A  large  per  cent  of  persons  who 
are  paroled  make  good,  and  by  this  method  of  adjustment  are 
enabled  to  support  themselves  and  others  depending  on  them 
while  regaining  their  standing  as  honorable  members  of  so- 
ciety. If  all  who  are  connected  with  the  parole  work  were 
character  analysts  and  practical  psychologists  the  system 
could  be  made  much  more  effective  than  it  is  at  the  present 
time. 

The  indeterminate  sentence,  which  is  supposed  to  keep 
persons  confined  in  prison  only  long  enough  to  help  them  re- 
form and  become  safe  citizens,  is  a  great  improvement  over 
the  old  method  of  sentencing  for  a  term  of  years  and  thus 
keeping  the  individual  confined  much  longer  than  is  neces- 
sary to  make  the  adjustments  that  are  needed  in  his  life,  or 
else  not  of  sufficient  length  to  change  his  physical  and  mental 
tendencies  so  as  to  give  him  control  over  the  tendencies  that 
caused  him  to  commit  the  crime.  It  is  no  more  rational  to 
commit  an  individual  to  prison  for  a  stated  period  of  months 
or  years  than  it  would  be  to  send  a  sick  person  to  a  hospital 
for  a  stated  period  of  time,  regardless  of  the  help  that  he 
needed. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  most  of  the  prisons  and  peniten- 
tiaries, even  in  this  twentieth  century,  are  places  for  punish- 
ment rather  than  for  reform.    This  condition  is  likely  to  con- 


182  Applied  Character  Analysis 

tinue  as  long  as  the  workers  in  such  institutions  are  selected 
because  of  their  political  pull  and  not  because  of  their  effi- 
ciency or  fitness  for  their  work.  Society  is  frequently  shocked 
by  the  scandalous  reports  of  prison  conditions.  In  order  to 
correct  the  abuses  it  will  be  necessary  for  citizens  to  take  a 
more  active  interest  in  the  treatment  of  the  unfortunates  who 
are  sent  to  prisons.  Houses  of  correction,  regardless  of  the 
title  they  receive,  must  be  made  educational  institutions, 
where  the  inmates  will  have  their  characters  strengthened 
until  their  impulses  are  ruled  by  the  intellectual  and  moral 
powers.  Much  has  been  done  during  the  past  century  to 
awaken  the  interest  that  is  necessary  in  criminology  and  the 
care  of  prisoners  by  such  writers  as  George  Combe,  whose 
books,  "The  Constitution  of  Man,"  and  "Moral  Philosophy," 
have  been  read  by  millions  of  people.  The  philosophy  con- 
tained in  these  books  is  so  fundamental  and  scientific  that  the 
suggestions  given  nearly  a  century  ago  can  be  applied  today 
with  the  greatest  profit.  On  the  matter  of  educating  the  crim- 
inals in  prisons  George  Combe  says,  on  page  241  of  "Moral 
Philosophy ' ' : 

I  consider  that  it  would  be  highly  advantageous  to  the  criminals 
themselves  to  teach  them  Phrenology  as  part  of  their  moral  and  intel- 
lectual instruction.  Many  individuals  of  average  minds,  who  are  un- 
trained in  mental  philosophy,  assume  their  own  feelings  and  capacities 
to  be  the  types  and  standards  of  those  of  all  other  men;  and  why  should 
not  the  lowest  class  do  the  same?  In  point  of  fact  they  actually  do 
so;  and  many  of  them  believe  that  the  portion  of  society  which  is  out 
of  prison  is,  at  the  bottom,  as  unprincipled,  profligate,  and  criminal  as 
themselves,  only  more  fortunate  and  dexterous  in  avoiding  temptation 
and  detection.  One  means  of  correcting  these  erroneous  impressions, 
and  enabling  such  persons  to  understand  their  own  dispositions,  and 
the  real  relations  in  which  they  stand  to  virtuous  men,  and  also  of 
delivering  their  minds  from  the  admiration  of  fraud,  violence,  obstinate 
pride,  and  many  other  abuses  of  the  propensities,  which  at  present  they 
regard  as  virtues,  would  be  to  teach  them  the  functions,  the  uses,  and 
the  abuses  of  every  faculty,  and  particularly  the  peculiarities  in  their 
own  cerebral  organization,  which  render  their  perceptions  unsound  on 
certain  points,  and  their  proclivities  in  certain  directions  dangerous. 

That  our  prisons  have  not  yet  become  such  ideal  institu- 
tions of  education  is  evident  from  remarks  made  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Chaplains'  Association,  at  the  Congress  of  the 
American  Prison  Association,  held  in  Chicago  a  few  years 
ago.    He  asks  this  pointed  question : 


Character  Analysis  and  Criminology  183 

What's  in  a  prison  that  it  should  reform  men?  They  are  received, 
photographed,  stripped,  clipped,  anointed,  measured,  numbered,  tabu- 
lated by  size,  shape,  scars,  color,  marks,  moles  and  the  unchanging 
papillary  ridges  of  the  finger  tips.  Arrayed  in  prison  garb  they  are 
counted,  marched,  worked,  watched  whether  awake  or  asleep,  hustled 
along  by  keepers,  lied  about  by  fellow-convicts,  forgotten  by  their  friends, 
kept  in  silence  and  leading  strings  till  they  lose  the  power  of  initiative 
an'd  forget  the  usages  of  the  world. 


At  the  same  Congress  Judge  Arthur  N.  Sager  spoke  of  the 
difficulty  that  the  prisoner  finds  in  getting  re-established  in 
society  after  leaving  his  place  of  confinement.  Speaking  of 
the  penitentiary  at  Jefferson  City,  Missouri,  he  said: 

We  know  that  when  the  convict  leaves  these  walls  his  picture,  descrip- 
tion and  record  will  be  catalogued  in  all  the  great  cities  of  the  land; 
that  the  trained  sleuths  of  the  law  are  constantly  on  the  alert  to  pick 
him  up,  interrogate  and  inform  upon  him ;  that  he  is  as  timid  and  help- 
less as  a  bird  just  released  from  the  cage;  that  he  feels  that  every  man 
who  looks  him  in  the  face  reads  his  prison  number  and  record.  We 
know,  if  his  family  is  gone,  his  home  destroyed  and  his  friends  have 
forgotten  him,  he  is  as  a  wild  beast — hunted,  feared  and  despised. 

Many  thoughtful  people  are  making  a  careful  study  of  the 
different  phases  of  criminology  and  many  reforms  are  being 
introduced  to  improve  the  conditions  of  prisoners  while  they 
are  in  the  institutions  of  correction,  and  after  they  have  served 
their  terms.  The  indeterminate  sentence  already  mentioned  is 
an  incentive  to  the  prisoner  to  use  his  will  power  and  the  best 
tendencies  of  his  life  to  control  the  mischief  working  impulses 
and  thus  hasten  his  release  from  prison.  If  he  is  in  confine- 
ment for  a  sufficient  length  of  time  to  form  correct  habits  and 
to  establish  them  so  well  that  they  are  not  likely  to  change 
easily  after  his  release  from  prison  he  is  no  longer  a  danger 
to  society  and  every  citizen  should  show  sufficient  interest  in 
his  welfare  to  help  him  to  live  in  a  manner  that  will  insure 
his  freedom  permanently. 

Some  individuals  are  so  unfortunately  organized  that  they 
do  not  seem  to  be  able  to  develop  the  power  of  controlling 
themselves  and  therefore  spend  most  of  their  lives  in  houses 
of  correction.  Persons  who  have  such  an  unfortunate  or- 
ganization should  not  be  punished  for  their  misfortune.  If 
it  is  necessary  to  keep  them  in  an  institution  for  public  safety 
they  should  be  given  congenial  employment  because  of  its 
wholesome  effect  upon  their  organizations  and  be  taught  to 


184  Applied  Character  Analysis 

produce  the  necessaries  of  life  so  that  they  will  not  become 
burdens  upon  society.  In  justice  to  such  individuals  and  to 
itself  society  should  not  take  revenge  on  such  unfortunates 
but  should  develop  the  best  that  is  within  them  and  thus  make 
life  as  tolerable  and  pleasurable  for  them  as  possible.  It  can- 
not be  denied  that  such  individuals  have  been  placed  at  a  dis- 
advantage through  a  bad  inheritance;  hence  any  system  of 
criminology  that  pretends  to  be  scientific  must  give  due  con- 
sideration to  such  unfortunate  organizations  and  help  to 
adjust  them  by  applying  the  principles  of  psychology  and 
physiology.  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes  was  not  far  from  the 
truth  when  he  said :  ' '  We  are  an  omnibus  in  which  all  of  our 
ancestors  ride ' ' ;  and  again  in  his  statement,  ' '  We  are  but  the 
footing  up  of  a  double  column  of  figures  that  goes  back  to  the 
first  pair.  Some  of  them  are  plus,  and  some  of  them  are 
minus,  and  if  the  columns  do  not  add  up  right  it  is  because  we 
cannot  make  out  all  the  figures. ' '  In  the  case  of  persons  who 
have  such  unfortunate  organizations  that  they  seem  to  be  given 
over  hopelessly  to  their  animal  instincts  and  are  lacking  the 
intellectual  and  moral  powers  that  should  control  their  appe- 
tites and  passions  the  cause  of  their  trouble  and  the  responsi- 
bility for  the  crimes  extends  back  through  many  generations, 
and  if  any  harsh  measures  were  to  be  used  the  ancestors  might 
have  been  justly  made  to  suffer.  The  Kallikak  family  and  the 
Jukes  family  are  notorious  examples  of  the  influence  of  one 
generation  upon  others.  It  is  stated  that  one  of  these  fam- 
ilies cost  the  state  of  New  York  one  million  two  hundred  fifty 
thousand  dollars  to  care  for  the  unfortunate  members  of  five 
generations  who  were  unable  to  control  themselves.  The  study 
of  eugenics,  which  has  brought  such  conditions  to  public  at- 
tention, is  now  being  introduced  in  high  schools,  and  will  thus 
bring  young  people  in  contact  with  the  causes  of  crime,  so 
that  they  will  be  more  interested  in  helping  to  make  the  social 
adjustments  that  are  necessary  to  remove  the  conditions  that 
produce  crime.  It  is  now  generally  believed  among  intelligent 
people  that  disease  is  preventable.  The  fact  that  some  peo- 
ple go  through  life  without  suffering  from  sickness  is  an  evi- 
dence that  all  could  if  the  principles  of  normal  living  were 
universally  practiced.  The  fact  that  a  large  per  cent  of  the 
citizens  in  every  country  are  not  guilty  of  criminal  acts  is 
evidence  that  all  might  live  above  crime  by  the  universal  ap- 
plication of  the  normal  laws  of  heredity,  environment  and 
self-mastery. 


CHAPTER  XXTV 

CAUSES  OF  INSANITY 

According  to  the  reports  of  those  who  have  given  most  at- 
tention to  the  study  of  insanity  it  is  increasing  to  an  alarming 
extent  in  the  most  civilized  countries  of  the  world.  This  is 
not  as  it  should  be.  True  civilization  will  reduce  insanity, 
vice,  crime,  disease,  poverty,  and  other  abnormal  personal  and 
social  conditions.  Many  misfortunes  come  to  humanity  in- 
dividually and  collectively  because  of  the  measuring  of  suc- 
cess by  what  people  have,  and  not  by  what  they  are.  The 
mad  rush  for  wealth  causes  people  to  study  almost  everything 
but  the  laws  of  their  own  being,  and  how  to  live  normally. 
Herbert  Spencer  has  expressed  in  a  forceful  way  the  responsi- 
bility of  individuals  and  their  ancestors  for  this  unfortunate 
condition  when  he  says: 

If  anyone  doubts  the  importance  of  an  acquaintance  with  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  physiology  as  a  means  of  complete  living,  let  him 
look  around  and  see  how  many  men  and  women  he  can  find  in  middle 
life,  or  later,  who  are  thoroughly  well.  Occasionally  only  do  we  meet 
with  an  example  of  vigorous  health  continued  to  old  age;  hourly  do  we 
meet  with  examples  of  acute  disorder,  chronic  ailment,  general  debility, 
premature  decreptitude.  Scarcely  is  there  one  to  whom  you  put  the  ques- 
tion, who  has  not,  in  the  course  of  his  life,  brought  upon  himself  illness 
from  which  a  little  knowledge  would  have  saved  him.  Here  is  a  case 
of  heart  disease  consequent  on  a  rheumatic  fever  that  followed  a  reckless 
exposure.  There  is  a  case  of  eyes  spoiled  for  life  by  overstudy.  Not 
to  dwell  on  the  natural  pain,  the  gloom,  and  the  waste  of  time  and 
money  thus  entailed,  only  consider  how  greatly  ill  health  hinders  the 
discharge  of  all  duties, — makes  business  often  impossible,  and  always 
more  difficult;  puts  the  function  of  citizenship  out  of  the  question,  and 
makes  amusement  a  bore.  Is  it  not  clear  that  the  physical  sins — 
partly  our  ancestors'  and  partly  our  own — which  produce  this  ill  health 
deduct  more  from  complete  living  than  anything  else,  and  to  a  great 
extent  make  life  a  failure  and  a  burden,  instead  of  a  benefaction  and  a 
pleasure? 

Although  Mr.  Spencer  mentioned  only  the  desirability  of 
knowing  physiology  in  order  to  preserve  health  it  is  now  gen- 
erally recognized  by  scientists  and  by  the  common  people  that 

185 


186  Applied  Character  Analysis 

mind  is  an  important  factor  in  the  cause  and  cure  of  disease. 
Marvelous  progress  has  been  made  during  the  past  century  in 
improving  conditions  for  the  insane  who  have  been  kept  in 
mental  hospitals  or  insane  asylums,  but  it  is  generally  recog- 
nized that  the  progress  in  psychiatry  has  been  less  during  the 
past  century  than  of  any  other  branch  required  by  the  phy- 
sician. A  book  entitled,  "Observations  on  Mental  Derange- 
ment," written  nearly  a  century  ago  by  Andrew  Combe,  M. 
D.,  Physician  to  Queen  Victoria  and  to  the  King  and  Queen 
of  the  Belgians,  was  based  upon  the  anatomical  and  phreno- 
logical discoveries  of  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  and  is  much 
more  helpful  today  in  the  study  and  prevention  of  insanity 
than  the  large  volumes  on  psychiatry  that  are  now  used  in 
medical  colleges.  A  few  years  ago  Bernard  Hollander,  M. 
D.,  wrote  a  book  entitled,  "The  First  Signs  of  Insanity; 
Their  Prevention  and  Treatment, ' '  that  is  full  of  helpful  sug- 
gestions on  the  prevention  of  insanity  that  should  be  univers- 
ally understood.  If  the  causes  are  not  removed  the  effects 
will  be  an  unbalanced  condition  of  mind  that  will  finally  land 
the  unfortunate  victims  in  some  mental  hospital.  In  the  case 
of  mental  derangements,  as  in  all  other  diseases,  prevention  is 
much  better  than  cure.  If  the  first  signs  of  insanity  were 
understood  by  everybody  it  would  be  possible  to  help  the  in- 
dividuals suffering  from  mental  derangements  to  overcome 
them  through  change  of  habit  and  environments,  and  thus 
make  necessary  adjustments  without  confinement  in  a  mental 
hospital.  In  speaking  on  the  prevention  of  insanity  Dr.  Hol- 
lander says,  on  page  143  of  the  book  referred  to  above : 

What  can  we  do  to  prevent  mental  unsoundness  in  persons  "with  a  bad 
heredity  or  a  distinct  tendency?  What  can  we  do  by  way  of  treatment 
during  an  attack  or  in  case  of  chronic  mental  weakness?  How  can  we 
prevent  the  recurrence  of  an  attack,  and  what  shall  we  do  with  the 
incurables?  These  are  the  questions  we  have  set  ourselves  to  answer  in 
the  succeeding  chapters. 

To  solve  these  problems  satisfactorily,  a  knowledge  of  the  human 
brain  and  its  mechanism  is  most  essential;  secondly,  a  knowledge  of 
practical  psychology  and  human  nature*  in  all  its  varieties,  which  can 
only  be  gained  by  long  experience;  and  thirdly,  we  must  be  acquainted 
with  the  manifestations  of  unsound  mind  and  perversities  of  character. 

Of  all  the  organs  in  the  human  body,  the  brain  ranks  highest  in  im- 
portance; yet,  strange  to  say,  until  about  a  century  ago  it  received 
hardly  any  attention,  and  even  at  the  present  day  the  knowledge  of  its 
mental  functions  is  still  very  obscure.  Most  of  the  knowledge  of  the 
functions  of  the  brain  is  derived  from  experiments  on  living  animals, 
which  have  produced  valuable  results  for  the  neurologist  who  has  to  deal 
with  disorders  of  motion  and  sensation;  but  they  have  produced  next 


Causes  of  Insanity  187 

to  nothing  of  value  to  the  psychiatrist,  whose  business  it  is  to  study 
disorders  of  the  mind.  Nor  can  it  be  wondered  at,  for  even  if  the  animal 
brain  has  the  same  correlation  to  psychical  activities  as  the  human  brain, 
we  cannot  produce  a  thought  or  feeling  at  the  point  of  the  scalpel,  ami 
we  must  ever  fail  by  this  method  to  shed  light  on  the  nature  of  mental 
derangements. 

All  we  need  agree  upon,  for  the  present,  is  that  there  is  a  relationship 
between  certain  parts  of  the  brain  and  certain  psychical  states  ami 
qualities.  In  my  opinion,  and  I  must  insist  on  repeating  it  again  and 
again,  it  is  because  of  the  non-recognition  of  this  principle  of  the  locali- 
zation of  mental  functions  that  so  little  progress  has  been  made  both 
in  the  study  and  treatment  of  brain  disease  and  mental  disorder. 

Many  physiologists  recognize  only  centers  for  movement  and  sensation, 
optical,  accoustical,  and  other  areas;  but  we  must  not  forget  that  be- 
hind those  sensory  and  motor  centers  there  lie  also  the  functions 
which  constitute  mental  phenomena.  The  fact  is  overlooked  that  man 
has  a  much  larger  and  by  far  more  complicated  brain  than  the  lower 
animals,  although  he  has  not  anything  like  the  amount  of  muscular 
energy  and  power  which  many  of  them  possess. 

Until  recent  years  it  was  believed  that  the  shape  of  the  skull  had 
no  relation  to  the  shape  of  the  brain.  Now,  however,  there  is  not  an 
anatomist  existing  who  would  deny  that  the  size  and  shape  of  the  skull 
is  for  all  practical  purposes  a  fair  index  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the 
brain.  We  have  learned  a  great  deal  during  recent  years  about  the 
microscopical  appearance  of  the  brain  in  health  and  disease,  but  as  re- 
gards the  naked  eye  appearance  of  the  brain,  the  relative  value  of  the 
development  of  its  different  parts,  there  is  still  profound  ignorance. 
The  living  head  has  interested  the  expert  of  brain  and  mental  diseases 
so  little  that  one  would  expect  the  organ  of  the  mind  was  anywhere  but 
in  the  head.  Every  attempt  should  be  made  to  solve  this  problem  of 
the  mental  functions  of  the  brain.  The  treatment  of  insanity  will  not 
be  perfect  until  we  have  acquired  such  knowledge.  Such  is  my  view 
based  on  a  close  study  of  the  entire  history  of  brain  research  from  its 
origin  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present  day. 

Parents  are  apt  to  attribute  the  breakdown  of  the  health  to  educa- 
tional over-pressure,  but  the  fault  lies  much  more  often  in  the  want  of 
suitable  education.  Subjects  are  crammed  into  a  child's  head  for  which 
he  has  no  actual  capacity.  If  it  is  true  of  normal  children,  it  is  still 
more  true  of  neurotic  children  that  they  require  individual  training  as 
much  as  possible. 

Besides  the  intellectual  gifts,  the  characters  and  dispositions  of 
children  require  to  be  carefully  studied.  Some  are  bold,  others  timid; 
some  frank,  others  reserved;  some  rash,  others  cautious;  some  forward, 
others  retiring;  some  active,  others  slow;  and  so  on,  each  requiring 
special  treatment.  For  many  children  of  a  nervous  temperament,  habits 
of  system,  order,  punctuality,  temperance,  self-reliance,  perseverance, 
and  self-control  may  be  their  salvation  in  after-life.  They  require  such 
moral  education  and  character  organization  as  will  fit  them  to  deal  with 
the  practical  affairs  of  life,  and  enable  them  to  do  well  when  launched 
upon  the  business  of  the  world. 

Excessive  emotionalism  is  a  defect  common  to  the  greater  number 
of  children  sprung  from  a  neuropathic  stock,  and  its  development  must 
at  all  costs  be  repressed. 


188  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Bad  temper  is  frequent  in  neuropaths  and  unbalanced  minds,  and  is 
very  often  the  result  of  faulty  education.  The  child  who  is  overwhelmed 
wi$h  incessant  reproaches,  or  who  is  thwarted  uselessly  and  on  all  occa- 
sions, retires  within  himself  and  takes  to  brooding  over  his  woes  and 
disappointments;  little  by  little  he  accustoms  himself  to  melancholy, 
and  later  on  he  will  be  more  inclined  than  others  to  pessimism,  moral 
depression,  and  discouragement. 

If  the  child  grows  up  fairly  normally,  there  comes  a  time  when  a 
profession  will  have  to  be  chosen  for  him.  Taking  to  the  wrong  pro- 
fession or  sphere  in  life  may  absolutely  change  the  life,  so  that  un- 
soundness of  mind  may  result.  A  man  always  runs  more  risk  if  he 
spends  his  life  doing  uncongenial  work,  especially  if  he  has  an  innate 
craving  for  something  else.  A  square  man  in  a  round  hole  is  much 
more  likely  to  come  to  grief  than  one  whose  occupation  fits  his  capacity. 
When  we  have  to  deal  with  a  neurotic  girl  or  young  man  inheriting 
insanity,  it  will  be  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the  career  chosen 
should  be  one  fitted  to  mental  constitution,  and  that  everything  about 
them  should  be  equally  studied  and  regulated  with  the  view  of  con- 
stantly warding  off  the  threatened  evil.  The  great  considerations  in 
choosing  an  occupation  for  the  young  are  health,  defects,  aptitudes, 
special  leanings,  opportunities,  powers  of  resistance,  tendencies  to  special 
risks  and  temptations,  and  special  intellectual,  moral,  or  bodily  strong 
or  weak  points.  How  many  wasted  lives  would  be  saved,  and  how  much 
unhappiness  would  be  avoided  if  we  could  put  every  young  man  and 
woman  into  the  groove  for  which  nature  has  fitted  them.  Those  who 
are  in  possession  of  real  genius  would  not,  as  frequently  happens  now, 
be  obligated  to  pine  away  their  lives  in  a  garret,  and  men  would  not 
longer  be  put  to  the  learned  professions  who  are  scarcely  fitted  for 
driving  a  plough  or  scraping  on  a  fiddle. 

With  many  people  it  is  idleness  which  leads  to  mental  disorder.  They 
have  nothing  to  distract  them  from  perpetual  self-contemplation.  While 
some  men  have  toe  much  work  and  mind-toil,  others  have  too  little,  and 
lead  an  idle,  aimless  life,  which  either  tends  to  bad  and  solitary  habits 
and  perhaps  to  drink,  or  fosters  a  habit  of  continual  self -introspection 
and  perpetual  complaint  that  they  are  misunderstood.  They  may  be 
independent,  and  have  no  longer  need  to  work  for  a  living;  but  such 
persons  should  be  encouraged  to  take  up  some  pursuit  or  hobby,  to 
study  some  branch  of  science  or  art.  Every  such  pursuit  is  an  assist- 
ance to  the  neurotic  and  predisposed  individual,  and  great  will  be  the 
benefit  gained  from  it.  Not  only  ought  the  idle  to  have  such  occupation, 
but  the  busy  and  hard-worked  man  should  have  beyond  his  everyday 
task  some  amusement,  pursuit  or  hobby  to  which  he  can  turn  as  a  relief 
from  his  daily  round  of  business  and  find  therein  food  and  rest  for 
his  mind.  Often  busy  men  break  down,  simply  because,  apart  from 
their  business,  they  have  no  thought,  no  occupation,  no  mental  amuse- 
ment. 

If  everybody  would  try  to  help  the  individual  who  shows 
the  first  signs  of  insanity  it  would  be  possible  to  make  adjust- 
ments that  would  overcome  those  abnormal  tendencies,  and 
would  enable  the  individual  to  express  life  in  a  more  normal 


Causes  of  Insanity  189 

way.  In  a  recent  conversation  with  the  superintendent  of  a 
large  mental  hosj  ital  he  frankly  admitted  that  there  were 
many  patients  in  that  institution  who  could  be  well  taken 
care  of  in  their  home  communities  if  people  were  a  little  more 
sympathetic  and  tolerant  to  the  views  that  may  be  eccentric 
but  that  would  do  nobody  any  injury.  He  stated  further  that 
during  the  great  world  war,  when  labor  was  scarce,  some  of 
the  patients  were  humored  in  their  peculiar  ideas,  and  found 
no  difficulty  in  securing  work.  Unfortunately,  when  a  person 
in  any  community  shows  tendencies  that  are  out  of  the  ordi- 
nary, life  is  made  unbearable  by  individuals  who  have  no  in- 
tention to  do  injury,  but  who  are  lacking  the  good  sense  and 
the  toleration  necessary  to  be  helpful.  The  treatment  that 
many  individuals  who  are  unbalanced  in  their  minds  receive 
in  their  communities  and  often  in  their  own  homes  is  unworthy 
of  our  boasted  twentieth  century  civilization.  It  is  in  pre- 
venting insanity  that  the  citizens  can  render  their  most  help- 
ful service,  and  there  is  no  other  science  that  will  aid  them  as 
much  in  that  important  work  as  the  observational  psychology 
discovered  by  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim.  Some  of  the  most 
eminent  superintendents  of  mental  hospitals  have  testified  that 
they  could  not  have  done  justice  to  their  patients  without  the 
help  of  that  science.  The  following  statements  by  Dr.  W.  A. 
F.  Browne,  made  while  he  was  Medical  Superintendent  of 
Montrose  Asylum,  is  a  sample  of  a  number  that  might  be 
quoted : 

I  have  been  acquainted  with  the  principles  of  phrenology  for  upwards 
of  ten  years,  and  from  proofs,  based  upon  physiology  and  observation, 
I  believe  these  to  be  a  true  exposition  of  the  laws  and  phenomena  of 
the  human  mind.  During  the  whole  of  the  period  mentioned  I  have  acted 
on  these  principles,  applied  them  practically  in  the  ordinary  concerns 
of  life,  in  determining  and  analyzing  the  characters  of  all  individuals 
with  whom  I  became  acquainted  or  connected,  and  I  have  derived  the 
greatest  benefit  from  the  assistance  thus  obtained.  But  although  the 
utility  of  the  science  be  most  apparent  in  the  discrimination  of  the 
good  from  the  bad,  those  of  virtuous  and  intellectual  capabilities  from 
the  brutal  and  the  imbecile,  it  is  not  confined  to  this.  In  the  exercise 
of  my  profession,  I  have  been  enabled  by  the  aid  of  phrenology  to  be 
of  essential  service  in  directing  the  education  of  the  young  as  a  pro- 
tection against  nervous  disease,  and  in  removing  or  alleviating  the 
various  forms  assumed  by  insanity  in  the  mature.  For  several  years 
I  have  devoted  myself  to  the  study  of  mental  diseases  and  the  care  of 
the  insane.  During  my  studies  at  Salpetriere,  Charenton,  &c,  in  Paris, 
I  was  able  to  derive  great  additional  information  from  my  previous 
knowledge  of  phrenology;   and  now  that  I  have  been  entrusted  with  a 


190  Applied  Character  Analysis 

large  asylum,  I  am  inclined  to  attribute  any  little  success  that  may 
have  attended  my  efforts  to  ameliorate  the  condition  of  those  confided 
to  my  charge,  to  the  same  cause. 

The  principles  spoken  of  by  Dr.  Browne  can  be  so  simpli- 
fied as  to  be  understood  by  children  six  years  of  age,  and  there 
is  no  good  reason  why  these  principles  of  human  nature  should 
not  be  taught  to  children  as  early  as  the  principles  of  plant 
and  animal  development,  because  the  harmonizing  of  human 
tendencies  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  everyone.  When 
all  become  familiar  with  the  elementary  powers  of  mind  and 
the  environments  that  are  necessary  to  make  them  function 
in  a  normal  manner  people  will  be  more  considerate  of  each 
other  and  will  help  to  produce  harmonies  rather  than  to  create 
discords  in  the  lives  of  individuals.  When  persons,  through 
the  lack  of  the  application  of  preventive  measures,  become  so 
unbalanced  in  their  organizations  that  it  is  necessary  to  send 
them  to  a  mental  hospital,  then  it  is  of  the  greatest  importance 
that  those  who  have  charge  of  them  understand  the  operations 
of  mind  in  normal  and  abnormal  conditions,  and  how  to  make 
mental  adjustments  that  will  change  discords  into  harmonies. 
It  is  generally  conceded  that  medical  colleges  have  not  given 
sufficient  attention  to  this  special  phase  of  professional  train- 
ing. Dr.  George  M.  Baird,  who  has  written  some  valuable 
works  on  the  nervous  system  and  how  to  care  for  it,  makes 
this  valuable  suggestion  in  his  book,  "The  Problems  of  In- 
sanity ' ' : 

The  best  thing  to  do  with  disease  is  to  prevent  it;  the  next  best  thing 
is  to  cure  it  when  it  first  appears;  the  last  and  least  important  of  all, 
is  to  attempt  to  cure  its  later  stages,  and  it  is  with  this  last  and  least 
important  duty  that  the  asylums  of  the  world  are  mainly  occupied.  The 
practical  problem  of  the  future  is,  how  to  educate  physicians  in  the 
study  of  insanity  so  that  they  shall  know  its  premonitory  symptoms, 
and  treat  and  cure  it  before  it  appears,  or  just  after  it  appears.  The 
insane  must  be  treated  before  they  are  insane. 

In  medicine,  as  in  education,  the  most  advanced  thinkers 
have  adopted  the  discoveries  of  Dr.  Gall  as  being  the  most 
scientific  and  helpful  in  understanding  human  nature  in  its 
normal  and  abnormal  forms.  One  of  the  progressive  teachers 
in  a  medical  college,  Dr.  William  Weir,  of  Glasgow,  Scotland, 
said: 

Being  myself  firmly  convinced,  after  many  years '  study  of  the  subject, 
and  numerous  observations,  that  phrenology  is  the  true  philosophy  of 


Causes  of  Insanity  191 

the  mind,  I  have  taught  it,  in  my  lectures  to  medical  students,  as  the 
correct  physiology  of  the  brain;  and  I  consider  it  impossible  to  give  a 
proper  view  of  the  functions  of  the  brain  on  any  other  but  phrenological 
principles.  I  have,  during  the  last  five  years,  applied  the  principles 
of  this  science  toward  elucidating  the  nature  and  treatment  of  insanity. 

The  author  of  the  present  time  who  has  done  most  to  draw 
attention  of  the  medical  profession  and  of  the  public  to  the 
value  of  the  practical  psychology  referred  to  above  is  Dr. 
Bernard  Hollander,  whose  book  on  "The  First  Signs  of  In- 
sanity," has  already  been  mentioned.  Another  book  that  he 
has  written,  which  has  wielded  a  great  influence  in  the  scien- 
tific world,  is  "The  Mental  Functions  of  the  Brain,"  in  which 
he  gives  the  clinical  records  of  eight  hundred  cases  of  local- 
ized brain  derangements  and  where  he  testifies  that  his  local- 
izations confirm  those  made  a  century  ago  by  Dr.  Gall  and 
his  scientific  followers.  The  principles  demonstrated  by  Dr. 
Hollander  should  be  presented  in  simple  language  in  the  chap- 
ters on  the  nervous  system  in  all  text-books  on  physiology 
that  are  used  in  the  public  schools.  There  is  great  need  of 
teaching  the  elementary  principles  of  mind  and  their  connec- 
tion with  the  nervous  system  to  every  pupil  in  our  public 
schools.  By  teaching  psycho-physiology  in  our  schools  the 
interest  of  children  would  be  much  greater  than  in  the  ordi- 
nary physiology  as  it  is  now  taught,  and  the  information  they 
would  gain  would  be  of  the  greatest  value  to  them  throughout 
life.  If  this  study  were  enlarged  to  include  the  observational 
method  of  analyzing  character  it  would  give  teachers  a  better 
knowledge  of  their  children  and  would  help  children  to  under- 
stand themselves.  The  value  of  the  practical  psychology  recom- 
mended was  tested  by  Elizabeth  P.  Peabody  and  Mrs.  Horace 
Mann  more  than  half  a  century  ago  when  they  introduced 
the  kindergarten  into  America.  In  their  book,  "Moral  Cul- 
ture of  Infancy,"  page  195,  they  give  practical  demonstra- 
tions of  the  methods  they  used  to  teach  to  children  subjects 
for  which  they  had  very  little  talent.  Their  ideas  are  well 
expressed  in  the  following : 

We  find  a  very  great  difference  in  children  in  regard  to  arithmetic. 
We  bave  had  one  scholar  who  never  could  go  (she  died  at  fifteen)  be- 
yond a  certain  section  in  "Colburn's  Mental  Arithmetic."  She  reached 
that  after  repeated  trials;  for  when  we  found  her  grounded  at  any 
special  point,  we  always  turned  back  and  let  her  review,  and  in  that 
way  she  would  gain  a  little  at  every  repeated  trial.  This  child  found 
geometry  easier  than  numbers,  and  mastered  ' '  Grund  's  Plane  Geome- 
try. "     She  could  also  write  out  a  reminiscence  of  Dr.  Channing's  ser- 


192  Applied  Character  Analysis 

mons,  or  remember  anything  interesting  in  history,  natural  history,  or 
anything  of  an  ethical  character.  We  also  had  one  gifted  little  scholar 
who  could  not  learn  to  spell  accurately;  but  she  drew  with  great  power 
and  beauty, — with  ' '  an  eye  that  no  teaching  could  give, ' '  as  was  said  of 
her  by  a  fine  artist.  These  discrepancies  in  talent  are  very  curious. 
Phrenological  philosophy  alone  explains  them. ' '  * 

Many  of  the  foremost  scientists  of  the  past  century  recog- 
nized the  great  loss  that  humanity  has  sustained  by  the  ne- 
glect of  adopting  universally  the  practical  psychology  discov- 
ered by  Dr.  Gall.  Alexander  Bain,  whose  books  on  psychol- 
ogy and  education  are  of  as  high  a  character  as  those  of  Her- 
bert Spencer,  stated  in  the  preface  of  his  book  ' '  On  the  Study 
of  Character,  Including  an  Estimate  of  Phrenology": 

The  present  work  is  intended,  if  possible,  to  reanimate  the  interest  in 
the  analytical  study  of  human  character,  which  was  considerably  awak- 
ened by  the  attention  drawn  to  phrenology,  and  which  seems  to  have 
declined  with  the  comparative  neglect  of  that  study  at  the  present  time. 
There  is  nothing  more  certain,  than  that  the  discriminating  knowledge 
of  individual  character  is  a  primary  condition  of  much  of  the  social 
improvement  that  the  present  age  is  panting  for.  The  getting  the  right 
man  into  the  right  place  is  mainly  a  problem  of  the  judgment  of  char- 
acter; the  mere  wish  to  promote  the  fitting  person  is  nugatory  in  the 
absence  of   the  discrimination. 

Our  further  progress  in  the  knowledge  of  character  must  proceed  in 
great  part  from  more  searching  inquiries  into  the  human  mind.  Phre- 
nology has  done  good  service,  by  showing  with  more  emphasis  than  haa 
ever  been  done  before,  that  human  beings  are  widely  different  in  their 
mental  tastes  and  aptitudes,  and  by  affording  a  scheme  for  representing 
and  classifying  the  points  of  character,  which  is  in  many  respects  an 
improvement  upon  the  common  mode  of  describing  individual  differ- 
ences. It  is  to  be  wished  that  a  certain  portion  of  the  scientific  intellect 
of  our  generation  would  devote  itself  to  the  promotion  of  a  branch  of 
knowledge  that  concerns  our  welfare  no  less  than  astronomy,  geology, 
or  mechanics. 

The  course  here  pursued  is,  first,  to  give  a  critical  examination  of 
Phrenology,  as  being  the  only  System  of  Character  hitherto  elaborated, 
and  then  to  lay  out  the  subject  according  to  the  plan  deemed  on  the 
whole  the  best.  The  Phrenological  partition  of  the  mind,  if  not  accepted 
by  all  philosophers,  is  well  known  to  the  general  public. 

(*  Since  these  letters  were  written,  the  Williams  Secular  School, 
established  in  Edinburgh  by  George  Combe,  Esq.,  and  in  which  that  dis- 
tinguished man  taught  personally  during  the  latter  years  of  his  life,  has 
proved  conclusively  that  the  phrenological  philosophy  is  a  fine  basis  for 
education.  The  principles  there  practiced  are,  to  cultivate  assiduously 
those  faculties  which  were  found  naturally  deficient  in  the  pupils;  thus 
aiming  to  make  whole  men  out  of  what  otherwise  would  have  been  but 
fragments  of  men.) 


Causes  of  Insanity  193 

Dr.  Frank  Lydston  has  based  his  excellent  book  entitled, 
"Diseases  of  Society,"  upon  the  discoveries  of  Gall,  and  has 
devoted  one  chapter  to  a  consideration  of  this  great  pioneer 
in  criminology  and  practical  psychology,  in  which  he  says: 

Although  published  more  than  one  hundred  years  ago,  to  become  the 
grazing  ground  upon  which  numbers  of  scientific  thieves  have  gained 
great  reputations,  Gall's  work  in  cerebral  localization  has  never  received 
the  appreciation  it  merited.  Dr.  Bernard  Hollander  is  the  most  en- 
thusiastic of  the  few  psychiatrists  who  have  endeavored  to  do  justice 
to  the  great  anatomo-psychologist,  who  was  the  first  to  really  dissect  the 
brain  and  to  whom  credit  for  the  discovery  of  even  the  speech  and  optic 
centers  justly  belongs.  Hollander's  work  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
and  important  recent  contributions  to  psychiatry.  Many  psychiatrists 
have  spurned  Gall  and  all  his  works  and,  whilst  repudiating  him  have 
coolly  appropriated  the  products  of  his  master  mind. 

The  originality  and  boldness  of  Gall  are  shown  by  the  striking  fact 
that  he  was  not  only  the  father  of  psychology,  cerebral  anatomy,  and 
cerebral  localization,  but  the  pioneer  who  foreshadowed  the  coming  of 
modern  criminology.  He  has  certainly  been  vindicated  in  many  respects. 
His  localization  of  the  speech  and  optic  centers  was  afterwards  verified 
and  appropriated  by  others.  Broca's  name  will  be  immortal  through 
his  appropriation  or  rediscovery  of  the  speech  center,  localized  by  Gall 
many  years  before.  Eeil  gleaned  most  of  his  Ci original"  ideas  from 
Gall's  demonstrations. 

In  view  of  the  abundance  of  clinical  evidence  in  support  of  Gall's 
views  of  cerebral  localization,  it  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  his  ideas 
have  been  permitted  to  be  practically  monopolized  by  charlatans,  quacks' 
and  literary  pirates.  Whatever  may  be  said  of  him  as  an  extremist, 
the  reflective  mind  cannot  but  appreciate  the  vein  of  truth  and  prac- 
ticality that  permeates  his  work.  His  plates  of  the  brain  have  never 
been  surpassed,  and  the  thoroughness  and  conscientiousness  of  his  work 
are  unimpeachable.  It  is  remarkable,  but  none  the  less  true,  that  the 
trend  of  modern  criminology  is  in  the  direction  of  the  theories  of  cere- 
bral localization  laid  down  by  Gall.  Consciously  or  unconsciously, 
moreover,  there  is  more  resemblance  between  some  of  the  points  that 
modern  criminologists  are  endeavoring  to  make  and  the  theory  of  phre- 
nology than  most  scientists  are  willing  to  acknowledge.  That  Gall  was 
a  philosophic  criminologist  is  shown  by  the  following  excerpt  from  his 
work:  "There  can  be  no  question  of  culpability  or  justice  in  the  severe 
sense;  the  question  is  of  the  necessity  of  society  preventing  crime.  The 
measure  of  culpability  and  the  measure  of  punishment  cannot  be  deter- 
mined by  the  study  of  the  illegal  act,  but  only  by  a  study  of  the  indi- 
vidual committing  it." 


CHAPTER  XXV 

DR.   GALL  AND   HIS  DISCOVERIES 

After  studying  the  discoveries  of  Dr.  Gall  and  the  applica- 
tion of  them  in  various  lines  of  human  activity  it  is  interesting 
to  examine  the  works  of  the  most  progressive  authors  in  edu- 
cation, psychology,  criminology,  sociology,  etc.,  and  to  see 
how  much  they  are  indebted  for  their  inspiration  to  this  em- 
inent discoverer.  Dr.  Gall's  experience  has  been  similar  to 
that  of  all  other  pioneers  in  human  culture.  In  the  begin- 
ning only  the  most  advanced  thinkers  and  progressive  scien- 
tists accepted  the  discoveries  and  used  them  to  improve  the 
condition  of  criminals,  the  insane,  and  other  defective  human 
beings,  while  doing  constructive  social  welfare  work  that 
would  gradually  remove  the  causes  of  vice,  crime,  disease,  and 
other  abnormal  conditions.  The  conservatives  opposed  these 
discoveries,  as  they  did  those  of  Harvey  and  other  discoverers 
who  presented  new  truths  concerning  the  human  organism. 
The  opposition  to  Gall's  discoveries  lessened  and  among  cer- 
tain classes  where  it  was  most  pronounced  in  the  beginning 
it  has  entirely  ceased.  Although  many  recent  writers  in  edu- 
cation and  psychology  do  not  use  the  terminology  that  was 
developed  by  Dr.  Gall  and  his  scientific  followers  they  use 
the  philosophy  of  life  that  was  discovered  by  them.  Recent 
text-books  on  criminology  and  education  give  much  more 
credit  to  Gall,  Spurzheim  and  Combe  than  did  those  that  were 
written  on  the  same  subjects  twenty -five  years  ago.  The  ten- 
dency of  the  present  time  is  to  break  away  from  the  specula- 
tions and  theories  that  played  such  a  large  part  in  the  civ- 
ilization of  the  past  and  to  apply  the  practical  principles  of 
science  that  will  gradually  establish  more  ideal  conditions. 

Recent  books  based  upon  the  principles  of  psychology  that 
have  been  developed  from  Gall's  discoveries  treat  the  subject 
in  a  popular  way  and  usually  show  its  relationship  to  business 
life  rather  than  to  the  educational  world.  Subjects  that  are 
of  sufficient  importance  to  form  a  part  of  every  individual's 
education  should  be  introduced  into  the  public  schools.    "We 

194 


Dr.  Gall  and  H 'is  Discoveries  195 

have  therefore  called  attention  to  the  relationship  of  Gall's 
discoveries  to  education,  believing  that  when  progressive  ed- 
ucators become  familiar  with  them  they  will  see  the  advantage 
of  making  them  a  part  of  twentieth  century  education. 

Space  will  not  permit  giving  a  full  account  of  the  discov- 
eries of  Dr.  Gall  and  their  history.  Dr.  Andrew  Boardman 
has  given  a  brief  account  of  these  discoveries,  mainly  in  the 
language  of  Dr.  Gall  himself,  from  which  we  quote  the  fol- 
lowing : 

It  is  proper,  on  this  occasion,  that  we  should  hear  the  discoverer  of 
the  phrenological  doctrines  on  the  method  he  pursued  in  arriving  at  his 
conclusions.  After  narrating  the  observations  by  which  he  was  led  to 
investigate  the  functions  of  the  brain,  he  says:  "For  a  long  period  I 
continued  my  researches  as  I  had  begun  them — urged  on  solely  by  my 
fondness  for  observation  and  reflection.  Abandoning  myself  to  chance, 
I  gathered  for  several  years  all  that  it  offered  me.  It  was  not  till  after 
having  accumulated  a  considerable  mass  of  analogous  facts,  that  I  felt 
myself  in  a  state  to  range  them  in  order.  I  perceived  successively  the 
results,  and  at  length  had  it  in  my  power  to  go  to  meet  observations  and 
multiply   them  at  pleasure. 

"I  gathered  innumerable  facts  in  schools,  and  in  the  great  establish- 
ments of  education;  in  the  asylums  for  orphans  and  foundlings;  in  the 
insane  hospitals;  in  houses  of  correction  and  prisons;  in  judicial  inter- 
rogatories; and  even  in  places  of  execution:  the  multiplied  researches 
on  suicides,  idiots  and  madmen,  have  contributed  greatly  to  correct  and 
confirm  my  opinions.  I  have  laid  under  contribution  several  anatomical 
and  physiological  cabinets;  I  have  submitted  antique  statues  and  busts 
to  examination,  and  have  compared  with  them  the  records  of  history. 

"After  having  used,  for  more  than  thirty  years,  such  diversified 
means,  I  no  longer  feared  the  danger  or  the  reproach  of  having  pre- 
cipitated the  publication  of  my  great  work.  I  had  more  reason  to  appre- 
hend, that  the  great  number  of  proofs  I  had  furnished  in  support  of 
each  of  my  propositions,  instead  of  being  satisfactory,  would  prove  to 
the  great  body  of  my  readers  equally  alarming." 

To  show  with  more  particularity  the  assiduity  and  carefulness  with 
which  Dr.  Gall  pursued  his  observations,  I  will  give  an  extract,  showing 
the  history  of  the  discovery  of  the  organ  of  combativeness.  ' '  I  collected 
in  my  house,"  says  Gall,  "quite  a  number  of  individuals  of  the  lower 
classes  of  society,  following  different  occupations;  such  as  coachmen, 
servants,  &c.  I  obtained  their  confidence  and  disposed  them  to  sincerity 
by  giving  them  beer,  wine,  and  money;  and  when  favorably  inclined,  I 
got  them  to  tell  me  of  each  other's  good  and  bad  qualities,  and  most 
striking  characteristics.  In  their  different  communications,  they  seemed 
to  notice  particularly  those  who  were  always  provoking  disputes  and 
quarrels,  individuals  of  peaceable  habits  they  knew  very  well,  speaking 
of  them  with  contempt,  and  calling  them  poltroons.  As  the  most  quar- 
relsome found  great  pleasure  in  giving  me  circumstantial  narratives  of 
their  exploits,  I  was  anxious  to  see  whether  anything  was  to  be  found 
in  the  heads  of  these  bravos,  which  distinguished  them  from  those  of 
the   poltroons.     I   ranged  the   quarrelsome   ones   on  one   side,   and  the 


196  Applied  Character  Analysis 

peaceable  on  the  other,  and  examined  carefully  the  heads  of  both.  I 
found  that  in  all  the  former,  the  head,  immediately  behind  and  on  a 
level  with  the  top  of  the  ears,  was  much  broader  than  in  the  latter.  On 
another  occasion,  I  assembled  separately  those  who  were  most  distin- 
guished for  bravery,  and  those  most  distinguished  for  their  cowardice.  I 
repeated  my  researches,  and  found  my  first  observations  confirmed.  It 
was  impossible  for  me  to  be  deceived  by  the  false  ideas  of  philosophers, 
on  the  origin  of  our  qualities  and  faculties.  In  the  individuals  I  had 
to  deal  with,  education  was  entirely  out  of  the  question,  and  the  manner 
in  which  their  character  was  manifested,  could  not  be  attributed  to  the 
influence  of  external  circumstances.  Such  men  are  the  children  of 
nature,  yielding  themselves  unreservedly  to  their  dispositions,  and  all 
their  actions  bearing  the  imprint  of  their  organization. 

"I  therefore  began  to  conjecture  that  the  disposition  to  quarrel  might 
really  be  the  result  of  a  particular  organ.  I  endeavored  to  find  out, 
on  the  one  hand,  men  of  acknowledged  superior  bravery,  and,  on  the 
other,  men  known  to  be  great  cowards.  At  the  combats  of  wild  beasts, 
at  that  time  still  exhibited  in  Vienna,  there  often  appeared  a  first-rate 
fighter  of  extreme  intrepidity,  who  presented  himself  in  the  arena,  to 
sustain  alone  a  fight  with  a  wild  boar,  or  a  bull,  or  any  ferocious  animal 
whatever.  I  found  in  him  the  region  of  the  head  just  pointed  out,  very 
broad  and  rounded.  I  took  a  cast  of  this  head,  and  likewise  those  of 
some  other  bravos,  that  I  might  run  no  risk  of  forgetting  their  particular 
conformations.  I  examined  also  the  heads  of  some  of  my  comrades, 
who  had  been  expelled  from  several  universities,  for  duel-fighting.  One 
of  them  knew  no  greater  pleasure  than  that  of  sitting  down  in  an  ale- 
house, and  mocking  the  workmen  who  came  thither  to  drink;  and  when 
he  saw  them  disposed  to  come  to  blows,  putting  out  the  lights,  and 
giving  them  battle  in  the  dark,  chair  and  hand.  He  was,  in  appearance, 
a  small  and  feeble  man.  He  reminded  me  of  another  of  my  comrades, 
a  Swiss,  who  used  to  amuse  himself  at  Strasburg,  by  provoking  quarrels 
with  men  much  larger  and  stronger  than  himself.  I  visited  several 
schools,  and  had  pointed  out  to  me  the  scholars  who  were  the  most  quar- 
relsome, and  those  who  were  the  most  cowardly;  and  I  prosecuted  the 
same  observations  in  the  families  of  acquaintances.  In  the  course  of 
my  researches,  my  attention  was  arrested  by  a  very  handsome  young 
woman,  who,  from  her  childhood,  had  been  fond  of  dressing  herself  in 
male  attire,  and  going  secretly  out  of  doors  to  fight  with  the  blackguards 
in  the  streets.  After  her  marriage,  she  constantly  sought  occasion  to 
fight  with  men.  When  she  had  guests  at  dinner,  she  challenged  the 
strongest  of  them,  after  the  repast,  to  wrestle.  I  likewise  knew  a  lady, 
who,  although  of  small  stature  and  delicate  constitution,  was  often  sum- 
moned before  a  justice,  because  of  her  custom  of  striking  her  domestics 
of  both  sexes.  When  she  was  on  a  journey,  two  drunken  wagoners, 
having  lost  their  way  in  the  inn  during  the  night,  entered  the  chamber 
where  she  was  sleeping  alone;  she  received  them  so  vigorously  with  the 
candlestick,  which  she  hurled  at  their  heads,  and  the  chairs  with  which 
she  struck,  that  they  were  forced  to  betake  themselves  to  flight.  In  all 
these  persons,  I  found  the  region  in  question  formed  in  the  manner  above 
described,  although  the  heads  in  other  respects  were  formed  quite  dif- 
ferently. These  observations  emboldened  me,  and  I  began  thenceforward 
to  speak  in  my  lectures  of  an  organ  of  courage,  as  I  then  called  it. 

' '  There  soon  after  died  a  general,  whose  whole  reputation  was  founded 


Dr.  Gall  and  His  Discoveries  197 

on  his  courage  and  love  of  fighting.  I  found  his  head  shaped  as  it  is 
in  the  first-rate  fighter  at  Vienna,  spoken  of  above.  My  entire  convic- 
tion was  finally  achieved  by  the  cranium  of  the  poet  Alxinger,  who  was 
so  destitute  of  courage,  that  his  cowardice  exposed  him  to  considerable 
raillery.  Comparing  his  cranium  with  the  preceding,  what  a  difference 
in  tho  development  of  this  region !  The  general 's  cranium,  besides  being 
very  broad  immediately  behind  the  ears,  also  presents  a  round  protuber- 
ance an  inch  in  breadth.  Alxinger 's  cranium,  on  the  contrary,  is  not 
only  very  narrow  in  this  place,  but  entirely  flattened." 

Such  is  the  testimony  of  this  extraordinary  man  in  relation  to  the 
investigations  which  formed  the  foundation  of  his  discoveries. 

This  appears  to  be  the  appropriate  place  for  introducing  a  few  ob- 
servations on  the  founder  of  phrenology  as  a  corrective  of  those  erro- 
neous notions  of  his  character,  which  have  gone  abroad  concerning  him 
on  the  authority  of  ignorant  or  prejudiced  opponents.  To  show  the 
disinterestedness  of  his  objects,  it  may  be  remarked  that  Dr.  Gall,  though 
possessing  a  very  high  and  profitable  practice,  kept  himself  poor  by 
spending  on  his  phrenological  inquiries  all  he  gained,  after  defraying 
necessary  expenses.  As  early  as  1802,  in  his  petition  and  remonstrance 
to  the  Imperial  Government  of  Lower  Austria,  against  an  order  issued 
by  the  command  of  the  Emperor  of  Germany,  prohibiting  him  from 
lecturing  on  the  functions  of  the  brain,  Gall  says,  in  setting  forth  the 
consequences  of  this  prohibition:  "To  this  perilous  injury  to  my  repu- 
tation, involving  the  loss  of  all  the  advantages  arising  from  the  hatd- 
earned  confidence  of  the  public,  must  be  added  a  consequence  deeply 
affecting  my  interest.  My  collection  of  plaster  casts,  of  the  skulls  of 
men  and  animals,  and  of  the  brains  of  men  and  animals  in  wax,  has 
cost  me  about  seven  thousand  gulden;  and  I  have  already  made  very 
expensive  preparations,  exceeding  in  amount  fifteen  thousand  gulden, 
for  a  splendid  work  on  the  functions  of  the  brain,  which  has  been  uni- 
versally demanded  of  me:  this  property  will  be  rendered  useless  by 
destroying  my  reputation."  This  petition  and  remonstrance  had  no 
effect  on  the  government  of  Austria,  and  Gall  had  to  choose  between 
the  relinquishment  of  a  very  profitable  medical  practice  and  the  ties  of 
country,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  curtailment  of  his  exertions  to  pro- 
mote a  knowledge  of  the  physiology  of  the  brain  on  the  other.  He  chose 
the  former,  and  left  Vienna  for  ever. 

In  the  "Physiologie  Intelleetuelle "  of  Dr.  Demangeon,  is  contained 
the  testimony  of  men  of  high  celebrity,  who. speak  from  personal  knowl- 
edge, both  as  to   the  character  and  doctrines  of  Gall. 

"The  worthy  Reil, "  says  Professor  Bischoff,  "who,  as  a  profound 
anatomist  and  judicious  physiologist,  has  no  need  of  my  praise,  rising 
above  all  narrow  and  selfish  prejudices,  has  declared  'that  he  has  found 
more  in  Gall's  dissections  of  the  brain  than  he  could  have  believed  it 
possible  for  any  one  man  to  discover  in  his  whole  life.' 

' '  Loder, ' '  continues  Professor  Bischoff,  ' '  who  certainly  yields  to  no 
living  anatomist,  thus  estimates  the  discoveries  of  Gall,  in  a  friendly 
letter  to  my  respected  friend,  Professor  Huf eland:  'Now  that  Gall  has 
been  at  Halle,  and  I  have  had  an  opportunity,  not  only  of  listening  to 
his  lectures,  but  also  of  dissecting  with  him,  either  alone  or  in  the  com- 
pany of  Reil  and  several  of  my  acquaintances,  nine  human  brains,  and 
fourteen  brains  of  animals,  I  think  I  am  able,  and  have  a  right  to  have 
an  opinion  as  to  his  doctrines.' 


198  Applied  Character  Analysis 

"I  say,  then,  that  I  agree  with  you  concerning  organology,  without, 
however,  believing  it  to  be  at  all  contradictory  to  anatomy,  being  con- 
vinced that  in  respect  to  its  grounds  and  principles,  it  is  true.  The 
skulls  of  Schinderhannes,  and  six  of  his  accomplices,  were  lent  to  me 
by  Ackermann,  of  Heidelberg.  They  presented  a  striking  harmony  with 
the  eraniological  indications  of  Gall.  In  the  presence  of  S.,  with  whom 
the  little  H.,  of  Jena,  lived,  who,  after  stealing  several  times,  drowned 
herself  in  the  Saale,  Gall  gave  such  an  exact  description  of  her  character 
from  a  mere  inspection  of  her  skull,  (which  I  had  secretly  procured,  and 
which  no  one  knew  I  had,)  that  S.  was  really  amazed  when  I  revealed 
the  secret.  There  was  no  chance  about  this,  and  I  may  say  the  same  of 
several  other  cases. ' ' 

The  discoveries  in  the  brain,  made  by  Gall,  are  of  the  highest  impor- 
tance, and  several  of  them  possess  such  a  degree  of  evidence  that  I 
cannot  conceive  how  any  one,  with  good  eyes,  can  overlook  them.     I 

speak  particularly  of  .      (Here  follows  a  list  of  some  of  Gall's 

anatomical  discoveries.)  These  discoveries  alone  would  be  sufficient  to 
render  Gall's  name  immortal;  they  are  the  most  important  that  have 
been  made  in  anatomy  since  the  discovery  of  the  absorbent  system.  The 
unfolding  of  the  convolutions  is  a  capital  thing.  What  progress  have 
we  not  a  right  to  expect  from  a  route  thus  opened!  I  am  dissatisfied 
and  ashamed  of  myself  for  having,  like  others,  for  thirty  years,  cut  up 
some  hundreds  of  brains  as  we  slice  cheese,  and  for  having  failed  to 
perceive  the  forest  by  reason  of  the  great  number  of  trees.  But  there 
is  no  use  blushing  and  fretting.  The  best  thing  we  can  do  is,  to  listen 
to  the  truth,  and  learn  what  we  are  ignorant  of.  I  acknowledge  with 
Reil,  that  I  have  found  more  than  I  deemed  it  possible  for  a  man  to 
discover  in  a  lifetime. 

Professor  Huf eland  says:  "It  is  with  great  pleasure  and  much  in- 
terest that  I  have  heard  this  estimable  man  (Gall)  expound  his  new 
doctrine.  I  am  fully  convinced  that  it  ought  to  be  considered  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  phenomena  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  one  of  the 
boldest  and  most  important  advances  that  have  been  made  in  the  study 
of  nature. 

"One  must  see  and  hear,  in  order  to  learn  that  the  man  is  entirely 
exempt  from  prejudice,  charlatanism,  deceit,  and  metaphysical  reveries. 
Endowed  with  a  rare  spirit  of  observation,  with  great  penetration  and 
sound  judgment — identified,  so  to  speak,  with  nature,  and  deriving  con- 
fidence from  his  constant  intercourse  with  her,  he  has  collected,  in  the 
class  of  organized  beings,  a  multitude  of  indications  and  phenomena 
never  before  observed,  or  which  had  been  observed  superficially,  only. 
He  has  compared  them  ingeniously,  discovered  the  relations  which  estab- 
lish an  analogy  between  them — has  learned  their  significations,  deduced 
consequences,  and  established  truths,  which  are  the  more  previous  for 
being  invariably  founded  on  experience,  and  flowing  from  nature  her- 
self. To  this  labor  he  is  indebted  for  his  views  of  the  nature,  relations, 
and  functions  of  the  nervous  system. ' ' 

Gall  was  not  the  first  scientist  to  associate  mental  functions 
with  brain  centers,  or  to  localize  the  functions  of  the  brain, 
as  it  is  usually  termed,  but  the  efforts  before  his  time  were 
not  in  harmony  with  nature,  and  had  very  little  value  in  de- 


Dr.  Gall  and  His  Discoveries  199 

veloping  the  true  science  of  mind.  The  previous  localizations 
were  made  through  imagination,  while  Dr.  Gall  discovered  his 
step  by  step  through  observation  and  experimentation.  In 
speaking  of  the  plurality  of  the  cerebral  organs  a  writer  who 
summarized  the  discoveries  of  Gall  said : 

This  plurality  is  not,  by  his  own  confession,  a  new  idea,  or  peculiar  to 
him ;  the  ancients  admitted  three  kinds  of  mind,  each  having  a  particular 
seat  The  cerebrum  had  long  been  regarded  as  the  organ  of  the  per- 
ception or  attention,  and  the  cerebellum  as  that  of  memory.  "St. 
Gregory,  of  Nice,"  says  Gall,  "compared  the  brain  to  a  city,  in  which 
the  going  and  coming'  of  the  inhabitants  caused  no  confusion,  because 
each  set  out  from  a  fixed  point,  or  arrived  at  a  determinate  spot. ' '  The 
Arabs  also  considered  the  first  anterior  ventricle  of  the  brain,  as  the 
seat  of  common  sense;  the  second,  as  that  of  imagination;  the  third, 
as  that  of  judgment;  the  fourth,  as  that  of  memory.  A  sketch  of  a 
head  by  Albert  the  Great,  in  the  thirteenth  century,  has  reached  us, 
which  gives  nearly  the  same  location  to  the  faculties,  &c,  as  the  above. 

In  the  succeeding  centuries,  many  authors  treated  on  the  same  sub- 
ject, and  one  of  them  published  an  engraving  in  which  were  represented 
the  seat  of  common  sense,  of  imagination,  of  reason,  of  memory,  &c. 

After  the  revival  of  letters,  many  of  the  most  learned  anatomists  and 
naturalists  entertained  ideas  similar  to  those  of  Gall,  on  the  plurality 
of  the  organs  of  mind.  Among  these,  were  Willis,  Vieussens,  Haller, 
Van  Swieten,  Bonnet,  Mayer,  &c.  Hence,  some  writers  who  wished  to 
deprive  Gall  of  all  credit,  have  made  use  of  these  facts,  to  deprive  him 
of  the  honor  of  his  discoveries;  but,  he  was  always  more  solicitous  to 
establish  his  system  on  solid  foundations,  than  to  defend  its  priority, 
and  therefore  wisely  endeavored  to  accumulate  proofs  which  were  far 
more  conclusive  than  the  opinions  of  the  learned  men  just  alluded  to. 

The  limits  I  have  assigned  to  this  work  not  permitting  me  to  follow 
him  into  the  details  he  has  given,  I  will  conclude  with  the  following 
summary  of  them:  that  wherever  the  cerebral  faculties  differ,  there  is 
also  a  difference  in  the  structure  of  the  brain,  and  in  all  cases  where  they 
are  similar,  all  the  differences  that  "exist  arise  merely  from  the  intensity 
of  the  propensities,  &e.;  that  the  number  of  the  faculties  is  always  pro- 
portionate to  the  number  of  the  convolutions,  and  that  the  energy  of  the 
former  always  corresponds  to  the  development  of  the  latter. 

That  the  convolutions  situated  beneath  the  frontal  bone  in  man,  and 
in  which  are  evidently  seated  his  characteristic  faculties,  are  wanting 
in  animals,  or  exist  in  a  rudimental  form  in  exact  proportion  to  the 
feebleness  of  these  faculties  in  them ;  whilst  those  situated  on  the  lateral 
and  posterior  parts  of  the  head,  and  which  are  the  seat  of  the  animal 
faculties,  appear  analogous  to  those  found  in  the  same  situations  in 
animals;  that  the  epoch  when  each  faculty  begins  to  appear,  always 
corresponds  to  the  development  of  the  convolution  shown  to  be  the  organ 
of  this  faculty;  that  the  over-exercise  of  a  single  faculty  of  the  mind 
does  not  fatigue  the  whole  brain,  but  that  the  sense  of  weariness  is 
felt  in  one  spot  only;  that  the  hypothesis  of  the  identity  of  brains  is 
opposed  to  the  evidence  of  facts,  and  to  all  intellectual  physiology,  sup- 
ported as  this  latter,  by  the  most  unanswerable  results.  Finally — Gall 
has  deduced  a  series  of  facts  of  another  character,  from  the  numerous 


200  Applied  Character  Analysis 

pathological  observations  on  lesions  of  the  brain  collected  by  him,  and 
which  may  be  regarded  as  additional  proofs,  as  most  of  these  facts  are 
only  explained  by  a  plurality  of  organs,  but  are  wholly  inexplicable,  if 
the  brain  be  considered  as  a  unit. 

In  addition  to  this,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind,  that  in  all  other  parts 
of  the  body,  each  function  is  provided  with  its  peculiar  and  appropriate 
organ;  why,  therefore,  should  the  brain  form  an  exception  to  this  general 
law?  It  is  repugnant  to  reason,  to  suppose  that  an  aptitude  for  the 
arts,  a  talent  for  music,  and  for  calculation,  an  instinct  for  the  perpetua- 
tion of  the  species,  a  propensity  to  accumulate,  a  love  of  destruction, 
benevolence,  veneration,  &c,  all  emanate,  pell-mell,  from  a  part  of  the 
organization  that  nature  has  carefully  enclosed  in  a  solid  case,  with  the 
evident  intention  of  protecting  it  from  everything  that  might  be  inimical 
to  its  functions;  and  it  is  equally  absurd  to  assert  that  an  organ  whose 
external  structure  is  so  delicate  and  admirable  is  a  mere  unformed  and 
chaotic  mass. 

"We  are  giving  the  illustrations  of  brain  localization  back 
as  far  as  the  thirteenth  century,  and  the  reader  will  see  from 
these  that  memory  is  located  in  the  cerebellum,  or  back  brain ; 
cogitation,  above ;  imagination  and  fancy  are  not  far  from 
where  they  are  located  at  the  present  time  according  to  the 
best  evidence  that  it  has  been  possible  to  obtain.  Common 
sense  is  located  where  the  reasoning  faculties  and  intuition  are 
now  known  to  be.  In  one  of  the  illustrations  there  are  lines 
showing  the  connection  of  sight,  hearing,  taste  and  smell,  with 
common  sense.  This  crude  beginning,  when  compared  with 
the  localizations  as  shown  in  the  illustrations  here  given  of 
the  work  of  Gall,  is  evidence  that  his  discoveries  are  a  wonder- 
ful advance  over  anything  that  existed  before  Dr.  Gall  dis- 
covered the  following  twenty-seven  faculties : 

No.     1.  The  instinct  of  generation. 

2.  The  love  of  offspring. 

3.  Friendship,  attachment; 

4.  Courage,  self-defense. 

5.  Murder,  the  wish  to  destroy. 

6.  Cunning. 

7.  The  sentiment  of  property. 

8.  Pride,  self-esteem,  haughtiness. 

9.  Vanity,  ambition. 

»  10.  Cautiousness,  foresight,  prudence. 

11.  The  memory  of  things,  educability. 

12.  Local  memory. 

13.  The  memory  of  persons. 

14.  Verbal  memory. 

15.  Memory  for  language. 

16.  Colors. 

17.  Music. 

18.  Number. 


Dr.  Gall  and  His  Discoveries  201 

19.  Aptitude  for  the  mechanical  arts. 

20.  Comparative  sagacity,  aptitude  for  drawing  com- 

parisons. 

21.  Metaphysical  depth  of  thought,  aptitude  for  draw- 

ing conclusions. 

22.  Wit. 

23.  Poetry. 

24.  Good  nature. 

25.  Mimicry. 

26.  Theosophy,  religion. 

27.  Firmness  of  character. 

Dr.  Gall's  discoveries  are  explained  in  his  large  work, 
"The  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Nervous  System  in 
General,  and  of  the  Brain  in  Particular, ' '  four  large  volumes 
with  an  Atlas  of  100  plates.  Dr.  Spurzheim  was  associated 
with  Dr.  Gall  in  preparing  a  portion  of  this  work  for  publi- 
cation. The  price  of  the  four  volumes  and  atlas  was  1000 
francs,  or  about  $200.00. 

Dr.  Gall  is  also  author  of  six  volumes  entitled,  "On  the 
Functions  of  the  Brain,  and  of  each  of  its  Parts."  These 
were  translated  from  the  French  into  English  by  Winslow 
Lewis,  Jr.,  M.  D.,  of  Harvard  University,  who  gives  the  fol- 
lowing testimonial  in  favor  of  phrenology,  which  was  sent  to 
Dr.  Andrew  Boardman : 

It  gives  me  much  pleasure  that  you  are  engaged  on  a  subject  which 
— viewing  it,  as  I  do,  as  the  most  satisfactory  expositor  of  the  science 
of  the  mind — is  of  the  first  importance.  My  belief  in  the  correctness 
of  its  principles  is  based  on  deductions  which  are  the  results  of  some 
considerable  experience.  I  have  found  its  theory  borne  out  by  facts;  and 
on  tests  thus  supported  by  evidences  from  nature,  my  convictions  are 
established  in  favor  of  phrenology. 

Francis  Joseph  Gall  was  born  at  Tiefenbrunn,  in  Wurtem- 
burg,  March  9,  1758.  He  died  at  Mont  Rouge,  near  Paris, 
on  August  22,  1828.  His  father,  who  was  a  tradesman,  placed 
him  while  he  was  very  young,  under  the  care  of  one  of  his 
uncles,  in  the  Duchy  of  Baden,  that  he  might  begin  his  educa- 
tion; Gall  afterwards  went  to  Strasburg,  to  study  medicine, 
and  afterwards  to  Vienna,  where  he  was  admitted  to  medical 
practice  and  practiced  as  a  physician  until  the  year  1805,  when 
he  traveled  in  the  north  of  Germany,  teaching  his  new  doc- 
trine. He  arrived  in  Paris  in  1808,  where  he  continued  until 
his  death,  the  practice  of  his  profession,  and  taught  and  pub- 
lished the  various  results  of  his  researches. 


202  Applied  Character  Analysis 

An  attentive  examination  of  the  eranium  of  this  celebrated 
man,  who  was  remarkable  for  his  great  intellectual  capacity, 
gave  the  following  facts:  that  among  the  organs  most  highly- 
developed,  were  those  situated  at  the  anterior  and  superior 
part  of  the  forehead,  as  the  faculty  of  comparison,  of  mirth, 
of  causality,  but  above  all,  of  benevolence.  At  the  summit 
and  sides  of  the  head,  the  organs  of  firmness  and  persever- 
ance, caution  and  reserve,  were  very  prominent,  and  although 
he  has  been  accused  of  duplicity,  his  nearest  friends  never 
remarked  anything  in  him  that  really  merited  that  name.  The 
sexual  propensity  was  also  very  strongly  marked  by  the  great 
size  of  the  occiput.  At  the  anterior  and  inferior  part  of  the 
forehead,  those  of  eventuality  and  speech  were  moderate. 
Finally,  those  of  colors,  tune,  number,  construction,  and  espe- 
cially ideality,  were  very  small,  this  latter  so  much  so  that  he 
had  a  kind  of  antipathy  to  versification  of  all  kinds.  All  the 
other  organs  were  moderate.  The  appearance  of  prominence 
in  that  of  locality  was  caused  by  a  corrugation  of  the  skin,  pro- 
duced by  his  habit  of  deep  thought. 

To  this  may  be  added,  a  strong  constitution,  some  corpu- 
lence, and  imposing  height ;  a  gravity  and  energy  in  his  move- 
ments, great  earnestness  and  penetration  in  his  look,  his  fore- 
head often  with  a  troubled  expression,  and  his  general  expres- 
sion rather  serious  than  gay;  always  calm  and  circumspect; 
never  indulging  in  loud  laughter,  but  sometimes  in  an  ironical 
smile,  mingled  with  an  expression  of  irony  about  his  mouth 
and  nostrils;  a  fine  forehead,  a  somewhat  prominent  chin,  a 
full  face;  a  clear  skin  and  fresh  complexion,  large  lips,  and 
deep  rather  than  violent  passions.  The  expression  of  his 
thoughts  was  always  clear,  precise,  frequently  picturesque, 
and  sometimes  authoritative.  In  his  lectures  the  simple  ex- 
position of  facts  was  the  ordinary  theme  of  his  discourse ;  but 
in  conversation  and  discussion,  his  favorite  figures  were  in- 
terrogation, irony,  and  pre-supposition ;  the  motion  of  his 
limbs  and  the  attitude  of  his  body  were  very  awkward,  but 
the  tone  of  voice,  the  accent  and  the  air  of  his  head  and  physi- 
ognomy were  very  expressive.  Finally,  a  certain  fund  of  good 
nature  redeemed  some  fits  of  humor  a  little  overhasty,  and 
certain  expressions  which  were  neither  sufficiently  softened 
nor  innocent  not  to  produce  some  excitement. 

It  is  evident  from  this,  that  in  the  sense  which  he  attached 
to  the  word  philosophy,  Gall  has  a  head  in  the  highest  degree 
philosophic.     He  was,  in  fact,  ingenious  in  discovering  the 


Dr.  Gall  and  His  Discoveries  203 

signs  of  eternal  truths.  He  had  an  astonishing  acuteness  in 
penetrating  things  and  seizing  them  in  a  point  of  view  fertile 
in  useful  results.  He  possessed  the  organization  necessary  to 
fully  appreciate  human  nature,  and  to  lay  the  foundation  of 
a  true  philosophy  of  man. 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

JOHN  GASPER  SPURZHEIM,  M.  D. 

The  most  eminent  student  of  Dr.  Gall  was  Dr.  Spurzheim, 
who  was  associated  with  him  in  his  work  for  a  number  of  years 
and  was  co-author  with  him  of  the  large  work  on  the  brain  and 
nervous  system.  Dr.  Spurzheim  was  author  of  a  number  of 
books.  The  best  known  of  these  are:  "Education;  its  Ele- 
mentary Principles  Founded  on  the  Nature  of  Man" ;  "Phren- 
ology, in  Connection  with  the  Study  of  Physiognomy"; 
"Phrenology,  or,  The  Doctrine  of  Mental  Phenomena,"  which 
was  published  originally  in  two  volumes,  and  was  republished 
a  few  years  ago  in  one  large  volume ;  ' '  Observations  on  the 
Deranged  Manifestations  of  Mind,  or,  Insanity";  and  "Anat- 
omy of  the  Brain,  with  a  General  View  of  the  Nervous  Sys- 
tem." This  anatomy  was  translated  from  the  unpublished 
French  manuscript  by  Dr.  R.  Willis,  Member  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons,  London;  and  the  First  American  Edi- 
tion was  revised  by  Charles  H.  Stedman,  M.  D.,  Physician 
and  Surgeon  of  the  United  States  Marine  Hospital  at  Chel- 
sea, Massachusetts.  In  the  introduction  Dr.  Stedman  paid 
the  following  tribute  to  the  discoveries  of  Gall  and  Spurzheim : 

In  presenting  to  the  public  an  American  Edition  of  Spurzheim 'a 
"Anatomy  of  the  Brain,"  the  editor  feels  that  the  opportunity  now 
offering  should  not  be  allowed  to  ©scape  without  adding  his  testimony  to 
the  facts  herein  advanced — facts  which  have  gone  farther  to  establish, 
elucidate,  and  perfect  the  physiology  of  the  brain  than  any  discoveries 
ever  before  made.  What  Harvey,  Hunter  and  Linnaeus,  in  their  several 
researches  into  the  animal  kingdom,  have  effected,  the  same  have  Gall 
and  Spurzheim  accomplished; — the  establishment  of  a  foundation  on 
which  will  rest  all  subsequent  discoveries  in  their  respective  branches 
of  science. 

But,  alas,  all  this  good  acquired  and  bestowed  has  not  always  met  with 
that  applause  and  cordiality  of  reception  which  was  its  due.  Who  does 
not  know  with  what  indifference  and  neglect  the  facts  observed  and  pro- 
claimed by  the  immortal  Harvey  were  treated — who  lived  to  see  scarcely 
a  solitary  convert  to  his  opinions?  The  facts  and  observations  of 
Hunter  were  subjected  to  nearly  similar  contumely  and  incredulity.  So 
has  it  been  with  Gall  and  his  no  less  illustrious  associate.     It  would 

204 


John  Gaspar  Spurzheim,  M.  D.  205 

have  been  astonishing  had  not  their  labors  likewise  been  held  up  to 
the  world  as  profitless  and  vain.  How,  may  it  be  asked,  could  Gall  and 
Spurzheim  expect  to  escape  censure,  with  the  fate  of  Galileo,  Harvey, 
and  other  philosophers,  before  their  eyes?  The  history  of  science  swells 
with  the  multiplied  accounts  of  the  persecution  and  neglect  of  its  suc- 
cessful devotees;  so  much  so  in  fact,  the  value  of  a  discovery  or  inven- 
tion would  seem  to  be  in  the  ratio  of  the  abuse  and  indignity  heaped 
upon  it. 

Though  both  Gall  and  Spurzheim  lived  through  much  reproach,  yet  long 
before  death  they  enjoyed  the  bright  satisfaction  of  witnessing  the  rapid 
march  of  their  discoveries.  Concessions  to  the  truth  of  their  observa- 
tions poured  in  upon  them  from  all  quarters;  slowly,  indeed,  but  with  a 
steady  and  increasing  progress.  France  has  honored  Gall,  as  she  should, 
with  that  generous  regret  she  always  bestowed  upon  the  remains  of 
those  who  have  honored  her.  Great  Britain  and  New  England,  who 
knew  Spurzheim  well,  have  striven  to  do  justice  to  his  character  and 
remains,  by  wiping  away  the  obloquy  and  reproach  cast  upon  his  suc- 
cessful labors,  and  by  bestowing  on  him  the  highest  and  only  honors 
the  living  can  heap  upon  the  dead. 

Already  does  phrenology  number  among  its  advocates  in  Great  Britain 
some  of  the  most  scientific  men  of  that  country;  and  its  march  has  been 
such  that  the  Reviews  and  Magazines,  once  so  bitterly  opposed  to  ' '  Ger- 
man fancies,"  to  Spurzheim  and  his  doctrines,  have  joined  themselves 
to  his  friends  and  heartily  repent  of  their  former  inveterate  hostility. 

As  to  the  comparative  merits  of  these  two  great  men,  it  may  be  proper 
to  subjoin  the  following  extract  from  the  Edinburgh  Phrenological 
Journal,  No.  6,  pages  189-90:  "As  Newton  was  the  first  to  establish 
on  a  firm  and  solid  basis  the  connection  of  physical  with  mathematical 
science,  so  Gall  has  been  the  first  to  demonstrate  on  proper  principles  a 
connection  between  physical  qualities  and  the  manifestation  of  mind. 
La  Place  verified,  illustrated  and  perfected  the  discoveries  of  Newton; 
and  Spurzheim  has  verified,  illustrated  and  brought  to  a  state  nearly  as 
perfect  the  discoveries  of  Gall."  Again,  as  to  the  respective  value  of 
their  writings :  ' '  When  we  enter  upon  a  perusal  of  Gall  we  feel  as  if 
we  were  in  a  country  abounding  with  objects  of  the  most  striking 
sublimity  and  rich  in  all  the  dread  magnificence  of  nature.  We  wander 
untired  through  the  boundless  variety  and  we  perceive  in  every  new 
scene  something  to  excite  our  wonder  and  admiration.  In  the  works 
of  Spurzheim,  on  the  other  hand,  we  feel  as  in  a  garden;  where  all  is 
regular  and  orderly;  where  all  the  different  productions  of  nature  are 
placed  in  an  exact  scientific  arrangement  where  we  may  study  them 
leisurely  and  at  our  ease,  and  where  we  may  see  brought  together  in  a 
comparatively  small  space  the  product  of  every  zone  and  of  every  climate 
in  the  known  world. ' ' 

Again  in  No.  9,  page  107:  "In  his  own  (Gall's)  science  he  never 
can  have  a  rival. — A  man  who  is  to  be  named  only  with  the  Harveys  and 
Galileos,  and  Newtons,  has  nothing  to  dread  from  any  competitor;  and 
in  his  own  department  there  never  can  be  found  any  equal.  The  second 
place  has  certainly  been  occupied  by  Dr.  Spurzheim,  and  as  Dr.  Johnson 
has  remarked  of  Milton  in  regard  to  epic  poetry,  so  it  may  be  said  of 
Dr.  Spurzheim,  that  he  is  not  the  greatest  of  phrenologists,  only  because 
he  is  not  the  first.  His  contributions  to  the  science  betoken  powers  of 
the  very  first  order,  and  his  services  to  phrenology  no  possible  circum- 


206  Applied  Character  Analysis 

stance  can  ever  make  us  forget  or  undervalue,  nor  will  posterity  ever 
forget  or  undervalue  them. ' ' 

It  does  not  belong  to  us  here,  nor  is  there  space  to  point  out  the 
particular  share  that  Gall  or  Spurzheim  had  in  the  anatomical  portion 
of  this  work.  The  author  has  given  Gall,  as  far  as  practical  utility 
demanded,  all  the  credit  due  him  and  has  taken  nothing  upon  himself 
that  was  not  rightfully  his  own. 

No  one  will  question  the  unparalleled  skill,  ease  and  perspicuity  with 
which  Spurzheim  laid  open  to  his  anatomical  classes  the  heretofore  mys- 
teries of  the  brain.  In  Boston,  where  we  had  been  accustomed  to  the 
ancient  method  of  exposing  or  rather  keeping  out  of  view  the  structure 
of  the  cerebral  masses  by  slicing  the  brain,  each  demonstration  of 
Spurzheim  seemed  to  his  attentive  audience  as  a  ray  of  light  beaming 
through  the  mist,  and  dispersing  the  bewildered  haze  in  which  the  sub- 
ject had  been  before  enveloped.  We  had  heard,  indeed,  that  something 
of  the  kind  had  been  accomplished  by  the  same  Spurzheim  in  Europe; 
but  the  strength  of  our  incredulity  had  not  been  put  to  the  test.  The 
presence  of  this  genuine  anatomist  actually  demonstrating  the  brain, 
and  displaying  its  organization  had  not  hitherto  been  granted  us.  At 
length,  however,  he  came  and  taught  until  with  most,  if  not  all  hia 
auditors,  unbelief  and  prejudice  began  to  vanish  by  degrees,  and  the 
consciousness  of  truth  to  reign  in  their  stead.  No  one  then  present  can 
say  in  sincerity  that  he  was  not  instructed ;  but  rather,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  perhaps  two  or  three,  all  will  pronounce  themselves  not  only 
instructed  but  converted. 

The  proof  of  the  extension  of  Spurzheim 's  views  in  this  country  may 
be  found  in  the  sale  of  his  works,  and  in  the  continued  call  for  further 
editions.  This  edition  of  his  "Anatomy  of  the  Brain"  may  be  consid- 
ered somewhat  in  the  light  of  a  Second  American  Edition;  there  having 
been  2o0  copies  ordered  by  himself  from  England,  which  arrived  after 
his  death,  all  of  which  have  been  sold.  Not  only  professional  men  and 
anatomists  are  anxious  to  obtain  the  "Anatomy  of  the  Brain,"  but  the 
scientific  lovers  of  truth  not  of  the  profession  likewise  desire  to  examine 
the  validity  of  the  facts  embraced  in  the  work.  So  far  as  this  has  been 
done  conviction  as  to  the  grand  points  has  followed.  For  my  own  part, 
being  so  situated  as  to  enjoy  frequent  opportunities  for  dissecting  the 
brain,  I  have  carefully  investigated  the  cerebral  masses  according  to 
this  mode  of  examination.  By  this  method  (and  there  seems  to  be  no 
other  systematic  course)  the  true  structure  of  the  brain  from  its  com- 
mencement in  the  medulla  oblongata  to  the  termination  of  its  diverging 
fibers  by  which  all  parts  are  brought  into  perfect  connection,  is  dis- 
covered; together  with  the  reinforcement  of  these  fibers  and  their  suc- 
cessive additions  by  means  of  the  gray  substance  distributed  throughout 
all  parts  of  the  cerebrum  and  cerebellum.  Thus  the  fact  of  the  plurality 
of  organs  in  the  brain  is  established  together  with  their  constant  inter- 
communication. 

If  with  the  knowledge  of  this  important  anatomical  disposition  of 
the  cerebral  organs  we  now  connect  with  the  multiplied  and  multiplying 
facts  derived  from  the  examination  of  the  interior  of  the  cranium  and 
also  the  observations  made  upon  the  intellectual  and  affective  faculties 
of  man,  together  with  the  state  of  the  brain  and  mental  manifestations 
in  disease  of  that  organ,  we  cannot  easily  avoid  the  conclusions  arrived 


John  Gaspar  Spurzheim,  ftl.  D.  207 

at  by  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  that  the  faculties  of  the  mind  are  innate  and 
that  they  possess  a  habitation  in  the  brain  well  characterized  and  defined. 

The  classification  of  mental  phenomena  given  by  Spurzheim 
is  more  complete  and  philosophical  than  the  final  classification 
made  by  Dr.  Gall,  whose  whole  life  was  devoted  to  discovering 
the  relationship  that  exists  between  brain  and  mind,  so  that 
he  had  very  little  time  to  develop  a  philosophy  out  of  his 
discoveries.  Drs.  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  from  the  beginning 
of  their  discoveries,  emphasized  the  practical  phase  of  their 
work,  and  applied  their  psychology  to  all  phases  of  human 
improvement.  The  fact  that  one  of  the  leading  publishers  of 
America  reprinted  Spurzheim 's  work  on  "Phrenology,  or,  The 
Doctrine  of  Mental  Phenomena,"  in  1908,  without  revision, 
and  gave  to  the  world  a  book  that  is  in  harmony  with  the  most 
recent  discoveries  in  physiology  and  psychology,  shows  that 
he  was  a  fundamental  thinker  and  worker.  A  number  of  the 
elementary  powers  of  mind  have  been  discovered  since  the 
time  of  Dr.  Spurzheim,  but  as  far  as  his  discoveries  and  phi- 
losophy went  there  was  very  little  occasion  to  revise  it.  His 
classification  is  given  here : 

SPECIAL  FACULTIES  OF  THE  MIND 

Order  I. — Feelings,  or  Affective  Faculties. 

Genus  I. — Propensities. 

Desire  to  Live.  4.  Adhesiveness. 

Alimentiveness.  5.  Inhabitiveness. 

1.  Destructiveness.  6.  Combativenesa. 

2.  Amativeness.  7.  Secretiveness. 

3.  Philoprogenitiveness.  8.  Acquisitiveness. 

9.     Constructiveness. 
Genus  II. — Sentiments. 


10. 

Cautiousness. 

16. 

Conscientiousness. 

11. 

Approbativenesa. 

17. 

Hope. 

12. 

Self-esteem. 

18. 

Marvellousness. 

13. 

Benevolence. 

19. 

Ideality. 

14. 

Reverence. 

20. 

Mirthfulness. 

15. 

Firmness. 

21. 

Imitation. 

Order  II — Intellectual   Faculties. 

Genus  I. — External  Senses. 

Voluntary  Motion.  Smell. 

Feeling.  Hearing. 

Taste.  Sight. 


208  Applied  Character  Analysis 

Genus  II. — Perceptive  Faculties. 

22.  Individuality.  28.  Order. 

23.  Configuration.  29.  Calculation. 

24.  Size.  30.  Eventuality. 

25.  Weight,  and  resistance.  31.  Time. 

26.  Coloring.  32.  Tune. 

27     Locality.  33.    Artificial   Language. 

Genus  III. — Reflective  Faculties. 
34.    Comparison.  35.    Causality. 


CHAPTER  XXVn 

PROGRESS  OF  PHRENOLOGY 

Phrenology  made  its  greatest  progress  in  France  during  the 
early  period  of  its  history.  The  Phrenological  Society  of 
Paris  consisted  of  144  members,  who  were  mostly  of  the 
learned  professions,  and  included  some  of  the  best  known 
physicians  in  Paris.  A  very  creditable  journal  was  published 
monthly  by  the  Society.  Besides  the  publications  of  Gall  and 
Spurzheim,  which  were  issued  in  French,  large  books  were 
written  on  the  subject  by  Dr.  Vimont,  Dr.  Broussais,  Dr.  Fos- 
sati,  and  others. 

In  Scotland  the  best  known  representatives  of  the  science 
were  George  Combe  and  his  brother,  Dr.  Andrew  Combe.  The 
Edinburgh  Phrenological  Journal,  which  was  published  for 
many  years  by  the  Phrenological  Society,  contains  some  of  the 
most  valuable  material  that  has  been  written  on  the  subject. 
Besides  the  works  of  Gall,  Spurzheim,  and  the  Combe  brothers, 
that  were  written  in  English  or  translated  from  the  French, 
books  were  written  by  Sir  George  Mackenzie,  Abernethy,  For- 
ster,  De  Ville,  Alexander,  Wildsmith,  Holland,  Epps,  Greig, 
Thompson,  Andrew  Carmichael,  Levison,  Macnish,  Cox, 
Browne,  and  others. 

Although  Phrenology  met  with  the  same  opposition  in  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  as  in  other  countries,  and  a  vicious  attack 
was  made  upon  it  by  one  of  the  writers  in  the  Edinburgh  Re- 
view, it  made  a  deep  impression  upon  the  most  progressive 
scientists  and  thinkers  of  those  countries.  It  was  introduced 
into  the  Anderson  University,  and  became  very  popular  with 
the  students.  W.  R.  Henderson  bequeathed  quite  a  large  sum 
of  money  to  disseminate  its  principles,  and  in  his  will  said : 

And,  lastly,  the  whole  residue  of  my  means  and  estate  shall,  after  an- 
swering the  purposes  above  written,  be  applied  by  my  said  trustees  in 
whatever  manner  they  may  judge  best  for  the  advancement  and  diffusion 
of  the  science  of  phrenology,  and  the  practical  application  thereof  in 
particular;  giving  hereby  and  committing  to  my  said  trustees,  the  most 
full  and  unlimited  power  to  manage  and  dispose  of  the  said  residue, 

209 


210  Applied  Character  Analysis 

in  whatever  manner  shall  appear  to  them  best  suited  to  promote  the  ends 
in  view :  Declaring,  that  if  I  had  less  confidence  in  my  trusteeSj  I  would 
make  it  imperative  on  them  to  print  and  publish  one  or  more  editions 
of  an  "Essay  on  the  Constitution  of  Man,  Considered  in  Kelation  to 
External  Objects,  by  George  Combe," — in  a  cheap  form,  so  as  to  be 
easily  purchased  by  the  more  intelligent  individuals  of  the  poorer  classes, 
and  Mechanics'  Institutions,  &c. ;  but  that  I  consider  it  better  only  to 
request  their  particular  attention  to  this  suggestion,  and  to  leave  them 
quite  at  liberty  to  act  as  circumstances  may  seem  to  them  to  render 
expedient. 

As  an  evidence  that  George  Combe's  works  were  not  only 
of  interest  to  the  people  of  his  own  time  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  as  recently  as  1892  Robert  Cranston,  Esq.,  formerly 
one  of  the  magistrates  of  the  city  of  Edinburgh,  left  in  his 
trust  disposition,  "To  the  Society  for  the  propagation  of  the 
works  of  George  Combe,  the  sum  of  three  hundred  pounds." 
In  1893  the  Combe  trustees  issued  popular  editions  of  "The 
Constitution  of  Man"-  "Moral  Philosophy";  "Science  and 
Religion";  and  "Discussions  on  Education,"  published  by 
Cassell  and -Company,  of  London,  Paris,  Melbourne,  and  New 
York. 

A  valuable  phrenological  museum,  with  an  extensive  col- 
lection of  casts  and  skulls,  and  a  library  which  had  been 
formed  by  the  Society,  was  given  over  to  the  Henderson  Trus- 
tees, on  condition  that  facilities  should  be  afforded  to  those 
who  desired  to  study  the  science,  and  that  the  public  should 
be  admitted  free  on  certain  days  of  the  week.  Some  of  the 
most  scholarly  men  in  Scotland  belonged  to  the  Phrenological 
Society.  The  first  Society  was  established  on  the  22d  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1820.  It  had  170  ordinary  members,  19  of  whom  be- 
longed to  the  medical  profession.  There  was  also  a  Junior 
Society,  called  the  Edinburgh  Ethical  Society,  for  the  Study 
and  Practical  Application  of  Phrenology.  It  was  established 
in  1833,  and  continued  the  work  of  the  Phrenological  Society. 
The  meetings  were  held  once  a  week.  Societies  were  organized 
in  Glasgow,  Belfast,  and  other  cities  of  Scotland  and  Ireland. 

The  Phrenological  Society  of  London  was  organized  in 
1824.  It  had  60  members.  About  one-fourth  of  them  belonged 
to  the  medical  profession.  Dr.  John  Elliotson,  one  of  the  fore- 
most physicians  of  England,  was  founder  of  the  Society. 
There  were  several  phrenological  collections  in  London.  The 
most  extensive  museum  belonged  to  Mr.  De  Ville,  and  con- 
tained upwards  of  1800  casts  and  skulls.  Mr.  De  Ville  was 
also  said  to  have  collected  between  three  and  four  thousand 


Progress  of  Phrenology  211 

skulls  of  animals.  Many  courses  of  lectures  on  phrenology 
were  given. 

Phrenology  was  first  introduced  into  America  by  Dr. 
Charles  Caldwell,  in  1818.  Pie  had  been  studying  medicine  in 
Paris,  where  he  had  an  opportunity  of  receiving  instruction 
in  the  true  science  of  mind  from  Dr.  Gall  himself.  Dr.  Cald- 
well is  author  of  several  text-books  on  the  subject,  and  did 
much  to  give  the  science  popularity  in  America. 

In  1832  Dr.  Spurzheim  came  to  America  and  conducted 
classes  in  Boston.  He  visited  the  schools  in  the  neighborhood, 
studying  the  children  and  giving  practical  demonstrations  in 
the  observational  method  of  character  analysis.  On  invitation 
of  President  Josiah  Quincy  he  was  present  at  the  exercises  of 
Harvard  University  on  Commencement  Day,  and  attended 
those  of  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Society  on  the  day  following. 
His  work  created  a  great  deal  of  interest  and  received  support 
from  many  of  the  leading  citizens  of  Boston.  Dr.  Spurzheim 
was  in  America  only  a  short  time  before  his  strenuous  life 
caused  an  illness  which  resulted  in  his  death.  President 
Quincy  and  the  faculty  of  Harvard  University  were  among 
his  warmest  friends.  One  of  the  faculty,  Professor  Follen, 
delivered  an  able  and  eloquent  oration  at  the  funeral  of  Dr. 
Spurzheim,  and  President  Quincy  presided  over  the  Commit- 
tee that  arranged  to  take  charge  of  his  funeral  obsequies,  and 
to  adopt  measures  proper  to  express  the  sense  of  the  public 
loss  sustained  by  the  death  of  Dr.  Spurzheim,  and  the  respect 
entertained  for  him  by  the  citizens. 

Joseph  Rodes  Buchanan,  M.  D.,  who  was  prominently  con- 
nected with  several  eclectic  medical  colleges  during  the  last 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  stands  next  to  Dr.  Gall  as  an 
original  discoverer  in  phrenological  science.  He  began  his 
discoveries  in  1841,  and  published  a  book  on  anthropology  in 
1854.  He  discovered  psychometry,  or  soul  measuring,  and 
wrote  quite  a  large  book  on  the  subject.  Prof.  William  Den- 
ton, the  geologist,  published  three  volumes  entitled,  "The 
Soul  of  Things,"  based  on  the  discovery  of  Dr.  Buchanan. 
The  most  important  discovery  made  by  Dr.  Buchanan  is 
Therapeutic  Sarcognomy,  or  the  relation  of  the  brain  to  the 
body,  showing  the  sympathy  which  exists  between  each  part 
of  the  surface  of  the  brain  and  the  corresponding  part  of  the 
surface  of  the  body.  He  wrote  a  book  of  nearly  700  pages 
entitled,  "Therapeutic  Sarcognomy,"  which  should  be  studied 
by  every  person  who  desires  to  be  familiar  with  the  relation- 


212  Applied  Character  Analysis 

ships  of  mind,  brain  and  body.  From  1887  to  1890  Dr.  Bu- 
chanan published  ' '  The  Journal  of  Man ' '  monthly,  and  there- 
in gave  his  discoveries  of  the  previous  forty-five  years  to  the 
world.  His  book,  "The  New  Education,"  is  one  of  the  best 
guides  in  the  development  of  human  life  and  is  based  on 
phrenological  principles. 

The  first  Phrenological  Society  in  America  was  organized 
in  Boston  and  was  granted  an  Act  of  Incorporation  by  the 
Legislature  of  Massachusetts,  signed  by  the  Governor  in 
March,  1833.  The  first  officers  of  the  Society  were  as  follows: 
Rev.  John  Pierpont,  President;  Dr.  Jonothan  Barber,  Vice- 
President;  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Howe,  Cor.  Secretary;  Nahum 
Capen,  Rec.  Secretary;  E.  P.  Clark,  Treasurer;  Dr.  J.  F. 
Flagg,  Dr.  Winslow  Lewis,  Jr.,  Dr.  Jos.  W.  McKean,  and  Wm. 

B.  Fowle,  Counsellors;  Dr.  N.  B.  Shurtleff  and  Henry  T. 
Tuckerman,  Curators 

There  were  144  members.  Of  these  about  one-fourth  were 
physicians  and  the  rest  clergymen,  merchants,  lawyers,  pro- 
fessors, teachers,  artists,  clerks  and  mechanics.  Among  the 
members  were  found  some  of  the  best  known  citizens  of  Bos- 
ton, viz. :  Rev.  Henry  Ware,  Jr. ;  Rev.  Dr.  Brownson ;  Hon. 
John  Pickering;  Hon.  Abbott  Lawrence;  Hon.  J.  W.  Ed- 
munds ;  Wm.  P.  Mason ;  Nathaniel  C.  Nash ;  Samuel  Downer ; 
Chas.  G.  Loring;  J.  H.  Walcott;  Moses  Kimball;  Geo.  G. 
Smith  ;  Jonas  Chickering ;  Joseph  Tilden  ;  Otis  Everett,  Jr. ; 
James  Blake ;  Hon.  James  D.  Greene ;  Hon.  J.  S.  Sleeper ;  J. 
W.  Ingraham;  E.  L.  Frothingham;  Wm.  A.  Alcott;  Dr.  Dan- 
iel Harwood;  Wilder  S.  Thurston;  Wm.  Hunt;  F.  Skinner; 
John  Appleton ;  Dr.  Henry  G.  Clarke ;  John  H.  Blake ;  Daniel 
F.  Child;  Alvan  Fisher;  Daniel  S.  Smalley ;  Dr.  M.  S.  Perry; 
Dr.  John  Flint;  John  J.  Dixwell;  etc.  The  following  dis- 
tinguished professors  and  authors  were  elected  honorary  mem- 
bers: Prof.  Elliotson;  Sir  Geo.  S.  McKenzie;  Sir  Wm.  Ellis 
J.  De  Ville,  of  London ;  George  Combe ;  Dr.  Andrew  Combe 
Rev.  Dr.  Welsh,  of  Edinburgh;  Prof.  Otto,  of  Copenhagen 
Prof.  L.  V.  de  Simoni,  of  Rio  Janeiro;  Dr.  Richard  Car- 
michael;  Hon.  Andrew  Carmichael,  of  Dublin;  Prof.  Blum- 
enbach,  of  Goettingen ;  Dr.  J.  Robertson ;  Prof.  Andral ;  Dr. 

C.  Broussais;  Prof.  Broussais;  Dr.  Felix  Voisin;  Dr.  Vimont, 
of  Paris;  and  Rev.  Dr.  Wheaton,  Pres.  Washington  College, 
Hartford,  Conn.  Quite  a  large  number  of  scientific  gentle- 
men, in  the  United  States  and  abroad,  were  elected  correspond- 


Progress  of  Phrenology  213 

ing  members.    In  his  advisory  letter  to  Blumenbach,  the  Cor- 
responding Secretary,  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Howe,  says: 

The  Boston  Phrenological  Society  has  for  its  object  the  examination 
of  the  principles  of  the  science  of  phrenology  directly;  and  indirectly 
all  of  the  physical  that  has  a  bearing  upon  the  social,  moral  and  in- 
tellectual conditions  of  man.  It  numbers  among  its  members  many  of 
the  scientific  minds  of  our  community. 

In  his  letter  to  Sir  George  Stewart  Mackenzie,  after  com- 
plimenting him  upon  his  important  labors  in  favor  of  phren- 
ology, Dr.  Howe  says: 

There  is  but  little  credit  due  to  those  who  now  embrace  and  defend  a 
doctrine  which  has  survived  the  storms  of  prejudice  that  assailed  it  at 
birth,  and  which  numbers  among  its  supporters  some  of  the  brightest 
geniuses  of  the  age. 

Space  will  not  permit  giving  an  account  of  all  the  other  or- 
ganizations established  in  the  United  States.  One  other  organ- 
ization that  should  receive  mention  here  is  the  American 
Institute  of  Phrenology,  which  numbered  among  its  members 
some  of  the  leading  characters  of  America,  such  as  Horace 
Mann ;  Dr.  Charles  Caldwell ;  Kev.  John  Pierpont ;  and  others. 
This  Institute  obtained  an  Act  of  Incorporation  from  the 
Legislature  of  the  State  of  New  York  on  the  20th  of  April, 
1866,  and  afterwards  an  amendment  in  pursuance  of  an  order 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  in  September,  1875,  thereby  creating 
the  American  Institute  of  Phrenology,  which  reads  as  follows : 

The  people  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in  Senate  and 
Assembly,  do  enact  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Amos  Dean,  Esq.;  Horace  Greeley;  Samuel  Osgood,  D.  D. ; 
A.  Oakey  Hall,  Esq.;  Eussell  T.  Trail,  M.D;  Henry  Dexter;  Samuel  F. 
Wells;  Edward  P.  Fowler,  M.  D.;  Nelson  Sizer;  Lester  A.  Eoberts;  and 
their  associates,  are  hereby  constituted  a  body  corporate,  by  the  name 
of  ' '  The  American  Institute  of  Phrenology, ' '  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
moting instruction  in  all  departments  of  learning  connected  therewith, 
and  for  collecting  and  preserving  crania,  easts,  busts,  and  other  represen- 
tations of  the  different  races,  tribes  and  families  of  men. 

On  the  14th  of  May,  1875,  H.  S.  Drayton,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  was  made 
secretary  to  till  the  vacancy  caused  by  the  death  of  Samuel  R. 
Wells,  which  occurred  April  13,  1875.  From  the  time  the  In- 
stitute was  incorporated  in  1866  annual  courses  of  instruc- 


214  Applied  Character  Analysis 

tion  in  the  principles  and  practice  of  phrenology  have  been 
given  in  New  York.  The  large  collection  of  skulls  and  casts 
of  Fowler  and  Wells  has  been  employed  in  the  instruction  of 
the  classes  to  illustrate  and  exemplify  the  truths  of  phren- 
ology. Men  and  women  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  and  also  from  England,  Scotland,  France,  Ger- 
many, Sweden  and  New  Zealand,  attended  the  classes. 

It  was  soon  after  Spurzheim  's  visit  to  America  that  the  stu- 
dents of  Amherst  College  arranged  for  a  debate  on  the  sub- 
ject, "Is  Phrenology  a  Science?".  Henry  Ward  Beecher  was 
at  that  time  a  student  at  Amherst,  and  was  chosen  on  the  nega- 
tive. He  felt  that  campus  jokes  would  not  do  for  such  an 
occasion,  although  it  was  thought  that  his  ready  wit  would 
soon  demolish  phrenology.  Beecher  sent  to  Boston  for  the 
works  of  Spurzheim  and  Combe,  and  when  reading  them  over 
found  the  subject  such  an  important  one  that  he  had  the  de- 
bate postponed  two  weeks  in  order  to  give  him  more  time  to 
prepare  for  it.  At  the  appointed  time  there  was  a  splendid 
audience,  composed  of  the  faculty,  students  and  citizens.  Al- 
though Mr.  Beecher  had  been  chosen  to  represent  the  negative 
side  he  gave  one  of  the  strongest  talks  of  his  life  on  the 
affirmative,  and  years  afterwards  gave  the  following  endorse- 
ment of  the  science,  which  appears  on  page  303  of  Vol.  1  of 
his  "Forty-eight  Sermons": 

All  my  life  long  I  have  been  in  the  habit  of  using  phrenology  as  that 
which  solves  the  practical  phenomena  of  life.  Not  that  I  regard  the 
system  as  a  complete  one,  but  that  I  regard  it  as  far  more  useful  and 
far  more  practical  and  sensible  than  any  other  system  of  mental  phi- 
losophy which  has  yet  been  evolved.  The  learned  professions  may  do 
what  they  please,  the  common  people  will  try  these  questions  and  will 
carry  the  day,  to  say  nothing  of  the  fact  that  all  the  great  material 
and  scientific  classes,  though  they  do  not  concede  the  truth  of  phrenology, 
are  yet  digesting  it  and  making  it  an  integral  part  of  the  scientific 
systems  of  mental  philosophy. 

On  another  occasion  Mr.  Beecher  said : 

If  I  were  the  owner  of  an  island  in  mid-ocean,  and  had  all  books, 
apparatus  and  applicances,  tools  to  cultivate  the  soil,  manufacture,  cook, 
and  carry  on  life's  affairs  in  comfort  and  refinement,  and  some  dark 
night  pirates  should  come  and  burn  my  books,  musical  instruments,  works 
of  art,  furniture,  tools  and  machinery,  and  leave  me  only  the  ompty 
barns  and  house,  I  should  be  in  respect  to  the  successful  carrying  on 
of  my  affairs  in  very  much  the  same  plight  that  I  should  be  as  a  preacher 
if  phrenology  and  all  that  it  has  taught  me  of  man,  his  character,  his 
wants  and  his  improvement  were  blotted  from  my  mind. 


Progress  of  Phrenology  215 

Again  Beecher  wrote: 

And  I  may  say  here,  what  I  have  never  said  before  in  the  pulpit, 
that  the  views  of  the  human  mind  as  they  are  revealed  by  phrenology, 
are  those  views  which  have  underlaid  my  whole  ministry;  and  if  I  have 
had  any  success  in  the  vigorous  application  of  truths  to  the  wants  of  the 
human  soul,  where  they  are  most  needed,  I  owe  it  to  the  clearness  which 
I  have  gained  from  this  science,  and  I  could  not  ask  for  the  members  of 
my  family,  nor  of  a  church,  any  better  preparation  for  religious  in- 
doctrination than  to  put  them  into  possession  of  such  a  practical  knowl- 
edge of  the  human  soul  as  is  given  by  phrenology. 

0.  S.  and  L.  N.  Fowler  were  classmates  of  Henry  Ward 
Beecher  at  Amherst  College.  When  he  had  been  converted 
to  phrenology  through  the  debate  in  which  he  took  part  he 
offered  to  lend  them  his  books  on  the  subject.  They  were  so 
impressed  by  the  science  that  they  made  a  thorough  study  of 
it  and  did  more  to  disseminate  its  principles  than  any  other 
men  of  their  time.  In  1838  they  began  publishing  the  Phren- 
ological Journal,  which  continued  until  the  end  of  the  first 
decade  of  the  twentieth  century.  The  Fowler  and  Wells  Pub- 
lishing Company  issued  a  large  number  of  other  books  on 
phrenology,  physiognomy,  and  kindred  subjects.  This  firm 
did  more  than  anybody  else  in  America  to  disseminate  the 
principles  of  phrenology.  Prof.  Jessie  A.  Fowler,  daughter  of 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  L.  N.  Fowler,  is  still  continuing  the  annual  ses- 
sions of  the  American  Institute  of  Phrenology  in  New  York, 
and  M.  H.  Piercy  is  continuing  the  publishing  business.  In 
the  history  of  this  firm  a  number  of  the  Fowler  and  Wells 
families  contributed  to  its  success.  The  most  conspicuous 
were:  0.  S.  Fowler;  L.  N.  Fowler;  Mrs.  L.  N.  Fowler;  S.  R. 
Wells;  and  Charlotta  Fowler  Wells.  Each  of  these  wrote 
books  on  phrenology.  Nelson  Sizer,  who  for  many  years  was 
consulting  phrenologist  for  the  Fowler  and  Wells  Company, 
and  had  the  reputation  of  being  consulted  by  more  than  half 
a  million  people,  is  author  of  some  of  the  best  books  on  human 
nature.  Among  his  chief  works  are:  "Heads  and  Faces, 
and  How  to  Study  Them";  "How  to  Study  Strangers"; 
"Choice  of  Pursuits,"  (which  is  the  most  complete  work  on 
the  subject  to  date)  ;  "Forty  Years  in  Phrenology. "  Other 
valuable  works  on  character  study  that  were  published  in 
America  are:  "The  Temperaments,"  by  D.  H.  Jacques,  M. 
D.;  "Brain  and  Mind,"  by  Henry  S.  Drayton,  A.  M.,  M.  D., 
and  James  McNeill;  "Scientific  Basis  of  Education,  Demon- 
strated by  an  Analysis  of  Temperaments,  and  of  Phrenologi- 


216  Applied  Character  Analysis 

cal  Facts, ' '  by  John  Hecker,  formerly  Assistant  Superintend- 
ent of  Schools  in  New  York;  "Lectures  on  Phrenology,"  by 
Amos  Dean;  "The  Science  of  Mind,  Applied  to  Teaching," 
by  U.  J.  Hoffman.  Some  of  these  are  now  out  of  print,  but 
deserve  to  be  revised  and  kept  in  circulation. 

J.  Stanley  Grimes,  Counselor  at  Law,  is  author  of  a  num- 
ber of  books  on  phrenology  and  kindred  studies.  He  devoted 
a  long  and  active  life  to  disseminating  the  principles  of 
phrenology  and  perfected  some  phases  of  the  science. 

Prof.  N.  N.  Riddell,  the  well  known  lecturer  and  author, 
wrote  two  excellent  books  based  upon  phrenological  principles, 
"Human  Nature  Explained,"  and  "The  Psychology  of  Suc- 
cess," and  for  years  gave  lectures  and  consultations  in  which 
he  used  the  principles  of  phrenology.  The  concluding  chap- 
ter in  his  little  work,  "Child  Culture,"  makes  a  strong  plea 
for  introducing  phrenology  and  kindred  subjects  into  the 
public  schools. 

Prof.  L.  A.  Vaught  of  Chicago  was  one  of  the  most  original 
exponents  of  phrenological  principles.  For  years  he  published 
a  monthly  journal  entitled,  "Human  Faculty,"  and  is  author 
of  a  popular  book,  " Vaught 's  Practical  Character  Reader." 

The  late  Prof.  Allan  Haddock,  of  San  Francisco,  did  more 
tnan  any  other  man  in  the  west  to  extend  a  knowledge  of 
phrenology  through  the  monthly  "Human  Nature"  that  he 
published  for  years,  and  through  his  Human  Nature  Institute. 

In  the  middle  west  Prof.  M.  Tope,  of  Bowerstown,  Ohio, 
has  devoted  years  to  teaching  phrenology  through  his  ' '  Phren- 
ological Era,"  and  his  school. 

For  more  than  a  half  century  Prof.  George  Morris,  whose 
home  is  now  at  Portland,  Oregon,  has  been  one  of  the  leading 
advocates  of  phrenology,  and  has  done  much  to  keep  the  prin- 
ciples upon  a  dignified  scientific  basis.  His  sister,  Jean  Mor- 
ris Ellis,  has  disseminated  the  principles  of  phrenology 
through  her  work  in  character  analysis  and  vocational  guid- 
ance which  she  has  done  for  a  number  of  years  under  the  aus- 
pices of  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Associations.  She  is  au- 
thor of  a  book  on  character  building  and  character  study  that 
is  based  upon  phrenological  principles. 

J.  M.  Fitzgerald,  M.  D.,  of  Chicago,  was  at  one  time  Presi- 
dent of  the  American  Institute  of  Phrenology,  and  has  been 
engaged  in  the  professional  work  of  analyzing  character,  and 
giving  vocational  advice  according  to  the  principles  of  phren- 


Progress  of  Phrenology  217 

ology.    He  is  one  of  the  leading  advocates  of  the  science  in 
America  today. 

Among  all  the  advocates  of  phrenology  the  man  who  has 
done  most  to  popularize  the  principles  in  the  business  world 
is  Prof.  William  Windsor,  teacher  of  Dr.  Katherine  M.  H. 
Blackford  and  other  authors  of  popular  systems  of  character 
analysis.  Although  Prof.  Windsor  has  given  his  work  to  the 
worfd  in  recent  years  under  the  name  of  "Vitosophy,"  his 
early  books  were  written  in  phrenological  language,  and  in 
the  introduction  to  his  latest  book,  ' '  The  Problem  of  Human 
Life,"  he  says: 

The  solution  of  the  problem  of  human  life  is  based  upon  the  doctrine 
that  by  the  adoption  of  a  correct  system  of  character  study,  human 
nature  can  be  understood  and  estimated  at  its  correct  value. 

The  system  of  mental  philosophy  known  as  phrenology,  inaugurated 
by  Francis  Joseph  Gall,  M.  D.,  in  Vienna,  in  1786-7,  elaborated  by  his 
pupil,  John  Gaspar  Spurzheim,  and  later  students,  presents  the  founda- 
tion for  such  a  system.  It  furnishes  a  more  practical  method  for  the 
study  and  determination  of  the  elements  of  human  character  than  any 
system  of  mental  philosophy  ever  promulgated.  The  pure  doctrine  of 
phrenology,  taught  by  Gall  and  Spurzheim,  has  suffered  much  at  the 
hands  of  charlatans,  quacks,  and  pseudo-scientists,  so  much  as  to  be 
the  subject  of  great  ridicule  by  the  misinformed.  It  has  suffered  hardly 
less  at  the  hands  of  its  ignorant  and  bigoted  friends,  who  have  sought 
to  make  the  doctrine  of  the  new  science  conform  to  existing  standards 
of  philosophy.  Phrenology  furnishes  an  admirable  method  of  reading 
character,  because  it  is  based  upon  deductions  drawn  from  external 
appearances. 

During  the  past  twenty-five  years  phrenology  was  at  its 
lowest  ebb.  It  is  growing  rapidly  in  popularity  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  and  the  utility  of  its  principles  will  cause  it  to  grow 
in  favor  with  the  public  until  it  is  given  the  place  in  popular 
education  which  it  deserves.  It  has  passed  the  experimental 
stage.  Horace  Mann  and  his  associates  demonstrated  its  great 
value  in  American  education,  and  Queen  Victoria's  Inspec- 
tor of  Schools,  who  compiled  George  Combe's  educational 
works,  based  upon  phrenology,  into  a  large  volume  of  842 
pages,  said  in  the  introduction: 

There  is  no  doubt  that  to  George  Combe  personally,  the  country  is 
more  indebted  than  to  any  other  single  individual  for  the  development 
of  National  Education  as  now  greatly  accomplished,  and  for  the  preva- 
lence of  broader  views  regarding  the  function  of  Government  in  the 
education  of  the  people. 


218  Applied  Character  Analysis 

During  the  past  quarter  century  the  principles  of  phren- 
ology have  been  disseminated  in  western  America  through  the 
Character  Builder  Magazine  and  the  Human  Culture  School. 
The  Editor  of  the  Character  Builder  has  given  human  nature 
talks  in  the  schools  of  hundreds  of  cities  and  towns,  and  has 
spoken  on  personal  efficiency  and  vocational  guidance  from 
the  phrenological  point  of  view  in  more  than  two  hundred 
high  schools,  colleges  and  universities.  Since  May,  1918,  The 
California-Brownsberger  Commercial  College  of  Los  Angeles 
has  had  a  department  of  practical  psychology,  conducted  by 
the  editor  of  the  Character  Builder,  in  which  the  work  of 
character  analysis  and  vocational  guidance  has  been  taught 
according  to  the  principles  of  phrenology.  The  work  has  been 
popular  with  the  students,  who  have  come  from  various  parts 
of  the  United  States,  and  from  as  far  as  New  Zealand.  At  the 
present  time  a  number  of  students  are  taking  extended  courses, 
to  qualify  as  vocational  advisers,  lecturers,  employment  mana- 
gers and  mental  adjusters.  The  practical  application  of  these 
principles  in  the  business  world  has  increased  the  demand  for 
efficient  workers,  and  the  need  for  capable  character  analysts 
for  the  work  of  vocational  guidance  in  the  public  schools  is 
much  greater  than  can  be  supplied  by  properly  trained  work- 
ers at  the  present  time. 

"Psychology  for  Teachers,"  by  Daniel  Wolford  La  Eue, 
Ph.  D.,  published  by  the  American  Book  Company  and 
included  in  the  "American  Education  Series,"  which  is 
edited  by  George  Drayton  Strayer,  gives  more  credit  to 
phrenology  than  has  any  other  school  psychology.  In  the 
Preface  the  author  says:  "We  appear  to  have  applied 
psychology  to  the  teaching  of  every  subject  except  psychology 
itself.  In  this  direction  there  is  large  room  for  development. 
Usually,  all  the  student's  work  before  beginning  this  sub- 
ject has  been  objective.  To  plunge  him  headlong  into  sub- 
jective phenomena  is  too  much  like  the  method  of  teaching 
swimming  by  throwing  the  learner  overboard."  On  page  262 
Dr.  La  Rue  says  that  a  knowledge  of  temperament  is  helpful 
in  quickly  "sizing  up"  a  pupil,  and  then  remarks:  "Psychol- 
ogy gives  one  classification  of  temperaments,  phrenology  an- 
other. Probably  the  phrenological  method  (substantially 
that  which  follows)  offers  a  quicker  key  to  human  nature." 
He  then  devotes  considerable  space  to  teaching  the  tempera- 
ments phrenologically,  and  in  a  footnote  says :  ' '  For  a  more 
extended  account  of  temperament,  phrenologically  considered, 


Progress  of  Phrenology  219 

see  Sizer  and  Drayton's  'Heads  and  Faces  and  How  to  Study 
Them.'  Such  books  have  excellent  suggestive  power,  .  .  . 
the  teacher  can  get  much  practical  good  from  them." 

If  school  psychology  had  offered  Dr.  La  Rue  anything 
equal  to  the  phrenological  system  he  certainly  would  have 
used  it,  but  there  is  nothing  in  orthodox  psychology  that  can 
take  the  place  of  the  phrenological  principles  discovered  by 
Dr.  Gall  and  his  scientific  followers.  Educators  like  Dr. 
Ruediger,  Dean  of  the  Teachers'  College  and  Professor  of 
Psychology  in  the  George  Washington  University,  after  in- 
vestigating phrenology  recognize  it  as  a  scientific  basis  for 
applied  psychology.  Henry  F.  Lutz,  A.  B.,  Ph.  D.,  is  lectur- 
ing in  eastern  colleges  and  uses  phrenology  as  the  basis  of 
his  work.  Professor  Glenn  Clark,  a  graduate  of  Harvard 
University,  and  now  a  member  of  the  Faculty  in  Macalester 
College,  has  written  a  system  of  character  analysis  from  the 
phrenological  viewpoint.  J.  M.  Fitzgerald,  M.  D.,  of  Chicago, 
is  devoting  his  life  to  disseminating  phrenological  principles. 
There  may  be  many  other  professional  people  in  America 
investigating  and  applying  these  fundamental  principles. 
Psychologists  who  investigate  phrenology  may  agree  with  Dr. 
Samuel  G.  Howe,  founder  of  the  Perkins  Institute  for  the 
Blind,  when  he  said :  ' '  Before  I  knew  phrenology  I  was 
groping  my  way  in  the  dark  as  blind  as  my  pupils ;  I  derived 
very  little  satisfaction  from  my  labors,  and  fear  that  I  gave 
but  little  to  others. ' '  He  then  states  that  he  taught  the  ortho- 
dox psychology  of  his  time  to  his  students  and  mystified  them, 
but  on  presenting  phrenology  to  them  they  said  that  they  saw 
and  felt  and  understood  what  before  was  dark  and  unsatis- 
factory. If  the  psychologists  of  today  will  follow  the  example 
of  Dr.  Howe  they  will  equip  their  students  for  better  service 
to  humanity.  In  this  book  we  have  aimed  to  furnish  a 
reliable  guide  to  those  who  have  the  responsibility  of  teaching 
the  science  of  mind,  as  well  as  to  those  who  desire  to  acquire 
a  knowledge  of  the  true  science  of  mind  through  home 
study. 

In  1921  the  author  received  credentials  from  the  State 
Board  of  Education  to  teach  vocational  guidance  in  the 
secondary  schools  of  California,  thus  getting  recognition  for 
the  true  science  of  mind  explained  in  this  book. 


220  Applied  Character  Analysis 


FACES 

There  are  faces  cold  as  the  ice, 

And  faces  warm  as  the  sun ; 
There  are  faces  all  marred  with  vice 

And   faces  we  ever  shun  ; 
There  are  faces  vacant  of  thought — 

Fair   faces   but   nothing   more; 
There  are  faces  with  sunlight  caught, 

Sweet  faces  we  half  adore. 

There  are  faces  so  hard  we  shrink 

To  greet  with  a  word  or  a  kiss ; 
There  are  faces  from  which  we  drink, 

And  faces  we  ever  miss ; 
There  are  faces  dark  as  a  cloud 

Portending  storm  or  rain, 
And  faces  that  are  gay  and  proud, 

Revealing  a  soul  all  vain. 

There  are  faces  kind  with  a  love 

That  reflects  the  love  benign — 
The  love  that  shines  from   heaven  above 

And  is  of  a  friend  the   sign  ; 
There  are  faces  that  wear  a  frown, 

Driving  the  world  away  ; 
And   faces  that   tell    of  a   crown 

As  bright  as  a   cloudless  day. 

There  are  cynical  faces  mean 

That,  sneer  with  never  a  word, 
And   faces   composed   and    serene 

By  the  power  of  truth  once  heard. 
There  are  beautiful  faces  oft, 

But   not    of   powder   or   paint ; 
And  there  are  faces  pure  and  soft, 

The  faces  quite  of  a  saint. 

God  pity  some  faces  I  see ! 

They  speak  of  a  life  of  shame; 
God  pity  some  faces  I  see ! 

They  tell  of  no  worthy  aim. 
I   read  in  the  faces  around 

Every   thought   that   lies   within, 
Virtues  all  fair,  or  hopes   profound, 

Every  vice  or  secret  sin. 

We  chisel  our  thoughts  in  the  face, 

Emotions    paint     unawares, 
With   our   minds   and   hearts   ever  trace 

Our  joys  and  griefs  and   cares. 
It  is  love,   it  is   hate,   we  write, 

Whatever  we   think   or  feel ; 
It  is   doubt,    it   is   faith,   or   light, 

Whatever   is   woe  or   weal. 

Whatever  we  choose  we  may  paint, 

The  feelings  refined  or  ill, 
The  thought  of  the  hero  or  saint, 

Whatever  we   love   and   will ; 
A  sculptor  of  self  we  may  be, 

Chisel   as  Phidias  wrought, 
Carve   in  the  face  what  all   may  see — 

A  soul  by  the  master  taught. 


INDEX 


Abernethy,    209 
Acquisitiveness,   54,   120 
Adaptation,   85,   125 
Addison,    146 
Agassiz,    Louis,    133 
Alexander,   209 
Allen,   Jerome,    146 
Amativeness,   92,    121 
Ambition,  102 
Appetite,  51,  119 
Aspiring    and    Governing    Powers, 
46,  95 

Babbitt,  Dr.  E.  D.,  68 

Bain,  Alexander,  192 

Baird,  Dr.  George  M.,   190 

Basic  Principles,  21 

Bauduy,  Jerome  K.,  72,  74 

Beecher,  Henry  Ward,   214,  215 

Benevolence,    112 

Bidder,  George,  65 

Blackford,  J.  P.,  31 

Blackford,  Dr.  Katherine,  217 

Blind    Tom,    71 

Boardman,   Dr.   Andrew,    195,    201 

Bridgman,   Daura,    101 

Broca's  Convolution,   72 

Broussais,    209 

Browne,  Dr.  J.  P.,  58,  65,  67,  83, 

92,  98,  104,  209 
Browne,  W.  A.  F.,  189 
Buchanan,  Dr.  J.  R.,  43,  211 
Burbank,   Luther,    168 
Buxton,  Jedediah,  65 

Caldwell,  Dr.  Charles,  168,  211 

Camper,  68 

Carmichael,  Andrew,  209 

Causality,  80 

Caution,   102,  122 

Child  Culture,   137 

Chins,   28 

Cicero,  146 

Clark,  Prof.  Glenn,  219 


Clay,    Henry,    149 

Clouston,   Dr.,    175 

Colburn,  Zerah,  65 

Color,    62 

Combe,  Dr.   Andrew,  51,   145,  209 

Combe,  George,  59,  64,  66,  79,  81, 
82,  83,  87,  88,  95,  101,  105,  106, 
107,  112,  169,  178,  179,  182,  209, 
210 

Commissioner   of   Education,    147 

Comparison,    78 

Complexion,   28 

Concentration,  95,  121 

Conjugal  Love,  91 

Conscience,   104,   123 

Conscious  Mind,   46 

Continuity,  95 

Courage,  53,   119 

Cox,  209 

Crook,  Dr.,  51 

Dalton,  Dr.,  64 
Darwin,  Charles,  125 
Dawson,  George  E.,  141 
DeVille,   58,   209 
Dickens,  Charles,  25 
Discovery  of  Speech  Center,  72 
Domestic  Affections,  46,  90 
Drayton,  Dr.  H.  S.,  213,  215 
Dubois,  Dr.  Paul,   174 

Ear,  28 

Educability,  66 

Elements  of  Mind,  45 

Employment  Managers,  160 

Energy,  52 

Energy  Centers,   119 

Epps,  209 

Eventuality,    65 

Eyes,  26 

Faith,  105,  123 

Firmness,  97,  123 

Fitzgerald,  Dr.  J.  M.,  216,  219 


221 


222 


Index 


Forehead,  26 

Form,   60 

Forms    (Bodily)    31 

Forster,  209 

Fossati,  Dr.,  209 

Fowler,  L.  N.,  30,  110,  215 

Fowler,    O.   S.,    30,    88,    106,    111, 

129,  215 
Fremont,  Col.,  109 
Freud,  Sigmund,   173 
Friendship,  91 

Gall,  Dr.  Francis  Joseph,  26,  44, 
53,  55,  60,  61,  65,  69,  70,  77, 
78,  80,  81,  83,  85,  86,  92,  97, 
98,  99,  102,  112,  114,  173,  194, 
199,  200,  201,  209. 

Gorton,   D.   A.,   162,   165,   170 

Governing  (and  Aspiring)  Powers, 
46,  95 

Greig,    209 

Grimes,  J.  Stanley,  216 

Haddock,  Allan,  216 

Halleck,   135 

Halleck,  Reuben  Post,  58 

Hands,   36 

Harrison,  William  Henry,  149 

Hawkins,  Chauncey  J.,  174 

Hecker,  John,   216 

Henderson,  W.   E.,   209 

Hinsdale,  Dr.  B.  A.,  149,  152 

Holbrook,  Dr.  M.  L.,  128,  132,  169 

Holland,  209 

Hollander,  Dr.  Bernard,  44,  57,  62, 

63,  65,  68,  71,   154,  186,  191 
Holmes,    Dr.    Oliver    Wendell,    27, 

178,   184 
Hope,  105,  123 
Hoppe,  Dr.,   51 
Howe,    Dr.    Samuel    G.,    101,    153, 

213,  219 
Holyoke,  G.   J.,  129 
Human  Nature,  110 
Hyde,  Thomas  A.,  46 

Ideality,  86,  125 
Imitation,   83,   126 
Insanity,   185 
Intellect,   46,   57 
Intuition,    110 

Jacques,  Dr.  D.  H.,  215 
James,   George  Wharton,    126 


Jeffrey,  Lord,  62 
Jolly,  William,  180 

Knox,  J.  S.,  158 
Krohn,  William  O.,  79 

Larue,  Dr.  Daniel  Wolford,  218 

Lavater,  68 

Levi  son,  209 

Lewis,  Winslow,  Jr.,  201 

Locality,  69 

Love  of  Home,  90,  121 

Love   of   Life,    51 

Lutz,  Dr.  Henry  F.,  219 

Lydston,  Dr.  Frank,  193 

Mackenzie,  Sir  George,  209,  213 
Mackintosh,  Sir  James,  165 
Macnish,   209 

Maeser,  Dr.  Karl  G.,  59,  143 
Mann,    Horace,    64,    79,    140,    146, 

149 
Mann,  Mrs.  Horace,  191 
Mating  Instinct,  91 
Maudsley,  Dr.  Henry,  23 
Measurements,   Physical,  42 
Memory  Training,  128 
Mental  Medicine,   173 
Mesmer,  Dr.  Anton,   173 
Minot,    Dr.    Charles  Sedgwick,    24 
Mirth,  81 

Modifying  Conditions,  22 
Montaigne,  40 
Moral  (and  Spiritual)  Powers,  46. 

104 
Morris,  Prof.   George,   216 
Mouth,   26 
Muensterberg,   Hugo,   148 

Newton,  Dr.  J.  R.,  175 
Nichols,  Dr.  T.  L.,  170 

Noses,  27 
Number,    64 

Objective  Mind,  46 
Observation,  59 
Order,  64 
O'Shea,  M.  V.,  155 

Parkyn,  Dr.,  175 
Parsons,  Dr.  Frank,  23,  150 
Peabody,  Elizabeth,  191 
Perceptives,   59 
Perfecting   Powers,    46,    83 


Index 


223 


Physical  Measurements,  42 
Physiognomy,    25 
Pierce,   Cyrus,   152 
Porter,  Dr.  Noah,  134 
Positiveness,    123 
Progress   of    Phrenology,   209 
Proportionate      Developments      of 
Body,  32,  33 

Pay,  Dr.  Isaac,  166 

Eeflectives,  78 

.Reserve,  54,  120 

Reverence,    114,    124 

Bibot,  Th.,  130 

Eichardson,    Sir    Benjamin    Ward, 

52 
Eiddell,  N.  N.,  110,  113,  115,  142, 

145,  216 
Euediger,  Dr.  W.  C,  153,  219 

Sager,  Judge  A.  N.,  183 

Salesmanship,    157 

Self-Consciousness,  99 

Self -Culture,  117 

Self -Protecting  Powers,  46,  51 

Self-Eeliance,  96,  121 

Severn,  J.  Millott,  31 

Simms,  Dr.  J.,  25,  31 

Simpson,  James,  70 

Size,   61 

Sizer,  Nelson,  93,  150,  215 

Smith,  William  Hawley,  154 

Sociability,  121 

Social    and    Domestic    Affections, 

46,  90 
Speech,  72 

Speech,  Discovery  of  Center,  72 
Spencer,  Herbert,  140,  185 


Spiritual  (and  Moral)  Powers,  46, 

104 
Spirituality,  107 
Spurzheim,    Dr.    John    Gasper,    44, 

60,    61,   64,   66,   70,    78,    81,    82, 

85,  87,   100,   102,   104,  106,   194, 

201,  204,  209,  211 
Subconscious  Mind,   46 
Subjective  Mind,  46 
Sublimity,    88,    125 
Superconscious  Mind,   46 
Stanton,  M.  O.,  29,  31 
Stedman,  Dr.  Charles  H.,  204 

Temperaments,   30 
Terman,  Dr.  Louis  M.,  156 
Thompson,   209 
Thompson,  Sir  Henry,  52 
Thrift,  54 
Tiedeman,  58 
Time,  70 
Tope,  M.,  216 
Tuke,  Dr.  Hack,  167 
Tune,  70 

Vaught,  L.  A.,  216 
Veneration,   114 
Vimont,  Dr.,  91,  209 

Weight,  61 

Weir,  Dr.  William,  190 

Wells,  Samuel  E.,  29,   36,  37,  38, 

39,   213 
Whitaker,  Dr.  J.  Eyland,  43 
Wildsmith,    209 
Wilkes,  Sir  Samuel,  73 
Wilson,  Dr.  Andrew,   131 
Windsor,  William,  217 


■••;.;  tt  u\\\\  \\\\\\\\ 


ARTietVeKJTATi 


